1.1 --- a/apisupport.kit/nbproject/project.properties Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
1.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/nbproject/project.properties Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
1.3 @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
1.4 +javac.compilerargs=-Xlint -Xlint:-serial
1.5 +javac.source=1.6
2.1 --- a/apisupport.kit/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
2.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
2.3 @@ -61,6 +61,15 @@
2.4 <specification-version>1.0</specification-version>
2.5 </run-dependency>
2.6 </dependency>
2.7 + <dependency>
2.8 + <code-name-base>org.netbeans.modules.javahelp</code-name-base>
2.9 + <build-prerequisite/>
2.10 + <compile-dependency/>
2.11 + <run-dependency>
2.12 + <release-version>1</release-version>
2.13 + <specification-version>2.21</specification-version>
2.14 + </run-dependency>
2.15 + </dependency>
2.16 </module-dependencies>
2.17 <public-packages/>
2.18 </data>
3.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
3.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-nbm.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
3.3 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
3.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
3.5 +<!--
3.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
3.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
3.8 +> -->
3.9 +<html>
3.10 +<head>
3.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
3.12 +
3.13 + <title>About NBM Files</title>
3.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
3.15 +</head>
3.16 +
3.17 +<body>
3.18 + <h2>About NBM Files</h2>
3.19 + <p><small>
3.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
3.21 + </small></p>
3.22 + An NBM file is a <a href="nbmodule-about.html">NetBeans module</a> packaged for delivery via the web.
3.23 + The principal differences between NBM files and module JAR files are:
3.24 + <ul><li>An NBM file can contain more than one JAR file—modules can package any libraries they use into their NBM file.
3.25 + <li>An NBM file contains metadata that NetBeans will use to display information about it in the Plugins manager,
3.26 + such as the manifest contents, the license, etc.
3.27 + <li>An NBM file may be <i>signed</i> for security purposes.</ul>
3.28 +
3.29 + <ul class="note"><li>NBM files are just ZIP files with a special extension. They use the JDK's mechanism
3.30 + for signing JAR files. Unless you are doing something unusual, you need not worry about the
3.31 + contents of an NBM file—just let the standard Ant build script for NBM creation take care of it for you.</ul>
3.32 +
3.33 +
3.34 +
3.35 + <dl>
3.36 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
3.37 +
3.38 + <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
3.39 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
3.40 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
3.41 + <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
3.42 + <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
3.43 + <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
3.44 + </dl>
3.45 + <hr>
3.46 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
3.47 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
3.48 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
3.49 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
3.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
3.51 + </table>
3.52 +</body></html>
4.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
4.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
4.3 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
4.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
4.5 +<!--
4.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
4.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
4.8 +> -->
4.9 +<html>
4.10 +<head>
4.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
4.12 +
4.13 + <title>About the NetBeans Platform</title>
4.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
4.15 +</head>
4.16 +
4.17 +<body>
4.18 + <h2>About the NetBeans Platform</h2>
4.19 + <p><small>
4.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
4.21 + </small></p>
4.22 + <p>The NetBeans Platform provides an application's common requirements—such as menus,
4.23 + document management, and settings—right out of the box. Building an application "on top of
4.24 + NetBeans" means that, instead of writing applications from scratch, you only provide the parts
4.25 + of your application that the NetBeans Platform doesn't already have. At the end of the development
4.26 + cycle, you bundle your application with the NetBeans Platform, saving you time and energy and
4.27 + resulting in a solid, reliable application.
4.28 +
4.29 + <dl>
4.30 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
4.31 + <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
4.32 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
4.33 + <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
4.34 + <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
4.35 + <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
4.36 + </dl>
4.37 + <hr>
4.38 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
4.39 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
4.40 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
4.41 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
4.42 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
4.43 + </table>
4.44 +</body></html>
5.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
5.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-open-apis.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
5.3 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
5.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
5.5 +<!--
5.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
5.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
5.8 +> -->
5.9 +<html>
5.10 +<head>
5.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
5.12 +
5.13 + <title>About the NetBeans APIs</title>
5.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
5.15 +</head>
5.16 +
5.17 +<body>
5.18 + <h2>About the NetBeans APIs</h2>
5.19 + <p><small>
5.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
5.21 + </small></p>
5.22 + <p>The NetBeans APIs are the public interfaces and classes which
5.23 + are available to module writers. They are divided into specific APIs
5.24 + for dealing with different types of functionality. The contents and
5.25 + behavior of the Java source packages and its subpackages, as specified
5.26 + in the NetBeans API List, are the NetBeans APIs.
5.27 +
5.28 + <p>After you <a href="../create_plugin/netbeans_api_javadoc.html">register</a> the NetBeans API sources and Javadoc, you can
5.29 + <a href="../create_plugin/using_netbeans_api_javadoc.html">refer to them</a> in the Source Editor, while developing NetBeans modules.
5.30 +
5.31 + <p>For the NetBeans API List, see:
5.32 + <p>
5.33 + <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
5.34 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/">
5.35 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/</u></html>">
5.36 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
5.37 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
5.38 + </object>
5.39 +
5.40 + <dl>
5.41 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
5.42 +
5.43 + <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
5.44 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
5.45 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
5.46 + <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
5.47 + <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
5.48 + <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
5.49 + </dl>
5.50 + <hr>
5.51 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
5.52 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
5.53 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
5.54 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
5.55 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
5.56 + </table>
5.57 +</body></html>
6.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
6.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-sfs-browser.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
6.3 @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
6.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
6.5 +<!--
6.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
6.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
6.8 +> -->
6.9 +<html>
6.10 +<head>
6.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
6.12 +
6.13 + <title>Viewing the System Filesystem</title>
6.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
6.15 +</head>
6.16 +
6.17 +<body>
6.18 + <h2>Viewing the System Filesystem</h2>
6.19 + <p><small>
6.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
6.21 + </small></p>
6.22 + The <a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">system filesystem</a> is the general registry
6.23 + for publicly accessible data and objects.
6.24 + It is a virtual filesystem that contains configuration information. <a href="about-xml-layers.html">Layer files</a>
6.25 + (<tt>layer.xml</tt>) define
6.26 + folders
6.27 + and files that will be merged into the system filesystem.
6.28 +
6.29 + <p><b>To view the system filesystem:</b>
6.30 + <ol>
6.31 + <li><a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">Create a module project</a>.
6.32 + <li>In the Projects window, expand the Important Files node.
6.33 + <li>Expand the XML Layer node. After a moment, two subnodes appear:
6.34 + <ul>
6.35 + <li><b><this layer>.</b> The folders and files provided by the current module project's layer file.
6.36 + <li><b><this layer in context>.</b> All the folders and files provided by
6.37 + all the layer files in all modules available in the system.
6.38 + </ul>
6.39 + <li>Expand a subnode to explore the folders and files within it. When you right-click
6.40 + a subnode, you can, for example, rename it. You can also use actions such as "Cut", "Copy",
6.41 + and "Paste". In addition, you can drag a subnode and drop it elsewhere, to reorder a folder
6.42 + or a file. All of these actions
6.43 + will result in XML entries being added to your module project's layer file.
6.44 +
6.45 + </ol>
6.46 +
6.47 +
6.48 + <dl>
6.49 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
6.50 +
6.51 + <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
6.52 + <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
6.53 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
6.54 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
6.55 + <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
6.56 + <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
6.57 + </dl>
6.58 + <hr>
6.59 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
6.60 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
6.61 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
6.62 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
6.63 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
6.64 + </table>
6.65 +</body></html>
7.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
7.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-xml-layers.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
7.3 @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
7.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
7.5 +<!--
7.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
7.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
7.8 +> -->
7.9 +<html>
7.10 +<head>
7.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
7.12 +
7.13 + <title>About XML Layer Files</title>
7.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
7.15 +</head>
7.16 +
7.17 +<body>
7.18 + <h2>About XML Layer Files</h2>
7.19 + <p><small>
7.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
7.21 + </small></p>
7.22 + <p>Layer files (<tt>layer.xml</tt>) are small XML files provided by modules,
7.23 + which define a virtual filesystem. The layer file defines folders
7.24 + and files that will be merged into the <a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">system filesystem</a> that
7.25 + makes up the runtime configuration information that the NetBeans Platform
7.26 + and its derivatives (such as the IDE) use.
7.27 +
7.28 + <p>Layer files help to make it possible for modules to be
7.29 + dynamically installed. The components of the IDE whose content is composed
7.30 + from folders in the system filesystem listen for changes
7.31 + in folders and files in a filesystem. If a module is added at
7.32 + runtime, the system filesystem fires changes; the user interface notices
7.33 + that the contents of the folder has changed and
7.34 + updates the user interface to reflect the changes.
7.35 +
7.36 + <p>If you created your module using a <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">module project template</a>,
7.37 + you may already have an XML layer in your module, and
7.38 + you can expand the node for it under
7.39 + Important Files in your module project to see and modify its contents.
7.40 + The way it is declared is simple:
7.41 +
7.42 + <ul><li>In your jar, provide the layer file, for example, com/foo/mymodule/resources/layer.xml
7.43 + <li>In your module's manifest, include the following line somewhere in the top section:
7.44 + <p><tt>OpenIDE-Module-Layer: com/foo/mymodule/resources/layer.xml</tt></ul>
7.45 +
7.46 + <p>Just as the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">module project template</a>
7.47 + provides a <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, so the <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">module file templates</a>
7.48 + provide the layer files's entries. For example, when you use a file template to
7.49 + create a new action or to have the IDE recognize a new file type, the IDE automatically registers the
7.50 + new items in the layer file.
7.51 +
7.52 + <p>You can use the System Filesystem Browser to tweak the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, or you
7.53 + can do so manually using code completion in the Source Editor.
7.54 +
7.55 +
7.56 + <dl>
7.57 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
7.58 +
7.59 + <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
7.60 + <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
7.61 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
7.62 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
7.63 + <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
7.64 + <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
7.65 + </dl>
7.66 + <hr>
7.67 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
7.68 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
7.69 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
7.70 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
7.71 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
7.72 + </table>
7.73 +</body></html>
8.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
8.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/modules_process.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
8.3 @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
8.4 + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
8.5 + <!--
8.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
8.7 + * All rights reserved.
8.8 + * Use is subject to license terms.
8.9 + -->
8.10 + <html>
8.11 +<head>
8.12 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
8.13 + <title>Working with NetBeans Modules</title>
8.14 + <link rel="stylesheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
8.15 + </head>
8.16 + <body>
8.17 + <h2>Working with NetBeans Modules</h2>
8.18 + A NetBeans module is a set of Java classes written to interact with the
8.19 + <a href="about-open-apis.html">NetBeans APIs</a>, for extending the IDE or
8.20 + for creating your own application on the <a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
8.21 + <p>The following table outlines the development cycle of NetBeans modules, from creation to distribution.
8.22 + <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column contains each
8.23 + process step. The right column contains detail information to accomplish that process.">
8.24 + <tr valign="top">
8.25 + <td align="center"><img src="../images/circle1.gif" alt="Number one"><br>
8.26 + <b>Set up<br>the module</b></td>
8.27 + <td>
8.28 + <ol>
8.29 + <li>Begin creating your module by
8.30 + using the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">module
8.31 + project template</a>. </li>
8.32 + <li>Optionally, if the module will consist of
8.33 + a collection of module projects, use the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module_suite.html">module
8.34 + suite project template</a>. For example, the collection
8.35 + may make use of external JAR files. If this is the case, put the
8.36 + external JAR files on the module's classpath by using
8.37 + one or more <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_library_wrapper.html">library wrapper
8.38 + module project templates</a>.</li>
8.39 + </ol>
8.40 + </td>
8.41 + </tr>
8.42 +
8.43 + <tr>
8.44 + <td colspan="2">
8.45 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
8.46 + </td>
8.47 + </tr>
8.48 + <tr valign="top">
8.49 + <td align="center"><img src="../images/circle2.gif" alt="Number three"><br>
8.50 + <b>Develop<br>the module</b></td>
8.51 + <td>
8.52 + <ol>
8.53 + <li>Right-click a module project in the Projects window and choose New > Other.
8.54 + <li>In the New File wizard, choose the best <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">NetBeans API
8.55 + template</a> for
8.56 + your programming needs.
8.57 + <li>After using a wizard, double-click the file
8.58 + that you would like to edit. Use the Source Editor to edit the
8.59 + file.</li>
8.60 + <li>Refer to the <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
8.61 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/">
8.62 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>NetBeans API Javadoc</u></html>">
8.63 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
8.64 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
8.65 + </object>
8.66 + </ol>
8.67 + </td>
8.68 + </tr>
8.69 + <tr>
8.70 + <td colspan="2">
8.71 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
8.72 + </td>
8.73 + </tr>
8.74 +
8.75 +
8.76 + <tr valign="top">
8.77 + <td align="center">
8.78 + <img src="../images/circle3.gif" alt="Number 3"><br>
8.79 + <b>Build<br>the module</b>
8.80 + </td>
8.81 + <td>
8.82 +
8.83 + <ul>
8.84 + <li>Choose Build > Build
8.85 + Main Project or right-click any project and choose Build Project.
8.86 + </ul>
8.87 +
8.88 + </td>
8.89 + </tr>
8.90 + <tr>
8.91 + <td colspan="2">
8.92 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
8.93 + </td>
8.94 + </tr>
8.95 + <tr valign="top">
8.96 + <td align="center">
8.97 + <img src="../images/circle4.gif" alt="Number 4"><br>
8.98 + <b>Try out<br>the module</b>
8.99 + </td>
8.100 + <td>
8.101 + <ul>
8.102 + <li>Right-click a module project node and choose Run (later Reload in Target Platform)
8.103 + or Install/Reload in Development IDE to <a href="../distribute_plugin/install_targetplatform.html">try out</a> the module.</li>
8.104 + </ul>
8.105 + </td>
8.106 + </tr>
8.107 + <tr>
8.108 + <td colspan="2">
8.109 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
8.110 + </td>
8.111 + </tr>
8.112 + <tr valign="top">
8.113 + <td align="center"> <img src="../images/circle5.gif" alt="Number 5"><br>
8.114 + <b>Distribute<br>the module</b> </td>
8.115 + <td>
8.116 + <ol>
8.117 + <li>Right-click the module project and choose Create <a href="../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NBM</a>.
8.118 + <p>An NBM file is created. </li>
8.119 + <li>Distribute the NBM file for installation via the Plugins manager.</li>
8.120 +
8.121 +
8.122 + </ol>
8.123 + </td>
8.124 + </tr>
8.125 +
8.126 +
8.127 + </table>
8.128 +
8.129 + <hr>
8.130 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
8.131 + <table cellpadding="50" border="0">
8.132 + <tr>
8.133 + <td> </td>
8.134 + </tr>
8.135 + </table>
8.136 + </body>
8.137 +</html>
9.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
9.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/modules_quickref.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
9.3 @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
9.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
9.5 +<!--
9.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
9.7 + * All rights reserved.
9.8 + * Use is subject to license terms.
9.9 +-->
9.10 +<html>
9.11 +<head>
9.12 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
9.13 +<title>Module and Rich-Client Application Tasks: Quick Reference</title>
9.14 +<link rel="stylesheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
9.15 +</head>
9.16 +
9.17 +<body>
9.18 +<h2>Module and Rich-Client Application Tasks: Quick Reference</h2>
9.19 +<p> This topic describes common tasks you can perform with module projects. For
9.20 + more detailed information, click the links in the right column. </p>
9.21 +
9.22 +<table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
9.23 + task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
9.24 + <tr valign="top">
9.25 + <th scope="col" align="left">To perform this task</th>
9.26 + <th scope="col" align="left">Follow these steps</th>
9.27 + </tr>
9.28 + <tr valign="top">
9.29 + <td> Create a project.</td>
9.30 + <td>
9.31 + <ol>
9.32 + <li>Choose File > New
9.33 + Project (Ctrl-Shift-N).</li>
9.34 + <li>Select the right <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">template</a> for your
9.35 + project. </li>
9.36 + </ol>
9.37 + </td>
9.38 + </tr>
9.39 +
9.40 + <tr valign="top">
9.41 + <td>Add a JAR file to a project's classpath.</td>
9.42 + <td>
9.43 + <ol>
9.44 + <li>Choose File > New Project
9.45 + (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
9.46 + <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select <a href="../csh/LibraryStartWizardPanel.html">Library Wrapper Module</a>.</li>
9.47 +
9.48 +<li>Follow the steps in the rest of the wizard.</li>
9.49 +</ol>
9.50 + </td>
9.51 + </tr>
9.52 + <tr valign="top">
9.53 + <td>Set up deployment dependencies between projects.</td>
9.54 + <td>
9.55 +
9.56 + <p>After making a Module Suite project,
9.57 + you can create module projects in it, or add existing module projects to it.
9.58 + Then you can set up dependencies among projects in the suite by using the
9.59 + Libraries panel of each project's Project Properties dialog box. You create
9.60 + a module suite project as follows:
9.61 +
9.62 + <ol>
9.63 + <li>Choose File > New Project
9.64 + (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
9.65 + <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select <a href="../csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite.html">Module Suite</a>.</li>
9.66 +
9.67 +<li>Follow the steps in the rest of the wizard.</li>
9.68 +</ol>
9.69 + </td>
9.70 + </tr>
9.71 + <tr valign="top">
9.72 + <td>Build a project.</td>
9.73 + <td>
9.74 + <ul>
9.75 +
9.76 + <li>Choose Build > Build
9.77 + Main Project (F11) or right-click any project node and choose Build
9.78 + Project. In addition, you can use the IDE
9.79 + to build the following:
9.80 + <ul><li><a href="../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NetBeans Module (<tt>.nbm</tt>) file</a>
9.81 + <li><a href="../build_plugin/building_zip.html">ZIP distribution</a>
9.82 + <li><a href="../build_plugin/building_jnlp.html">Java Web Start (<tt>.jnlp</tt>) file</a></ul></li>
9.83 + </ul>
9.84 + </td>
9.85 + </tr>
9.86 + <tr valign="top">
9.87 + <td>Clean a project.</td>
9.88 + <td>
9.89 + <ul>
9.90 + <li>Right-click the project node and choose Clean Project.</li>
9.91 + </ul>
9.92 + </td>
9.93 + </tr>
9.94 + <tr valign="top">
9.95 + <td>Run a project.</td>
9.96 + <td>
9.97 + <ul>
9.98 + <li>Choose Run > Run
9.99 + Main Project (F6) or right-click any project node and choose Run
9.100 + Project.
9.101 + </ul>
9.102 + </td>
9.103 + </tr>
9.104 + <tr valign="top">
9.105 + <td>Attach source code to libraries for debugging.</td>
9.106 + <td>
9.107 +
9.108 + <ol>
9.109 + <li>Choose Tools > Library
9.110 + Manager from the main window.</li>
9.111 + <li>If the JAR file is not already registered in the Library Manager,
9.112 + create a new library using the Add Library button.</li>
9.113 + <li>Select the library in the left panel of the Library Manager.</li>
9.114 + <li>In the Classpath tab, click Add JAR/Folder and specify the location
9.115 + of the JAR file containing the compiled class files.
9.116 + The JAR must be the copied version in the project's
9.117 + <tt>release/modules/ext/</tt> directory, not its original
9.118 + location that you picked it up from when creating the
9.119 + library wrapper project. A library can contain multiple
9.120 + JAR files.</li>
9.121 + <li>In the Sources tab, add the
9.122 + folder or archive file containing the source code. </li>
9.123 + </ol>
9.124 + </td>
9.125 + </tr>
9.126 + <tr valign="top">
9.127 + <td>Add Javadoc to a project.</td>
9.128 + <td>
9.129 + <ol>
9.130 + <li>Choose Tools > Library
9.131 + Manager from the main window.</li>
9.132 + <li>If the JAR file is not already registered in the Library Manager,
9.133 + register the JAR file as described above.</li>
9.134 + <li>In the Javadoc tab, click
9.135 + Add ZIP/Folder and specify the location of the Javadoc files.</li>
9.136 + </ol>
9.137 + </td>
9.138 + </tr>
9.139 + <tr valign="top">
9.140 + <td>Set the main project.</td>
9.141 + <td>
9.142 + <ul>
9.143 + <li>Right-click the project node and choose Set Main Project.</li>
9.144 + </ul>
9.145 + </td>
9.146 + </tr>
9.147 +</table>
9.148 +<hr>
9.149 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
9.150 +</body>
9.151 +</html>
10.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
10.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
10.3 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
10.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
10.5 +<!--
10.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
10.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
10.8 +> -->
10.9 +<html>
10.10 +<head>
10.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
10.12 +
10.13 + <title>About the System Filesystem</title>
10.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
10.15 +</head>
10.16 +
10.17 +<body>
10.18 + <h2>About the System Filesystem</h2>
10.19 + <p><small>
10.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
10.21 + </small></p>
10.22 + The system filesystem is the central repository for configuration data in NetBeans.
10.23 + It is composed at runtime of a stack of <a href="about-xml-layers.html">XML layer files</a>
10.24 + supplied by modules in
10.25 + the system.
10.26 + It is a <i>virtual</i> filesystem that contains configuration information.
10.27 + NetBeans stores a wide variety of configuration information in the system filesystem. For example, the system filesystem
10.28 + contains a folder called <tt>Menu</tt>, which contains subfolders with names such as <tt>File</tt> and <tt>Edit</tt>.
10.29 + These subfolders contain files that represent Java classes which implement the actions that appear in
10.30 + the File and Edit menus.
10.31 +
10.32 +
10.33 + <p>When you create a module, you are free to create your own folders in the system
10.34 + filesystem to store data that relate to your module. You can also add objects
10.35 + to existing folders. One of the reasons
10.36 + to use the system filesystem is that it enables an application to be constructed piecemeal
10.37 + from pluggable components (modules) without requiring the use of a monolithic "master controller" that knows about everything.
10.38 + <p>One important aspect of a NetBeans virtual filesystem is that it can fire events to notify the rest of
10.39 + the system when something in it changes. NetBeans listens for changes in the system filesystem, and if,
10.40 + for example, something creates a new object in one of the menu folders, that new item will appear in the menu.
10.41 +
10.42 +
10.43 + <dl>
10.44 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
10.45 +
10.46 + <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
10.47 + <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
10.48 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
10.49 + <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
10.50 + <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
10.51 + <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
10.52 + </dl>
10.53 +
10.54 +
10.55 + <hr>
10.56 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
10.57 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
10.58 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
10.59 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
10.60 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
10.61 + </table>
10.62 +</body></html>
11.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
11.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/nbmodule-about.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
11.3 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
11.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
11.5 +<!--
11.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
11.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
11.8 +> -->
11.9 +<html>
11.10 +<head>
11.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
11.12 +
11.13 + <title>About NetBeans Modules</title>
11.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
11.15 +</head>
11.16 +
11.17 +<body>
11.18 + <h2>About NetBeans Modules</h2>
11.19 + <p><small>
11.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
11.21 + </small></p>
11.22 + <p>A NetBeans module is a Java archive file which contains Java classes written to interact with the
11.23 + <a href="about-open-apis.html">NetBeans APIs</a>.
11.24 + A module identifies
11.25 + itself as a module by an entry in its <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file.
11.26 + NetBeans modules are packaged as NBM files (<tt>.nbm</tt> extension) for non-installer
11.27 + distribution, usually via the Plugins manager under the Tools menu.
11.28 + <p>NetBeans modules are written with one of two aims in mind:
11.29 + <ul>
11.30 + <li><b>Extending the IDE.</b> You can very easily generate skeleton
11.31 + code for extending the IDE's functionality with
11.32 + new features. For example, you can use the skeleton code to write modules that make your favorite cutting-edge
11.33 + technologies available to the NetBeans IDE. Or, if you miss some functionality in the IDE, you
11.34 + can add it yourself, by using the skeleton code to
11.35 + write a module that provides the desired functionality.
11.36 + <li><b>Building a rich-client application.</b> You can use the core of the IDE as a platform on
11.37 + top of which you develop standalone desktop applications. The core of the IDE is a separate product
11.38 + called the <a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>. By basing your application on the NetBeans Platform,
11.39 + you can save a lot of development time, because you can
11.40 + reuse the platform's existing features such as menus, toolbars, and windowing systems.
11.41 +
11.42 + <ul class="note"><li>Even though it is a separate product, there is little need to download the NetBeans Platform separately—you can develop
11.43 + the rich-client application in the IDE and then exclude the modules that are specific
11.44 + to the IDE but that are superfluous to your application. Only when
11.45 + you want to use a different <i>version</i> of the platform than is included in the IDE,
11.46 + does it make sense to download the NetBeans Platform and install
11.47 + the modules that define the application into it.</ul>
11.48 +
11.49 +
11.50 + </ul>
11.51 +
11.52 +
11.53 +
11.54 +
11.55 + <dl>
11.56 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
11.57 +
11.58 + <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
11.59 + <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
11.60 + <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
11.61 + <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
11.62 + <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
11.63 + <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
11.64 + </dl>
11.65 + <hr>
11.66 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
11.67 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
11.68 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
11.69 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
11.70 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
11.71 + </table>
11.72 +</body></html>
12.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
12.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/richclientapp_process.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
12.3 @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
12.4 +
12.5 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
12.6 +<!--
12.7 +* Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
12.8 +* All rights reserved.
12.9 +* Use is subject to license terms.
12.10 +-->
12.11 +<html>
12.12 + <head>
12.13 + <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
12.14 + <title>Working with Rich-Client Applications</title>
12.15 + <link rel="stylesheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
12.16 + </head>
12.17 + <body>
12.18 + <h2>Working with Rich-Client Applications</h2>
12.19 + A rich-client application is a complete,
12.20 + functioning, standalone Swing application,
12.21 + built on top of the <a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
12.22 + <p>The following table outlines the development cycle of rich-client applications, from creation to distribution.
12.23 + <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column contains each
12.24 + process step. The right column contains detail information to accomplish that process.">
12.25 +
12.26 + <tr valign="top">
12.27 + <td align="center"><img src="../images/circle1.gif" alt="Number one"><br>
12.28 + <b>Set up<br>the application</b></td>
12.29 + <td>
12.30 + <ol>
12.31 + <li>Begin creating your application by
12.32 + using the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_platform_app.html">NetBeans
12.33 + Platform application project template</a>. </li>
12.34 + <li>Optionally, before going further, brand the application by providing
12.35 + a splash screen and other external customizations, as described in step 6
12.36 + below.
12.37 + </li>
12.38 + </ol>
12.39 + </td>
12.40 + </tr>
12.41 +
12.42 + <tr>
12.43 + <td colspan="2">
12.44 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
12.45 + </td>
12.46 + </tr>
12.47 + <tr valign="top">
12.48 + <td align="center"><img src="../images/circle2.gif" alt="Number three"><br>
12.49 + <b>Develop<br>the application</b></td>
12.50 + <td>
12.51 + <ol><li>Begin creating each distinct part of your application
12.52 + by using the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">module
12.53 + project template</a>. </li>
12.54 + <li>Right-click a module project in the Projects window and choose New > Other.
12.55 + <li>In the New File wizard, choose the best <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">NetBeans API
12.56 + template</a> for
12.57 + your programming needs.
12.58 + <li>After using a wizard, double-click the file
12.59 + that you would like to edit. Use the Source Editor to edit the
12.60 + file.</li>
12.61 + <li>Refer to the <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
12.62 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/">
12.63 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>NetBeans API Javadoc</u></html>">
12.64 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
12.65 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
12.66 + </object>
12.67 + </ol>
12.68 + </td>
12.69 + </tr>
12.70 +
12.71 +
12.72 + <tr>
12.73 + <td colspan="2">
12.74 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
12.75 + </td>
12.76 + </tr>
12.77 + <tr valign="top">
12.78 + <td align="center">
12.79 + <img src="../images/circle3.gif" alt="Number 3"><br>
12.80 + <b>Build<br>the application</b>
12.81 + </td>
12.82 + <td>
12.83 +
12.84 + <ul>
12.85 + <li>Choose Build > Build
12.86 + Main Project or right-click any project and choose Build Project.
12.87 + </ul>
12.88 +
12.89 + </td>
12.90 + </tr>
12.91 + <tr>
12.92 + <td colspan="2">
12.93 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
12.94 + </td>
12.95 + </tr>
12.96 + <tr valign="top">
12.97 + <td align="center">
12.98 + <img src="../images/circle4.gif" alt="Number 4"><br>
12.99 + <b>Try out<br>the application</b>
12.100 + </td>
12.101 + <td>
12.102 + <ul>
12.103 + <li>Right-click the application project node and choose Run Project.</li>
12.104 + </ul>
12.105 + </td>
12.106 + </tr>
12.107 + <tr>
12.108 + <td colspan="2">
12.109 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
12.110 + </td>
12.111 + </tr>
12.112 +
12.113 + <tr valign="top">
12.114 + <td align="center"> <img src="../images/circle5.gif" alt="Number 5"><br>
12.115 + <b>Brand<br>the application</b> </td>
12.116 + <td>
12.117 + <ul><li>Right-click the application node in the Projects
12.118 + window and choose Properties. Use the Application panel
12.119 + to brand the name of the application launcher.
12.120 + <li>Right-click the application node again, choose Branding,
12.121 + and then use the tabs Basic, Splash Screen, Window System,
12.122 + and Resource Bundles to brand these details of the application.
12.123 + </ul>
12.124 + </td>
12.125 + </tr>
12.126 +
12.127 + <tr>
12.128 + <td colspan="2">
12.129 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
12.130 + </td>
12.131 + </tr>
12.132 +
12.133 + <tr valign="top">
12.134 + <td align="center"> <img src="../images/circle6.gif" alt="Number 6"><br>
12.135 + <b>Distribute<br>the application</b> </td>
12.136 + <td>
12.137 + You can distribute the application in one or both of the following ways:
12.138 + <ul><li>Create a ZIP Distribution</li>
12.139 + <ul><li>Right-click the application project and choose <a href="../build_plugin/building_zip.html">Package as | ZIP Distribution</a>.
12.140 + <p>The application's executable and its clusters are packaged in a ZIP distribution.
12.141 + <li>Distribute the ZIP file.</ul>
12.142 + <li>Create a JNLP Application</li>
12.143 + <ul><li>Right-click the application project and choose <a href="../build_plugin/building_jnlp.html">JNLP | Build</a>.
12.144 + <p>The application's JNLP files are created.
12.145 + <li>Put the JNLP application on a server.</ul>
12.146 + <li>Create an Installer</li>
12.147 + <ul><li>Right-click the application project and choose Project Properties.
12.148 + <p>In the Installer panel, specify the installers
12.149 + you would like to create.
12.150 + <li>Close the Project Properties dialog, right-click the
12.151 + application project and choose Package as | Installers.
12.152 + The installers are created in the application
12.153 + 'dist' folder, visible in the Files window (Ctrl-2).</ul>
12.154 + </ul>
12.155 + </td>
12.156 + </tr>
12.157 + <tr>
12.158 + <td colspan="2">
12.159 + <hr align="center" width="80%">
12.160 + </td>
12.161 + </tr>
12.162 + <tr valign="top">
12.163 + <td align="center"> <img src="../images/circle7.gif" alt="Number 7"><br>
12.164 + <b>Distribute<br>updates to the application</b> </td>
12.165 + <td>
12.166 + <ol>
12.167 + <li>Right-click the application project and choose Create <a href="../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NBMs</a>.
12.168 + <p>An NBM file is created for each module project in the application project. In addition,
12.169 + an <a href="../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">autoupdate descriptor</a> is created.
12.170 + <li>Distribute the NBM file for installation via the Plugins manager.
12.171 +
12.172 +
12.173 + </ol>
12.174 + </td>
12.175 + </tr>
12.176 + </table>
12.177 +
12.178 + <hr>
12.179 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
12.180 + <table cellpadding="50" border="0">
12.181 + <tr>
12.182 + <td> </td>
12.183 + </tr>
12.184 + </table>
12.185 + </body>
12.186 +</html>
13.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
13.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/build_plugin/building_jnlp.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
13.3 @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
13.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
13.5 +<!--
13.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
13.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
13.8 +> -->
13.9 +<html>
13.10 +<head>
13.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
13.12 +
13.13 + <title>Building a JNLP Application</title>
13.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
13.15 +</head>
13.16 +
13.17 +<body>
13.18 + <h2>Building a JNLP Application</h2>
13.19 + <p><small>
13.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
13.21 + </small></p>
13.22 +
13.23 + <p>Java Web Start is a helper application that becomes associated with a Web browser.
13.24 + When a user clicks on a link that points to a special launch file (JNLP file),
13.25 + it causes the browser to launch Java Web Start, which then automatically downloads,
13.26 + caches, and runs the given Java Technology-based application. The entire
13.27 + process is typically completed without requiring any user interaction, except for the initial single click.
13.28 + <p><b>To build a JNLP application:</b>
13.29 +
13.30 + <ol><li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the module
13.31 + suite project you want to build.
13.32 + <li>Choose JNLP | Build.
13.33 +
13.34 + <p>Depending on whether you have set up the module suite project
13.35 + as a standalone application, do the following:
13.36 +
13.37 + <ul><li>If you have already set up the module suite project as
13.38 + a standalone project, the IDE builds a <tt>jnlp</tt> folder
13.39 + in your <tt>build</tt> folder and adds a <tt>master.jnlp</tt>
13.40 + file in your main project folder. Open the Files window to
13.41 + see the JNLP file and the folder within the <tt>build</tt> folder.</li>
13.42 +
13.43 + <li>If you have not set up the module suite project as a standalone
13.44 + application, the IDE will not be able to build the JNLP
13.45 + application. The IDE will tell you this by means of
13.46 + a dialog box.
13.47 + <ul>
13.48 + <li>Click Configure Application in the dialog box. The
13.49 + Project Properties dialog box opens. Click Build.
13.50 + <li>Select the Create Standalone Application radiobutton. Click OK.
13.51 + <li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the module
13.52 + suite project you want to build.
13.53 + <li>Choose Build JNLP Application.
13.54 + <p>The IDE builds a <tt>jnlp</tt> folder
13.55 + in your <tt>build</tt> folder and adds a <tt>master.jnlp</tt>
13.56 + file in your main project folder. Open the Files window to
13.57 + see the JNLP file and the folder within the <tt>build</tt> folder.
13.58 + </ul></li>
13.59 + </ul>
13.60 + </ol>
13.61 +
13.62 + <dl>
13.63 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
13.64 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
13.65 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
13.66 + <dd> <a href="building_zip.html">Building a ZIP Distribution</a></dd>
13.67 + <dd><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
13.68 + <param name="content" value="Java Web Start Technology main page">
13.69 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://java.sun.com/products/javawebstart/index.jsp</u></html>">
13.70 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
13.71 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
13.72 + </object></dd>
13.73 +
13.74 + </dl>
13.75 + <hr>
13.76 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
13.77 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
13.78 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
13.79 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
13.80 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
13.81 + </table>
13.82 +</body></html>
14.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
14.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/build_plugin/building_nbm.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
14.3 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
14.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
14.5 +<!--
14.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
14.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
14.8 +> -->
14.9 +<html>
14.10 +<head>
14.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
14.12 +
14.13 + <title>Building an NBM File</title>
14.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
14.15 +</head>
14.16 +
14.17 +<body>
14.18 + <h2>Building an NBM File</h2>
14.19 + <p><small>
14.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
14.21 + </small></p>
14.22 + <p>An <a href="../about/about-nbm.html">NBM file</a>
14.23 + is a NetBeans module in binary format,
14.24 + packaged for delivery via the web.
14.25 +
14.26 + <p><b>To build an NBM file:</b>
14.27 +
14.28 + <ol><li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the
14.29 + module project you want to build.
14.30 + <li>Choose Create NBM.</ol>
14.31 +
14.32 + <p><b>To build all NBM files in a module suite:</b>
14.33 +
14.34 + <ol><li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the
14.35 + module suite project you want to build.
14.36 + <li>Choose Create NBMs.</ol>
14.37 +
14.38 + <ul class="note"><li>When you choose Create NBMs in
14.39 + a module suite's contextual menu, an autoupdate
14.40 + descriptor is generated by the IDE. The autoupdate descriptor
14.41 + describes all the NBM files. When you put the autoupdate
14.42 + descriptor on a server, your users can access it and retrieve
14.43 + your NBM files via the autoupdate descriptor. For details, see
14.44 + <a href="../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</a>.</ul>
14.45 +
14.46 +
14.47 +
14.48 +
14.49 + <dl>
14.50 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
14.51 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
14.52 + <dd> <a href="building_plugins.html">Building a Module</a></dd>
14.53 +
14.54 + </dl>
14.55 + <hr>
14.56 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
14.57 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
14.58 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
14.59 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
14.60 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
14.61 + </table>
14.62 +</body></html>
15.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
15.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/build_plugin/building_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
15.3 @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
15.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
15.5 +<!--
15.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
15.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
15.8 +> -->
15.9 +<html>
15.10 + <head>
15.11 + <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
15.12 +
15.13 + <title>About Building Modules</title>
15.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
15.15 + </head>
15.16 +
15.17 + <body>
15.18 + <h2>About Building Modules</h2>
15.19 +
15.20 + <p><small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small></p>
15.21 +
15.22 + <p>The IDE uses an Ant build script to build your modules. The IDE generates the build
15.23 + script based on the options you enter in the project's Project Properties dialog box.
15.24 + You can set the module's dependencies, versioning, and packaging information in the
15.25 + Project Properties dialog box. You can further customize program execution by editing
15.26 + the Ant script and Ant properties for the project.</p>
15.27 +
15.28 + <p>You can customize the build process by doing any of the following:</p>
15.29 +
15.30 + <ul>
15.31 + <li>Enter basic options, like module dependencies, packaging settings and versioning
15.32 + information in the Project Properties dialog box.</li>
15.33 + <li>Customize the IDE-generated Ant targets or create new targets in <tt>build.xml</tt>.</li>
15.34 + </ul>
15.35 +
15.36 + <p><b>To build a module:</b>
15.37 +
15.38 + <ol>
15.39 + <li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the module project you want to build.</li>
15.40 + <li>Choose Build Project.</li>
15.41 + </ol>
15.42 +
15.43 + <p>To build all the modules belonging to a module suite project, right-click the module suite project
15.44 + and choose Build All.</p>
15.45 +
15.46 + <ul class="note">
15.47 + <li>If the IDE does not support your desired build process, see the <tt>harness/README</tt> file.
15.48 + This README file contains detailed descriptions of various file layouts and how to edit them.</li>
15.49 + </ul>
15.50 +
15.51 + <dl>
15.52 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
15.53 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
15.54 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
15.55 + <dd><a href="building_jnlp.html">Building a JNLP Application</a></dd>
15.56 + <dd><a href="building_nbm.html">Building an NBM File</a></dd>
15.57 + <dd><a href="building_zip.html">Building a ZIP Distribution</a></dd>
15.58 + </dl>
15.59 +
15.60 + <hr>
15.61 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
15.62 +
15.63 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
15.64 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
15.65 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
15.66 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
15.67 + </table>
15.68 + </body>
15.69 +</html>
15.70 \ No newline at end of file
16.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
16.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/build_plugin/building_zip.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
16.3 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
16.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
16.5 +<!--
16.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
16.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
16.8 +> -->
16.9 +<html>
16.10 +<head>
16.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
16.12 +
16.13 + <title>Building a ZIP Distribution</title>
16.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
16.15 +</head>
16.16 +
16.17 +<body>
16.18 + <h2>Building a ZIP Distribution</h2>
16.19 +<p><small>
16.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
16.21 +</small></p>
16.22 +
16.23 +Once your rich-client application is complete, one way to distribute it is via a ZIP file. The IDE
16.24 + can create the ZIP file for you, containing the application.
16.25 +
16.26 +<p><b>To build a ZIP distribution:</b>
16.27 +
16.28 +<ol><li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the application.
16.29 + <li>Choose Package as | ZIP Distribution.</ol>
16.30 +
16.31 +<dl>
16.32 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
16.33 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
16.34 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
16.35 + <dd> <a href="building_jnlp.html">Building a JNLP Application</a></dd>
16.36 +</dl>
16.37 +<hr>
16.38 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
16.39 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
16.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
16.41 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
16.42 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
16.43 +</table>
16.44 +</body></html>
17.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
17.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/communicate_plugin/about_communicate.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
17.3 @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
17.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
17.5 +<!--
17.6 + * Copyright © 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
17.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
17.8 +> -->
17.9 +<html>
17.10 +<head>
17.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
17.12 +
17.13 + <title>About Communicating Between Modules</title>
17.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
17.15 +</head>
17.16 +
17.17 +<body>
17.18 +<h2>About Communicating Between Modules</h2>
17.19 +<p><small>
17.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
17.21 +</small></p>
17.22 +
17.23 +<p>For registration
17.24 + and discovery of any kind of interface or class,
17.25 + in any module within the system,
17.26 + the NetBeans Platform supports two uniformly
17.27 + suitable solutions:
17.28 +
17.29 + <ul>
17.30 + <li><b><tt>Lookup</tt>.</b> One of the most fundamental classes in the
17.31 + NetBeans APIs is <tt>org.openide.util.Lookup</tt>.
17.32 + <li><b><tt>ServiceLoader</tt>.</b> This is the new
17.33 + <tt>java.util.ServiceLoader</tt> class, introduced in JDK 1.6, and
17.34 + described in <a href="about_service_providers.html">About Service Providers</a>.
17.35 + </ul>
17.36 +
17.37 + <p>Factors that might determine which approach to take:
17.38 + <ul>
17.39 + <li><p>
17.40 + <tt>Lookup</tt> is available in versions for older JDKs and
17.41 + thus you can use it as a replacement of <tt>ServiceLoader</tt>
17.42 + when running on JDKs older than 1.6.
17.43 + </p></li>
17.44 + <li><p>
17.45 + <tt>Lookup</tt> is ready to work inside of the NetBeans
17.46 + runtime container. It knows how to discover all the modules
17.47 + in the system, how to effectively read its defined services, etc.
17.48 + </p></li>
17.49 + <li><p>
17.50 + <tt>Lookup</tt> supports listeners. Client code can attach a
17.51 + listener and observe changes in lookup content. This is a necessary
17.52 + improvement to adapt to the dynamic environment created by the NetBeans
17.53 + runtime container, where modules can be enabled or disabled at runtime,
17.54 + which in turn can affect the set of
17.55 + registered service providers.
17.56 + </p></li>
17.57 + <li><p>
17.58 + <tt>Lookup</tt> is extensible and replaceable. While the
17.59 + <tt>ServiceLoader</tt> class in JDK 1.6 is a final class with
17.60 + hard-coded behavior, the NetBeans <tt>Lookup</tt> is an extensible class
17.61 + that allows various implementations. This can be useful while
17.62 + writing unit tests. Or you can write an enhanced version of
17.63 + lookup that not only reads <tt>META-INF/services</tt> but,
17.64 + for example, finds the requested service providers around the
17.65 + Internet, etc.
17.66 + </p></li>
17.67 + <li><p>
17.68 + <tt>Lookup</tt> is a general purpose abstraction. While the
17.69 + JDK's <tt>ServiceLoader</tt> can de-facto have just one instance
17.70 + per classloader, there can be thousands of independent <tt>Lookup</tt>
17.71 + instances, each representing a single place to query
17.72 + services and interfaces. In fact this is exactly the way
17.73 + <tt>Lookup</tt> is used in NetBeans—it represents the <i>context</i>
17.74 + of each dialog, window element, node in a tree, etc.
17.75 + </p></li>
17.76 + </ul>
17.77 +
17.78 + <p>For a four-part tutorial
17.79 + series that covers Lookup,
17.80 + see:
17.81 +
17.82 + <p><object classid="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
17.83 + <param name="content" value="http://platform.netbeans.org/tutorials/60/nbm-selection-1.html">
17.84 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>NetBeans Selection Management Tutorial—Using a TopComponent's Lookup</u></html>">
17.85 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
17.86 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
17.87 + </object>
17.88 +
17.89 +
17.90 +
17.91 +</p>
17.92 +
17.93 +<dl>
17.94 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
17.95 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
17.96 + <dd><a href="about_service_providers.html">About Service Providers</a></dd>
17.97 +</dl>
17.98 +<hr>
17.99 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
17.100 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
17.101 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
17.102 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
17.103 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
17.104 +</table>
17.105 +</body></html>
18.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
18.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/communicate_plugin/about_service_providers.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
18.3 @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
18.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
18.5 +<!--
18.6 + * Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
18.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
18.8 +> -->
18.9 +<html>
18.10 +<head>
18.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
18.12 +
18.13 + <title>About Service Providers</title>
18.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
18.15 +</head>
18.16 +
18.17 +<body>
18.18 + <h2>About Service Providers</h2>
18.19 + <p><small>
18.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
18.21 + </small></p>
18.22 +
18.23 + <p>
18.24 + In version 1.3, the JDK started to use a concept called <i>service providers</i>.
18.25 + This concept introduces a completely declarative style of registration, which
18.26 + is based just on the current classpath of a Java virtual machine
18.27 + and nothing else. This has an important advantage greatly
18.28 + contributing to the ease of use of this registration style: in order
18.29 + to change the set of registered providers, just pick up a JAR file
18.30 + that offers such a provider and include it in application classpath.
18.31 + Immediately its provider will be accessible to all code that searches
18.32 + for it.
18.33 + </p>
18.34 +
18.35 + <p>
18.36 + The basic idea is that each JAR file (in NetBeans terminology, each module)
18.37 + that wishes to provide an implementation of some interface, for
18.38 + example <tt>javax.xml.parsers.DocumentBuilderFactory</tt>,
18.39 + can create its own implementation of the interface, say
18.40 + <tt>org.sakson.MyFactory</tt>, and expose it to the system as
18.41 + a <i>service</i> by creating a
18.42 + <tt>META-INF/services/javax.xml.parsers.DocumentBuilderFactory</tt>
18.43 + file inside of its own JAR file. The file then contains a name
18.44 + of the implementation class per line. In this example it would contain
18.45 + one line registering the sakson factory: <tt>org.sakson.MyFactory</tt>.
18.46 + </p>
18.47 +
18.48 + <p>
18.49 + The <tt>DocumentBuilderFactory.newInstance</tt> method then searches
18.50 + for all <tt>META-INF/services/javax.xml.parsers.DocumentBuilderFactory</tt>
18.51 + files by using
18.52 + <tt>ClassLoader.getResources("META-INF/services/javax.xml.parsers.DocumentBuilderFactory")</tt>,
18.53 + reads their content, and instantiates the class(es) found there by
18.54 + calling their default constructors. The first implementation of the
18.55 + <tt>DocumentBuilderFactory</tt> is then returned from the <tt>newInstance</tt>
18.56 + method.
18.57 + </p>
18.58 +
18.59 + <p>
18.60 + While you can manually create the registration of a service in your module,
18.61 + usually you will use the <code>org.openide.util.lookup.ServiceProvider</code> annotation,
18.62 + which creates such a registration for you automatically.
18.63 + </p>
18.64 +
18.65 + <p>
18.66 + As already mentioned, this style has been in place since JDK 1.3 and is a
18.67 + standard way to deal with service providers. Not only has NetBeans adopted this style,
18.68 + it is also gaining in popularity among other Java developers. As a result,
18.69 + JDK 1.6 has introduced the new utility class
18.70 + <classname>java.util.ServiceLoader</classname>.</p>
18.71 +
18.72 +
18.73 +<dl>
18.74 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
18.75 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
18.76 + <dd><a href="about_communicate.html">About Communicating Between Modules</a></dd>
18.77 +</dl>
18.78 +
18.79 + <hr>
18.80 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
18.81 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
18.82 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
18.83 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
18.84 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
18.85 + </table>
18.86 +</body></html>
19.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
19.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/about_create.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
19.3 @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
19.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
19.5 +<!--
19.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
19.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
19.8 +> -->
19.9 +<html>
19.10 +<head>
19.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
19.12 +
19.13 + <title>About Setting Up Modules</title>
19.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
19.15 +</head>
19.16 +<body>
19.17 + <h2>About Setting Up Modules</h2>
19.18 +<p><small>
19.19 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
19.20 +</small></p>
19.21 +
19.22 +<p>The IDE contains a set of standard project templates and file templates for setting up modules.
19.23 + The standard distribution of the IDE contains the following module project templates:
19.24 +
19.25 +
19.26 + <ul>
19.27 +<li><b><img src="../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Module.</b>
19.28 +Use a module project as the place where you code your module. </li>
19.29 +<li><b><img src="../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Library Wrapper Module icon"> Library Wrapper Module.</b>
19.30 +Use library wrapper module projects to put one or more library JAR files on a module's classpath.
19.31 +</li>
19.32 +<li><b><img src="../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module Suite icon"> Module Suite.</b>
19.33 +Use a module suite project to group and deploy a set of interdependent module projects and library wrapper
19.34 + module projects.
19.35 +</li>
19.36 +<li><b><img src="../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Application icon"> NetBeans Platform Application.</b>
19.37 +Use a NetBeans Platform Application project as the skeleton framework as the starting
19.38 + point of your own applications.
19.39 +</li>
19.40 +</ul>
19.41 +<p>For details, see <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">About Module Project Templates</a>.
19.42 +<p>The standard distribution of the IDE contains the following module file templates:
19.43 +
19.44 +<ul>
19.45 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newAction.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Action icon"> Action.</b>
19.46 +Creates an action that can be invoked from a menu item, pop-up menu, toolbar button, or keyboard shortcut.</li>
19.47 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newCodeGenerator.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Code Generator icon"> Code Generator.</b>
19.48 +Creates a new menu item in the Insert Code popup in the editor of your choice.</li>
19.49 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newLoader.png" width="16" height="16" alt="File Type icon"> File Type.</b>
19.50 +Lets the IDE recognize a new file type.</li>
19.51 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/libraries.gif" width="16" height="16" alt="Java SE Library Descriptor icon"> Java SE Library Descriptor.</b>
19.52 +Adds a new class library to the Library Manager of the user's IDE.
19.53 +
19.54 +<li> <b><img src="../../ui/resources/newJavaHelp.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Help icon"> JavaHelp Help Set.</b> Creates all the files needed for building a JavaHelp help set.
19.55 +</li>
19.56 +
19.57 +<li><b><img src="../../resources/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Installer/Activator.</b> Creates a ModuleInstall class for a NetBeans module or a BundleActivator for OSGi bundles.
19.58 +
19.59 +</li>
19.60 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newOptions.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Options icon"> Options Panel.</b>
19.61 +Adds a new panel to the Options window.</li>
19.62 +
19.63 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newProject.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Project Template icon"> Project Template.</b>
19.64 +Adds a new template to the New Project wizard.</li>
19.65 +
19.66 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newQuickSearch.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Quick Search icon"> Quick Search Provider.</b>
19.67 +Creates a new entry in the Quick Search field.</li>
19.68 +<li> <b><img src="../../ui/resources/newUpdateCenter.png" width="16" height="16" alt="UC icon"> Update Center.</b> Registers an update center in the Plugins manager. As a result,
19.69 + the user does not need to manually register the Update Center via the Plugins manager.</li>
19.70 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newTC.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Window icon"> Window Component.</b>
19.71 +Creates a new window with an Open action invoked from a menu item.</li>
19.72 +<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newWizard.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Window icon"> Wizard.</b>
19.73 +Creates a new wizard for creating, for example, new files in the IDE.</li>
19.74 +</ul>
19.75 +<p>Some of the file templates are used to kickstart your work
19.76 + with the NetBeans APIs. Other file templates are used for bundling
19.77 + supporting items, such as project samples and JavaHelp help sets,
19.78 + with your modules.
19.79 + For details, see <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">About Generating Skeleton API Implementations</a>
19.80 + and <a href="../create_plugin/libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">About Bundling Supporting Items</a>.
19.81 +
19.82 +
19.83 +<dl>
19.84 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
19.85 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
19.86 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
19.87 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
19.88 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
19.89 + <dd><a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
19.90 + <dd><a href="../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
19.91 +<dd><a href="../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
19.92 +</dl>
19.93 +
19.94 +<hr>
19.95 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
19.96 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
19.97 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
19.98 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
19.99 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
19.100 +</table>
19.101 +</body></html>
20.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
20.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/apisupport_codetemplates_apis.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
20.3 @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
20.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
20.5 +<!--
20.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
20.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
20.8 +> -->
20.9 +<html>
20.10 +<head>
20.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
20.12 +
20.13 + <title>Code Templates for NetBeans APIs</title>
20.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
20.15 +</head>
20.16 +<body>
20.17 + <h2>Code Templates for NetBeans APIs</h2>
20.18 +
20.19 + <p>In the Java editor in the IDE, type an abbreviation listed below,
20.20 + press the expansion key (which is Tab, by default), and then
20.21 + the expanded text shown below will be generated.
20.22 +
20.23 + <ul>
20.24 +
20.25 +<li>Abbreviation: <strong>2do </strong>
20.26 +<p>Description: Convert FileObject to DataObject</p><p>Expands to:
20.27 +</p><pre class="java">try {<br /> ${dobType type="org.openide.loaders.DataObject" editable="false" default="DataObject"} ${dob newVarName default="dob"} = ${dobType}.find(${fo instanceof="org.openide.filesystems.FileObject" default="fo"});<br /> ${cursor}<br />} catch (${etype type="org.openide.loaders.DataObjectNotFoundException" default="DataObjectNotFoundException" editable="false"} ${exName newVarName default="ex" editable="false"}) {<br /> ${exctype type="org.openide.util.Exceptions" editable="false" default=""}.printStackTrace(${exName});<br />}</pre>
20.28 +Example:
20.29 +<pre class="java">try {<br /> DataObject dataObject = DataObject.find(myFo);<br /><br />} catch (DataObjectNotFoundException dataObjectNotFoundException) {<br /> Exceptions.printStackTrace(dataObjectNotFoundException);<br />}</pre>
20.30 +</li>
20.31 +<li>Abbreviation: <strong>2f</strong>
20.32 +<p>Description: Convert FileObject to java.io.File</p><p>Expands to:
20.33 +</p><pre class="java">${fileType type="java.io.File" default="File" editable="false"} ${file newVarName default="f"} = ${FileUtilType type="org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil" editable="false")}.toFile(${fo instanceof="org.openide.filesystems.FileObject" default="fo"});<br />${cursor}</pre>
20.34 +Example:
20.35 +<pre class="java">File file = FileUtil.toFile(myFo);</pre>
20.36 +</li>
20.37 +<li>Abbreviation: <strong>2fo</strong>
20.38 +<p>Description: Convert java.io.File to FileObject </p><p>Expands to:
20.39 +</p><pre class="java">${fileType type="org.openide.filesystems.FileObject" default="FileObject" editable="false"} ${file newVarName default="f"} = ${FileUtilType type="org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil" editable="false")}.toFileObject(${FileUtilType}.normalizeFile(${f instanceof="java.io.File" default="f"}));<br />${cursor}</pre>
20.40 +Example:
20.41 +<pre class="java">FileObject fileObject = FileUtil.toFileObject(FileUtil.normalizeFile(myFile));</pre>
20.42 +</li>
20.43 +<li>Abbreviation: <strong>Lka</strong>
20.44 +<p>Description: Find all implementations of a certain type registered in META-INF/services.</p><p>Expands to:
20.45 +</p><pre class="java">${coltype type="java.util.Collection" default="Collection" editable="false"} ${obj newVarName default="obj"} = ${lkptype editable="false" default="Lookup" type="org.openide.util.Lookup"}.getDefault().lookupAll(${Type}.class);<br /> ${cursor}</pre>
20.46 +Example:
20.47 +<pre class="java">Collection<? extends Type> collection = Lookup.getDefault().lookupAll(Type.class);</pre>
20.48 +<p>Variation: <strong>lka</strong> (i.e., the first character is lowercase)
20.49 +</p><p>Description: Find all implementations of a certain type from a local lookup, e.g., TopComponent, Node, or DataObject.
20.50 +</p><p>Example:
20.51 +</p><pre class="java">Collection<? extends Type> collection = myNode.lookupAll(Type.class);</pre>
20.52 +</li><li>Abbreviation: <strong>Lkp</strong>
20.53 +<p>Description: Find a single typed implementation registered in META-INF/services.</p><p>Expands to:
20.54 +</p><pre class="java">${Type} ${obj newVarName default="obj"} = ${lkptype editable="false" default="Lookup" type="org.openide.util.Lookup"}.getDefault().lookup(${Type}.class);<br /> ${cursor}</pre>
20.55 +Example:
20.56 +<pre class="java">Type type = Lookup.getDefault().lookup(Type.class);</pre>
20.57 +<p>Variation: <strong>lkp</strong> (i.e., the first character is lowercase)
20.58 +</p><p>Description: Find a single implementation of a certain type from a local lookup, e.g., TopComponent, Node, or DataObject.
20.59 +</p><p>Example:
20.60 +</p><pre class="java">Type type = myNode.lookup(Type.class);</pre>
20.61 +</li>
20.62 +<li>Abbreviation: <strong>Lkr</strong>
20.63 +<p>Description: Assign a single typed instance from META-INF/services to a Result object, to which you can listen for changes. </p><p>Expands to:
20.64 +</p><pre class="java">${coltype type="org.openide.util.Lookup.Result" default="Lookup.Result" editable="false"} ${obj newVarName default="res"} = ${lkptype editable="false" default="Lookup" type="org.openide.util.Lookup"}.getDefault().lookupResult(${Type}.class);<br /> ${cursor}</pre>
20.65 +Example:
20.66 +<pre class="java">Lookup.Result<? extends Type> res = Lookup.getDefault().lookupResult(Type.class);</pre>
20.67 +<p>Variation: <strong>lkr</strong> (i.e., the first character is lowercase)
20.68 +</p><p>Description: Assign a single typed instance from a local lookup to a Result object, to which you can listen for changes.
20.69 +</p><p>Example:
20.70 +</p><pre class="java">Result<? extends Type> all = myNode.lookupResult(Type.class);<br /></pre>
20.71 +</li>
20.72 +<li>Abbreviation: <strong>lko</strong>
20.73 +<p>Description: Create a lookup for a local object, e.g., TopComponent, Node, or DataObject. </p><p>Expands to:
20.74 +</p><pre class="java">${Type} ${obj newVarName default="obj"} = ${prov instanceof="org.openide.util.Lookup.Provider"}.getLookup().lookup(${Type}.class);<br /> ${cursor}</pre>
20.75 +Example:
20.76 +<pre class="java">Type type = myNode.getLookup().lookup(Type.class);</pre>
20.77 +</li>
20.78 +<li>Abbreviation: <strong>stat</strong>
20.79 +<p>Description: Create code for writing text obtained from a Bundle.properties file into the status bar.</p><p>Expands to:
20.80 +</p><pre class="java">${coltype type="org.openide.awt.StatusDisplayer" default="StatusDisplayer" editable="false"}.getDefault().setStatusText(${bundletype type="org.openide.util.NbBundle" default="NbBundle" editable="false"}.getMessage(getClass(), "${KEY}"));<br />${cursor}</pre>
20.81 +Example:
20.82 +<pre class="java">StatusDisplayer.getDefault().setStatusText(NbBundle.getMessage(getClass(), "KEY"));</pre>
20.83 +</li>
20.84 +<li>Abbreviation: <strong>nb</strong>
20.85 +<p>Description: Get a text from a Bundle.properties file.</p><p>Expands to:
20.86 +</p><pre class="java">${coltype type="org.openide.util.NbBundle" default="NbBundle" editable="false"}.getMessage(${classVar editable="false" currClassName default="getClass()"}.class, "${KEY}")</pre>
20.87 +Example:
20.88 +<pre class="java">NbBundle.getMessage(DemoAction.class, "KEY")</pre>
20.89 +<p>Variation: <strong>nbb</strong> (i.e., add an additional 'b' character)
20.90 +</p><p>Description: Pass in parameters for formatting the text.
20.91 +</p><p>Example:
20.92 +</p><pre class="java">NbBundle.getMessage(DemoAction.class, "KEY", params)</pre>
20.93 +</li>
20.94 +
20.95 +
20.96 +</ul>
20.97 +
20.98 +
20.99 + <hr>
20.100 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
20.101 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
20.102 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
20.103 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
20.104 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
20.105 + </table>
20.106 +</body></html>
21.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
21.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/apisupport_extending_skeletons.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
21.3 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
21.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
21.5 +<!--
21.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
21.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
21.8 +> -->
21.9 +<html>
21.10 +<head>
21.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
21.12 +
21.13 + <title>About Extending Skeleton API Implementations</title>
21.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
21.15 +</head>
21.16 +<body>
21.17 + <h2>About Extending Skeleton API Implementations</h2>
21.18 + <p><small>
21.19 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
21.20 + </small></p>
21.21 +
21.22 + <p>Once you have used the <a href="filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">NetBeans API wizards</a>,
21.23 + you extend the generated code by using the NetBeans APIs. Several tools are provided
21.24 + specifically to help you at this stage of your development cycle. Amongst them are
21.25 + the following:
21.26 +
21.27 + <ul><li><a href="using_netbeans_api_javadoc.html">Access to NetBeans sources and Javadoc</a>. After
21.28 + you <a href="netbeans_api_javadoc.html">register</a> the NetBeans sources and Javadoc, you
21.29 + can access them inside the IDE. This gives you a quick and easy reference to the
21.30 + API classes and methods that you are implementing.
21.31 + <li><a href="apisupport_searching_apis.html">Search facility for NetBeans APIs</a>. If you know
21.32 + the class that you need to use, but not the module (API or non-API) to which it belongs, a search facility is
21.33 + provided to help you. Once you have identified the module, the IDE registers it in
21.34 + the module project's <tt>projext.xml</tt> file.
21.35 + <li><a href="apisupport_codetemplates_apis.html">Code Templates for NetBeans APIs</a>. For
21.36 + several common tasks, you can type an abbreviation in the Java editor, press the
21.37 + registered expansion key (which is the Tab key, by default), and then the abbreviation
21.38 + will expand to a full piece of code.
21.39 + </ul>
21.40 +
21.41 + <dl>
21.42 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
21.43 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
21.44 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
21.45 + </dl>
21.46 + <hr>
21.47 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
21.48 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
21.49 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
21.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
21.51 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
21.52 + </table>
21.53 +</body></html>
22.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
22.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/apisupport_searching_apis.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
22.3 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
22.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
22.5 +<!--
22.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
22.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
22.8 +> -->
22.9 +<html>
22.10 +<head>
22.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
22.12 +
22.13 + <title>Searching for NetBeans APIs</title>
22.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
22.15 +</head>
22.16 +<body>
22.17 + <h2>Searching for NetBeans APIs</h2>
22.18 + <p><small>
22.19 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
22.20 + </small></p>
22.21 +
22.22 + <p>When using the NetBeans APIs, you may know the class that you need to
22.23 + use, but not the API (or non-API module) to which it belongs. Until you make
22.24 + the API available to your module, you are unable to make use of its classes.
22.25 +
22.26 + <p><b>To search for a NetBeans API:</b>
22.27 +
22.28 + <ol><li>Right-click the Libraries node and choose Add Module Dependency.
22.29 + <p>The Add Module Dependency dialog box appears.
22.30 +
22.31 +
22.32 +
22.33 + <li>In the Add Module Dependency dialog box, in the Filter textbox,
22.34 + start typing the name of
22.35 + the class that you need to use. The Module list narrows, showing only
22.36 + the modules that satisfy the filter.
22.37 +
22.38 + <ul class="note"><li>If the Show Non-API Modules checkbox is
22.39 + unchecked (default), the IDE excludes any module
22.40 + for which the current module cannot access any packages without an implementation
22.41 + dependency. These are known as "non-API modules".
22.42 + In other words, only modules with public packages are included,
22.43 + or friend packages where this module is a friend. </ul>
22.44 +
22.45 +
22.46 + <li>When you find the module that you need to use, click OK. The IDE
22.47 + adds an entry to the <tt>project.xml</tt> file.</ol>
22.48 +
22.49 +
22.50 + <dl>
22.51 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
22.52 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
22.53 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
22.54 + </dl>
22.55 + <hr>
22.56 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
22.57 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
22.58 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
22.59 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
22.60 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
22.61 + </table>
22.62 +</body></html>
23.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
23.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
23.3 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
23.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
23.5 +<!--
23.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
23.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
23.8 +> -->
23.9 +<html>
23.10 +<head>
23.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
23.12 +
23.13 + <title>About Actions</title>
23.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
23.15 +</head>
23.16 +
23.17 +<body>
23.18 + <h2>About Actions</h2>
23.19 + <p><small>
23.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
23.21 + </small></p>
23.22 +
23.23 + <p>Actions are defined by the <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
23.24 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-actions/overview-summary.html">
23.25 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Actions API</u>.</html>">
23.26 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
23.27 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
23.28 + </object> <p>The Actions API is a standard representation of the actions a user can
23.29 + invoke. It provides
23.30 + an interface to such IDE elements as toolbars, menus, and keyboard shortcuts, allowing
23.31 + third parties to create actions that are sensitive to context and invocable in
23.32 + more than one way. The Actions API offers the ability to
23.33 + write the action once, and have it automatically apply as appropriate. For example, a
23.34 + user action might both show up in a toolbar and be selected by a keyboard shortcut,
23.35 + all from the same implementation.</p>
23.36 +
23.37 + <p>Actions are typically presented in pop-up menus, or attached to a component such as
23.38 + a window, node, or data object.</p>
23.39 +
23.40 +
23.41 +
23.42 + <dl>
23.43 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
23.44 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
23.45 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
23.46 + </dl>
23.47 + <hr>
23.48 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
23.49 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
23.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
23.51 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
23.52 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
23.53 + </table>
23.54 +</body></html>
24.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
24.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_code_generators.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
24.3 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
24.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
24.5 +<!--
24.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
24.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
24.8 +> -->
24.9 +<html>
24.10 +<head>
24.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
24.12 +
24.13 + <title>About Code Generators</title>
24.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
24.15 +</head>
24.16 +
24.17 +<body>
24.18 + <h2>About Code Generators</h2>
24.19 + <p><small>
24.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
24.21 + </small></p>
24.22 +
24.23 + <p>A code generator is
24.24 + an action that is added to the
24.25 + Insert Code popup, which the user
24.26 + invokes when pressing Alt-Insert.
24.27 + When invoked, the action is intended
24.28 + to insert
24.29 + code into the editor.
24.30 + Traditionally, code generators are
24.31 + only found in Java documents but, from
24.32 + NetBeans 6.1 onwards, they can also be
24.33 + found in all other types of documents.
24.34 +
24.35 + <p>Via the Code Generator SPI and
24.36 + the accompanying Code Generator wizard,
24.37 + you can quickly and easily extend the
24.38 + code generator popup for a specific
24.39 + MIME type with new entries.
24.40 +
24.41 + <dl>
24.42 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
24.43 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
24.44 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
24.45 + </dl>
24.46 + <hr>
24.47 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
24.48 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
24.49 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
24.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
24.51 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
24.52 + </table>
24.53 +</body></html>
25.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
25.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_types.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
25.3 @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
25.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
25.5 +<!--
25.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
25.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
25.8 +> -->
25.9 +<html>
25.10 +<head>
25.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
25.12 +
25.13 + <title>About File Types</title>
25.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
25.15 +</head>
25.16 +
25.17 +<body>
25.18 + <h2>About File Types</h2>
25.19 + <p><small>
25.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
25.21 + </small></p>
25.22 +
25.23 + <p>Many file types are recognized by default by the IDE. For example, JSP files, Java source files,
25.24 + and HTML files are recognized as such and the IDE provides functionality specific to the file type.
25.25 + For example—for JSP and HTML files, the IDE provides special syntax highlighting that is different from
25.26 + the syntax highlighting provided for Java source files. In addition, the menu items provided for JSP files
25.27 + are different from those provided for HTML files. For example, you can compile a JSP file
25.28 + but not an HTML file.
25.29 +
25.30 + <p>Recognition of a file type is generally made possible via its extension. All JSP files
25.31 + have a <tt>.jsp</tt> extension, while all Java source files have a <tt>.java</tt> extension.
25.32 + On the basis of this distinction, the IDE provides distinct functionality for these file types.
25.33 + You can use the <a href="../../csh/FileRecognitionPanel.html">New File Type wizard</a> to
25.34 + let the IDE recognize additional file types, i.e., file types that are not recognized by the IDE
25.35 + by default. For example, if you have a file type with
25.36 + the file extension <tt>.xyz</tt>, you can let the IDE recognize all files with
25.37 + this extension and then provide functionality specifically for this file type.
25.38 +
25.39 + <p>But you can also let the IDE distinguish between XML files. Whether an
25.40 + XML file has an <tt>.xml</tt> extension, you can let the IDE provide
25.41 + different functionality for <tt>abc.xml</tt> than for <tt>def.xml</tt>, based
25.42 + on the namespace defined for the XML file in question. If the namespace of
25.43 + each distinguishable XML file is distinct, the namespace is used to distinguish
25.44 + the file types in this case.
25.45 +
25.46 + <p>When you use the New File Type wizard, the IDE
25.47 + creates the following files for you:
25.48 +
25.49 + <table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
25.50 + task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
25.51 + <tr valign="top">
25.52 + <th scope="col" align="left" width="30">File</th>
25.53 + <th scope="col" align="left">Purpose</th>
25.54 + </tr>
25.55 + <tr valign="top">
25.56 + <td><tt><i>xxx</i>DataObject.java</tt></td>
25.57 + <td>A class that extends <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
25.58 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-loaders/org/openide/loaders/MultiDataObject.html">
25.59 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Class MultiDataObject</u>.</html>">
25.60 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
25.61 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
25.62 + </object>
25.63 + </td>
25.64 + </tr>
25.65 + <tr valign="top">
25.66 + <td><tt><i>xxx</i>Resolver.xml</tt></td>
25.67 + <td>Declarative resolution of MIME-type.
25.68 + </td>
25.69 + </tr>
25.70 + <tr valign="top">
25.71 + <td><tt><i>xxx</i>Template.<i>xxx</i></tt></td>
25.72 + <td>Dummy template, registered in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file
25.73 + as a file template.
25.74 + </td>
25.75 + </tr>
25.76 +
25.77 + </table>
25.78 +
25.79 +
25.80 + <dl>
25.81 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
25.82 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
25.83 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
25.84 + </dl>
25.85 + <hr>
25.86 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
25.87 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
25.88 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
25.89 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
25.90 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
25.91 + </table>
25.92 +</body></html>
26.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
26.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
26.3 @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
26.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
26.5 +<!--
26.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
26.8 +> -->
26.9 +<html>
26.10 +<head>
26.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
26.12 +
26.13 + <title>About Generating Skeleton API Implementations</title>
26.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
26.15 +</head>
26.16 +
26.17 +<body>
26.18 + <h2>About Generating Skeleton API Implementations</h2>
26.19 + <p><small>
26.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
26.21 + </small></p>
26.22 + <p>To simplify the process of working with the <a href="../../about/about-open-apis.html">NetBeans APIs</a>,
26.23 + the NetBeans IDE provides several wizards
26.24 + that guide you through the initial phase of working with a NetBeans API. For example, the
26.25 + New Action wizard provides the basis of an implementation of the NetBeans Actions API,
26.26 + the New File Type wizard provides the basis of an implementation of the NetBeans Datasystems API, and so on.
26.27 +
26.28 +
26.29 + <p>The NetBeans API wizards are as follows:
26.30 +
26.31 +
26.32 + <ul>
26.33 +<li><b><img src="../../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Module.</b>
26.34 +Use a module project as the place where you code your module. </li>
26.35 +<li><b><img src="../../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Library Wrapper Module icon"> Library Wrapper Module.</b>
26.36 +Use library wrapper module projects to put one or more library JAR files on a module's classpath.
26.37 +</li>
26.38 +<li><b><img src="../../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module Suite icon"> Module Suite.</b>
26.39 +Use a module suite project to group and deploy a set of interdependent module projects and library wrapper
26.40 + module projects.
26.41 +</li>
26.42 +<li><b><img src="../../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Application icon"> NetBeans Platform Application.</b>
26.43 +Use a NetBeans Platform Application project as the skeleton framework as the starting
26.44 + point of your own applications.
26.45 +</li>
26.46 +</ul>
26.47 +<p>For details, see <a href="about_project_templates.html">About Project Templates</a>.
26.48 +<p>The standard distribution of the IDE contains the following module file templates:
26.49 +
26.50 +<ul>
26.51 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newAction.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Action icon"> Action.</b>
26.52 +Creates an action that can be invoked from a menu item, pop-up menu, toolbar button, or keyboard shortcut.</li>
26.53 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newCodeGenerator.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Code Generator icon"> Code Generator.</b>
26.54 +Creates a new menu item in the Insert Code popup in the editor of your choice.</li>
26.55 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newLoader.png" width="16" height="16" alt="File Type icon"> File Type.</b>
26.56 +Lets the IDE recognize a new file type.</li>
26.57 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/libraries.gif" width="16" height="16" alt="Java SE Library Descriptor icon"> Java SE Library Descriptor.</b>
26.58 +Adds a new class library to the Library Manager of the user's IDE.
26.59 +
26.60 +<li> <b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newJavaHelp.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Help icon"> JavaHelp Help Set.</b> Creates all the files needed for building a JavaHelp help set.
26.61 +</li>
26.62 +
26.63 +<li><b><img src="../../../resources/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Module Installer.</b> Creates an installer class for a module.
26.64 +
26.65 +</li>
26.66 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newOptions.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Options icon"> Options Panel.</b>
26.67 +Adds a new panel to the Options window.</li>
26.68 +
26.69 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newProject.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Project Template icon"> Project Template.</b>
26.70 +Adds a new template to the New Project wizard.</li>
26.71 +
26.72 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newQuickSearch.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Quick Search icon"> Quick Search Provider.</b>
26.73 +Creates a new entry in the Quick Search field.</li>
26.74 +
26.75 +<li> <b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newUpdateCenter.png" width="16" height="16" alt="UC icon"> Update Center.</b> Registers an update center in the Plugins manager. As a result,
26.76 + the user does not need to manually register the Update Center in the Plugins manager.</li>
26.77 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newTC.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Window icon"> Window Component.</b>
26.78 +Creates a new window with an Open action invoked from a menu item.</li>
26.79 +<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newWizard.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Window icon"> Wizard.</b>
26.80 +Creates a new wizard for creating, for example, new files in the IDE.</li>
26.81 +</ul>
26.82 +
26.83 + <h3>Related NetBeans API Javadoc</h3>
26.84 + <p>The NetBeans API wizards create the starting point for your development activities.
26.85 + Once you have worked through a wizard, you build your module's functionality on top of the files that
26.86 + the wizard creates for you. </p>
26.87 +
26.88 + <p>The following table lists the Javadoc that you will need to refer to when
26.89 + building on top of the skeleton API implementations:</p>
26.90 + <table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
26.91 + task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
26.92 + <tr valign="top">
26.93 + <th scope="col" align="left">File Template</th>
26.94 + <th scope="col" align="left">Related NetBeans Javadoc</th>
26.95 + </tr>
26.96 + <tr valign="top">
26.97 + <td>Action</td>
26.98 + <td>
26.99 +
26.100 + <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
26.101 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-util/overview-summary.html">
26.102 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Utilities API </u></html>">
26.103 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
26.104 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
26.105 + </object>
26.106 +
26.107 + </td>
26.108 +
26.109 +
26.110 + </tr>
26.111 +
26.112 + <tr valign="top">
26.113 + <td>File Type</td>
26.114 + <td>
26.115 + <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
26.116 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-loaders/overview-summary.html">
26.117 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Datasystems API</u></html>">
26.118 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
26.119 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
26.120 + </object>
26.121 +
26.122 + </td>
26.123 +
26.124 + </tr>
26.125 +
26.126 + <tr valign="top">
26.127 + <td>Module Installer </td>
26.128 + <td>
26.129 + <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
26.130 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-modules/overview-summary.html">
26.131 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Modules API</u></html>">
26.132 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
26.133 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
26.134 + </object>
26.135 + </td>
26.136 +
26.137 + </tr>
26.138 +
26.139 +
26.140 + <tr valign="top">
26.141 + <td>Options Panel</td>
26.142 + <td>
26.143 + <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
26.144 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-netbeans-modules-options-api/overview-summary.html">
26.145 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Options Dialog API</u></html>">
26.146 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
26.147 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
26.148 + </object>
26.149 +
26.150 +
26.151 + </td>
26.152 +
26.153 + </tr>
26.154 +
26.155 + <tr valign="top">
26.156 + <td>Project Template</td>
26.157 + <td>
26.158 + <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
26.159 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-netbeans-modules-projectuiapi/overview-summary.html">
26.160 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Project UI API</u></html>">
26.161 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
26.162 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
26.163 + </object>
26.164 +
26.165 + <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
26.166 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-netbeans-modules-projectapi/overview-summary.html">
26.167 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Project API</u></html>">
26.168 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
26.169 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
26.170 + </object>
26.171 + </td>
26.172 +
26.173 + </tr>
26.174 +
26.175 + <tr valign="top">
26.176 + <td>Window Component</td>
26.177 + <td>
26.178 + <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
26.179 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-windows/overview-summary.html">
26.180 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Windows API</u></html>">
26.181 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
26.182 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
26.183 + </object>
26.184 +
26.185 + </td>
26.186 +
26.187 + </tr>
26.188 + <tr valign="top">
26.189 + <td>Wizard</td>
26.190 + <td>
26.191 + <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
26.192 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/overview-summary.html">
26.193 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Dialogs API</u></html>">
26.194 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
26.195 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
26.196 + </object>
26.197 +
26.198 + </td>
26.199 +
26.200 + </tr>
26.201 + </table>
26.202 + <dl>
26.203 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
26.204 + <dd><a href="create_j2se_library_desc.html">Creating a Java SE Library Descriptor</a></dd>
26.205 + <dd><a href="create_action.html">Creating an Action</a></dd>
26.206 + <dd><a href="create_file_type.html">Creating a File Type</a> </dd>
26.207 + <dd><a href="create_project_template.html">Creating a Project Template</a></dd>
26.208 + <dd><a href="create_window_component.html">Creating a Window Component</a> </dd>
26.209 + <dd><a href="create_wizard.html">Creating a Wizard</a> </dd>
26.210 + </dl>
26.211 +
26.212 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
26.213 +</body></html>
27.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
27.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_j2se_library_descs.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
27.3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
27.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
27.5 +<!--
27.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
27.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
27.8 +> -->
27.9 +<html>
27.10 +<head>
27.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
27.12 +
27.13 + <title>About Java SE Library Descriptors</title>
27.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
27.15 +</head>
27.16 +
27.17 +<body>
27.18 + <h2>About Java SE Library Descriptors</h2>
27.19 +<p><small>
27.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
27.21 +</small></p>
27.22 +<p>A Java SE library descriptor is an XML file that, when registered in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file,
27.23 + adds a new class library to the IDE's
27.24 +Library Manager. Whenever the module containing the library descriptor
27.25 +is enabled, the library is present in the Library Manager. For example,
27.26 +Struts support provides the Struts libraries in the Library Manager.
27.27 +
27.28 +
27.29 + <dl>
27.30 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
27.31 + <dd><a href="create_j2se_library_desc.html">Creating a Java SE Library Descriptor</a></dd>
27.32 + <dd><a href="create_action.html">Creating an Action</a></dd>
27.33 + <dd><a href="create_file_type.html">Creating a File Type</a> </dd>
27.34 + <dd><a href="create_project_template.html">Creating a Project Template</a></dd>
27.35 + <dd><a href="create_window_component.html">Creating a Window Component</a> </dd>
27.36 + <dd><a href="create_wizard.html">Creating a Wizard</a> </dd>
27.37 + </dl>
27.38 +
27.39 +
27.40 +
27.41 +
27.42 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
27.43 +</body></html>
28.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
28.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_module_installers.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
28.3 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
28.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
28.5 +<!--
28.6 + * Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
28.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
28.8 +> -->
28.9 +<html>
28.10 +<head>
28.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
28.12 +
28.13 + <title>About Module Installers</title>
28.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
28.15 +</head>
28.16 +
28.17 +<body>
28.18 + <h2>About Module Installers</h2>
28.19 + <p><small>
28.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
28.21 + </small></p>
28.22 +
28.23 + <p>A module installer is a Java class that provides hooks for
28.24 + running code on startup or when a module is loaded.
28.25 + It can also run cleanup code when a module is uninstalled
28.26 + or disabled.
28.27 +
28.28 +<p><b>Note:</b> In general, using a module installer is not recommended, because
28.29 + it slows down startup time. Before using a module installer, make sure
28.30 + that there is no declarative way of doing what you are trying to do.
28.31 + The main declarative way of installing items is to use
28.32 + the <code>org.openide.util.lookup.ServiceProvider</code> annotation or create
28.33 + an <a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html">XML layer file</a> that
28.34 + declares information about the items
28.35 + your module is installing. Then, when they are needed to do actual work,
28.36 + your items will be instantiated.
28.37 +
28.38 + <p>In addition to providing a module installer class, you need to add
28.39 + an entry to the <tt>MANIFEST</tt> file. The <a href="create_module_installers.html">Module Installer Wizard</a>
28.40 + creates a skeleton implementation of a module installer, adds the entry
28.41 + to the <tt>MANIFEST</tt> file, as well as entries to the <tt>project.xml</tt> file,
28.42 + which provides the module's metadata.
28.43 +
28.44 +
28.45 + <dl>
28.46 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
28.47 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
28.48 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
28.49 + </dl>
28.50 + <hr>
28.51 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
28.52 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
28.53 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
28.54 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
28.55 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
28.56 + </table>
28.57 +</body></html>
29.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
29.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_options_panels.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
29.3 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
29.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
29.5 +<!--
29.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
29.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
29.8 +> -->
29.9 +<html>
29.10 +<head>
29.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
29.12 +
29.13 + <title>About Options Panels</title>
29.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
29.15 +</head>
29.16 +
29.17 +<body>
29.18 + <h2>About Options Panels</h2>
29.19 + <p><small>
29.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
29.21 + </small></p>
29.22 +
29.23 + <p>An Options panel is a category of the
29.24 + Options window. The Options window is where the user defines
29.25 + settings, such as the location of the web browser used by the IDE. The category can be
29.26 + displayed as a primary panel (such as the "General" panel in the
29.27 + IDE) or as an addition to one of the other panels,
29.28 + for example, the Miscellaneous panel (such as the "Ant"
29.29 + or "GUI Builder" panel in the IDE's Miscellaneous panel).
29.30 +
29.31 + <p>You use the <a href="../../csh/OptionsPanel0.html">Options Panel wizard</a> to create
29.32 + options panels.
29.33 +
29.34 + <dl>
29.35 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
29.36 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
29.37 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
29.38 + </dl>
29.39 + <hr>
29.40 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
29.41 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
29.42 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
29.43 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
29.44 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
29.45 + </table>
29.46 +</body></html>
30.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
30.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_project_templates.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
30.3 @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
30.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
30.5 +<!--
30.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
30.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
30.8 +> -->
30.9 +<html>
30.10 +<head>
30.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
30.12 +
30.13 + <title>About Project Templates</title>
30.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
30.15 +</head>
30.16 +
30.17 +<body>
30.18 + <h2>About Project Templates</h2>
30.19 +<p><small>
30.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
30.21 +</small></p>
30.22 +<p>Project templates come in two types:
30.23 + <ul>
30.24 + <li>Templates that users build on when creating their own project. For example,
30.25 + in the IDE a user chooses the 'Web Application' project template in the New Project wizard, then the IDE
30.26 + creates a project consisting of a JSP file, a <tt>web.xml</tt> file, a server-specific deployment file,
30.27 + and project metadata within a specific structure that is useful for web application projects.
30.28 + <li>Samples that illustrate some aspect of project functionality. For example,
30.29 + in the Samples directory within the New Project wizard, an Anagram Game is included
30.30 + to demonstrate Java SE functionality. Samples are a kind of project template; they
30.31 + have the same behavior as project templates, but they are used for a different purpose.
30.32 +
30.33 + </ul>
30.34 + <p>A project template is made available to the IDE's New Project wizard once it has been registered in
30.35 + the <a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt> file</a>. You use the
30.36 + <a href="../../csh/SelectProjectPanel.html">New Project Template wizard</a> to create the basic files
30.37 + and to register the template in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
30.38 +
30.39 + <p>Before you can use the New Project Template wizard,
30.40 + you must have project in the IDE that is structured in exactly the way that you would like it
30.41 + to be available in the New Project wizard. For example, if you are going to create a new
30.42 + project sample, you must first lay it out in the IDE. Then use the New Project Template wizard
30.43 + to add the template to the New Project wizard.
30.44 + <p>When you make the module that contains
30.45 + the new project template available as an <a href="../../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NBM file</a>,
30.46 + the user can install it via the Plugins manager and then, once it has been successfully installed,
30.47 + select it from the New Project wizard.
30.48 +
30.49 +
30.50 +
30.51 +
30.52 + <dl>
30.53 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
30.54 + <dd><a href="create_j2se_library_desc.html">Creating a Java SE Library Descriptor</a></dd>
30.55 + <dd><a href="create_action.html">Creating an Action</a></dd>
30.56 + <dd><a href="create_file_type.html">Creating a File Type</a> </dd>
30.57 + <dd><a href="create_project_template.html">Creating a Project Template</a></dd>
30.58 + <dd><a href="create_window_component.html">Creating a Window Component</a> </dd>
30.59 + <dd><a href="create_wizard.html">Creating a Wizard</a> </dd>
30.60 + </dl>
30.61 +
30.62 +<hr>
30.63 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
30.64 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
30.65 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
30.66 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
30.67 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
30.68 + </table>
30.69 +</body></html>
31.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
31.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_quick_search_providers.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
31.3 @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
31.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
31.5 +<!--
31.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
31.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
31.8 +> -->
31.9 +<html>
31.10 +<head>
31.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
31.12 +
31.13 + <title>About Quick Search Providers</title>
31.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
31.15 +</head>
31.16 +
31.17 +<body>
31.18 + <h2>About Quick Search Providers</h2>
31.19 + <p><small>
31.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
31.21 + </small></p>
31.22 +
31.23 + <p>A quick search provider is a Java class
31.24 + that lets you plug new
31.25 + items into the Quick Search feature in the
31.26 + IDE or any other application on top of the
31.27 + NetBeans Platform.
31.28 +
31.29 + <p>Quick search providers are registered
31.30 + in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file. You can
31.31 + let the IDE create and register them
31.32 + by means of the Quick Search Provider wizard.
31.33 + <dl>
31.34 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
31.35 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
31.36 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
31.37 + </dl>
31.38 + <hr>
31.39 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
31.40 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
31.41 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
31.42 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
31.43 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
31.44 + </table>
31.45 +</body></html>
32.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
32.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
32.3 @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
32.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
32.5 +<!--
32.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
32.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
32.8 +> -->
32.9 +<html>
32.10 +<head>
32.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
32.12 +
32.13 + <title>About Update Centers</title>
32.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
32.15 +</head>
32.16 +
32.17 +<body>
32.18 + <h2>About Update Centers</h2>
32.19 + <p><small>
32.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
32.21 + </small></p>
32.22 +
32.23 + <p>An update center is nothing more than an XML file that is known
32.24 + as the "autoupdate descriptor", together with the modules that
32.25 + it describes. The autoupdate descriptor lists
32.26 + all the modules that you would like to make available.
32.27 + For each module, the autoupdate descriptor provides
32.28 + information such as a name, a description, and a list of
32.29 + modules that it depends on.
32.30 +
32.31 + <p>Most importantly, the autoupdate
32.32 + descriptor specifies a URL for each module that it
32.33 + describes. Each module, in <a href="../../about/about-nbm.html">binary NBM file format</a>, must live on a server.
32.34 + The autoupdate descriptor itself must also
32.35 + live on a server. The server where the autoupdate descriptor
32.36 + lives need not be the same server as where the modules
32.37 + live. The modules can live together on the same server
32.38 + or be spread across different servers.
32.39 +
32.40 + <p>After the autoupdate descriptor and its associated modules
32.41 + are on a server, you must let your end users know that they are there.
32.42 + The URL to the autoupdate descriptor must be registered in the
32.43 + end users' IDEs.
32.44 + This can be done in one of two ways:
32.45 + <ul>
32.46 +
32.47 + <li><b>Automatically.</b> You can provide a module that registers the
32.48 + URL to the update center for them. This module can be
32.49 + generated in the IDE, without any coding on your part.
32.50 + <li><b>Manually.</b> You must tell your end user what the URL to your
32.51 + autoupdate descriptor is.
32.52 + Then, the end users need to register the URL to your
32.53 + autoupdate descriptor. They must then do so manually in the Plugins manager.
32.54 +
32.55 + </ul>
32.56 + <p>Once the URL to the update center
32.57 + is registered, your end users can access
32.58 + your modules via the Plugins manager, which they
32.59 + can find under the Tools menu. Not only new modules,
32.60 + but new versions of existing modules can be distributed
32.61 + in this way.
32.62 +
32.63 + <p>In the IDE, you can perform the following activities when
32.64 + thinking about update centers:
32.65 +
32.66 + <ul>
32.67 + <li><a href="../../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">Building an NBM File</a>
32.68 + <li><a href="../../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Registering an NBM File in an Update Center</a>
32.69 + <li><a href="create_update_centers.html">Bundling an Update Center URL</a>
32.70 + <li><a href="create_uc_manually.html">Manually Registering an Update Center URL</a>
32.71 + </ul>
32.72 +
32.73 +
32.74 + <dl>
32.75 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
32.76 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
32.77 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
32.78 + </dl>
32.79 + <hr>
32.80 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
32.81 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
32.82 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
32.83 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
32.84 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
32.85 + </table>
32.86 +</body></html>
33.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
33.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_window_components.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
33.3 @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
33.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
33.5 +<!--
33.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
33.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
33.8 +> -->
33.9 +<html>
33.10 +<head>
33.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
33.12 +
33.13 + <title>About Window Components</title>
33.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
33.15 +</head>
33.16 +
33.17 +<body>
33.18 + <h2>About Window Components</h2>
33.19 +<p><small>
33.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
33.21 +</small></p>
33.22 +
33.23 +<p>A window component creates a window (also known as 'view') for a module. For example,
33.24 +the IDE's Projects window is a 'window', just as the Navigator, Output window, Palette, and Debugger.
33.25 + The main class in each of the modules that define these windows subclasses
33.26 + <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
33.27 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-windows/org/openide/windows/TopComponent.html">
33.28 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Class TopComponent</u></html>">
33.29 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
33.30 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
33.31 + </object>. <p>Understanding and working with the <tt>TopComponent</tt> class is the key to creating
33.32 + useful and reliable windows in the IDE. By using the Window Component wizard,
33.33 + you can be sure of the success of the initial development phase.
33.34 + This is because when you use the New Window Component wizard, the IDE
33.35 + creates the following files for you:
33.36 +
33.37 +<table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
33.38 + task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
33.39 + <tr valign="top">
33.40 + <th scope="col" align="left" width="30">File</th>
33.41 + <th scope="col" align="left">Purpose</th>
33.42 + </tr>
33.43 +
33.44 + <tr valign="top">
33.45 + <td><tt><i>xxx</i>TopComponent.java</tt></td>
33.46 + <td>The class that extends <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
33.47 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-windows/org/openide/windows/TopComponent.html">
33.48 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Class TopComponent</u></html>">
33.49 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
33.50 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
33.51 +</object>. <p>The following methods are provided when you use the New Window Component wizard:
33.52 +<ul><li><tt>getDefault()</tt>
33.53 + <li><tt>getPersistenceType()</tt>
33.54 + <li><tt>componentOpened()</tt>
33.55 + <li><tt>componentClosed()</tt>
33.56 + <li><tt>writeReplace()</tt>
33.57 + <li><tt>preferredID()</tt>
33.58 +</ul>
33.59 +</td>
33.60 + </tr>
33.61 + <tr>
33.62 + <td><tt><i>xxx</i>TopComponentSettings.xml</tt><br>
33.63 + <tt><i>xxx</i>TopComponentWstcref.xml</tt></td>
33.64 + <td>These files dock, instantiate, and load the window. There should be no need
33.65 + to touch these files at all.</td>
33.66 + </tr>
33.67 +
33.68 + </table>
33.69 +
33.70 +
33.71 + <dl>
33.72 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
33.73 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
33.74 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
33.75 +</dl>
33.76 +<hr>
33.77 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
33.78 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
33.79 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
33.80 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
33.81 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
33.82 +</table>
33.83 +</body></html>
34.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
34.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
34.3 @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
34.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
34.5 +<!--
34.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
34.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
34.8 +> -->
34.9 +<html>
34.10 +<head>
34.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
34.12 +
34.13 + <title>About Wizards</title>
34.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
34.15 +</head>
34.16 +
34.17 +<body>
34.18 + <h2>About Wizards</h2>
34.19 +<p><small>
34.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
34.21 +</small></p>
34.22 +
34.23 +Wizards are defined by the <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
34.24 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/doc-files/wizard-guidebook.html">
34.25 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>Wizard Descriptor API</u>.</html>">
34.26 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
34.27 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
34.28 +</object> <p>The Wizard API lets you create wizard panels that have steps, graphics, left side-bar text, and a user panel on the right. The
34.29 +Wizard wizard in the IDE helps you by creating several of the basic Java source files, containing sample code, for you.
34.30 +
34.31 +
34.32 +<p>Depending on the selections you make in the Wizard Type panel in the New Wizard wizard, the IDE
34.33 + creates the following Java source files for you:
34.34 +
34.35 + <ul><li><i>Registration Type: Custom<br>Wizard Step Sequence: Static</i>
34.36 + <hr><p>Created files:
34.37 + <ul><li><tt>SampleAction.java</tt><br>
34.38 + <li><tt>VisualPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)<br>
34.39 + <li><tt>WizardPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)</ul>
34.40 +
34.41 + <p>These files are ideal for uncomplicated wizards that progress sequentially from panel to panel
34.42 + without divergences or reversals. A menu item or toolbar button
34.43 + invokes the wizard and subsequent steps are generally linear and forward-directed.</td><p>
34.44 + <li><i>Registration Type: Custom<br>Wizard Step Sequence: Dynamic</i><hr><p>Created files:
34.45 + <ul><li><tt>WizardIterator.java</tt><br>
34.46 + <li> <tt>VisualPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)<br>
34.47 + <li><tt>WizardPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)</ul>
34.48 + These files are for wizards that provide more flexibility to the user.
34.49 + A <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
34.50 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/WizardDescriptor.Iterator.html">
34.51 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>WizardDescriptor.Iterator</u></html>">
34.52 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
34.53 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
34.54 +</object> class guides progress from one panel to the next. The developer has a lot more
34.55 + freedom in coding the wizard, but has a more complex task since there are many more possibilities
34.56 + to consider. Even though the Custom/Simple wizard type can also be extended to provide support
34.57 + for panel skipping and reversals, the Custom/Dynamic type was made for this purpose. For example, the
34.58 + Add Server Instance wizard offers different panels depending on the type of server that the user
34.59 + wants to register.<p>
34.60 + <li><i>Registration Type: New File</i><hr><p>Created files:
34.61 + <ul><li><tt>WizardIterator.java</tt><br>
34.62 + <li><tt>VisualPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)<br>
34.63 + <li><tt>WizardPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)
34.64 + <li><tt>.HTML</tt> file (for the description area in the New File wizard)</ul>
34.65 +
34.66 + <p>These files are for wizards that are used to create new files. This wizard is registered in the New File wizard
34.67 + via the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file. All the necessary entries in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file
34.68 + are created for you by the Wizard wizard. In addition, when you make this choice, the Wizard wizard
34.69 + creates a <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
34.70 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/WizardDescriptor.Iterator.html">
34.71 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>WizardDescriptor.Iterator</u></html>">
34.72 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
34.73 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
34.74 +</object>
34.75 +
34.76 +<p>The iterator lets you provide the direction and sequence of the wizard. The New File wizard can
34.77 + be as simple or as complex as your needs dictate. An HTML file is created by the Wizard wizard so that
34.78 + you can provide a description for your new wizard in the New File wizard.<hr>
34.79 +
34.80 +
34.81 +
34.82 +<dl>
34.83 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
34.84 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
34.85 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
34.86 +</dl>
34.87 +<hr>
34.88 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
34.89 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
34.90 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
34.91 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
34.92 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
34.93 +</table>
34.94 +</body></html>
35.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
35.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_action.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
35.3 @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
35.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
35.5 +<!--
35.6 + * Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
35.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
35.8 +> -->
35.9 +<html>
35.10 +<head>
35.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
35.12 +
35.13 + <title>Creating an Action</title>
35.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
35.15 +</head>
35.16 +
35.17 +<body>
35.18 + <h2>Creating an Action</h2>
35.19 +<p><small>
35.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
35.21 +</small></p>
35.22 +
35.23 +<p>The New Action wizard creates a new <a href="about_actions.html">action</a>.
35.24 +
35.25 +
35.26 +<p><b>To create a new action:</b>
35.27 +<ol>
35.28 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Action.
35.29 +<li>In the Action Type page, you set the type:
35.30 +<ul>
35.31 + <li><b>Always Enabled.</b> Specifies that the action will be invoked
35.32 + from a menu item in the menu bar, from a toolbar button in a toolbar, or from a keyboard shortcut anywhere
35.33 + in the IDE.
35.34 + <li><b>Conditionally Enabled.</b> Specifies the classes for which the action will be created.
35.35 + This is normally one of your own business objects. However, optionally, you can also include one or more of the
35.36 + following, which creates the action for all classes that subclass them:
35.37 + <ul>
35.38 + <li>DataObject</li>
35.39 + <li>EditCookie</li>
35.40 + <li>EditorCookie</li>
35.41 + <li>OpenCookie</li>
35.42 + <li>Project</li></ul>
35.43 + <ul><li><b>User Selects One Node.</b><br>
35.44 + <b>User May Select Multiple Nodes.</b> Specifies the conditions under which the
35.45 + action will be enabled. By default, will be
35.46 + enabled if one, and only one, node
35.47 + holding the business object of interest is selected.
35.48 + If checked, it will also be enabled if
35.49 + multiple nodes <i>all holding</i>
35.50 + the desired business object(s) are selected.</ul>
35.51 + </ul>
35.52 + <p>Click Next.
35.53 +
35.54 + <li>In the GUI Registration page, you have to specify how the user will
35.55 + be able to call the new action.
35.56 +
35.57 +<ul>
35.58 + <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies where the action will be displayed
35.59 + in the Keymap section of the Options window.
35.60 + <li><b>Global Menu Item.</b> Specifies the menu where the action
35.61 + will be displayed as an item. You can also specify the position within the menu,
35.62 + and whether you want a separator to appear before it, after it, or both.
35.63 + <li><b>Global Toolbar Button.</b> Specifies the toolbar where the action
35.64 + will be displayed as a button. You can also specify the position within the toolbar.
35.65 + <li><b>Global Keyboard Shortcut.</b> Specifies a shortcut that will invoke the
35.66 + action.
35.67 +</ul>
35.68 +
35.69 +<p>Only if Conditionally Enabled is selected in the Action Type page
35.70 + can you set the following items:
35.71 +
35.72 +<ul>
35.73 + <li><b>File Type Context Menu Item.</b> Specifies the file type where
35.74 + the action will be displayed in the pop-up menu.
35.75 + <li><b>Editor Context Menu Item.</b> Specifies the IDE editor where the
35.76 + action will be displayed in the pop-up menu.
35.77 + </ul>
35.78 + <p>Click Next.
35.79 + <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you set the following:
35.80 +<ul>
35.81 + <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new Action class.
35.82 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the action's label. (Optional)
35.83 + <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the action. For example, if
35.84 + the action will be invoked by a toolbar button, the icon specified here is displayed on
35.85 + the toolbar button.
35.86 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
35.87 +</ul>
35.88 +<p>Click Finish.
35.89 +<li>After completing the wizard, you can do the following:
35.90 + <ul>
35.91 + <li>Tweak the <a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt> file</a>
35.92 + to change the icon or to rearrange the position of the action within the actions provided by the available modules.
35.93 +
35.94 + </ul>
35.95 +
35.96 +</ol>
35.97 +
35.98 +<dl>
35.99 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
35.100 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
35.101 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
35.102 +</dl>
35.103 +<hr>
35.104 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
35.105 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
35.106 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
35.107 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
35.108 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
35.109 +</table>
35.110 +</body></html>
36.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
36.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_code_generator.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
36.3 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
36.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
36.5 +<!--
36.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
36.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
36.8 +> -->
36.9 +<html>
36.10 +<head>
36.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
36.12 +
36.13 + <title>Creating a Code Generator</title>
36.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
36.15 +</head>
36.16 +
36.17 +<body>
36.18 + <h2>Creating a Code Generator</h2>
36.19 +<p><small>
36.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
36.21 +</small></p>
36.22 +
36.23 + <p>A <a href="about_code_generators.html">code generator</a>
36.24 + is an item added to the popup that appears in an editor when
36.25 + Alt-Insert is pressed. By default, for example, when you
36.26 + press Alt-Insert in a Java class, a constructor can be generated.
36.27 +
36.28 + <p><b>To create a new code generator:</b>
36.29 + <ol>
36.30 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
36.31 + New File wizard, choose Code Generator under the Module
36.32 + Development category.
36.33 + <li>In the Code Generator page, set the following:
36.34 + <ul>
36.35 + <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the
36.36 + name of the new code generator.
36.37 + <li><b>MimeType.</b> Specifies a unique
36.38 + Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME)
36.39 + type that enables the code generator
36.40 + to be registered in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
36.41 + <li><b>Generate Code Generator
36.42 + Context Provider.</b> Specifies that a
36.43 + class should be created, and registered in
36.44 + the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, for adding
36.45 + new objects to the code generator's lookup.
36.46 + </ul>
36.47 + <li>Click Finish.
36.48 + </ol>
36.49 +
36.50 +
36.51 +<dl>
36.52 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
36.53 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
36.54 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
36.55 +</dl>
36.56 +<hr>
36.57 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
36.58 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
36.59 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
36.60 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
36.61 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
36.62 +</table>
36.63 +</body></html>
37.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
37.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_file_type.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
37.3 @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
37.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
37.5 +<!--
37.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
37.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
37.8 +> -->
37.9 +<html>
37.10 +<head>
37.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
37.12 +
37.13 + <title>Creating a File Type</title>
37.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
37.15 +</head>
37.16 +
37.17 +<body>
37.18 + <h2>Creating a File Type</h2>
37.19 +<p><small>
37.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
37.21 +</small></p>
37.22 +
37.23 +<p>The New File Type wizard creates a new <a href="about_file_types.html">file type</a>.
37.24 +
37.25 +<p><b>To create a new file type:</b>
37.26 +<ol>
37.27 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > File Type.
37.28 + <li>In the File Recognition page, you have to set the following:
37.29 +<ul>
37.30 + <li><b>MIME Type.</b> Specifies a unique Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type that enables
37.31 + the file type to be registered in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file. Together, the MIME type and the filename extension
37.32 + or XML root element enable the IDE to distinguish one file type from another.
37.33 + <li><b>by</b>
37.34 + <ul>
37.35 + <li><b>Filename Extension.</b> Specifies one or more file extensions that the IDE will recognize
37.36 + as belonging to the specified MIME type. The file extension can optionally be preceded by a dot.
37.37 + Separators are commas, spaces, or both. Therefore, all of the following are valid:
37.38 + <ul>
37.39 + <li>.abc,.def
37.40 + <li>.abc .def
37.41 + <li>abc def
37.42 + <li>abc,.def ghi, .wow
37.43 + </ul>
37.44 + <li><b>XML Root Element.</b> Specifies a unique namespace that distinguishes
37.45 + the XML file type from all other XML file types.
37.46 + <p>The value that you specify is the namespace associated with the root
37.47 + element of your XML document. Note that this is not the same thing as the
37.48 + name of the root element. For example, in
37.49 + the following example XML document, the namespace is "sample":
37.50 + <p><mydata xmlns="sample"></mydata>
37.51 + </ul>
37.52 +</ul>
37.53 +<li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
37.54 +<ul>
37.55 + <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new files that
37.56 + will be generated.
37.57 + <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the new file type. For example, when
37.58 + you see the new file type in the Projects window, Files window, or Favorites window,
37.59 + it will be identified by the icon specified here. (Optional)
37.60 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
37.61 + </ul>
37.62 +<li>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
37.63 + <ul> <li>Tweak the <a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt> file</a>
37.64 + to change the icon or to rearrange the position of the action within the actions provided by the available modules.
37.65 + <li>Add properties to the default property sheet used by the new file type.
37.66 + <li>Use the <a href="../../csh/ActionTypePanel.html">New Action wizard</a> to add actions
37.67 + to the new file type's pop-up menu. When you do so, select Conditionally Enabled in
37.68 + the first page of the <a href="../../csh/ActionTypePanel.html">New Action wizard</a>.
37.69 + <li>Use the <a href="../../csh/WizardTypePanel.html">New Wizard wizard</a> to create a New File wizard
37.70 + that the user will use to create new files of the new type defined in the New File Type wizard.
37.71 + <li>Use the <a href="../../csh/SelectProjectPanel.html">New Project Template wizard</a> to add a sample
37.72 + project containing example files of the new file type to the New Project wizard.
37.73 + <li>Add advanced support for the file type, such as syntax highlighting.
37.74 + </ul>
37.75 +</ol>
37.76 +
37.77 +<dl>
37.78 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
37.79 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
37.80 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
37.81 +</dl>
37.82 +<hr>
37.83 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
37.84 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
37.85 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
37.86 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
37.87 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
37.88 +</table>
37.89 +</body></html>
38.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
38.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_j2se_library_desc.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
38.3 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
38.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
38.5 +<!--
38.6 + * Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
38.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
38.8 +> -->
38.9 +<html>
38.10 +<head>
38.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
38.12 +
38.13 + <title>Bundling a Library</title>
38.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
38.15 +</head>
38.16 +
38.17 +<body>
38.18 + <h2>Bundling a Library</h2>
38.19 + <p><small>
38.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
38.21 + </small></p>
38.22 +
38.23 + <p>You bundle libraries with your module by
38.24 + using the New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard. This
38.25 + wizard creates a new <a href="../libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">Java SE library descriptor</a>,
38.26 + which registers the library in the Library Manager.
38.27 +
38.28 + <p><b>To create a new Java SE Library Descriptor:</b>
38.29 + <ol>
38.30 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Java SE Library Descriptor.
38.31 + <li>In the Select Library page, you have to specify the library that
38.32 + you want to make available in the Library Manager via the module. You can use the Library drop-down list
38.33 + to select a library that is available in the Library Manager or you can click Manage Libraries to
38.34 + use the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/project/csh/csh_library_manager.html">Library Manager</a> to
38.35 + add the library that you want to make available via the module.
38.36 + <p>Click Next.
38.37 + <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
38.38 + <ul>
38.39 + <li><b>Library Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new library descriptor.
38.40 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the descriptor's label.
38.41 + </ul>
38.42 + <p>Click Finish.
38.43 + </ol>
38.44 +
38.45 + <dl>
38.46 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
38.47 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
38.48 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
38.49 + </dl>
38.50 + <hr>
38.51 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
38.52 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
38.53 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
38.54 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
38.55 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
38.56 + </table>
38.57 +</body></html>
39.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
39.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_javahelp.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
39.3 @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
39.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
39.5 +<!--
39.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
39.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
39.8 +> -->
39.9 +<html>
39.10 +<head>
39.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
39.12 +
39.13 + <title>Bundling a JavaHelp Help Set</title>
39.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
39.15 +</head>
39.16 +
39.17 +<body>
39.18 + <h2>Bundling a JavaHelp Help Set</h2>
39.19 + <p><small>
39.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
39.21 + </small></p>
39.22 +
39.23 + <p>A <a href="../libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">JavaHelp help set</a>
39.24 + provides help files that explain the features and
39.25 + functionality of your module.
39.26 +
39.27 + <p><b>To create a new JavaHelp help set:</b>
39.28 + <ol>
39.29 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
39.30 + New File wizard, choose JavaHelp Help Set under the Module
39.31 + Development category.
39.32 + <li>In the Location page, note the files that will be created and also note that they will be housed in a new folder called <tt>docs</tt>:
39.33 + <ul>
39.34 + <li><b>-about.html.</b> A sample HTML file that is registered
39.35 + in the <tt>idx.xml</tt> file, <tt>map.xml</tt> file, and <tt>toc.xml</tt> file.
39.36 + <li><b>-hs.xml.</b> Helpset file.
39.37 + <li><b>-idx.xml.</b> Index file. Using the map ID created
39.38 + in the <tt>map.xml</tt> file, you add items to the <tt>idx.xml</tt> file,
39.39 + with the name of the topic that you want displayed in the index.
39.40 + <li><b>-map.xml.</b> Map file. Each HTML file must be registered in the
39.41 + map file. The map ID that you create for the HTML file is used in
39.42 + the <tt>toc.xml</tt> file and <tt>idx.xml</tt> file.
39.43 + <li><b>-toc.html.</b> Table of contents file. Using the map ID created
39.44 + in the <tt>map.xml</tt> file, you add items to the <tt>toc.xml</tt> file,
39.45 + with the name of the topic that you want displayed in the table
39.46 + of contents.
39.47 + <li><b>-helpset.xml.</b> The reference file that is registered in
39.48 + the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
39.49 + </ul>
39.50 + <p><b>Note:</b> Each of the names above is prefixed by the name of
39.51 + the project. For example, if the project name is <tt>myproject</tt>,
39.52 + the files above would be <tt>myproject-about.html</tt>, <tt>myproject-hs.xml</tt>, etc.
39.53 + <li>Click Finish.
39.54 + </ol>
39.55 +
39.56 +
39.57 + <p>Optionally, if you do not want to include the IDE's default JavaHelp help sets with
39.58 + your module,
39.59 + you can hide them. Particularly when you are creating a rich-client
39.60 + application on top of the NetBeans Platform, it is unlikely that you
39.61 + will want the IDE's JavaHelp help sets to be included with your application.
39.62 +
39.63 + <p><b>To hide a JavaHelp help set:</b>
39.64 + <ol>
39.65 + <li>In the Projects window, expand the Important Files node.
39.66 + <li>In the Important Files node, expand the XML Layer node, and then
39.67 + wait a moment while the subnodes are loaded.
39.68 + <li>Expand the <tt><this layer in context></tt> node.
39.69 + <li>Within the <tt>Services/JavaHelp</tt> node, select the nodes of
39.70 + the JavaHelp sets that you want to delete. Choose Delete.
39.71 + </ol>
39.72 + <p>In the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, notice that tags have been added,
39.73 + each with a <tt>_hidden</tt> flag. When your module is installed,
39.74 + the <tt>_hidden</tt> flag tells the IDE, or the application built on
39.75 + the NetBeans Platform, to exclude the specified items.
39.76 + <dl>
39.77 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
39.78 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
39.79 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
39.80 + </dl>
39.81 + <hr>
39.82 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
39.83 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
39.84 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
39.85 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
39.86 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
39.87 + </table>
39.88 +</body></html>
40.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
40.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_license.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
40.3 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
40.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
40.5 +<!--
40.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
40.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
40.8 +> -->
40.9 +<html>
40.10 +<head>
40.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
40.12 +
40.13 + <title>Bundling a License</title>
40.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
40.15 +</head>
40.16 +
40.17 +<body>
40.18 + <h2>Bundling a License</h2>
40.19 + <p><small>
40.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
40.21 + </small></p>
40.22 +
40.23 + Especially when you want to distribute a module,
40.24 + bundling a <a href="../libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">license</a> is standard procedure.
40.25 + A license is typically a plain text file.
40.26 +
40.27 + <p><b>To bundle a license:</b>
40.28 +
40.29 + <ol><li>Right-click the module project node and choose Properties.
40.30 + <li>In the Project Properties dialog box, click Packaging.
40.31 + <li>Specify the packaging information, which includes the license.
40.32 + </ol>
40.33 +
40.34 + <dl>
40.35 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
40.36 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
40.37 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
40.38 + </dl>
40.39 + <hr>
40.40 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
40.41 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
40.42 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
40.43 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
40.44 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
40.45 + </table>
40.46 +</body></html>
41.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
41.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_module_installers.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
41.3 @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
41.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
41.5 +<!--
41.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
41.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
41.8 +> -->
41.9 +<html>
41.10 +<head>
41.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
41.12 +
41.13 + <title>Creating a Module Installer/Activator</title>
41.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
41.15 +</head>
41.16 +
41.17 +<body>
41.18 + <h2>Creating a Module Installer/Activator</h2>
41.19 + <p><small>
41.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
41.21 + </small></p>
41.22 +
41.23 +
41.24 + <p>A module installer (for a NetBeans module) or activator (for an OSGi bundle)
41.25 + is a Java class that provides hooks for
41.26 + running code on startup or when a module is loaded.
41.27 + It can also run cleanup code when a module is uninstalled
41.28 + or disabled.
41.29 +
41.30 + <p><b>To create a new installer/activator:</b>
41.31 + <ol>
41.32 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
41.33 + New File wizard, choose Installer/Activator under the Module
41.34 + Development category.
41.35 + <li>In the New Installer/Activator page, you have to set the following:
41.36 + <ul>
41.37 +
41.38 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the
41.39 + module installer will be housed. The module installer will always be
41.40 + named <tt>Installer</tt>.
41.41 + </ul>
41.42 +
41.43 + </ol>
41.44 +
41.45 +
41.46 +
41.47 +
41.48 + <dl>
41.49 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
41.50 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
41.51 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
41.52 + </dl>
41.53 + <hr>
41.54 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
41.55 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
41.56 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
41.57 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
41.58 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
41.59 + </table>
41.60 +</body></html>
42.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
42.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_options_panels.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
42.3 @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
42.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
42.5 +<!--
42.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
42.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
42.8 +> -->
42.9 +<html>
42.10 +<head>
42.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
42.12 +
42.13 + <title>Creating an Options Panel</title>
42.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
42.15 +</head>
42.16 +
42.17 +<body>
42.18 + <h2>Creating an Options Panel</h2>
42.19 + <p><small>
42.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
42.21 + </small></p>
42.22 +
42.23 +
42.24 + <p>An <a href="about_options_panels.html">Options panel</a>
42.25 + adds a category to the IDE's Options window. The category can be
42.26 + displayed as a primary panel (such as the "General" panel in the
42.27 + IDE) or as an addition to an existing panel, for example,
42.28 + the Miscellaneous panel (such as the "Ant"
42.29 + or "GUI Builder" panel in the IDE's Miscellaneous panel).
42.30 +
42.31 + <p><b>To create a new Options panel:</b>
42.32 + <ol>
42.33 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
42.34 + New File wizard, choose Options Panel under the Module
42.35 + Development category.
42.36 + <li>In the Choose Panel Type page, choose one of the following:
42.37 + <ul>
42.38 + <li><b>Create Secondary Panel.</b> Specifies that the category will
42.39 + be displayed as an addition to an existing panel, for example,
42.40 + the Miscellaneous panel (such as the "Ant"
42.41 + or "GUI Builder" panel in the IDE's Miscellaneous panel).
42.42 + <li><b>Create Primary Panel.</b> Specifies that the category will be
42.43 + displayed as a primary panel (such as the "General" panel in the
42.44 + IDE).
42.45 + </ul>
42.46 + <li>In the Location page, you have to set the following:
42.47 + <ul>
42.48 + <li><b>Class Prefix.</b> Specifies the prefix of the source files
42.49 + generated by the wizard.
42.50 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the
42.51 + source files will be housed.
42.52 + </ul>
42.53 + <li>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
42.54 + <ul>
42.55 + <li>Add a titled border to make the Options panel resemble other NetBeans Options
42.56 + categories.
42.57 + <li>Use the GUI Builder to add items such as checkboxes and textfields
42.58 + to the generated panel.
42.59 + </ul>
42.60 + </ol>
42.61 +
42.62 +
42.63 +
42.64 +
42.65 + <dl>
42.66 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
42.67 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
42.68 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
42.69 + </dl>
42.70 + <hr>
42.71 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
42.72 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
42.73 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
42.74 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
42.75 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
42.76 + </table>
42.77 +</body></html>
43.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
43.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_project_template.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
43.3 @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
43.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
43.5 +<!--
43.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
43.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
43.8 +> -->
43.9 +<html>
43.10 +<head>
43.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
43.12 +
43.13 + <title>Bundling a Project Template or Sample</title>
43.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs:/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
43.15 +</head>
43.16 +
43.17 +<body>
43.18 + <h2>Bundling a Project Template or Sample</h2>
43.19 + <p><small>
43.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
43.21 + </small></p>
43.22 +
43.23 + <p>The New Project Template wizard creates a new <a href="../libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">project template
43.24 + or project sample</a>. You can create an <a href="../../about/about-nbm.html">NBM file</a> that
43.25 + contains your template or sample. When the user installs the NBM file, the
43.26 + template or sample will be available in the New Project wizard.
43.27 +
43.28 + <p><b>To create a new project template or sample:</b>
43.29 + <ol>
43.30 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Project Template.
43.31 + <li>In the Select Project page, you have to specify the project that
43.32 + you want to make available as a project template or sample. You can use the Project drop-down list
43.33 + to select an open project or you can click Browse to browse to a project in your filesystem.
43.34 + <p>Click Next.
43.35 + <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
43.36 + <ul>
43.37 + <li><b>Template Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new project template.
43.38 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the template's label. For example, you
43.39 + will see this label in the Plugins manager. (Optional)
43.40 + <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the template's category. For example, this will
43.41 + enable the user to find the template more easily in the New Project wizard. (Optional)
43.42 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the classes will be housed.
43.43 + </ul>
43.44 + <p>Click Finish.
43.45 +
43.46 + <li>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
43.47 + <ul><li>Tweak the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file to change the icon or rearrange the position
43.48 + of the template in the New Project wizard.
43.49 + <li>Change the description that will appear in the New Project wizard's
43.50 + Description box.</ul>
43.51 + </ol>
43.52 + <dl>
43.53 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
43.54 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
43.55 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
43.56 + </dl>
43.57 + <hr>
43.58 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
43.59 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
43.60 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
43.61 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
43.62 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
43.63 + </table>
43.64 +</body></html>
44.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
44.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_quick_search_provider.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
44.3 @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
44.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
44.5 +<!--
44.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
44.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
44.8 +> -->
44.9 +<html>
44.10 +<head>
44.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
44.12 +
44.13 + <title>Creating Quick Search Providers</title>
44.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
44.15 + </head>
44.16 +
44.17 + <body>
44.18 + <h2>Creating Quick Search Providers</h2>
44.19 + <p><small>
44.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
44.21 + </small></p>
44.22 +
44.23 + <p>A quick search provider is a Java class
44.24 + that lets you plug new
44.25 + items into the Quick Search feature in the
44.26 + IDE or any other application on top of the
44.27 + NetBeans Platform.
44.28 +
44.29 + <p><b>To create a new quick search provider:</b>
44.30 + <ol>
44.31 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
44.32 + New File wizard, choose Quick Search Provider under the Module
44.33 + Development category.
44.34 + <li>In the File Recognition page, you have to set the following:
44.35 + <ul>
44.36 + <li><b>Provider Class Name.</b> Specifies the
44.37 + class name of the stub that the wizard will
44.38 + generate.
44.39 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the package
44.40 + where the stub class will be generated.
44.41 + <li><b>Category Display Name.</b> Specifies
44.42 + the display name of the category that the
44.43 + stub will create.
44.44 + <li><b>Command Prefix.</b> Specifies
44.45 + prefix for narrowing the search to
44.46 + the category that the stub will create.
44.47 + <li><b>Position in Popup.</b> Specifies the
44.48 + position of the new item in the within the
44.49 + Quick Search feature.
44.50 + </ul>
44.51 + </ol>
44.52 +
44.53 +
44.54 + <dl>
44.55 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
44.56 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
44.57 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
44.58 + </dl>
44.59 + <hr>
44.60 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
44.61 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
44.62 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
44.63 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
44.64 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
44.65 + </table>
44.66 +</body></html>
45.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
45.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_uc_manually.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
45.3 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
45.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
45.5 +<!--
45.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
45.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
45.8 +> -->
45.9 +<html>
45.10 +<head>
45.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
45.12 +
45.13 + <title>Manually Registering an Update Center URL</title>
45.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
45.15 +</head>
45.16 +
45.17 +<body>
45.18 + <h2>Manually Registering an Update Center URL</h2>
45.19 + <p><small>
45.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
45.21 + </small></p>
45.22 +
45.23 +
45.24 + <p>If you have not been provided with a <a href="create_update_centers.html">module that
45.25 + bundles an update center's URL</a>, you
45.26 + need to register the update center manually. Once you have registered the
45.27 + update center, you can access its modules via the Plugins manager,
45.28 + which you can access under the Tools menu.
45.29 +
45.30 + <p><b>To manually register an update center's URL:</b>
45.31 + <ol>
45.32 + <li>Choose Tools > Plugins.
45.33 + <p>The Plugins manager opens.
45.34 + <li>Click the Settings tab at the top of the Plugins manager.
45.35 + <li>Click Add.
45.36 + <li>Type the name and URL of the autoupdate center. The name can be anything
45.37 + you want it to be. Click Finish.
45.38 + <li>Click Close.
45.39 + </ol>
45.40 + <p>You have now manually registered the update center's URL.
45.41 +
45.42 + <dl>
45.43 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
45.44 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
45.45 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
45.46 + </dl>
45.47 + <hr>
45.48 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
45.49 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
45.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
45.51 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
45.52 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
45.53 + </table>
45.54 +</body></html>
46.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
46.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_update_centers.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
46.3 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
46.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
46.5 +<!--
46.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
46.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
46.8 +> -->
46.9 +<html>
46.10 +<head>
46.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
46.12 +
46.13 + <title>Bundling an Update Center's URL</title>
46.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
46.15 +</head>
46.16 +
46.17 +<body>
46.18 + <h2>Bundling an Update Center's URL</h2>
46.19 + <p><small>
46.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
46.21 + </small></p>
46.22 +
46.23 +
46.24 + <p>The New Update Center wizard lets you create
46.25 + a module that registers a <a href="about_update_centers.html">update center</a>
46.26 + in the user's Plugins manager. In effect, the module
46.27 + bundles the URL to the update center so that the user does not
46.28 + need to <a href="create_uc_manually.html">register the URL manually</a>.
46.29 +
46.30 + <p><b>To bundle an update center's URL:</b>
46.31 + <ol>
46.32 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the New File
46.33 + wizard, choose Update Center from the Module Development category. Click Next.
46.34 + <li>In the Update Center Declaration page, you have to set the following:
46.35 + <ul><li><b>URL to Update Descriptor.</b> Specifies the URL to the autoupdate descriptor. <p>You
46.36 + can let the IDE generate the autoupdate descriptor for you; for details, see
46.37 + <a href="../../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</a>.
46.38 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the name that you would like the user to
46.39 + see in their Plugins manager.
46.40 + </ul>
46.41 + <p>Click Finish.
46.42 + </ol>
46.43 +
46.44 +
46.45 +
46.46 +
46.47 + <dl>
46.48 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
46.49 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
46.50 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
46.51 + </dl>
46.52 + <hr>
46.53 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
46.54 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
46.55 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
46.56 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
46.57 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
46.58 + </table>
46.59 +</body></html>
47.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
47.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_window_component.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
47.3 @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
47.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
47.5 +<!--
47.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
47.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
47.8 +> -->
47.9 +<html>
47.10 +<head>
47.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
47.12 +
47.13 + <title>Creating a Window Component</title>
47.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
47.15 +</head>
47.16 +
47.17 +<body>
47.18 + <h2>Creating a Window Component</h2>
47.19 +<p><small>
47.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
47.21 +</small></p>
47.22 +
47.23 +<p>A <a href="about_window_components.html">window component</a> creates a window (also known as 'view') for a module. The IDE
47.24 + provides the Window Component wizard to simplify the initial creation process.
47.25 +
47.26 +<p><b>To create a new window component:</b>
47.27 +<ol>
47.28 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Window Component.
47.29 + <li>In the Basic Settings page, you set the following:
47.30 +<ul>
47.31 + <li><b>Window Position.</b> Specifies the location of the window component when open in the IDE.
47.32 + Depending on the modules installed
47.33 + in the platform that forms the basis
47.34 + of your application, you're able
47.35 + to choose from several window positions,
47.36 + including the following:
47.37 + <ul>
47.38 + <li><tt>bottomSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
47.39 + on the bottom bar of the IDE.
47.40 + <li><tt>commonpalette.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Palette for HTML/JSP code snippets.
47.41 + <li><tt>debugger.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Debugger.
47.42 + <li><tt>editor.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Source Editor.
47.43 + <li><tt>explorer.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Projects window.
47.44 + <li><tt>leftSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
47.45 + on the left sidebar of the IDE.
47.46 + <li><tt>navigator.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Navigator.
47.47 + <li><tt>output.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Output window.
47.48 + <li><tt>properties.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Properties window.
47.49 + <li><tt>rightSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
47.50 + on the right side of the Source Editor.
47.51 + </ul>
47.52 + <li><b>Open on Application Start.</b> Specifies whether the window component is open
47.53 + by default or not.
47.54 + <li><b>Keep preferred size when slided-in.</b> Specifies that the size of the
47.55 + window when minimized will be determined by the preferred size propery of the
47.56 + window. When selected, the following line is added
47.57 + to the TopComponent's constructor:
47.58 + <tt>putClientProperty("netbeans.winsys.tc.keep_preferred_size_when_slided_in", Boolean.TRUE);</tt>
47.59 + <li><b>Sliding not allowed.</b>
47.60 + <br/><b>Closing not allowed.</b>
47.61 + <br/><b>Undocking not allowed.</b>
47.62 + <br/><b>Dragging not allowed.</b>
47.63 + <br/><b>Maximization not allowed.</b> Specify that the window
47.64 + should not have one or more features that it
47.65 + has by default.
47.66 +
47.67 +</ul>
47.68 + <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
47.69 +<ul>
47.70 + <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new <tt>Action</tt> and <tt>TopComponent</tt> classes.
47.71 + <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the window component. For example, you
47.72 + will see the icon in the label of the window component. (Optional)
47.73 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
47.74 + </ul>
47.75 + <li>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
47.76 + <ul>
47.77 + <li>Use the Form editor to design the window.
47.78 + <li>Place the window component in a different position. In the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file,
47.79 + tweak the Modes section.
47.80 +
47.81 + <li>Add your own code to <tt>componentOpened()</tt> and <tt>componentClosed()</tt> to
47.82 + specify what will happen when the window opens and closes.
47.83 +
47.84 + </ul>
47.85 +</ol>
47.86 +<dl>
47.87 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
47.88 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
47.89 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
47.90 +</dl>
47.91 +<hr>
47.92 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
47.93 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
47.94 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
47.95 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
47.96 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
47.97 +</table>
47.98 +</body></html>
48.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
48.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_wizard.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
48.3 @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
48.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
48.5 +<!--
48.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
48.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
48.8 +> -->
48.9 +<html>
48.10 +<head>
48.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
48.12 +
48.13 + <title>Creating A Wizard</title>
48.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
48.15 +</head>
48.16 +
48.17 +<body>
48.18 + <h2>Creating A Wizard</h2>
48.19 + <p><small>
48.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
48.21 + </small></p>
48.22 +
48.23 +
48.24 + <p>The Wizard wizard helps you by creating several of a <a href="about_wizards.html">wizard's</a> basic Java source files, containing sample code, for you.
48.25 + When you want to create a wizard, you do not always need to use the Wizard wizard. The table below
48.26 + helps you to chose.
48.27 +
48.28 + <table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
48.29 + task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
48.30 + <tr valign="top">
48.31 + <th scope="col" align="left" width="30">When you want to create a...</th>
48.32 + <th scope="col" align="left">Use a...</th>
48.33 + </tr>
48.34 +
48.35 + <tr valign="top">
48.36 + <td>New Project wizard</td>
48.37 + <td><a href="../../csh/SelectProjectPanel.html">New Project Template wizard</a>
48.38 + </td>
48.39 + </tr>
48.40 + <tr valign="top">
48.41 + <td>New Sample wizard</td>
48.42 + <td><a href="../../csh/SelectProjectPanel.html">New Project Template wizard</a>
48.43 + </td>
48.44 + </tr>
48.45 + <tr valign="top">
48.46 + <td>New File wizard</td>
48.47 + <td>'New File' registration type in the <a href="../../csh/WizardTypePanel.html">New Wizard wizard</a>
48.48 + </td>
48.49 +
48.50 + </tr>
48.51 + <tr>
48.52 + <td>Any other type of wizard</td>
48.53 + <td>'Custom' registration type in the <a href="../../csh/WizardTypePanel.html">New Wizard wizard</a>
48.54 + </td>
48.55 + </tr>
48.56 + </table>
48.57 +
48.58 +
48.59 + <p>Depending on the type of wizard you want to create, do
48.60 + the following:
48.61 +
48.62 + <p><b>To create a New File wizard or a custom wizard:</b>
48.63 + <ol>
48.64 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Project Template.
48.65 + <li>In the Wizard Type page, you have to set the following:
48.66 + <ul>
48.67 + <li><b>Registration Type.</b> Specifies where the user will be able to
48.68 + find the wizard in the IDE. See <a href="about_wizards.html">About Wizards</a> for details.
48.69 + <li><b>Wizard Step Sequence.</b> Specifies whether the Wizard wizard
48.70 + will create an implementation of this NetBeans API class: <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
48.71 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/WizardDescriptor.Iterator.html">
48.72 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>WizardDescriptor.Iterator</u></html>">
48.73 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
48.74 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
48.75 + </object>
48.76 +
48.77 + <p>If you choose Static, an implementation of this NetBeans API class will not be created.
48.78 + The default progression from panel to panel will then be supported by your wizard,
48.79 + sequential progression
48.80 + without divergences or reversals.
48.81 + <p>If you choose
48.82 + Dynamic, the Wizard wizard will create an implementation of the WizardDescriptor.Iterator class. This class
48.83 + guides progress from one panel
48.84 + to the next. The developer has a lot more freedom in coding the
48.85 + wizard, but has a more complex task since there are many more
48.86 + possibilities to consider. When you choose "Static", you can also
48.87 + extend the wizard to provide support for panel skipping and reversals, but the
48.88 + "Dynamic" type was made for this purpose. For example, the Add Server
48.89 + Instance wizard offers different panels depending on the type
48.90 + of server that the user wants to register.
48.91 +
48.92 + <li><b>Number of Wizard Panels.</b> For each panel, the IDE creates
48.93 + two files—a visual panel (called <tt>xxxVisualPanel.java</tt>) and a wizard panel
48.94 + (called <tt>xxxWizardPanel</tt>) for retrieving the current values from the visual panel.
48.95 + Only if you enter an integer greater than 0, will you be able to progress to the
48.96 + next panel in the Wizard wizard.
48.97 + </ul>
48.98 +
48.99 + <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
48.100 + <ul>
48.101 + <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the name of the new panels and action class.</li>
48.102 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.</li>
48.103 + </ul>
48.104 +
48.105 + <li>Only if the wizard will be registered as a New File wizard
48.106 + can you set the following items:
48.107 +
48.108 + <ul>
48.109 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the display name for
48.110 + the new wizard in the New File wizard.</li>
48.111 + <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the New File wizard
48.112 + category where the new file wizard will be located.</li>
48.113 + <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will be displayed
48.114 + in the New File wizard.</li>
48.115 + </ul></li>
48.116 + <li>Click Finish.</li>
48.117 + </ol>
48.118 +
48.119 +
48.120 + <p>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:</p>
48.121 + <ul><li>Tweak the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file to change the icon or rearrange the position
48.122 + of the template in the New Project wizard.</li>
48.123 + <li>Change the description that will appear in the New Project wizard's
48.124 + Description box.</li</ul>
48.125 +
48.126 +
48.127 +
48.128 +
48.129 +
48.130 + <p><b>To create a new project template or a sample wizard:</b>
48.131 + <ol>
48.132 + <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Project Template.
48.133 + <li>In the Select Project page, you have to specify the project that
48.134 + you want to make available as a project template or sample. You can use the Project drop-down list
48.135 + to select an open project or you can click Browse to browse to a project in your filesystem.
48.136 + <p>Click Next.
48.137 + <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
48.138 + <ul>
48.139 + <li><b>Template Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new project template.
48.140 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the template's label. For example, you
48.141 + will see this label in the Plugins manager. (Optional)
48.142 + <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the template's category. For example, this will
48.143 + enable the user to find the template more easily in the New Project wizard. (Optional)
48.144 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the classes will be housed.
48.145 + </ul></li>
48.146 + <li>Click Finish.</li>
48.147 + </ol>
48.148 +
48.149 +
48.150 + After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
48.151 + <ul><li>Tweak the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file to change the icon or rearrange the position
48.152 + of the template in the New Project wizard.
48.153 + <li>Change the description that will appear in the New Project wizard's
48.154 + Description box.</ul>
48.155 + </ol>
48.156 +
48.157 +
48.158 +
48.159 +
48.160 + <dl>
48.161 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
48.162 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
48.163 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
48.164 + </dl>
48.165 + <hr>
48.166 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
48.167 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
48.168 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
48.169 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
48.170 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
48.171 + </table>
48.172 +</body></html>
49.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
49.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
49.3 @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
49.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
49.5 +<!--
49.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
49.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
49.8 +> -->
49.9 +<html>
49.10 +<head>
49.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
49.12 +
49.13 + <title>About Bundling Supporting Items</title>
49.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
49.15 +</head>
49.16 +
49.17 +<body>
49.18 + <h2>About Bundling Supporting Items</h2>
49.19 + <p><small>
49.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
49.21 + </small></p>
49.22 +
49.23 + The IDE provides wizards for bundling various supporting items
49.24 + with your module. Using these wizards means you can
49.25 + simply point-and-click at the items you want to include, and then the IDE
49.26 + does all the work for you.
49.27 +
49.28 + <p>You can use wizards to quickly and easily bundle the following items
49.29 + with your module:
49.30 +
49.31 + <ul>
49.32 + <li><b>Libraries.</b> External JARs can be included in your NetBeans
49.33 + Platform modules in various ways:
49.34 + <ul>
49.35 + <li>If you are extending the IDE, you can add a new library
49.36 + to the Library Manager, which enables the user to add
49.37 + the library to the classpath of their application.
49.38 + For this you need a Java SE library
49.39 + descriptor, which the IDE can create for you.
49.40 + <li>If you are creating extensions to the IDE or
49.41 + are creating your own applications on the NetBeans Platform,
49.42 + you can include external JARs, NetBeans modules, and OSGi bundles.
49.43 + You can also include groups and combinations of these items.
49.44 + The IDE provides support for all of these scenarios.
49.45 + </ul>
49.46 + <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_j2se_library_desc.html">Bundling a Library</a>.
49.47 +
49.48 +
49.49 + <li><b>Project Templates.</b> Project templates are used when users begin to create
49.50 + their own project. For example,
49.51 + in the IDE a user chooses the 'Web Application' project template in the New Project wizard, then the IDE
49.52 + creates a project consisting of a JSP file, a <tt>web.xml</tt> file, a server-specific deployment file,
49.53 + and project metadata within a specific structure that is useful for web application projects.
49.54 + <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_project_template.html">Bundling a Project Template or Sample</a>.
49.55 +
49.56 +
49.57 + <li><b>Project Samples.</b> Project samples that illustrate
49.58 + some aspect of project functionality are often provided by modules
49.59 + that inject a new technology into the IDE. For example,
49.60 + in the Samples directory within the New Project wizard, an Anagram Game is included
49.61 + to demonstrate Java SE functionality. A sample is a kind of project template; it
49.62 + has the same behavior as a project template, but it is used for a different purpose.
49.63 + <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_project_template.html">Bundling a Project Template or Sample</a>.
49.64 +
49.65 + <li><b>Update Center URLs.</b> When you bundle the URL to
49.66 + a <a href="../filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html">update center</a>,
49.67 + you help your users, because they will not need to register your update center
49.68 + manually. Instead, when they install your module, your update center
49.69 + will automatically be accessible via the Plugins manager. As a result, when
49.70 + your users go to Tools > Plugins manager, they will immediately see your
49.71 + update center in the 'Select Update Center(s) to connect' list. An update
49.72 + center declaration consists of the URL to the autoupdate descriptor and
49.73 + a display name.
49.74 + <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_update_centers.html">Bundling an Update Center's URL</a>.
49.75 +
49.76 +
49.77 + <li><b>JavaHelp Help Sets.</b> The IDE provides a number of JavaHelp help sets. You can
49.78 + add your own, or, if you are creating an application on top of the NetBeans Platform,
49.79 + you can provide a help set specifically for your application. (You can also hide help
49.80 + sets provided by other modules.) The files required
49.81 + for a JavaHelp help set can be generated for you by the IDE. Registration of the
49.82 + help set in the IDE can also be automated. As a result, you do not need to think
49.83 + about these infrastuctural matters, so that you can focus your time and
49.84 + energy on the <i>content</i> of your help set.
49.85 + <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_javahelp.html">Bundling a JavaHelp Help Set</a>.
49.86 +
49.87 + <li><b>License.</b> With the creation of any software, there
49.88 + is often a need for that software to have a software license.
49.89 + The IDE's support for creating modules allows
49.90 + you to add a license to the module that is under
49.91 + creation.
49.92 + <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_license.html">Bundling a License</a>.
49.93 +
49.94 +
49.95 + </ul>
49.96 +
49.97 +
49.98 + <dl>
49.99 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
49.100 + <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_j2se_library_desc.html">Bundling a Library</a></dd><!--TODO should be -->
49.101 + <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_action.html">Creating an Action</a></dd>
49.102 + <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_file_type.html">Creating a File Type</a> </dd>
49.103 + <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_project_template.html">Creating a Project Template</a></dd>
49.104 + <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_window_component.html">Creating a Window Component</a> </dd>
49.105 + <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_wizard.html">Creating a Wizard</a> </dd>
49.106 + </dl>
49.107 +
49.108 +<hr>
49.109 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
49.110 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
49.111 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
49.112 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
49.113 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
49.114 + </table>
49.115 +</body></html>
50.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
50.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/netbeans_api_javadoc.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
50.3 @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
50.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
50.5 +<!--
50.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
50.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
50.8 +> -->
50.9 +<html>
50.10 +<head>
50.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
50.12 +
50.13 + <title>Registering the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</title>
50.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
50.15 +</head>
50.16 +<body>
50.17 + <h2>Registering the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</h2>
50.18 +<p><small>
50.19 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
50.20 +</small></p>
50.21 +
50.22 +
50.23 +
50.24 +<p>The NetBeans Platform Manager is a tool for registering different NetBeans platforms with the IDE.
50.25 +A NetBeans platform can be an installation of the <a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a> or an
50.26 +installation of the NetBeans IDE.
50.27 +
50.28 +The default platform is always configured, and is the running IDE. Even in the case that a target platform is the complete IDE,
50.29 +you can easily create an application based only on the platform subset, so that there is little need to download the NetBeans Platform separately.
50.30 +
50.31 + The NetBeans Platform Manager lists all your registered NetBeans platforms in the left pane and
50.32 + lists the platform that the IDE currently deploys to as the default.
50.33 +
50.34 +<p>You can open the NetBeans Platform Manager by choosing Tools > NetBeans Platform Manager.
50.35 +
50.36 +<p>Using the NetBeans Platform Manager, you can:
50.37 +<ul>
50.38 + <li>Register a new platform. </li>
50.39 + <li>View a registered platform's available modules.</li>
50.40 + <li>Register source code for a platform in the Sources
50.41 + tab. If you register the sources, you do not need to register Javadoc separately, because Javadoc is
50.42 + included in the sources. Either the ZIP file containing the sources or the unpacked root folder
50.43 + can be registered in the Sources tab. You can download the NetBeans sources from <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
50.44 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/downloads/index.html">
50.45 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://bits.netbeans.org/downloads/index.html</u>.</html>">
50.46 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
50.47 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
50.48 +</object></li>
50.49 + <li>Register Javadoc documentation
50.50 + for a platform in the Javadoc tab. Javadoc is available from the Plugins manager as "NetBeans API Documentation".
50.51 + Choose Tools > Plugins to access the Plugins manager.</li>
50.52 +</ul>
50.53 +<p>Once you have registered a platform, you can configure a module project to use
50.54 + that platform for deployment. Go to the project's Project
50.55 + Properties dialog box, select the Libraries node, and choose the appropriate
50.56 + platform in the NetBeans Platform drop-down list.
50.57 +<dl>
50.58 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
50.59 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
50.60 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
50.61 +</dl>
50.62 +<hr>
50.63 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
50.64 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
50.65 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
50.66 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
50.67 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
50.68 +</table>
50.69 +</body></html>
51.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
51.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
51.3 @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
51.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
51.5 +<!--
51.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
51.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
51.8 +> -->
51.9 +<html>
51.10 +<head>
51.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
51.12 +
51.13 + <title>About Module Project Templates</title>
51.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
51.15 +</head>
51.16 +
51.17 +<body>
51.18 + <h2>About Module Project Templates</h2>
51.19 + <p><small>
51.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
51.21 + </small></p>
51.22 + <p>The IDE contains a set of standard project templates for module development.
51.23 + The standard distribution of the IDE contains the following module project templates:
51.24 +
51.25 + <ul>
51.26 +<li><b><img src="../../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Module.</b>
51.27 +Use a module project as the place where you code your module. </li>
51.28 +<li><b><img src="../../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Library Wrapper Module icon"> Library Wrapper Module.</b>
51.29 +Use library wrapper module projects to put one or more library JAR files on a module's classpath.
51.30 +</li>
51.31 +<li><b><img src="../../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module Suite icon"> Module Suite.</b>
51.32 +Use a module suite project to group and deploy a set of interdependent module projects and library wrapper
51.33 + module projects.
51.34 +</li>
51.35 +<li><b><img src="../../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Application icon"> NetBeans Platform Application.</b>
51.36 +Use a NetBeans Platform Application project as the skeleton framework as the starting
51.37 + point of your own applications.
51.38 +</li>
51.39 +</ul>
51.40 + <h3>Important Files</h3>
51.41 + <p>Module projects, library wrapper module projects,
51.42 + and module suite projects have an Important Files node
51.43 + where the IDE stores the Ant script,
51.44 + <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, and other project data.</p>
51.45 +
51.46 + <p>The following table lists the highlights of the Important Files node and whether each is found in
51.47 + a module project template, a library wrapper module project template,
51.48 + a module suite project, or all three:</p>
51.49 +
51.50 + <table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
51.51 + task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
51.52 + <tr valign="top">
51.53 + <th scope="col" align="left"> Item</th>
51.54 + <th scope="col" align="left">Description</th>
51.55 + <th scope="col" align="left">Availability</th>
51.56 + </tr>
51.57 + <tr valign="top">
51.58 + <td>XML Layer</td>
51.59 + <td>
51.60 + The System Filesystem registration file (<tt>layer.xml</tt>). You use this file
51.61 + to register new items in the System Filesystem. When you use
51.62 + file-level templates, the IDE automatically registers
51.63 + items for you. For example, when you use the Action wizard,
51.64 + you specify that a Java class should be invoked as a menu item,
51.65 + toolbar button, or keyboard shortcut, and the IDE registers
51.66 + your specification accordingly in the<tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
51.67 + </td>
51.68 + <td>Module Project</td>
51.69 + </tr>
51.70 + <tr valign="top">
51.71 + <td>Build Script</td>
51.72 + <td>
51.73 + The build script called by the IDE. This build script only contains an
51.74 + import statement that imports targets from <tt>nbproject/build-impl.xml</tt>.
51.75 + Use the <tt>build.xml</tt> to override targets from <tt>build-impl.xml</tt>
51.76 + or to create new targets.
51.77 + </td>
51.78 + <td>All</td>
51.79 + </tr>
51.80 +
51.81 + <tr valign="top">
51.82 + <td>Module Manifest</td>
51.83 + <td>
51.84 + <p>The JAR manifest (<tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt>) with sections defining attributes
51.85 + for the module. By default, the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file created for a module project
51.86 + specifies its name, <tt>layer.xml</tt>, localizing bundle, and specification version.
51.87 + </td>
51.88 + <td>Module Project</td>
51.89 + </tr>
51.90 + <tr valign="top">
51.91 + <td>Project Metadata</td>
51.92 + <td>
51.93 + <p>The <tt>project.xml</tt> file. IDE-generated
51.94 + metadata file for specifying module dependencies and classpaths.
51.95 + Although you can edit <tt>project.xml</tt> manually,
51.96 + you generally do not need to. When you use a <a href="../filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">file-level template</a> to create items, such as actions,
51.97 + the IDE automatically specifies module dependencies required
51.98 + by the item in question. Should you need to specify module dependencies
51.99 + yourself, use the Libraries panel in the project's Project Properties dialog box.
51.100 +
51.101 + </td>
51.102 + <td>All</td>
51.103 + </tr>
51.104 + </table>
51.105 + <dl>
51.106 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
51.107 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
51.108 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
51.109 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
51.110 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
51.111 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
51.112 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
51.113 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
51.114 + </dl>
51.115 + <hr>
51.116 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
51.117 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
51.118 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
51.119 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
51.120 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
51.121 + </table>
51.122 +</body></html>
52.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
52.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_library_wrapper.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
52.3 @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
52.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
52.5 +<!--
52.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
52.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
52.8 +> -->
52.9 +<html>
52.10 +<head>
52.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
52.12 +
52.13 + <title>Creating a Library Wrapper Module Project</title>
52.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
52.15 +</head>
52.16 +
52.17 +<body>
52.18 + <h2>Creating a Library Wrapper Module Project</h2>
52.19 + <p><small>
52.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
52.21 + </small></p>
52.22 + Use a library wrapper module project template to create a library wrapper module
52.23 + project. Library wrapper module projects put one or more library
52.24 + JAR files on a module's classpath. You have to export some or all of the packages as public, and you need to have a regular module depend on it,
52.25 + or the library wrapper module
52.26 + becomes useless. The wizard that you use to create the library wrapper module
52.27 + project automatically exports as public any packages it finds in the JARs.
52.28 +
52.29 + <p><b>To create a library wrapper module project:</b>
52.30 + <ol>
52.31 + <li>Choose File > New Project
52.32 + (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
52.33 + <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select Library Wrapper Module.</li>
52.34 + <li>In the Select Library panel, specify the following:
52.35 + <ul>
52.36 + <li><b>Library. </b> Specifies one or more JAR files that make up the
52.37 + library. Use Shift-Click and Ctrl-Click to select more than one JAR file.
52.38 + You are encouraged to only include more than one JAR file if their
52.39 + versions are likely to increment at the same time.</li>
52.40 + <li><b>License. </b>Specifies the License of the JAR files.</li>
52.41 + </ul>
52.42 + <li>In the Name and Location panel, specify the following:
52.43 + <ul>
52.44 + <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project
52.45 + will be housed, prepended by the project location, which
52.46 + is specified in the next field.</li>
52.47 + <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
52.48 + project metadata and source code.</li>
52.49 + <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
52.50 + to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
52.51 + of the project location and the project name.</li>
52.52 + <li><b>Add to Module Suite.</b> Specifies that the module belongs to a module suite. If the module
52.53 + suite is not currently open in the IDE, click Browse to locate the module suite in your
52.54 + filesystem.
52.55 + </ul>
52.56 + <li>Click Next.
52.57 + <li>In the Basic Module Configuration panel, specify the following:
52.58 + <ul>
52.59 + <li><b>Code Name Base. </b>Specifies a unique name for the module. A main
52.60 + package will be created with the same name as the code name base. If your
52.61 + code name base is <tt>org.modules.foo</tt>, your default package structure will be
52.62 + <tt>org/modules/foo</tt>.
52.63 + <li><b>Module Display Name. </b>Specifies the name that will be displayed
52.64 + in the Projects window.</li>
52.65 + <li><b>Localizing Bundle. </b>Specifies location of the <tt>Bundle.properties</tt>
52.66 + file. Normally, the default suggestion should be appropriate.</li>
52.67 + </ul>
52.68 + <li>Click Finish.
52.69 + </ol>
52.70 +
52.71 + <dl>
52.72 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
52.73 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
52.74 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
52.75 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
52.76 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
52.77 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
52.78 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
52.79 + </dl>
52.80 + <hr>
52.81 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
52.82 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
52.83 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
52.84 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
52.85 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
52.86 + </table>
52.87 +</body></html>
53.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
53.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
53.3 @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
53.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
53.5 +<!--
53.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
53.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
53.8 +> -->
53.9 +<html>
53.10 +<head>
53.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
53.12 +
53.13 + <title>Creating a Module Project</title>
53.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
53.15 +</head>
53.16 +
53.17 +<body>
53.18 + <h2>Creating a Module Project</h2>
53.19 + <p><small>
53.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
53.21 + </small></p>
53.22 + Use a module project template to create a module project. The module
53.23 + project is the place where you code your module. Module projects implement the module's features
53.24 + and functionality that extend the NetBeans APIs, which you kickstart
53.25 + by using file templates. In addition, module projects include the
53.26 + business logic that integrate the library wrapper module projects
53.27 + into the module. Code housed in module projects also provides,
53.28 + for example, the user interface for receiving and processing user input.
53.29 + <p><b>To create a module project:</b>
53.30 + <ol>
53.31 + <li>Choose File > New Project
53.32 + (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
53.33 + <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select Module. Click Next.
53.34 + <li>In the Name and Location panel, specify the following:
53.35 + <ul>
53.36 + <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project
53.37 + will be housed, prepended by the project location, which
53.38 + is specified in the next field.</li>
53.39 + <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
53.40 + project metadata and source code.</li>
53.41 + <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
53.42 + to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
53.43 + of the project location and the project name.</li>
53.44 + <li><b>Standalone Module.</b> Specifies that the module does not belong to a module suite. In addition,
53.45 + you must specify which platform the module will be compiled and deployed against. To add additional
53.46 + platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="../../csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
53.47 + <li><b>Add to Module Suite.</b> Specifies that the module belongs to a module suite. If the module
53.48 + suite is not currently open in the IDE, click Browse to locate the module suite in your
53.49 + filesystem.
53.50 + <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
53.51 + project.</li>
53.52 + </ul>
53.53 + <li>Click Next.
53.54 + <li>In the Basic Module Configuration panel, specify the following:
53.55 + <ul>
53.56 + <li><b>Code Name Base. </b>Specifies a unique name for the module. A main
53.57 + package will be created with the same name as the code name base. If your
53.58 + code name base is <tt>org.modules.foo</tt>, your default package structure will be
53.59 + <tt>org/modules/foo</tt>.
53.60 + <li><b>Module Display Name. </b>Specifies the name that will be displayed
53.61 + in the Projects window.</li>
53.62 + <li><b>Localizing Bundle. </b>Specifies location of the <tt>Bundle.properties</tt>
53.63 + file. Normally, the default suggestion should be appropriate.</li>
53.64 + <li><b>XML Layer.</b> If the "Generate XML Layer" checkbox is selected,
53.65 + specifies the name and location of the optional <tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
53.66 + If you do not let the IDE create one now, the IDE will create one automatically
53.67 + if you run any wizard which needs to add a layer entry.
53.68 + </ul>
53.69 + <li>Click Finish.
53.70 + </ol>
53.71 +
53.72 + <dl>
53.73 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
53.74 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
53.75 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
53.76 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
53.77 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
53.78 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
53.79 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
53.80 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
53.81 + </dl>
53.82 + <hr>
53.83 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
53.84 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
53.85 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
53.86 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
53.87 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
53.88 + </table>
53.89 +</body></html>
54.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
54.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module_suite.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
54.3 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
54.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
54.5 +<!--
54.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
54.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
54.8 +> -->
54.9 +<html>
54.10 +<head>
54.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
54.12 +
54.13 + <title>Creating a Module Suite Project</title>
54.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
54.15 +</head>
54.16 +
54.17 +<body>
54.18 + <h2>Creating a Module Suite Project</h2>
54.19 + <p><small>
54.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
54.21 + </small></p>
54.22 + Use a module suite project template to create a module suite. A module
54.23 + suite groups and deploys a set of interdependent module projects and library wrapper
54.24 + module projects. For rich-client applications, the module suite project is a skeleton application
54.25 + to which you can attach a splash screen, a progress bar, a name for the application's executable,
54.26 + and a title for
54.27 + the application's titlebar.
54.28 +
54.29 + <p><b>To create a module suite project:</b>
54.30 + <ol>
54.31 + <li>Choose File > New Project
54.32 + (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
54.33 + <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select Module Suite.</li>
54.34 + <li>In the Name and Location panel, specify the following:
54.35 + <ul>
54.36 + <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project
54.37 + will be housed, prepended by the project location, which
54.38 + is specified in the next field.</li>
54.39 + <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
54.40 + project metadata.</li>
54.41 + <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
54.42 + to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
54.43 + of the project location and the project name.</li>
54.44 + <li><b>NetBeans Platform.</b> Specifies the platform against which the module will be compiled and deployed. To add additional
54.45 + platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="../../csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
54.46 + <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
54.47 + project.</li>
54.48 + </ul>
54.49 + <li>Click Finish.</li>
54.50 + </ol>
54.51 +
54.52 + <dl>
54.53 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
54.54 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
54.55 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
54.56 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
54.57 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
54.58 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
54.59 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
54.60 + </dl>
54.61 + <hr>
54.62 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
54.63 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
54.64 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
54.65 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
54.66 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
54.67 + </table>
54.68 +</body></html>
55.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
55.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_platform_app.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
55.3 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
55.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
55.5 +<!--
55.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
55.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
55.8 +> -->
55.9 +<html>
55.10 +<head>
55.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
55.12 +
55.13 + <title>Creating a NetBeans Platform Application Project</title>
55.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
55.15 +</head>
55.16 +
55.17 +<body>
55.18 + <h2>Creating a NetBeans Platform Application Project</h2>
55.19 + <p><small>
55.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
55.21 + </small></p>
55.22 + Use a NetBeans Platform Application project template to create the starting
55.23 + point of your application on top of the NetBeans Platform. This
55.24 + template project provides a skeleton application
55.25 + to which you can attach a splash screen, a progress bar, a name for the application's executable,
55.26 + and a title for
55.27 + the application's titlebar.
55.28 +
55.29 + <p><b>To create a NetBeans Platform Application project:</b>
55.30 + <ol>
55.31 + <li>Choose File > New Project
55.32 + (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
55.33 + <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select NetBeans Platform Application.</li>
55.34 + <li>In the Name and Location panel, specify the following:
55.35 + <ul>
55.36 + <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project
55.37 + will be housed, prepended by the project location, which
55.38 + is specified in the next field.</li>
55.39 + <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
55.40 + project metadata.</li>
55.41 + <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
55.42 + to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
55.43 + of the project location and the project name.</li>
55.44 + <li><b>NetBeans Platform.</b> Specifies the platform against which the module will be compiled and deployed. To add additional
55.45 + platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="../../csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
55.46 + <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
55.47 + project.</li>
55.48 + </ul>
55.49 + <li>Click Finish.</li>
55.50 + </ol>
55.51 +
55.52 + <dl>
55.53 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
55.54 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
55.55 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
55.56 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
55.57 + <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
55.58 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
55.59 + <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
55.60 + </dl>
55.61 + <hr>
55.62 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
55.63 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
55.64 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
55.65 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
55.66 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
55.67 + </table>
55.68 +</body></html>
56.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
56.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/using_netbeans_api_javadoc.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
56.3 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
56.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
56.5 +<!--
56.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
56.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
56.8 +> -->
56.9 +<html>
56.10 +<head>
56.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
56.12 +
56.13 + <title>Using the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</title>
56.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
56.15 +</head>
56.16 +<body>
56.17 + <h2>Using the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</h2>
56.18 + <p><small>
56.19 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
56.20 + </small></p>
56.21 +
56.22 + <p>Once you have <a href="netbeans_api_javadoc.html">registered the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</a>, you
56.23 + can use them as follows:
56.24 +
56.25 + <ul>
56.26 +
56.27 + <li>In the Source Editor, when you use code completion (Ctrl-Space), Javadoc
56.28 + for the related NetBeans API class is
56.29 + shown in the code completion window.
56.30 +
56.31 + <ul class="note"><li>You do not need to register Javadoc for this feature
56.32 + to work. Just registering the NetBeans sources suffices.</ul>
56.33 +
56.34 + <li>In the Source Editor, right-click on a class identifier that belongs to the NetBeans APIs and choose
56.35 + Show Javadoc (Alt-F1). Javadoc for the related NetBeans API class is
56.36 + shown in a separate pane in the Source Editor.
56.37 +
56.38 + <li>In the Source Editor, hold down the Ctrl key and move the mouse
56.39 + over a class identifier belonging to the NetBeans APIs. A hyperlink appears. Click
56.40 + on the hyperlink and the cursor jumps to the related NetBeans API class.
56.41 +
56.42 +
56.43 +
56.44 + </ul>
56.45 +
56.46 +
56.47 + <dl>
56.48 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
56.49 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
56.50 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
56.51 + </dl>
56.52 + <hr>
56.53 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
56.54 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
56.55 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
56.56 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
56.57 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
56.58 + </table>
56.59 +</body></html>
57.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
57.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/credits.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
57.3 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
57.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
57.5 +<!--
57.6 +* Copyright © 1997, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
57.7 +-->
57.8 +<html>
57.9 +<head>
57.10 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
57.11 +<title>Legal Notices</title>
57.12 + <link rel="stylesheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
57.13 +</head>
57.14 +<body>
57.15 +
57.16 +<p>DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.</p>
57.17 +
57.18 +<p> Copyright © 1997, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.</p>
57.19 +
57.20 +<p> Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may
57.21 + be trademarks of their respective owners.</p>
57.22 +<p> The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
57.23 + General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
57.24 + Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
57.25 + License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
57.26 + <a href="http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html">http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html</a> or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
57.27 + specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
57.28 + License. When distributing the software, include this License Header<br>
57.29 + Notice in each file and include the License file at
57.30 + nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
57.31 + particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
57.32 + by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
57.33 + accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
57.34 + License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
57.35 + your own identifying information:<br>
57.36 +"Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"</p>
57.37 +<p> Contributor(s):</p>
57.38 +<p> The original software is NetBeans. The initial developer of the original
57.39 + software was Sun Microsystems, Inc.; portions copyright 1997-2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. </p>
57.40 +<p>If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
57.41 + or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
57.42 + under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a<br>
57.43 + single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
57.44 +your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or<br>
57.45 +to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
57.46 +However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL<br>
57.47 +Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
57.48 +made subject to such option by the copyright holder.</p>
57.49 +<p> Oracle is not responsible for the availability of third-party Web sites mentioned in this document. Oracle does not endorse and is not responsible or liable for any content, advertising, products, or other materials on or available from such sites or resources. Oracle will not be responsible or liable for any damage or loss caused or alleged to be caused by or in connection with use of or reliance on any such content, goods, or services available on or through any such sites or resources.</p>
57.50 +</body>
57.51 +</html>
58.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
58.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/ActionTypePanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
58.3 @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
58.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
58.5 +<!--
58.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
58.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
58.8 +-->
58.9 +<html>
58.10 +<head>
58.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
58.12 + <title>Action Wizard: Action Type</title>
58.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
58.14 +</head>
58.15 +<body>
58.16 +<h2>Action Wizard: Action Type</h2>
58.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
58.18 +
58.19 +
58.20 +<p>The New Action wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html">Action</a>.
58.21 + You open the New Action wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Action
58.22 + from the Module Development category.
58.23 +<p>In the Action Type page, you have to set the type:
58.24 +<ul>
58.25 + <li><b>Always Enabled.</b> Specifies that the action will be invoked
58.26 + from a menu item in the menu bar, from a toolbar button in a toolbar, or from a keyboard shortcut anywhere
58.27 + in the IDE.
58.28 + <li><b>Conditionally Enabled.</b> Specifies the classes for which the action will be created.
58.29 + This is normally one of your own business objects. However, optionally, you can also include one or more of the
58.30 + following, which creates the action for all classes that subclass them:
58.31 + <ul>
58.32 + <li>DataObject</li>
58.33 + <li>EditCookie</li>
58.34 + <li>EditorCookie</li>
58.35 + <li>OpenCookie</li>
58.36 + <li>Project</li></ul>
58.37 + <ul><li><b>User Selects One Node.</b><br>
58.38 + <b>User May Select Multiple Nodes.</b> Specifies the conditions under which the
58.39 + action will be enabled. By default, the action will only be enabled when the
58.40 + node for which it is created is selected. If you select User May Select Multiple Nodes, the action
58.41 + will also be enabled when more nodes than just the node for which it is created
58.42 + is selected.</ul>
58.43 + </ul>
58.44 +<dl>
58.45 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
58.46 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
58.47 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
58.48 +</dl>
58.49 +<hr>
58.50 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
58.51 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
58.52 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
58.53 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
58.54 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
58.55 +</table>
58.56 +</body></html>
59.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
59.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/Action_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
59.3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
59.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
59.5 +<!--
59.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
59.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
59.8 +-->
59.9 +<html>
59.10 +<head>
59.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
59.12 + <title>Action Wizard: Name, Icon, and Location</title>
59.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
59.14 +</head>
59.15 +<body>
59.16 +<h2>Action Wizard: Name, Icon, and Location</h2>
59.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
59.18 +
59.19 +<p>The New Action wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html">Action</a>.
59.20 + You open the New Action wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Action
59.21 + from the Module Development category.
59.22 + <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
59.23 +<ul>
59.24 + <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new Action class.
59.25 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the action's label. (Optional)
59.26 + <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the action. For example, if
59.27 + the action will be invoked by a toolbar button, the icon specified here is displayed on
59.28 + the toolbar button. (Optional)
59.29 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
59.30 + </ul>
59.31 +<dl>
59.32 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
59.33 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
59.34 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
59.35 +</dl>
59.36 +<hr>
59.37 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
59.38 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
59.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
59.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
59.41 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
59.42 +</table>
59.43 +</body></html>
60.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
60.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/AddModulePanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
60.3 @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
60.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
60.5 +<!--
60.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
60.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
60.8 +-->
60.9 +<html>
60.10 +<head>
60.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
60.12 + <title>Add Module Dependency Dialog Box</title>
60.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
60.14 +</head>
60.15 +<body>
60.16 + <h2>Add Module Dependency Dialog Box</h2>
60.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
60.18 +
60.19 + <p>The Add Module Dependency dialog box lets you add the modules
60.20 + that your module needs. When you do so, the IDE adds entries
60.21 + to the module's <tt>project.xml</tt> file.
60.22 +
60.23 + <p>You can open the Add Module Dependency dialog box by right-clicking a project's
60.24 + Libraries node and then choosing Add Module Dependency. Alternatively, right-click
60.25 + a project
60.26 + and then choose Properties. In the Project Properties dialog box, choose Libraries
60.27 + and then click Add next to the Module Dependencies list.
60.28 +
60.29 + <p>In the NetBeans Platform Manager, you can use the following fields:
60.30 + <ul>
60.31 + <li><b>Filter.</b> Search for the modules
60.32 + you need by typing the class that you want to use. The module dependencies list narrows,
60.33 + listing only those modules that can provide the class that you are typing.
60.34 + <li><b>Show Non-API Modules</b>. If unchecked (default), the IDE excludes any module
60.35 + for which the current module cannot access any packages without an implementation
60.36 + dependency. These are known as "non-API modules".
60.37 + In other words, only modules with public packages are included,
60.38 + or friend packages where this module is a friend.
60.39 + </ul>
60.40 + <p>Once you have found the module you need, click OK, and then the IDE
60.41 + will add the associated entries in the <tt>project.xml</tt> file.
60.42 +
60.43 + <dl>
60.44 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
60.45 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
60.46 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
60.47 + </dl>
60.48 + <hr>
60.49 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
60.50 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
60.51 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
60.52 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
60.53 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
60.54 + </table>
60.55 +</body></html>
61.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
61.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/AddNewFriendModule.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
61.3 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
61.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
61.5 +<!--
61.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
61.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
61.8 +-->
61.9 +<html>
61.10 +<head>
61.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
61.12 + <title>Add New Friend Module Dialog Box</title>
61.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
61.14 +</head>
61.15 +<body>
61.16 + <h2>Add New Friend Module Dialog Box</h2>
61.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
61.18 +
61.19 + <p>The Add New Friend Module dialog box lets a module with an API in public packages
61.20 + provide access only to certain "friend" modules.
61.21 + This is possible if the module declares public packages
61.22 + together with a list of code base names of "friend" modules that can access them. Type
61.23 + the code name base of the "friend" modules in the Add New Friend dialog box. When you click
61.24 + OK, the IDE adds entries to the Manifest
61.25 + file as follows:
61.26 +
61.27 + <p><tt>OpenIDE-Module-Friends: org.foo, org.boo</tt>
61.28 +
61.29 + <p>Only enumerated modules can access the public packages; access from others is forbidden.
61.30 +
61.31 +
61.32 + <dl>
61.33 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
61.34 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
61.35 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
61.36 + </dl>
61.37 + <hr>
61.38 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
61.39 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
61.40 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
61.41 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
61.42 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
61.43 + </table>
61.44 +</body></html>
62.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
62.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicConfWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
62.3 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
62.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
62.5 +<!--
62.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
62.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
62.8 +-->
62.9 +<html>
62.10 +<head>
62.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
62.12 + <title>Module Project: Basic Module Configuration</title>
62.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
62.14 + </head>
62.15 +<body>
62.16 + <h2>Module Project: Basic Module Configuration</h2>
62.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
62.18 +
62.19 + <p>The New Module Project wizard creates a new empty module project. You open the New Module Project
62.20 + wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
62.21 + the Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
62.22 + <p>In the Basic Module Configuration page, you have to set the following properties:
62.23 + <ul>
62.24 + <li><b>Code Name Base. </b> Uniquely identifies a module. By convention, it is typically the name of
62.25 + the base package, such as <tt>org.netbeans.modules.myexample</tt>.</li>
62.26 + <li><b>Module Display Name. </b> Specifies the display name of the project. </li>
62.27 + <li><b>Localizing Bundle.</b> Specifies the name and location of the localizing bundle.
62.28 + <li><b>XML Layer.</b> If the "Generate XML Layer" checkbox is selected,
62.29 + specifies the name and location of the optional <a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt></a> file.
62.30 + If you do not let the IDE create one now, the IDE will create one automatically
62.31 + if you run any wizard which needs to add a layer entry.
62.32 +
62.33 + </ul>
62.34 + <dl>
62.35 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
62.36 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
62.37 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
62.38 + </dl>
62.39 + <hr>
62.40 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
62.41 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
62.42 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
62.43 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
62.44 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
62.45 + </table>
62.46 +</body></html>
63.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
63.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
63.3 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
63.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
63.5 +<!--
63.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
63.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
63.8 +-->
63.9 +<html>
63.10 +<head>
63.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
63.12 + <title>Module Project: Name and Location</title>
63.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
63.14 +</head>
63.15 +<body>
63.16 + <h2>Module Project: Name and Location</h2>
63.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
63.18 +
63.19 + <p>The New Module Project wizard creates a new empty module project. You open the New Module Project
63.20 + wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
63.21 + the Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
63.22 + <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following properties:
63.23 + <ul>
63.24 + <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project will
63.25 + be housed, prepended by the project location, which is specified in
63.26 + the next field.</li>
63.27 + <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
63.28 + project metadata and source code.</li>
63.29 + <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
63.30 + to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
63.31 + of the project location and the project name.</li>
63.32 + <li><b>Standalone Module.</b> Specifies that the module does not belong to a module suite. In addition,
63.33 + you must specify which platform the module will be compiled and deployed against. To add additional
63.34 + platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
63.35 + <li><b>Add to Module Suite.</b> Specifies that the module belongs to a module suite. If the module
63.36 + suite is not currently open in the IDE, click Browse to locate the module suite in your
63.37 + filesystem.
63.38 + <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
63.39 + project.</li>
63.40 + </ul>
63.41 +
63.42 + <dl>
63.43 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
63.44 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
63.45 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
63.46 + </dl>
63.47 + <hr>
63.48 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
63.49 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
63.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
63.51 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
63.52 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
63.53 + </table>
63.54 +</body></html>
64.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
64.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_application.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
64.3 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
64.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
64.5 +<!--
64.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
64.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
64.8 +-->
64.9 +<html>
64.10 +<head>
64.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
64.12 + <title>NetBeans Platform Application Project: Name and Location</title>
64.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
64.14 + </head>
64.15 + <body>
64.16 + <h2>NetBeans Platform Application Project: Name and Location</h2>
64.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
64.18 +
64.19 + <p>A NetBeans Platform Application
64.20 + project provides the skeleton framework on top of which you can build your own application.
64.21 +
64.22 + <p>The NetBeans Platform Application Project wizard creates a new empty
64.23 + application. You open the New NetBeans Platform Application Project
64.24 + wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
64.25 + the NetBeans Platform Application Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
64.26 + <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following properties:
64.27 + <ul>
64.28 + <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project will
64.29 + be housed, prepended by the project location, which is specified in
64.30 + the next field.</li>
64.31 + <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
64.32 + project metadata and source code.</li>
64.33 + <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
64.34 + to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
64.35 + of the project location and the project name.</li>
64.36 + <li><b>NetBeans Platform.</b> Specifies the platform against which the module will be compiled and deployed. To add additional
64.37 + platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
64.38 + <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
64.39 + project.</li>
64.40 + </ul>
64.41 +
64.42 + <dl>
64.43 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
64.44 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
64.45 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
64.46 + </dl>
64.47 + <hr>
64.48 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
64.49 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
64.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
64.51 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
64.52 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
64.53 + </table>
64.54 +</body></html>
65.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
65.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_library.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
65.3 @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
65.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
65.5 +<!--
65.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
65.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
65.8 +-->
65.9 +<html>
65.10 +<head>
65.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
65.12 + <title>Library Wrapper Module Project: Name and Location</title>
65.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
65.14 + </head>
65.15 + <body>
65.16 + <h2>Library Wrapper Module Project: Name and Location</h2>
65.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
65.18 +
65.19 + <p>The New Library Wrapper Module Project wizard creates a new library wrapper project. You open the New Library Wrapper Module Project
65.20 + wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
65.21 + the Library Wrapper Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
65.22 + <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following properties:
65.23 + <ul>
65.24 + <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project will
65.25 + be housed, prepended by the project location, which is specified in
65.26 + the next field.</li>
65.27 + <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
65.28 + project metadata and source code.</li>
65.29 + <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
65.30 + to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
65.31 + of the project location and the project name.</li>
65.32 + <li><b>Add to Module Suite.</b> Specifies the module suite to which the library wrapper module belongs. If the module
65.33 + suite is not currently open in the IDE, click Browse to locate the module suite in your
65.34 + filesystem.
65.35 +
65.36 + </ul>
65.37 + <dl>
65.38 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
65.39 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
65.40 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
65.41 + </dl>
65.42 + <hr>
65.43 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
65.44 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
65.45 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
65.46 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
65.47 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
65.48 + </table>
65.49 +</body></html>
66.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
66.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
66.3 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
66.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
66.5 +<!--
66.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
66.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
66.8 +-->
66.9 +<html>
66.10 +<head>
66.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
66.12 + <title>Module Suite Project: Name and Location</title>
66.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
66.14 + </head>
66.15 + <body>
66.16 + <h2>Module Suite Project: Name and Location</h2>
66.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
66.18 +
66.19 + <p>A module suite project groups a set of interdependent modules into a unit and lets you deploy them together.
66.20 +
66.21 + <p>The New Module Suite Project wizard creates a new empty module suite project. You open the New Module Suite Project
66.22 + wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
66.23 + the Module Suite Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
66.24 + <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following properties:
66.25 + <ul>
66.26 + <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project will
66.27 + be housed, prepended by the project location, which is specified in
66.28 + the next field.</li>
66.29 + <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
66.30 + project metadata and source code.</li>
66.31 + <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
66.32 + to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
66.33 + of the project location and the project name.</li>
66.34 + <li><b>NetBeans Platform.</b> Specifies the platform against which the module will be compiled and deployed. To add additional
66.35 + platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
66.36 + <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
66.37 + project.</li>
66.38 + </ul>
66.39 +
66.40 + <dl>
66.41 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
66.42 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
66.43 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
66.44 + </dl>
66.45 + <hr>
66.46 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
66.47 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
66.48 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
66.49 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
66.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
66.51 + </table>
66.52 +</body></html>
67.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
67.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicSettingsPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
67.3 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
67.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
67.5 +<!--
67.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
67.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
67.8 +-->
67.9 +<html>
67.10 +<head>
67.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
67.12 +<title>Window Component Wizard: Basic Settings</title>
67.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
67.14 +</head>
67.15 +<body>
67.16 +<h2>Window Component Wizard: Basic Settings</h2>
67.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
67.18 +
67.19 +<p>The New Window Component wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_window_components.html">window component</a>.
67.20 + You open the New Window Component wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Window Component
67.21 + from the Module Development category.
67.22 + <p>In the Basic Settings page, you have to set the following:
67.23 +<ul>
67.24 + <li><b>Window Position.</b> Specifies the location of the window component when open in the IDE.
67.25 + Depending on the modules installed
67.26 + in the platform that forms the basis
67.27 + of your application, you're able
67.28 + to choose from several window positions,
67.29 + including the following:
67.30 + <ul>
67.31 + <li><tt>bottomSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
67.32 + on the bottom bar of the IDE.
67.33 + <li><tt>commonpalette.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Palette for HTML/JSP code snippets.
67.34 + <li><tt>debugger.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Debugger.
67.35 + <li><tt>editor.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Source Editor.
67.36 + <li><tt>explorer.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Projects window.
67.37 + <li><tt>leftSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
67.38 + on the left sidebar of the IDE.
67.39 + <li><tt>navigator.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Navigator.
67.40 + <li><tt>output.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Output window.
67.41 + <li><tt>properties.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Properties window.
67.42 + <li><tt>rightSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
67.43 + on the right side of the Source Editor.
67.44 + </ul>
67.45 + <li><b>Open on Application Start.</b> Specifies whether the window component is open
67.46 + by default or not.
67.47 + <li><b>Keep preferred size when slided-in.</b> Specifies that the size of the
67.48 + window when minimized will be determined by the preferred size propery of the
67.49 + window. When selected, the following line is added
67.50 + to the TopComponent's constructor:
67.51 + <tt>putClientProperty("netbeans.winsys.tc.keep_preferred_size_when_slided_in", Boolean.TRUE);</tt>
67.52 + <li><b>Sliding not allowed.</b>
67.53 + <br/><b>Closing not allowed.</b>
67.54 + <br/><b>Undocking not allowed.</b>
67.55 + <br/><b>Dragging not allowed.</b>
67.56 + <br/><b>Maximization not allowed.</b> Specify that the window
67.57 + should not have one or more features that it
67.58 + has by default.
67.59 + </ul>
67.60 +<dl>
67.61 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
67.62 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
67.63 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
67.64 +</dl>
67.65 +<hr>
67.66 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
67.67 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
67.68 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
67.69 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
67.70 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
67.71 +</table>
67.72 +</body></html>
68.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
68.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/CodeGeneratorPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
68.3 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
68.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
68.5 +<!--
68.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
68.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
68.8 +-->
68.9 +<html>
68.10 +<head>
68.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
68.12 + <title>Code Generator Wizard: Code Generator</title>
68.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
68.14 +</head>
68.15 +<body>
68.16 + <h2>Code Generator Wizard: Code Generator</h2>
68.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
68.18 +
68.19 +
68.20 + <p>The New Code Generator wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_code_generators.html">Code Generator</a>.
68.21 + You open the New Code Generator wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Code Generator
68.22 + from the Module Development category.
68.23 + <p>In the Code Generator page, you have to set the following:
68.24 + <ul>
68.25 + <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the code generator class
68.26 + that will be generated.
68.27 + <li><b>MIME Type.</b> Specifies a unique Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type that enables
68.28 + the code generator to be registered in the <a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt></a> file.
68.29 + <li><b>Generate CodeGeneratorContextProvider.</b> Specifies an additional class, which
68.30 + can provide your code generator with additional objects in its lookup.
68.31 + This class will also be registered
68.32 + in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file for you.
68.33 +
68.34 + </ul>
68.35 +
68.36 + <dl>
68.37 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
68.38 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
68.39 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
68.40 + </dl>
68.41 + <hr>
68.42 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
68.43 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
68.44 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
68.45 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
68.46 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
68.47 + </table>
68.48 +</body></html>
69.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
69.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/FeedReaderWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
69.3 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
69.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
69.5 +<!--
69.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
69.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
69.8 +-->
69.9 +<html>
69.10 +<head>
69.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
69.12 + <title>Feed Reader Sample</title>
69.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
69.14 +</head>
69.15 +<body>
69.16 +<h2>Feed Reader Sample</h2>
69.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
69.18 +
69.19 +<p>The Feed Reader sample consists of the following projects:
69.20 +
69.21 +<ul>
69.22 + <li><b>FeedReader.</b> Module project containing the application's functionality.
69.23 + <li><b>jdom.</b> Module project that wraps the JDom library.
69.24 + <li><b>rome.</b> Module project that wraps the Rome library.
69.25 + <li><b>rome-fetcher.</b> Module project that wraps the Rome Fetcher library.
69.26 + <li><b>feedreader-suite.</b> Module suite project that wraps the other module projects
69.27 + and allows them to be branded and deployed as a single unit.
69.28 +</ul>
69.29 +
69.30 +<p><b>To open and use the Feed Reader sample:</b>
69.31 +
69.32 +<ol><li>Choose File > New Project (Ctrl-Shift-N) from the main menu.
69.33 + <li>Under Categories, expand Samples, and select NetBeans Modules.
69.34 + <li>Under Projects, select FeedReader. Click Next.
69.35 + <li>Type a name for the sample.
69.36 + <li>Click Finish.
69.37 +</ol>
69.38 +
69.39 +<dl>
69.40 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
69.41 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
69.42 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
69.43 +</dl>
69.44 +<hr>
69.45 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
69.46 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
69.47 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
69.48 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
69.49 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
69.50 +</table>
69.51 +</body></html>
70.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
70.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/FileRecognitionPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
70.3 @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
70.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
70.5 +<!--
70.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
70.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
70.8 +-->
70.9 +<html>
70.10 +<head>
70.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
70.12 + <title>File Type Wizard: File Recognition</title>
70.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
70.14 +</head>
70.15 +<body>
70.16 +<h2>File Type: File Recognition</h2>
70.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
70.18 +
70.19 +
70.20 +<p>The New File Type wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_types.html">File Type</a>.
70.21 + You open the New File Type wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting File Type
70.22 + from the Module Development category.
70.23 + <p>In the File Recognition page, you have to set the following:
70.24 +<ul>
70.25 + <li><b>MIME Type.</b> Specifies a unique Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type that enables
70.26 + the file type to be registered in the <a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt></a> file. Together, the MIME type and the filename extension
70.27 + or XML root element enable the IDE to distinguish one file type from another.
70.28 + <li><b>by</b>
70.29 + <ul>
70.30 + <li><b>Filename Extension.</b> Specifies one or more file extensions that the IDE will recognize
70.31 + as belonging to the specified MIME type. The file extension can optionally be preceded by a dot.
70.32 + Separators are commas, spaces, or both. Therefore, all of the following are valid:
70.33 + <ul>
70.34 + <li>.abc,.def
70.35 + <li>.abc .def
70.36 + <li>abc def
70.37 + <li>abc,.def ghi, .wow
70.38 + </ul>
70.39 + <li><b>XML Root Element.</b> Specifies a unique namespace that distinguishes
70.40 + the XML file type from all other XML file types.
70.41 + <p>The value that you specify is the namespace associated with the root
70.42 + element of your XML document. Note that this is not the same thing as the
70.43 + name of the root element. For example, in
70.44 + the following example XML document, the namespace is "sample":
70.45 + <p><mydata xmlns="sample"></mydata>
70.46 + </ul>
70.47 + </ul>
70.48 +<dl>
70.49 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
70.50 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
70.51 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
70.52 +</dl>
70.53 +<hr>
70.54 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
70.55 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
70.56 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
70.57 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
70.58 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
70.59 +</table>
70.60 +</body></html>
71.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
71.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/GUIRegistrationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
71.3 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
71.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
71.5 +<!--
71.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
71.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
71.8 +-->
71.9 +<html>
71.10 +<head>
71.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
71.12 + <title>Action Wizard: GUI Registration</title>
71.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
71.14 +</head>
71.15 +<body>
71.16 +<h2>Action Wizard: GUI Registration</h2>
71.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
71.18 +
71.19 +<p>The New Action wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html">Action</a>.
71.20 + You open the New Action wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Action
71.21 + from the Module Development category.
71.22 + <p>In the GUI Registration page, you have to specify how the user will
71.23 + be able to call the new action.
71.24 +
71.25 +<ul>
71.26 + <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies where the action will be displayed
71.27 + in the Keymap section of the Options window.
71.28 + <li><b>Global Menu Item.</b> Specifies the menu where the action
71.29 + will be displayed as an item. You can also specify the position within the menu,
71.30 + and whether you want a separator to appear before it, after it, or both.
71.31 + <li><b>Global Toolbar Button.</b> Specifies the toolbar where the action
71.32 + will be displayed as a button. You can also specify the position within the menu.
71.33 + <li><b>Global Keyboard Shortcut.</b> Specifies a shortcut that will invoke the
71.34 + action.
71.35 +</ul>
71.36 +
71.37 +<p>Only if Conditionally Enabled is selected in the Action Type page
71.38 + can you set the following items:
71.39 +
71.40 +<ul>
71.41 + <li><b>File Type Context Menu Item.</b> Specifies the file type where
71.42 + the action will be displayed in the pop-up menu.
71.43 + <li><b>Editor Context Menu Item.</b> Specifies the IDE editor where the
71.44 + action will be displayed in the pop-up menu.
71.45 +</ul>
71.46 +
71.47 +<dl>
71.48 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
71.49 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
71.50 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
71.51 +</dl>
71.52 +<hr>
71.53 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
71.54 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
71.55 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
71.56 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
71.57 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
71.58 +</table>
71.59 +</body></html>
72.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
72.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/JavaHelpPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
72.3 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
72.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
72.5 +<!--
72.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
72.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
72.8 +-->
72.9 +<html>
72.10 +<head>
72.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
72.12 + <title>JavaHelp Help Set Wizard: Location</title>
72.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
72.14 +</head>
72.15 +<body>
72.16 + <h2>JavaHelp Help Set Wizard: Location</h2>
72.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
72.18 +
72.19 + <p>A <a href="../create_plugin/libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">JavaHelp help set</a>
72.20 + provides help files that explain the features and
72.21 + functionality of your module.
72.22 + You open the JavaHelp help set wizard by right-clicking a module project,
72.23 + choosing New > Other and selecting JavaHelp help set
72.24 + from the Module Development category.
72.25 +
72.26 +
72.27 + <p>In the Location page, you are shown which files will be created for you:
72.28 + <ul>
72.29 + <li><b>-about.html.</b> A sample HTML file that is registered
72.30 + in the <tt>idx.xml</tt> file, <tt>map.xml</tt> file, and <tt>toc.xml</tt> file.
72.31 + <li><b>-hs.xml.</b> Helpset file.
72.32 + <li><b>-idx.xml.</b> Index file. Using the map ID created
72.33 + in the <tt>map.xml</tt> file, you add items to the <tt>idx.xml</tt> file,
72.34 + with the name of the topic that you want displayed in the index.
72.35 + <li><b>-map.xml.</b> Map file. Each HTML file must be registered in the
72.36 + map file. The map ID that you create for the HTML file is used in
72.37 + the <tt>toc.xml</tt> file and <tt>idx.xml</tt> file.
72.38 + <li><b>-toc.html.</b> Table of contents file. Using the map ID created
72.39 + in the <tt>map.xml</tt> file, you add items to the <tt>toc.xml</tt> file,
72.40 + with the name of the topic that you want displayed in the table
72.41 + of contents.
72.42 + <li><b>-helpset.xml.</b> The reference file that is registered in
72.43 + the <a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt></a> file.
72.44 + </ul>
72.45 + <p><b>Note:</b> Each of the names above is prefixed by the name of
72.46 + the project. For example, if the project name is <tt>myproject</tt>,
72.47 + the files above would be <tt>myproject-about.html</tt>, <tt>myproject-hs.xml</tt>, etc.
72.48 +
72.49 +
72.50 +
72.51 + <dl>
72.52 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
72.53 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
72.54 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
72.55 + </dl>
72.56 + <hr>
72.57 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
72.58 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
72.59 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
72.60 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
72.61 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
72.62 + </table>
72.63 +</body></html>
73.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
73.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/LibDesc_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
73.3 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
73.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
73.5 +<!--
73.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
73.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
73.8 +-->
73.9 +<html>
73.10 +<head>
73.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
73.12 + <title>Java SE Library Descriptor Wizard: Name and Location</title>
73.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
73.14 +</head>
73.15 +<body>
73.16 +<h2>Java SE Library Descriptor Wizard: Name and Location</h2>
73.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
73.18 +
73.19 +<p>The New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard creates a
73.20 + new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_j2se_library_descs.html">Java SE library descriptor</a>.
73.21 + You open the New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and
73.22 + selecting Java SE Library Descriptor
73.23 + from the Module Development category.
73.24 + <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
73.25 +<ul>
73.26 + <li><b>Library Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new library descriptor.
73.27 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the descriptor's label.
73.28 +
73.29 + </ul>
73.30 +<dl>
73.31 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
73.32 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
73.33 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
73.34 +</dl>
73.35 +<hr>
73.36 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
73.37 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
73.38 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
73.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
73.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
73.41 +</table>
73.42 +</body></html>
74.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
74.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/LibraryConfWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
74.3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
74.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
74.5 +<!--
74.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
74.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
74.8 +-->
74.9 +<html>
74.10 +<head>
74.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
74.12 + <title>Library Wrapper Module Project: Basic Module Configuration</title>
74.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
74.14 +</head>
74.15 +<body>
74.16 +<h2>Library Wrapper Module Project: Basic Module Configuration</h2>
74.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
74.18 +
74.19 +<p>The New Library Wrapper Module Project wizard creates a new library wrapper project. You open the New Library Wrapper Module Project
74.20 + wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
74.21 + the Library Wrapper Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
74.22 +
74.23 +<p>In the Basic Module Configuration page, you have to set the following properties:
74.24 +<ul>
74.25 + <li><b>Code Name Base. </b> Uniquely identifies a module. By convention, it is typically the name of
74.26 + the base package, such as <tt>org.netbeans.modules.mylibrarywrapper</tt>.</li>
74.27 + <li><b>Module Display Name. </b> Specifies the display name of the project. </li>
74.28 + <li><b>Localizing Bundle.</b> Specifies the name and location of the localizing bundle.
74.29 +
74.30 +</ul>
74.31 +<dl>
74.32 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
74.33 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
74.34 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
74.35 +</dl>
74.36 +<hr>
74.37 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
74.38 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
74.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
74.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
74.41 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
74.42 +</table>
74.43 +</body></html>
75.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
75.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/LibraryStartWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
75.3 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
75.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
75.5 +<!--
75.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
75.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
75.8 +-->
75.9 +<html>
75.10 +<head>
75.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
75.12 + <title>Library Wrapper Module Project: Select Library</title>
75.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
75.14 +</head>
75.15 +<body>
75.16 +<h2>Library Wrapper Module Project: Select Library</h2>
75.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
75.18 +
75.19 +<p>You use a library wrapper module project to put a library JAR file on a module's
75.20 + classpath and to export some or all of the JAR file's packages from the module as public packages.
75.21 +
75.22 +<p>The New Library Wrapper Module Project wizard creates a new library wrapper module project. You open the New Library Wrapper Module Project
75.23 + wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
75.24 + the Library Wrapper Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
75.25 +<p>In the Select Library page, you have to set the following properties:
75.26 +
75.27 +<ul>
75.28 + <li><b>Library.</b> Specifies an archive file that you want to wrap in the module.
75.29 + <li><b>License.</b> Specifies a text file that is the license of the archive file.
75.30 +</ul>
75.31 +
75.32 + <dl>
75.33 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
75.34 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
75.35 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
75.36 + </dl>
75.37 +<hr>
75.38 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
75.39 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
75.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
75.41 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
75.42 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
75.43 +</table>
75.44 +</body></html>
76.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
76.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/Loader_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
76.3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
76.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
76.5 +<!--
76.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
76.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
76.8 +-->
76.9 +<html>
76.10 +<head>
76.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
76.12 +<title>File Type Wizard: Name, Icon and Location</title>
76.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
76.14 +</head>
76.15 +<body>
76.16 +<h2>File Type: Name, Icon and Location</h2>
76.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
76.18 +
76.19 +<p>The New File Type wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_types.html">File Type</a>.
76.20 + You open the New File Type wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting File Type
76.21 + from the Module Development category.
76.22 + <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
76.23 +<ul>
76.24 + <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the prefix for the new files that
76.25 + will be generated.
76.26 + <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the new file type. For example, when
76.27 + you see the new file type in the Projects window, Files window, or Favorites window,
76.28 + it will be identified by the icon specified here. (Optional)
76.29 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
76.30 + </ul>
76.31 +<dl>
76.32 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
76.33 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
76.34 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
76.35 +</dl>
76.36 +<hr>
76.37 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
76.38 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
76.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
76.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
76.41 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
76.42 +</table>
76.43 +</body></html>
77.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
77.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/ModuleInstallPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
77.3 @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
77.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
77.5 +<!--
77.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
77.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
77.8 +-->
77.9 +<html>
77.10 +<head>
77.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
77.12 + <title>Installer/Activator Wizard: Installer/Activator</title>
77.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
77.14 +</head>
77.15 +<body>
77.16 + <h2>Installer/Activator Wizard: Installer/Activator</h2>
77.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
77.18 +
77.19 + <p>The New Installer/Activator wizard creates a new module installer for NetBeans modules
77.20 + or a new bundle activator for OSGi bundles.
77.21 + You open the New Installer/Activator wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Installer/Activator
77.22 + from the Module Development category.
77.23 + <p>In the New Installer/Activator page, you have to set the following:
77.24 + <ul>
77.25 +
77.26 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the
77.27 + installer/activator will be housed. The installer/activator will always be
77.28 + named <tt>Installer</tt>.
77.29 + </ul>
77.30 +
77.31 +
77.32 +
77.33 +
77.34 +
77.35 + <dl>
77.36 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
77.37 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
77.38 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
77.39 + </dl>
77.40 + <hr>
77.41 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
77.42 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
77.43 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
77.44 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
77.45 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
77.46 + </table>
77.47 +</body></html>
78.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
78.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
78.3 @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
78.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
78.5 +<!--
78.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
78.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
78.8 +-->
78.9 +<html>
78.10 +<head>
78.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
78.12 + <title>NetBeans Platform Manager Dialog Box</title>
78.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
78.14 +</head>
78.15 +<body>
78.16 + <h2>NetBeans Platform Manager Dialog Box</h2>
78.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
78.18 +
78.19 + <p>The NetBeans Platform Manager is a tool for registering different NetBeans platforms with the IDE.
78.20 + A NetBeans platform can be an installation of the <a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a> or an
78.21 + installation of the NetBeans IDE.
78.22 + The NetBeans Platform Manager lists all your registered NetBeans platforms in the left pane and
78.23 + lists the platform that the IDE currently deploys to as the default.
78.24 +
78.25 + <p>You can open the NetBeans Platform Manager by choosing Tools > NetBeans Platform Manager.
78.26 +
78.27 + <p>The NetBeans Platform Manager lets you view, select, or register the following:
78.28 + <ul>
78.29 + <li><b>Platform.</b> Lets you register a new NetBeans platform. A NetBeans platform
78.30 + can be the NetBeans Platform, the NetBeans IDE, or any derivative product. Once you
78.31 + have registered a NetBeans platform, associate it with a module project in its
78.32 + Libraries page.</li>
78.33 + <li><b>Modules.</b> Lets you view a registered platform's available modules.</li>
78.34 + <li><b>Sources.</b> Lets you register source code for a platform in the Sources
78.35 + tab. If you register the sources, you do not need to register Javadoc separately, because Javadoc is
78.36 + included in the sources. Either the ZIP file containing the sources or the unpacked root folder
78.37 + can be registered in the Sources tab. You can download the NetBeans sources from <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
78.38 + <param name="content" value="http://www.netbeans.org/">
78.39 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://www.netbeans.org/</u>.</html>">
78.40 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
78.41 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
78.42 + </object></li>
78.43 + <li><b>Javadoc.</b> Lets you register Javadoc documentation
78.44 + for a platform in the Javadoc tab. Javadoc is available from the Plugins manager as "NetBeans API Documentation".
78.45 + Choose Tools > Plugins to access the Plugins manager.</li>
78.46 +
78.47 + <li><b>Harness.</b> Lets you register or select an alternative build harness.
78.48 + With a build harness, you can build modules outside of the <tt>netbeans.org</tt> source tree
78.49 + against a NetBeans-based application—the NetBeans Platform, the NetBeans IDE, or any
78.50 + derivative product. By default,
78.51 + the harness supplied by the current IDE installation is used. Some build functionality,
78.52 + such as setting a module project's target JDK, is supported by one harness but not
78.53 + by another.</li>
78.54 + </ul>
78.55 + <p>Once you have registered a platform, you can configure a module project to use
78.56 + that platform for deployment. Go to the project's Project
78.57 + Properties dialog box, select the Libraries node, and choose the appropriate
78.58 + platform in the NetBeans Platform drop-down list.
78.59 +
78.60 +
78.61 + <dl>
78.62 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
78.63 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
78.64 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
78.65 + </dl>
78.66 + <hr>
78.67 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
78.68 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
78.69 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
78.70 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
78.71 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
78.72 + </table>
78.73 +</body></html>
79.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
79.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/OptionsPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
79.3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
79.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
79.5 +<!--
79.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
79.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
79.8 +-->
79.9 +<html>
79.10 +<head>
79.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
79.12 + <title>Options Panel Wizard: Location</title>
79.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
79.14 +</head>
79.15 +<body>
79.16 +<h2>Options Panel Wizard: Location</h2>
79.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
79.18 +
79.19 +<p>The New Options Panel wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_options_panels.html">Options Panel</a>.
79.20 + You open the New Options Panel wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Options Panel
79.21 + from the Module Development category.
79.22 + <p>In the Location page, you have to set the following:
79.23 +<ul>
79.24 + <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the prefix for the Java source files that the wizard
79.25 + will create.
79.26 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the Java source files will be housed.
79.27 + </ul>
79.28 +
79.29 +
79.30 +
79.31 +<dl>
79.32 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
79.33 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
79.34 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
79.35 +</dl>
79.36 +<hr>
79.37 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
79.38 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
79.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
79.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
79.41 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
79.42 +</table>
79.43 +</body></html>
80.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
80.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/OptionsPanel0.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
80.3 @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
80.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
80.5 +<!--
80.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
80.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
80.8 +-->
80.9 +<html>
80.10 +<head>
80.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
80.12 + <title>Options Panel Wizard: Choose Panel Type</title>
80.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
80.14 +</head>
80.15 +<body>
80.16 + <h2>Options Panel Wizard: Choose Panel Type</h2>
80.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
80.18 +
80.19 + <p>The New Options Panel wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_options_panels.html">Options Panel</a>.
80.20 + You open the New Options Panel wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Options Panel
80.21 + from the Module Development category.
80.22 +
80.23 + <p>In the Choose Panel Type page, you have to specify the type of Options Panel
80.24 + that you want the wizard to create for you.
80.25 +
80.26 + <ul>
80.27 + <li><b>Create Secondary Panel.</b> Specifies that the Options Panel will
80.28 + be added as a new category to the selected panel in the Options window.
80.29 + <ul>
80.30 + <li><b>Primary Panel.</b> Specifies name of primary panel for which this
80.31 + will be a secondary panel.
80.32 + <li><b>Title.</b> Specifies the text displayed as the title of the category.
80.33 + <li><b>Tooltip.</b> Specifies the tooltip for the category.
80.34 + </ul>
80.35 + <li><b>Create Primary Panel.</b> Specifies that the Options Panel will
80.36 + be added as a new panel in the Options window.
80.37 + <ul>
80.38 + <li><b>Title.</b> Specifies the text displayed in the left sidebar of the
80.39 + Options window.
80.40 + <li><b>Category Label.</b> Specifies the text displayed at the top of the
80.41 + new panel in the Options window.
80.42 + <li><b>Icon (32x32).</b> Specifies an icon, with a dimension of 32x32 pixels, which
80.43 + is displayed in the left sidebar of the Options window.
80.44 + <li><b>Allow Secondary Panels.</b> Specifies whether
80.45 + the generated code will include code allowing secondary
80.46 + panels to be added to this panel.
80.47 +
80.48 + </ul>
80.49 + </ul>
80.50 +
80.51 +
80.52 +
80.53 +
80.54 +
80.55 + <dl>
80.56 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
80.57 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
80.58 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
80.59 + </dl>
80.60 + <hr>
80.61 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
80.62 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
80.63 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
80.64 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
80.65 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
80.66 + </table>
80.67 +</body></html>
81.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
81.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/Project_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
81.3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
81.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
81.5 +<!--
81.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
81.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
81.8 +-->
81.9 +<html>
81.10 +<head>
81.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
81.12 +<title>Project Template Wizard: Name and Location</title>
81.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
81.14 +</head>
81.15 +<body>
81.16 +<h2>Project Template Wizard: Name and Location</h2>
81.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
81.18 +
81.19 +<p>The New Project Template wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_project_templates.html">Project Template</a>.
81.20 + You open the New Project Template wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Project Template
81.21 + from the Module Development category.
81.22 + <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following:
81.23 +<ul>
81.24 + <li><b>Template Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new project template.
81.25 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the template's label. For example, you
81.26 + will see this label in the Plugins manager. (Optional)
81.27 + <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the template's category. For example, this will
81.28 + enable the user to find the template more easily in the New Project wizard. (Optional)
81.29 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the classes will be housed.
81.30 + </ul>
81.31 +<dl>
81.32 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
81.33 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
81.34 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
81.35 +</dl>
81.36 +<hr>
81.37 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
81.38 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
81.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
81.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
81.41 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
81.42 +</table>
81.43 +</body></html>
82.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
82.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/QuickSearchPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
82.3 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
82.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
82.5 +<!--
82.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
82.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
82.8 +-->
82.9 +<html>
82.10 +<head>
82.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
82.12 + <title>Quick Search Provider Wizard: Quick Search Provider</title>
82.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
82.14 +</head>
82.15 +<body>
82.16 + <h2>Quick Search Provider Wizard: Quick Search Provider</h2>
82.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
82.18 +
82.19 +<p>The New Quick Search Provider wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_quick_search_providers.html">Quick Search Provider</a>.
82.20 + You open the New Quick Search Provider wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Quick Search Provider
82.21 + from the Module Development category.
82.22 + <p>In the Location page, you have to set the following:
82.23 + <ul>
82.24 + <li><b>Provider Class Name.</b> Specifies the
82.25 + class name of the stub that the wizard will
82.26 + generate.
82.27 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the package
82.28 + where the stub class will be generated.
82.29 + <li><b>Category Display Name.</b> Specifies
82.30 + the display name of the category that the
82.31 + stub will create.
82.32 + <li><b>Command Prefix.</b> Specifies
82.33 + prefix for narrowing the search to
82.34 + the category that the stub will create.
82.35 + <li><b>Position in Popup.</b> Specifies the
82.36 + position of the new item in the within the
82.37 + Quick Search feature.
82.38 + </ul>
82.39 +
82.40 + <dl>
82.41 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
82.42 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
82.43 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
82.44 + </dl>
82.45 + <hr>
82.46 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
82.47 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
82.48 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
82.49 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
82.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
82.51 + </table>
82.52 +</body></html>
83.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
83.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/SelectLibraryPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
83.3 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
83.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
83.5 +<!--
83.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
83.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
83.8 +-->
83.9 +<html>
83.10 +<head>
83.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
83.12 + <title>Java SE Library Descriptor Wizard: Select Library</title>
83.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
83.14 +</head>
83.15 +<body>
83.16 +<h2>Java SE Library Descriptor Wizard: Select Library</h2>
83.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
83.18 +
83.19 +<p>The New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard creates a
83.20 + new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_j2se_library_descs.html">Java SE library descriptor</a>.
83.21 + You open the New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and
83.22 + selecting Java SE Library Descriptor
83.23 + from the Module Development category.
83.24 +
83.25 +<p>In the Select Library page, you have to specify the library that
83.26 + you want to make available in the Library Manager via the module. You can use the Library drop-down list
83.27 + to select a library that is available in the Library Manager or you can click Manage Libraries to
83.28 + use the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/project/csh/csh_library_manager.html">Library Manager</a> to
83.29 + add the library that you want to make available via the module.
83.30 +<dl>
83.31 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
83.32 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
83.33 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
83.34 +</dl>
83.35 +<hr>
83.36 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
83.37 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
83.38 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
83.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
83.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
83.41 +</table>
83.42 +</body></html>
84.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
84.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/SelectProjectPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
84.3 @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
84.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
84.5 +<!--
84.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
84.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
84.8 +-->
84.9 +<html>
84.10 +<head>
84.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
84.12 +<title>Project Template Wizard: Select Project</title>
84.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
84.14 +</head>
84.15 +<body>
84.16 +<h2>Project Template Wizard: Select Project</h2>
84.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
84.18 +
84.19 +<p>The New Project Template wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_project_templates.html">Project Template</a>.
84.20 + You open the New Project Template wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Project Template
84.21 + from the Module Development category.
84.22 + <p>In the Select Project page, you have to specify the project that
84.23 + you want to make available as a project template or sample. You can use the Project drop-down list
84.24 + to select an open project or you can click Browse to browse to a project in your filesystem.
84.25 +
84.26 +<dl>
84.27 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
84.28 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
84.29 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
84.30 +</dl>
84.31 +<hr>
84.32 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
84.33 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
84.34 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
84.35 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
84.36 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
84.37 +</table>
84.38 +</body></html>
85.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
85.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/UpdateCenter.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
85.3 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
85.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
85.5 +<!--
85.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
85.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
85.8 +-->
85.9 +<html>
85.10 +<head>
85.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
85.12 + <title>Update Center Wizard: Update Center Declaration</title>
85.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
85.14 +</head>
85.15 +<body>
85.16 + <h2>Update Center Wizard: Update Center Declaration</h2>
85.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
85.18 +
85.19 + <p>The New Update Center wizard lets you create
85.20 + a module that registers a <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html">update center</a>
85.21 + in the user's Plugins manager. In effect, the module
85.22 + bundles the URL to the update center so that the user does not
85.23 + need to register the URL manually.
85.24 + You open the Update Center wizard by right-clicking a module project,
85.25 + choosing New > Other and selecting Update Center
85.26 + from the Module Development category.
85.27 +
85.28 + <p>In the Update Center Declaration page, you have to set the following:
85.29 +
85.30 + <ul><li><b>URL to Update Descriptor.</b> Specifies the URL to the autoupdate descriptor. <p>You
85.31 + can let the IDE generate the autoupdate descriptor for you; for details, see
85.32 + <a href="../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</a>.
85.33 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the name that you would like the user to
85.34 + see in their Plugins manager.
85.35 + </ul>
85.36 +
85.37 +
85.38 +
85.39 + <dl>
85.40 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
85.41 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
85.42 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
85.43 + </dl>
85.44 + <hr>
85.45 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
85.46 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
85.47 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
85.48 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
85.49 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
85.50 + </table>
85.51 +</body></html>
86.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
86.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/WinSys_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
86.3 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
86.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
86.5 +<!--
86.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
86.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
86.8 +-->
86.9 +<html>
86.10 +<head>
86.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
86.12 + <title>Window Component Wizard: Name, Icon and Location</title>
86.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
86.14 +</head>
86.15 +<body>
86.16 +<h2>Window Component Wizard: Name, Icon and Location</h2>
86.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
86.18 +
86.19 +<p>The New Window Component wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_window_components.html">window component</a>.
86.20 + You open the New Window Component wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Window Component
86.21 + from the Module Development category.
86.22 + <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
86.23 +<ul>
86.24 + <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the prefix of the new <tt>Action</tt> and <tt>TopComponent</tt> classes.
86.25 + <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the window component. For example, you
86.26 + will see the icon in the label of the window component. (Optional)
86.27 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
86.28 + </ul>
86.29 +<dl>
86.30 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
86.31 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
86.32 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
86.33 +</dl>
86.34 +<hr>
86.35 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
86.36 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
86.37 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
86.38 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
86.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
86.40 +</table>
86.41 +</body></html>
87.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
87.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/WizardTypePanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
87.3 @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
87.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
87.5 +<!--
87.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
87.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
87.8 +-->
87.9 +<html>
87.10 +<head>
87.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
87.12 + <title>Wizard Wizard: Wizard Type</title>
87.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
87.14 +</head>
87.15 +<body>
87.16 + <h2>Wizard Wizard: Wizard Type</h2>
87.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
87.18 +
87.19 + <p>The New Wizard wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html">Wizard</a>.
87.20 + You open the New Wizard wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Wizard
87.21 + from the Module Development category.
87.22 + <p>In the Wizard Type page, you have to set the following:
87.23 + <ul>
87.24 + <li><b>Registration Type.</b> Specifies where the user will be able to
87.25 + find the wizard in the IDE. See <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html">About Wizards</a> for details.
87.26 + <li><b>Wizard Step Sequence.</b> Specifies whether the Wizard wizard
87.27 + will create an implementation of this NetBeans API class: <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
87.28 + <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/WizardDescriptor.Iterator.html">
87.29 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>WizardDescriptor.Iterator</u></html>">
87.30 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
87.31 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
87.32 + </object>
87.33 +
87.34 + <p>If you choose Static, an implementation of this NetBeans API class will not be created.
87.35 + The default progression from panel to panel will then be supported by your wizard,
87.36 + sequential progression
87.37 + without divergences or reversals.
87.38 + <p>If you choose
87.39 + Dynamic, the Wizard wizard will create an implementation of the WizardDescriptor.Iterator class. This class
87.40 + guides progress from one panel
87.41 + to the next. The developer has a lot more freedom in coding the
87.42 + wizard, but has a more complex task since there are many more
87.43 + possibilities to consider. When you choose "Static", you can also
87.44 + extend the wizard to provide support for panel skipping and reversals, but the
87.45 + "Dynamic" type was made for this purpose. For example, the Add Server
87.46 + Instance wizard offers different panels depending on the type
87.47 + of server that the user wants to register.
87.48 +
87.49 + <li><b>Number of Wizard Panels.</b> For each panel, the IDE creates
87.50 + two files—a visual panel (called <tt>xxxVisualPanel.java</tt>) and a wizard panel
87.51 + (called <tt>xxxWizardPanel</tt>) for retrieving the current values from the visual panel.
87.52 + Only if you enter an integer greater than 0, will you be able to progress to the
87.53 + next panel in the Wizard wizard.
87.54 + </ul>
87.55 +
87.56 +
87.57 +
87.58 + <dl>
87.59 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
87.60 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
87.61 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
87.62 + </dl>
87.63 + <hr>
87.64 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
87.65 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
87.66 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
87.67 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
87.68 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
87.69 + </table>
87.70 +</body></html>
88.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
88.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/Wizard_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
88.3 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
88.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
88.5 +<!--
88.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
88.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
88.8 +-->
88.9 +<html>
88.10 +<head>
88.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
88.12 + <title>Wizard Wizard: Name, Icon, and Location</title>
88.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
88.14 +</head>
88.15 +<body>
88.16 +<h2>Wizard Wizard: Name, Icon, and Location</h2>
88.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
88.18 +
88.19 +<p>The New Wizard wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html">Wizard</a>.
88.20 +You open the New Wizard wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Wizard
88.21 + from the Module Development category.
88.22 + <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
88.23 +<ul>
88.24 + <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the name of the new panels and action class.
88.25 + <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
88.26 + </ul>
88.27 +
88.28 + <p>Only if the wizard will be registered as a New File wizard
88.29 + can you set the following items:
88.30 +
88.31 +<ul>
88.32 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the display name for
88.33 + the new wizard in the New File wizard.
88.34 + <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the New File wizard
88.35 + category where the new file wizard will be located.
88.36 + <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will be displayed
88.37 + in the New File wizard.
88.38 + </ul>
88.39 +
88.40 +
88.41 +<dl>
88.42 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
88.43 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
88.44 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
88.45 +</dl>
88.46 +<hr>
88.47 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
88.48 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
88.49 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
88.50 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
88.51 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
88.52 +</table>
88.53 +</body></html>
89.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
89.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerCompiling.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
89.3 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
89.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
89.5 +<!--
89.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
89.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
89.8 +-->
89.9 +<html>
89.10 +<head>
89.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
89.12 + <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Compiling</title>
89.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
89.14 +</head>
89.15 +<body>
89.16 + <h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Compiling</h2>
89.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
89.18 +
89.19 + <p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
89.20 + a module project and choosing Properties.
89.21 +
89.22 + <p>The Compiling page lets you specify whether debugging information and deprecated APIs should be reported:
89.23 +
89.24 + <ul><li><b>Generate Debugging Info.</b> Sets <tt>build.compiler.debug</tt> in the <tt>project.properties</tt> file.</li>
89.25 + <li><b>Report Use of Deprecated APIs.</b> Sets <tt>build.compiler.deprecation</tt> in the <tt>project.properties</tt> file.
89.26 +
89.27 + <li><b>Additional Compiler Options.</b> Lets you pass additional
89.28 + options to the compiler, such as <tt>-Xlint:unchecked</tt>.
89.29 + </ul>
89.30 +
89.31 + <dl>
89.32 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
89.33 + <dd><a href="../../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">About Module Project Templates</a></dd>
89.34 + <dd>Module Project Properties Dialog Box:</dd>
89.35 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerSources.html">Sources</a> </dd>
89.36 + <dd> <a href="SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html">Libraries</a> </dd>
89.37 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerDisplay.html">Display</a> </dd>
89.38 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerVersioning.html">API Versioning</a> </dd>
89.39 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerPackaging.html">Packaging</a> </dd>
89.40 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerDocumenting.html">Documenting</a></dd>
89.41 + </dl>
89.42 +
89.43 +
89.44 + <hr>
89.45 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
89.46 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
89.47 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
89.48 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
89.49 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
89.50 + </table>
89.51 +</body></html>
90.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
90.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerDisplay.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
90.3 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
90.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
90.5 +<!--
90.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
90.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
90.8 +-->
90.9 +<html>
90.10 +<head>
90.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
90.12 + <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Display</title>
90.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
90.14 +</head>
90.15 +<body>
90.16 +<h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Display</h2>
90.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
90.18 +
90.19 +<p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
90.20 +a module project and choosing Properties.
90.21 +
90.22 +<p>The Display page lets you add display information, which is written to the the localizing bundle (the <tt>Bundle.properties</tt> file):
90.23 +
90.24 + <ul>
90.25 + <li><b>Display Name.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Name</tt> in the localizing bundle, which
90.26 + determines the module's display name in the IDE.</li>
90.27 + <li><b>Display Category.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Display-Category</tt>. This determines
90.28 + where the module will be displayed in the Plugins manager. Choices include
90.29 + all the <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Display-Categorys</tt> made available by other modules.
90.30 + <li><b>Short Desciption.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Short-Description</tt>.
90.31 + <li><b>Long Desciption.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Short-Description</tt>.
90.32 + <li><b>Show in Plugins manager.</b> Sets <tt>AutoUpdate-Show-In-Client</tt> in the module's
90.33 + manifest file. By default, the plugin will be shown in the Plugins manager and <tt>AutoUpdate-Show-In-Client</tt>
90.34 + is not set in the manifest file. However, if a module serves to support another module,
90.35 + you may select this option, which will result in the plugin being hidden. When the user installs
90.36 + the main module, the supporting hidden modules will also be installed.
90.37 + </ul>
90.38 +
90.39 +<dl>
90.40 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
90.41 + <dd><a href="../../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">About Module Project Templates</a></dd>
90.42 + <dd>Module Project Properties Dialog Box:</dd>
90.43 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerSources.html">Sources</a> </dd>
90.44 + <dd> <a href="SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html">Libraries</a> </dd>
90.45 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerVersioning.html">API Versioning</a> </dd>
90.46 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerCompiling.html">Compiling</a> </dd>
90.47 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerPackaging.html">Packaging</a> </dd>
90.48 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerDocumenting.html">Documenting</a></dd>
90.49 +</dl>
90.50 +
90.51 +<hr>
90.52 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
90.53 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
90.54 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
90.55 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
90.56 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
90.57 +</table>
90.58 +</body></html>
91.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
91.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerDocumenting.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
91.3 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
91.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
91.5 +<!--
91.6 +* Copyright (c) 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
91.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
91.8 +-->
91.9 +<html>
91.10 + <head>
91.11 + <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
91.12 + <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Documenting</title>
91.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
91.14 + </head>
91.15 +
91.16 + <body>
91.17 + <h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Documenting</h2>
91.18 +
91.19 + <p><small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small>
91.20 +
91.21 + <p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
91.22 + a module project and choosing Properties.</p>
91.23 +
91.24 + <p>The Documenting page lets you specify the title of the Javadoc browser:</p>
91.25 +
91.26 + <ul>
91.27 + <li><b>Javadoc Title.</b> Sets <tt>javadoc.title</tt> in the <tt>project.properties</tt>
91.28 + file. Note that the IDE cannot build Javadoc unless you mark at least one package
91.29 + as public in the <a href="CustomizerVersioning.html">API Versioning</a> page.</li>
91.30 + </ul>
91.31 +
91.32 + <dl>
91.33 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
91.34 + <dd><a href="../../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">About Module Project Templates</a></dd>
91.35 + <dd>Module Project Properties Dialog Box:</dd>
91.36 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerSources.html">Sources</a></dd>
91.37 + <dd> <a href="SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html">Libraries</a></dd>
91.38 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerDisplay.html">Display</a></dd>
91.39 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerVersioning.html">API Versioning</a></dd>
91.40 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerCompiling.html">Compiling</a></dd>
91.41 + <dd> <a href="CustomizerPackaging.html">Packaging</a></dd>
91.42 + </dl>
91.43 +
91.44 + <hr>
91.45 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
91.46 +
91.47 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
91.48 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
91.49 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
91.50 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
91.51 + </table>
91.52 +
91.53 + </body>
91.54 +</html>
91.55 \ No newline at end of file
92.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
92.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerLibraries.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
92.3 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
92.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
92.5 +<!--
92.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
92.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
92.8 +-->
92.9 +<html>
92.10 +<head>
92.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
92.12 + <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Libraries</title>
92.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
92.14 +</head>
92.15 +<body>
92.16 + <h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Libraries</h2>
92.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
92.18 +
92.19 + <p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
92.20 + a module project and choosing Properties.
92.21 +
92.22 + <p>The Libraries page lets you specify the NetBeans Platform, the module's dependencies, and the required tokens:
92.23 +
92.24 + <ul><li><b>Java Platform:</b> Specifies the target JDK for building module
92.25 + projects or module suite projects.</li>
92.26 + <li><b>NetBeans Platform:</b> Specifies the target NetBeans platform against which the current
92.27 + module is compiled and run. Enabled for standalone modules, not for modules that are
92.28 + part of a module suite. Available NetBeans platforms are those that have been registered in the
92.29 + <a href="../NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.</li>
92.30 + <li><b>Module Dependencies.</b> Displays an alphabetical list of declared module dependencies,
92.31 + from the <tt>nbproject/project.xml</tt> file. Each list entry is displayed as the module's
92.32 + localized display name.
92.33 + <p>Click Add to <a href="../AddModulePanel.html">add a new module dependency</a>. The new dependency will initially request a
92.34 + major release version and specification version as taken from the module's manifest and be included in
92.35 + the classpath if there are any available packages. The new dependency will be selected so that you may use Edit
92.36 + to <a href="EditDependencyPanel.html">customize</a> it immediately. If multiple dependencies were added, just one of them will be selected automatically.
92.37 + Click Remove to delete the selected item.
92.38 + <li><b>Required Tokens.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Requires</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file.
92.39 + Displays a list entry for each token (sorted alphabetically). <p>Click Add to select a token from a of all available tokens,
92.40 + based on <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Provides</tt> of all available modules, as well as any special tokens defined by the Modules API.
92.41 + Click Remove to delete the selected item.
92.42 + <li><b>Wrapped JARs.</b> Bundles an external JAR file with the module. Note that this is not
92.43 + a modular approach; ideally you would create a separate module containing the external JAR,
92.44 + rather than including it in the same module where you want to use it. Click Export to
92.45 + add the public classes in the JAR to the public interface of the module.
92.46 + </ul>
92.47 + <dl>
92.48 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
92.49 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
92.50 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
92.51 + </dl>
92.52 + <hr>
92.53 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
92.54 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
92.55 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
92.56 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
92.57 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
92.58 + </table>
92.59 +</body></html>
93.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
93.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerPackaging.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
93.3 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
93.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
93.5 +<!--
93.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
93.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
93.8 +-->
93.9 +<html>
93.10 +<head>
93.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
93.12 + <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Packaging</title>
93.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
93.14 +</head>
93.15 +<body>
93.16 +<h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Packaging</h2>
93.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
93.18 +
93.19 +
93.20 +<p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
93.21 +a module project and choosing Properties.
93.22 +
93.23 +<p>The Packaging page lets you specify data relevant for building an
93.24 + <a href="../../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NBM file</a> from your project:
93.25 +
93.26 +<ul><li><b>JAR File.</b> Displays the location and name of the actual JAR file that will be built for
93.27 + the module, in the form <tt>${cluster}/${module.jar}</tt>.</li>
93.28 + <li><b>Needs Restart on Install.</b> Ensures that the IDE must be restarted in order to
93.29 + enable the module. Sets <tt>nbm.needs.restart</tt> in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file.
93.30 +<!-- <li><b>Must be Installed Globally.</b> Ensures that the NBM file will be installed in the IDE's installation
93.31 + directory as well as in the IDE's user directory. If not selected, the NBM file is
93.32 + installed only in the IDE's user directory. Sets <tt>nbm.is.global</tt> in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file. -->
93.33 + <li><b>License.</b> Points to an optional license file for the NBM file. Sets <tt>license.file</tt>
93.34 + in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file. May be an absolute or project-relative path. .
93.35 + <li><b>Home Page.</b> Sets <tt>nbm.homepage</tt> in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file.
93.36 + <li><b>Author.</b> Sets <tt>nbm.module.author</tt> in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file.
93.37 + </ul>
93.38 +
93.39 +<dl>
93.40 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
93.41 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
93.42 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
93.43 +</dl>
93.44 +<hr>
93.45 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
93.46 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
93.47 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
93.48 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
93.49 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
93.50 +</table>
93.51 +</body></html>
94.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
94.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerSources.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
94.3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
94.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
94.5 +<!--
94.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
94.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
94.8 +-->
94.9 +<html>
94.10 +<head>
94.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
94.12 + <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Sources</title>
94.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
94.14 +</head>
94.15 +<body>
94.16 +<h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Sources</h2>
94.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
94.18 +
94.19 +<p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
94.20 +a module project and choosing Properties.
94.21 +
94.22 +<p>The Sources page lets you specify the project folder, the module suite
94.23 + to which the project belongs, and the Java source level:
94.24 +
94.25 + <ul><li><b>Project Folder:</b> Displays the location of the project directory.</li>
94.26 + <li><b>Module Suite.</b> Displays the location of the containing suite,
94.27 + if this is a suite component module. If it is a standalone module, this field is not present.
94.28 + <li><b>Source Level.</b> Sets the <tt>javac.source</tt> property in
94.29 + the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file. The options are 1.4, 1.5, or 1.6.
94.30 + </ul>
94.31 +<dl>
94.32 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
94.33 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
94.34 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
94.35 +</dl>
94.36 +<hr>
94.37 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
94.38 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
94.39 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
94.40 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
94.41 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
94.42 +</table>
94.43 +</body></html>
95.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
95.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerVersioning.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
95.3 @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
95.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
95.5 +<!--
95.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
95.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
95.8 +-->
95.9 +<html>
95.10 +<head>
95.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
95.12 + <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: API Versioning</title>
95.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
95.14 +</head>
95.15 +<body>
95.16 +<h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: API Versioning</h2>
95.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
95.18 +
95.19 +<p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
95.20 +a module project and choosing Properties.
95.21 +
95.22 +<p>The API Versioning page contains the following:
95.23 +
95.24 +<ul><li><b>Code Name Base:</b> Displays the name that uniquely identifies the module.
95.25 + Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file. This line in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file
95.26 + identifies the JAR file as a module, and provides its code name. If you expose APIs, the code name
95.27 + is what other modules will use to refer to your module when they declare a dependency on it.
95.28 + The standard convention is for the name to match the package structure of the module. </li>
95.29 + <li><b>Major Release Version.</b> Specifies the major release version in <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt>; may be blank or a non-negative integer.
95.30 + For example, if your module is called <tt>org.myorg.module</tt>, the major release version will be
95.31 + displayed as a forward slash with a number in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file: <tt>org.myorg.module/1</tt>.
95.32 + This is typically useful if your module exposes some APIs; modules can declare a dependency on a specific
95.33 + specification version of the module, so that the depending module will not be loaded if it requires
95.34 + version 2, but the version of your module that's installed is version 1. For modules with no API to
95.35 + expose, or which are trivial and unlikely ever to change, the major release version is not required.
95.36 + <li><b>Specification Version.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Specification-Version</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file. Typically when
95.37 + you add methods that are publicly available (part of the API of your module), you will increment this
95.38 + number by 0.1, so versions increment 1.0, 1.1, 1.2 and so forth. Thus other modules that need to use
95.39 + a method or class introduced in 1.1 can declare a dependency on 1.1, so they will not be loaded if that version is not present.
95.40 + <p><b>Note:</b> Increment this version whenever you wish a new version of the module to be
95.41 + pushed to users of an update center.
95.42 + <li><b>Append Implementation Versions Automatically.</b>
95.43 + <li><b>Implementation Version.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Implementation-Version</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file. Modules declare,
95.44 + in their <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file, what packages they make available to other modules, in the <tt>public-packages</tt>
95.45 + section of the <tt>nbproject/project.xml</tt> file. If your module tries to use a class from another module which is public,
95.46 + but that class is not actually in one of the packages the other module declares as its "public packages",
95.47 + it will throw a <tt>NoClassDefFoundException</tt> at runtime.
95.48 + <li><b>Module Type.</b>
95.49 + <ul>
95.50 + <li><b>Regular.</b> A module that is loaded when the platform starts up.
95.51 + <li><b>Autoload.</b> A module that is loaded only when another module needs it. For example,
95.52 + a library wrapper module is only loaded when a module that depends on it needs it.
95.53 + <li><b>Eager.</b> A module that is loaded if all its dependencies are satisfied. For example,
95.54 + the module that provides coloring for NetBeans files depends on the module that provides the editor.
95.55 + Therefore, when you disable the editor module, the IDE automatically disables the coloring module.
95.56 +
95.57 + </ul>
95.58 + <li><b>Public Packages.</b> Displays a list of all packages contained in the
95.59 + source directory plus any <tt>class-path-extensions</tt>. If checked, the package is included among <tt>public-packages</tt>
95.60 + section of the <tt>nbproject/project.xml</tt> file.
95.61 + <li><b>Export Packages Only to Friends.</b> Is checked if and only if there is at least one entry in
95.62 + the list below it. The list may include code name bases of other modules and is sorted. If not
95.63 + empty, packages are kept in <tt>friend-packages</tt> instead and the friends are listed in <tt>nbproject/project.xml.</tt>
95.64 + <li><b>Provided Tokens.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Provides</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file.
95.65 +</ul>
95.66 +<dl>
95.67 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
95.68 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
95.69 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
95.70 +</dl>
95.71 +<hr>
95.72 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
95.73 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
95.74 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
95.75 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
95.76 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
95.77 +</table>
95.78 +</body></html>
96.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
96.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/EditDependencyPanel.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
96.3 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
96.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
96.5 +<!--
96.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
96.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
96.8 +-->
96.9 +<html>
96.10 +<head>
96.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
96.12 + <title>Edit Module Dependency Dialog Box</title>
96.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
96.14 +</head>
96.15 +<body>
96.16 + <h2>Edit Module Dependency Dialog Box</h2>
96.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
96.18 +
96.19 + <p>The Edit Module Dependency dialog box lets you customize a module
96.20 + dependency. New module dependencies will initially use a
96.21 + major release version and specification version as taken from
96.22 + the module�s manifest and be included in
96.23 + the classpath if there are any available packages.
96.24 + The new dependency will be selected so that you may use Edit
96.25 + to customize it immediately. If multiple dependencies
96.26 + were added, just one of them will be selected automatically.
96.27 +
96.28 +
96.29 + <dl>
96.30 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
96.31 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
96.32 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
96.33 + </dl>
96.34 + <hr>
96.35 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
96.36 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
96.37 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
96.38 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
96.39 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
96.40 + </table>
96.41 +</body></html>
97.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
97.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerBasicBranding.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
97.3 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
97.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
97.5 +<!--
97.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
97.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
97.8 +-->
97.9 +<html>
97.10 +<head>
97.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
97.12 + <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Application</title>
97.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
97.14 +</head>
97.15 +<body>
97.16 +<h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Application</h2>
97.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
97.18 +
97.19 +<p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
97.20 +a module suite project and choosing Properties.
97.21 +
97.22 +<p>The Build page specifies the look-and-feel of an application built on
97.23 +top of the NetBeans Platform. Set the following properties:
97.24 +
97.25 +<ul>
97.26 + <li><b>Create Collection of Add-on Modules.</b> Specifies that
97.27 + you do not want to create a standalone application. For example, in this case
97.28 + you might want to add the suite to an <i>existing</i> application, such as the IDE. Alternatively, you
97.29 + might be using the suite to add a library wrapper to a module, without wanting the module to be available
97.30 + as a standalone application. When you select
97.31 + this radiobutton, the remaining controls in this panel, and the Splash Screen subpanel, are not enabled.
97.32 + <li><b>Create Standalone Application.</b> Specifies that
97.33 + you want to create a standalone application, with branding details such as a splash screen, progress bar,
97.34 + and application title. When you select this checkbox,
97.35 + the remaining controls in this panel, and the Splash Screen subpanel, are enabled.
97.36 + <li><b>Branding Name.</b> Specifies the name of the application's executable.
97.37 +<!-- <li><b>Application Title.</b> Specifies the title that will appear in the application's titlebar.
97.38 + <li><b>Application Icon.</b> Specifies an icon with a dimension of 48x48 pixels, that will
97.39 + be displayed in the application's About dialog box, which will be available
97.40 + under the Help menu. Note that this icon does <i>not</i> set the executable's icon.
97.41 + If you want to customize the executable's icon, you need to make use of an external
97.42 + resource editor, many of which are freely available on-line.-->
97.43 +</ul>
97.44 +
97.45 +<dl>
97.46 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
97.47 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
97.48 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
97.49 +</dl>
97.50 +<hr>
97.51 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
97.52 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
97.53 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
97.54 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
97.55 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
97.56 +</table>
97.57 +</body></html>
98.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
98.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
98.3 @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
98.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
98.5 +<!--
98.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
98.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
98.8 +-->
98.9 +<html>
98.10 +<head>
98.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
98.12 + <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Libraries</title>
98.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
98.14 +</head>
98.15 +<body>
98.16 + <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Libraries</h2>
98.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
98.18 +
98.19 + <p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
98.20 + any module suite project and choosing Properties.
98.21 +
98.22 + <p>The Libraries page lets you specify the NetBeans Platform against which
98.23 + the module suite will be compiled and run. It also lets you specify the modules that belong to
98.24 + the suite project. You need to set the following properties:
98.25 +
98.26 + <ul>
98.27 + <li><b>Java Platform:</b> Specifies the target JDK for building module
98.28 + projects or module suite projects.</li>
98.29 + <li><b>NetBeans Platform:</b> Specifies the target NetBeans platform against which the
98.30 + module suite is compiled and run. Available NetBeans platforms are those that have been registered in the
98.31 + <a href="../NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.</li>
98.32 +
98.33 + <li><b>Platform Modules.</b> Specifies the clusters that will be deployed together with
98.34 + the module suite project.</li>
98.35 + </ul>
98.36 +
98.37 + <p>Optionally, you can add modules or groups
98.38 + of modules (clusters) from outside the
98.39 + selected NetBeans Platform. Use the buttons
98.40 + at the bottom of the wizard
98.41 + step for this purpose.
98.42 +
98.43 + <dl>
98.44 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
98.45 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
98.46 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
98.47 + </dl>
98.48 + <hr>
98.49 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
98.50 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
98.51 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
98.52 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
98.53 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
98.54 + </table>
98.55 +</body></html>
99.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
99.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerModuleList.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
99.3 @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
99.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
99.5 +<!--
99.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
99.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
99.8 +-->
99.9 +<html>
99.10 +<head>
99.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
99.12 + <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Module List</title>
99.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
99.14 +</head>
99.15 +<body>
99.16 + <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Module List</h2>
99.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
99.18 +
99.19 +<p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
99.20 +any module suite project and choosing Properties.
99.21 +
99.22 +<p>The Module List page shows you the clusters and modules that are
99.23 + available to an application built on top of the NetBeans Platform.
99.24 +<dl>
99.25 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
99.26 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
99.27 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
99.28 +</dl>
99.29 +<hr>
99.30 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
99.31 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
99.32 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
99.33 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
99.34 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
99.35 +</table>
99.36 +</body></html>
100.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
100.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerSources.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
100.3 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
100.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
100.5 +<!--
100.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
100.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
100.8 +-->
100.9 +<html>
100.10 +<head>
100.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
100.12 + <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Sources</title>
100.13 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
100.14 +</head>
100.15 +<body>
100.16 + <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Sources</h2>
100.17 +<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
100.18 +
100.19 +<p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
100.20 +a module suite project and choosing Properties.
100.21 +Here you can see or set the following properties:
100.22 +
100.23 +
100.24 +<ul><li><b>Project Folder:</b> Shows you the location of the module suite project folder
100.25 + in your filesystem.</li>
100.26 +
100.27 + <li><b>Suite Modules.</b> Specifies the modules that will be deployed together with
100.28 + the module suite project. Normally, a module is added to the suite's Suite Modules list
100.29 + automatically by the IDE when you use the New Project wizard to create the module
100.30 + as part of the module suite.
100.31 + However, you can use the Modules list to manually add or remove modules from the list,
100.32 + should you need to do so. Alternatively, you can use the suite's Modules node to add a module to the suite.
100.33 + </ul>
100.34 +<dl>
100.35 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
100.36 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
100.37 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
100.38 +</dl>
100.39 +<hr>
100.40 +<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
100.41 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
100.42 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
100.43 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
100.44 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
100.45 +</table>
100.46 +</body></html>
101.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
101.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerSplashBranding.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
101.3 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
101.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
101.5 +<!--
101.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
101.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
101.8 +-->
101.9 +<html>
101.10 +<head>
101.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
101.12 + <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Splash Screen</title>
101.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
101.14 +</head>
101.15 +<body>
101.16 + <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Splash Screen</h2>
101.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
101.18 +
101.19 + <p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
101.20 + a module suite project and choosing Properties.
101.21 +
101.22 + <p>The Splash Screen page specifies the splash screen that will be
101.23 + displayed when an application built on
101.24 + top of the NetBeans Platform is started.
101.25 +
101.26 + <p>Set the following properties:
101.27 +
101.28 + <ul>
101.29 + <li><b>Progress Bar.</b> The properties of the progress bar are as follows:
101.30 + <ul>
101.31 + <li><b>Enabled.</b> Specifies that a progress bar will
101.32 + be shown during startup.
101.33 + <li><b>Color.</b> Specifies the color of the progress bar.
101.34 + <li><b>Positioning.</b> Specifies the position of the progress bar,
101.35 + in pixels.
101.36 + </ul>
101.37 +
101.38 + <li><b>Running Text</b> The properties of the startup text
101.39 + displayed in the splash screen are as follows:
101.40 + <ul>
101.41 + <li><b>Size.</b> Specifies the size of the startup text.
101.42 + <li><b>Color.</b> Specifies the color of the startup text.
101.43 + <li><b>Positioning.</b> Specifies the position of the startup text,
101.44 + in pixels.
101.45 + </ul>
101.46 +
101.47 + <li><b>Splash Screen.</b> Specifies an image that will serve as the splash screen.
101.48 + </ul>
101.49 +
101.50 +
101.51 + <dl>
101.52 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
101.53 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
101.54 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
101.55 + </dl>
101.56 + <hr>
101.57 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
101.58 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
101.59 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
101.60 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
101.61 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
101.62 + </table>
101.63 +</body></html>
102.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
102.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerWindowSystemBranding.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
102.3 @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
102.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
102.5 +<!--
102.6 +* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
102.7 +* Use is subject to license terms.
102.8 +-->
102.9 +<html>
102.10 +<head>
102.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
102.12 + <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Window System</title>
102.13 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
102.14 +</head>
102.15 +<body>
102.16 + <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Window System</h2>
102.17 + <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
102.18 +
102.19 + <p>You can disable the following abilities of the application's
102.20 + window system:
102.21 +
102.22 +<ul>
102.23 + <li><b>Window Drag and Drop:</b>
102.24 + The ability to reorganize the window layout by dragging windows to
102.25 + new positions.
102.26 +<li><b>Floating Windows:</b>
102.27 + The ability for windows to be undocked into a standalone frames.
102.28 +<li><b>Sliding Windows:</b>
102.29 + The ability to minimize (slide out) a window.
102.30 +<li><b>Maximized Windows:</b>
102.31 + The ability to maximize a window by clicking its header.
102.32 +<li><b>Closing Windows:</b> The ability to
102.33 + close a document/non-document window.
102.34 +<li><b>Window Resizing:</b>
102.35 + The ability to adjust the width and height of
102.36 + windows by dragging splitter bars.
102.37 +<li><b>Respect Minimum Size When Resizing Windows:</b>
102.38 + The ability to resize internal windows to zero
102.39 + width/height using splitter bars.
102.40 +</ul>
102.41 +
102.42 +
102.43 +
102.44 + <dl>
102.45 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
102.46 + <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
102.47 + <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
102.48 + </dl>
102.49 + <hr>
102.50 + <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
102.51 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
102.52 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
102.53 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
102.54 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
102.55 + </table>
102.56 +</body></html>
103.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
103.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/about_distributing_rich.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
103.3 @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
103.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
103.5 +
103.6 +<html>
103.7 +<head>
103.8 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
103.9 + <title>About Distributing Rich-Client Applications</title>
103.10 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
103.11 + </head>
103.12 +
103.13 + <body>
103.14 + <h2>About Distributing Rich-Client Applications</h2>
103.15 + <p><small>
103.16 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
103.17 + </small></p>
103.18 +
103.19 + <p>Rich-client applications are complete,
103.20 + functioning, standalone Swing applications. The Swing libraries
103.21 + provide a rich collection of user interface elements. However, the Swing libraries
103.22 + do not provide a mechanism for joining the user interface elements together
103.23 + into an application.
103.24 + For this purpose,
103.25 + NetBeans provides the <a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>,
103.26 + which is the application framework on top
103.27 + of which you build your application. Each distinct
103.28 + part of a rich-client application is provided by a separate
103.29 + module, several of which serve to provide the user interface elements
103.30 + from the Swing libraries. For example, if your rich-client application
103.31 + is an editor, you might have one module that provides
103.32 + syntax highlighting, while another provides file templates.
103.33 +
103.34 + <h3>Branding</h3>
103.35 + <p>Before you distribute a rich-client application,
103.36 + you need to consider whether you want to leave it resembling NetBeans.
103.37 + For example, your rich-client application uses the NetBeans splash
103.38 + screen by default. Branding, the final stage before creating distribution packages,
103.39 + involves making decisions such as what the splash screen should
103.40 + look like and whether the application will include a progress bar
103.41 + during startup. In the module suite project's Project Properties
103.42 + dialog box, you define such settings, as described in <a href="branding_plugins.html">Branding a Rich-Client Application</a>.
103.43 +
103.44 + <p>While branding, also consider whether your rich-client application
103.45 + needs all the modules that the IDE uses. For example, if your rich-client
103.46 + application is not an editor, you will not need the modules that relate to
103.47 + editor functionality. Similarly, it is unlikely that all of the IDE's menu items
103.48 + and toolbar buttons are needed by your application.
103.49 +
103.50 + <h3>Releasing</h3>
103.51 + <p>Once a rich-client application is branded, you can distribute it over the
103.52 + web as a web-startable JNLP application. Alternatively, you can distribute the ZIP file.
103.53 + See <a href="../build_plugin/building_jnlp.html">Building a JNLP Application</a>
103.54 + and <a href="../build_plugin/building_zip.html">Building a ZIP Distribution</a> for details.
103.55 + Updates to the modules that make up a rich-client application can be distributed
103.56 + via the Update Center.
103.57 + <dl>
103.58 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
103.59 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
103.60 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
103.61 + </dl>
103.62 + <hr>
103.63 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
103.64 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
103.65 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
103.66 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
103.67 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
103.68 + </table>
103.69 + </body></html>
103.70 +
104.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
104.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/apisupport_register_nbm_file.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
104.3 @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
104.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
104.5 +<!--
104.6 + * Copyright © 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
104.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
104.8 +> -->
104.9 +<html>
104.10 +<head>
104.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
104.12 +
104.13 + <title>Registering an NBM File in an Update Center</title>
104.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../../../usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
104.15 +</head>
104.16 +
104.17 +<body>
104.18 + <h2>Manually Registering an NBM File in an Update Center</h2>
104.19 + <p><small>
104.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
104.21 + </small></p>
104.22 + <p>The recommended way of registering an NBM file in
104.23 + an update center is to add a module project to a module suite project,
104.24 + and to then choose Create NBMs from the module suite project's contextual
104.25 + menu. For details, see <a href="generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</a>.
104.26 +
104.27 + <p>However, if you do not want to include your module project in a suite for
104.28 + purposes of generating the autoupdate descriptor, you can create the
104.29 + autoupdate descriptor manually.
104.30 +
104.31 + <p><b>To manually register an NBM file in an update center:</b>
104.32 +
104.33 + <ol>
104.34 + <li><a href="../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">Build the NBM file</a>.
104.35 + <li>Outside the IDE, open the NBM file. Because NBM files are
104.36 + just ZIP files with a special extension, you can use a tool such as WinZip
104.37 + to open it.
104.38 + <li>One of the files inside the NBM file is called <tt>info.xml</tt>.
104.39 + <li>Paste the content of the <tt><module></tt> tag in
104.40 + <tt>info.xml</tt> into a text file, between these tags:
104.41 +
104.42 +<pre><?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
104.43 +
104.44 +<!DOCTYPE module_updates PUBLIC "-//NetBeans//DTD Autoupdate Catalog 2.3//EN"
104.45 +"http://www.netbeans.org/dtds/autoupdate-catalog-2_3.dtd">
104.46 +<module_updates timestamp="00/00/15/24/01/2006">
104.47 +
104.48 +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
104.49 +
104.50 +<!DOCTYPE module_updates PUBLIC "-//NetBeans//DTD Autoupdate Catalog 2.3//EN"
104.51 +"http://www.netbeans.org/dtds/autoupdate-catalog-2_3.dtd">
104.52 +<module_updates timestamp="00/00/15/24/01/2006">
104.53 +
104.54 + PASTE THE CONTENT OF INFO.XML HERE
104.55 +
104.56 + <license name="no-license.txt"><![CDATA[[NO LICENSE SPECIFIED]
104.57 + ]]></license>
104.58 +
104.59 +</module_updates></pre>
104.60 +
104.61 + <li>Right-click the NBM file in your
104.62 + filesystem and then look at the value for "Size on Disk".
104.63 + It should say something like "28,672". Remove the
104.64 + comma. Now put that number (i.e., "28672") as
104.65 + the value of the "downloadsize" element.
104.66 +
104.67 +
104.68 + <li>Look at the "distribution" element and make sure
104.69 + it points to the location and name of the NBM file.
104.70 + By default, the "distribution" element has this value:
104.71 + "http://www.netbeans.org". If the NBM file will be in the same
104.72 + directory as the autoupdate descriptor, you would have this value: "./<i>name_of_nbm</i>.nbm".
104.73 + <li>Save the file.
104.74 + </ol>
104.75 +
104.76 +
104.77 + <dl>
104.78 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
104.79 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
104.80 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
104.81 + </dl>
104.82 + <hr>
104.83 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
104.84 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
104.85 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
104.86 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
104.87 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
104.88 + </table>
104.89 +</body></html>
105.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
105.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/apisupport_using_shared_jnlp_repository.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
105.3 @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
105.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
105.5 +<!--
105.6 + * Copyright © 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
105.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
105.8 +> -->
105.9 +<html>
105.10 +<head>
105.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
105.12 +
105.13 + <title>Using the NetBeans Shared JNLP Repository</title>
105.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../../../usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
105.15 +</head>
105.16 +
105.17 +<body>
105.18 + <h2>Using the NetBeans Shared JNLP Repository</h2>
105.19 + <p><small>
105.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
105.21 + </small></p>
105.22 +
105.23 + By default, the JNLP application generated for a
105.24 + module suite project always contains all the module suite
105.25 + project's
105.26 + modules as well as all the modules that the module
105.27 + suite project depends on.
105.28 + This may be useful for intranet usage, but it is a
105.29 + bit less practical for wide internet use. When on
105.30 + the internet, it is much better if all the applications
105.31 + built on the NetBeans Platform refer to <i>one</i> repository
105.32 + of NetBeans modules, which means that such modules are
105.33 + shared and do not need to be downloaded more than once.
105.34 +
105.35 + <p>There is such a repository for NetBeans modules.
105.36 + It does not contain all the modules that NetBeans IDE
105.37 + has, such as, for example, the <tt>ant</tt> module, which is not
105.38 + JNLP-ready, but it contains enough to make many JNLP applications
105.39 + possible.
105.40 +
105.41 + <p><b>To use the shared JNLP repository:</b>
105.42 +
105.43 + <ol>
105.44 + <li>In the Projects window, expand the Important Files node.
105.45 + <li>Double-click NetBeans Platform Config.
105.46 + <li>Add the <tt>jnlp.platform.codebase</tt> property
105.47 + with, as its value, the URL of the 5.0 JNLP Repository:
105.48 +
105.49 + <pre>jnlp.platform.codebase=http://www.netbeans.org/download/5_0/jnlp</pre>
105.50 + </ol>
105.51 +
105.52 +
105.53 + <dl>
105.54 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
105.55 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
105.56 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
105.57 + </dl>
105.58 + <hr>
105.59 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
105.60 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
105.61 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
105.62 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
105.63 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
105.64 + </table>
105.65 +</body></html>
106.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
106.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/branding_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
106.3 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
106.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
106.5 +<!--
106.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
106.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
106.8 +> -->
106.9 +<html>
106.10 + <head>
106.11 + <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
106.12 +
106.13 + <title>About Branding a Rich-Client Application</title>
106.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
106.15 + </head>
106.16 +
106.17 + <body>
106.18 +
106.19 + <h2>About Branding a Rich-Client Application</h2>
106.20 + <p><small>
106.21 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
106.22 + </small></p>
106.23 + <p>Once the functionality of an application built on top of the NetBeans Platform is complete,
106.24 + the appearance of the application still closely resembles the default NetBeans Platform. You can use the IDE to
106.25 + personalize your application. In particular, you can do the following:
106.26 +
106.27 + <ul>
106.28 + <li>Replace the application's splash screen.
106.29 + <li>Replace the strings in the NetBeans Platform's bundle files.
106.30 + <li>Define a progress bar.
106.31 + <li>Define the application's title bar.
106.32 + <li>Disable one or more of the window system's default features.
106.33 + </ul>
106.34 +
106.35 +
106.36 +
106.37 + <p><b>To brand a rich client application:</b>
106.38 +
106.39 + <ol><li>Right-click the application project in the Projects window and choose Branding.
106.40 + <li>In the Branding editor, click the tab related to your branding needs:
106.41 + <ul><li><b>Basic.</b> Brand the title bar and the application icons.
106.42 + <li><b>Splash Screen.</b> Brand the splash screen and progress bar.
106.43 + <li><b>Window System.</b> Remove features from the window system.
106.44 + <li><b>Resource Bundles.</b> Customize the strings provided by the
106.45 + NetBeans Platform.</ul>
106.46 + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes and exit the editor.
106.47 + </ol>
106.48 +
106.49 +
106.50 +
106.51 + <dl>
106.52 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
106.53 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
106.54 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
106.55 + </dl>
106.56 + <hr>
106.57 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
106.58 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
106.59 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
106.60 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
106.61 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
106.62 + </table>
106.63 + </body></html>
107.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
107.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/branding_window_system.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
107.3 @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
107.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
107.5 +<!--
107.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
107.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
107.8 +> -->
107.9 +<html>
107.10 +<head>
107.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
107.12 +
107.13 + <title>Branding the Window System</title>
107.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
107.15 +</head>
107.16 +
107.17 +<body>
107.18 +
107.19 + <h2>Branding the Window System</h2>
107.20 +<p><small>
107.21 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
107.22 +</small></p>
107.23 +<p>You can brand an application's
107.24 + window system by disabling the
107.25 + following of its default features:
107.26 +
107.27 +<ul>
107.28 + <li><b>Window Drag and Drop.</b>
107.29 + The ability to reorganize the window layout by dragging windows to
107.30 + new positions.
107.31 +<li><b>Floating Windows.</b>
107.32 + The ability for windows to be undocked into a standalone frames.
107.33 +<li><b>Sliding Windows.</b>
107.34 + The ability to minimize (slide out) a window.
107.35 +<li><b>Maximized Windows.</b>
107.36 + The ability to maximize a window by clicking its header.
107.37 +<li><b>Closing Windows.</b> The ability to
107.38 + close a document/non-document window.
107.39 +<li><b>Window Resizing.</b>
107.40 + The ability to adjust the width and height of
107.41 + windows by dragging splitter bars.
107.42 +<li><b>Respect Minimum Size When Resizing Windows.</b>
107.43 + The ability to resize internal windows to zero
107.44 + width/height using splitter bars.
107.45 +</ul>
107.46 +
107.47 +
107.48 +<p>To brand the window system:
107.49 +
107.50 +<ol>
107.51 + <li>Right-click the application project in the Projects window and choose Branding.
107.52 + <li>In the Branding editor, click Window System.
107.53 + <li>Deselect the items listed above, depending on your needs.
107.54 + <li>Click OK to confirm your choices and exit the Branding editor.
107.55 +
107.56 +</ol>
107.57 +
107.58 +<dl>
107.59 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
107.60 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
107.61 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
107.62 +</dl>
107.63 +<hr>
107.64 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
107.65 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
107.66 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
107.67 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
107.68 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
107.69 +</table>
107.70 +</body></html>
108.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
108.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/creating_splash_screen.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
108.3 @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
108.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
108.5 +<!--
108.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
108.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
108.8 +> -->
108.9 +<html>
108.10 +<head>
108.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
108.12 +
108.13 + <title>Adding a Splash Screen</title>
108.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
108.15 +</head>
108.16 +
108.17 +<body>
108.18 +
108.19 + <h2>Adding a Splash Screen</h2>
108.20 +<p><small>
108.21 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
108.22 +</small></p>
108.23 +
108.24 +<ol>
108.25 + <li>Right-click the application project in the Projects window and choose Properties.
108.26 + <li>In the Project Properties dialog box, click Splash Screen. Do the following:
108.27 + <ul>
108.28 + <li>Define the progress bar.
108.29 + <li>Choose a splash screen.
108.30 + </ul>
108.31 + <li>Click OK to confirm your choices and exit the Project Properties dialog box.
108.32 +
108.33 +</ol>
108.34 +
108.35 +<dl>
108.36 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
108.37 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
108.38 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
108.39 +</dl>
108.40 +<hr>
108.41 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
108.42 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
108.43 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
108.44 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
108.45 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
108.46 +</table>
108.47 +</body></html>
109.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
109.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/deploying_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
109.3 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
109.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
109.5 +<!--
109.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
109.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
109.8 +> -->
109.9 +<html>
109.10 +<head>
109.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
109.12 +
109.13 + <title>Deploying Modules</title>
109.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
109.15 +</head>
109.16 +
109.17 +<body>
109.18 + <h2>Deploying Modules</h2>
109.19 +<p><small>
109.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
109.21 +</small></p>
109.22 + <p>When an application based on a NetBeans Platform is run,
109.23 + the NetBeans Platform's Main class is run.
109.24 + It then finds the available modules and builds an in-memory registry of them, and performs any
109.25 + tasks they specify for startup. Generally, a module's code is loaded into memory as it is needed.
109.26 +
109.27 +<dl>
109.28 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
109.29 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
109.30 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
109.31 +</dl>
109.32 +<hr>
109.33 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
109.34 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
109.35 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
109.36 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
109.37 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
109.38 +</table>
109.39 +</body></html>
110.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
110.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/distributing_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
110.3 @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
110.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
110.5 +<!--
110.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
110.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
110.8 +> -->
110.9 +<html>
110.10 +<head>
110.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
110.12 +
110.13 + <title>About Distributing Modules</title>
110.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
110.15 +</head>
110.16 +
110.17 +<body>
110.18 + <h2>About Distributing Modules</h2>
110.19 + <p><small>
110.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
110.21 + </small></p>
110.22 + <p>You can distribute a module in one or more
110.23 + of the following ways:</p>
110.24 +
110.25 + <ul>
110.26 +
110.27 + <li><b>Contribute to the Plugin Portal.</b> This is the central
110.28 + location where you can upload your NetBeans modules
110.29 + so that they may be easily found, all in
110.30 + the same place. For details, see:
110.31 +
110.32 + <p>
110.33 + <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
110.34 + <param name="content" value="http://plugins.netbeans.org/PluginPortal/">
110.35 + <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://plugins.netbeans.org/PluginPortal/</u></html>">
110.36 + <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
110.37 + <param name="textColor" value="blue">
110.38 + </object>
110.39 +
110.40 +
110.41 +
110.42 + <li><b>Create your own update center.</b> With your
110.43 + own <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html">update center</a>, you can distribute modules
110.44 + that are specific to your application, as well
110.45 + as modules that are not appropriate for distribution
110.46 + via the Plugin Portal. For
110.47 + quick updates to your modules or for
110.48 + making modules available to a smaller
110.49 + subset of end users, creating your own update
110.50 + center might be a good idea.
110.51 +
110.52 + <li><b>Other.</b> You can simply zip up a module's
110.53 + sources and transfer them via e-mail or upload them
110.54 + onto a server. Alternatively,
110.55 + you can use the IDE to create a binary NBM file, which
110.56 + you can then transfer via e-mail or upload to a server, instead of
110.57 + transferring the sources.
110.58 +
110.59 + </ul>
110.60 +
110.61 + <dl>
110.62 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
110.63 + <dd> <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html">About Update Centers</a></dd>
110.64 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
110.65 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
110.66 + </dl>
110.67 + <hr>
110.68 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
110.69 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
110.70 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
110.71 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
110.72 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
110.73 + </table>
110.74 +</body></html>
111.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
111.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
111.3 @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
111.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
111.5 +<!--
111.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
111.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
111.8 +> -->
111.9 +<html>
111.10 +<head>
111.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
111.12 +
111.13 + <title>Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</title>
111.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
111.15 +</head>
111.16 +
111.17 +<body>
111.18 + <h2>Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</h2>
111.19 + <p><small>
111.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
111.21 + </small></p>
111.22 +
111.23 + An autoupdate descriptor is an XML file that describes
111.24 + the <a href="../about/about-nbm.html">NBM files</a> that you want to make available to your users.
111.25 + For example, an autoupdate descriptor
111.26 + specifies a name, a description, and a URL for
111.27 + each module that it describes.
111.28 +
111.29 + <p>When you put an autoupdate descriptor on a server, and make its URL
111.30 + available to your users, your users are able to register the URL in
111.31 + your IDE. After registering the URL, they can access your NBM files
111.32 + via the Plugins manager, under the Tools menu.
111.33 +
111.34 + <p><b>To generate an autoupdate descriptor:</b>
111.35 +
111.36 + <ol><li>If you have not already done so,
111.37 + <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module_suite.html">create a module suite project</a>.
111.38 + <li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the
111.39 + module suite project you want to build.
111.40 + <li>Choose Create NBMs.
111.41 + <p>The IDE builds the NBM files in the module suite project. The IDE
111.42 + also creates a file called <tt>updates.xml</tt>, which is the
111.43 + autoupdate descriptor. To see it, look in the Files window (Ctrl-2).
111.44 + <li>Tweak the autoupdate descriptor, if needed. For example, customize
111.45 + the <tt>distribution</tt> element for each module, so that the URL
111.46 + to the NBM file is correct.
111.47 +
111.48 + </ol>
111.49 + <dl>
111.50 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
111.51 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
111.52 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
111.53 + </dl>
111.54 + <hr>
111.55 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
111.56 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
111.57 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
111.58 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
111.59 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
111.60 + </table>
111.61 +</body></html>
112.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
112.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/install_devide.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
112.3 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
112.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
112.5 +<!--
112.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
112.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
112.8 +> -->
112.9 +<html>
112.10 +<head>
112.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
112.12 +
112.13 + <title>Installing in Development IDE</title>
112.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
112.15 +</head>
112.16 +
112.17 +<body>
112.18 + <h2>Installing in Development IDE</h2>
112.19 +<p><small>
112.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
112.21 +</small></p>
112.22 +
112.23 +<p>When you test your module, it is advisable to deploy it to a different instance of the IDE. This way,
112.24 + if there are problems with your module that cause the IDE to crash, you will not lose the work you are
112.25 + doing in the development instance.
112.26 +
112.27 + <p>However, if you are confident of your module or if you are demonstrating module development, you
112.28 + may quickly want to see the effect of your module. In these cases, it is worth taking the risk that
112.29 + the module you have developed will cause the IDE to crash and, in the process, destroy your work.
112.30 +
112.31 + <p><b>To install a module in the target platform:</b>
112.32 + <ol>
112.33 + <li>Save your module.
112.34 + <li>Right-click the module and choose Install/Reload in Development IDE.
112.35 + </ol>
112.36 +
112.37 +
112.38 +
112.39 +<dl>
112.40 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
112.41 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
112.42 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
112.43 +</dl>
112.44 +<hr>
112.45 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
112.46 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
112.47 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
112.48 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
112.49 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
112.50 +</table>
112.51 +</body></html>
113.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
113.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/install_targetplatform.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
113.3 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
113.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
113.5 +<!--
113.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
113.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
113.8 +> -->
113.9 +<html>
113.10 +<head>
113.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
113.12 +
113.13 + <title>Trying Out a Module</title>
113.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
113.15 +</head>
113.16 +
113.17 +<body>
113.18 + <h2>Trying Out a Module</h2>
113.19 + <p><small>
113.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
113.21 + </small></p>
113.22 + <p>When you test your module, it is advisable to deploy it to a different instance of the IDE. This way,
113.23 + if there are problems with your module that cause the IDE to crash, you will not lose unsaved work or
113.24 + need to restart the IDE.
113.25 +
113.26 + <p>However, if you are confident of your module or if you are
113.27 + demonstrating module development, you may want to see the effect of
113.28 + your module more quickly. In these cases, it is worth taking the risk that
113.29 + you will lose unsaved files and have the inconvenience of being required to restart the IDE,
113.30 + if bugs in your module cause the IDE to crash.
113.31 +
113.32 + <p><b>To install a module project in a new instance of the IDE:</b>
113.33 + <ol>
113.34 + <li>Choose a <a href="../create_plugin/netbeans_api_javadoc.html">target platform</a>.
113.35 + <li>Right-click the module project and choose Run.
113.36 + <p>The target platform starts up and installs the module project. By default, the target platform
113.37 + is the IDE in which you are developing your module project.
113.38 +
113.39 + <li>If you wish to test changes to the module without restarting the target platform,
113.40 + right-click the module project and choose Reload in Target Platform.
113.41 + </ol>
113.42 +
113.43 + <p><b>To install a module project in the current instance of the IDE:</b>
113.44 + <ol>
113.45 + <li>Save your work.
113.46 + <li>Right-click the module project and choose Install/Reload in Development IDE.
113.47 + </ol>
113.48 + <dl>
113.49 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
113.50 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
113.51 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
113.52 + </dl>
113.53 +
113.54 +
113.55 + <hr>
113.56 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
113.57 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
113.58 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
113.59 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
113.60 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
113.61 + </table>
113.62 +</body></html>
114.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
114.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/installing_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
114.3 @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
114.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
114.5 +<!--
114.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
114.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
114.8 +> -->
114.9 +<html>
114.10 +<head>
114.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
114.12 +
114.13 + <title>Installing Modules</title>
114.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
114.15 +</head>
114.16 +
114.17 +<body>
114.18 + <h2>Installing Modules</h2>
114.19 +<p><small>
114.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
114.21 +</small></p>
114.22 + <p>Applications can install modules dynamically. Any application can include the Update Center module,
114.23 + to allow users of that application to download digitally-signed upgrades and new features via the web,
114.24 + directly into the running application. Installing an upgrade or a new release does not force users to
114.25 + download the entire application again. And in an application with multiple modules, upgrades of specific
114.26 + functionality can be incremental, further improving customer response time and time-to-market.
114.27 +
114.28 +<dl>
114.29 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
114.30 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
114.31 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
114.32 +</dl>
114.33 +<hr>
114.34 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
114.35 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
114.36 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
114.37 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
114.38 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
114.39 +</table>
114.40 +</body></html>
115.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
115.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/remove_unwanted_modules.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
115.3 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
115.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
115.5 +<!--
115.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
115.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
115.8 +> -->
115.9 +<html>
115.10 +<head>
115.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
115.12 +
115.13 + <title>Removing Unwanted Modules</title>
115.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
115.15 +</head>
115.16 +
115.17 +<body>
115.18 +
115.19 + <h2>Removing Unwanted Modules</h2>
115.20 +<p><small>
115.21 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
115.22 +</small></p>
115.23 +
115.24 +<p>You can exclude unwanted modules from a standalone application, leaving only those
115.25 + you really need. By default, all the modules that the IDE
115.26 +uses are included.
115.27 +
115.28 + <p><b>To remove unwanted modules:</b>
115.29 +
115.30 +<ol>
115.31 + <li>Right-click a module-suite project and choose Properties.
115.32 + <li>In the Project Properties dialog box, click Libraries.
115.33 + <li>Uncheck all the clusters that you want to exclude from the standalone application. The only
115.34 + cluster that all standalone applications need is <tt>platform<i>NNN</i></tt>.
115.35 + <li>Expand the nodes of the clusters that you want to keep, and uncheck any module
115.36 + that you want to exclude from the cluster.
115.37 + <li>Click OK.
115.38 +
115.39 +</ol>
115.40 +
115.41 +<ul class="note">
115.42 + <li>When you <a href="branding_plugins.html">brand a standalone application</a>, the IDE
115.43 + asks you whether it should exclude IDE-related modules for you. If you do not let the IDE
115.44 + exclude IDE-related modules, you can do so manually using the steps above.
115.45 +</ul>
115.46 +
115.47 +<dl>
115.48 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
115.49 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
115.50 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
115.51 +</dl>
115.52 +<hr>
115.53 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
115.54 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
115.55 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
115.56 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
115.57 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
115.58 +</table>
115.59 +</body></html>
116.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
116.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/run_rich_client.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
116.3 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
116.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
116.5 +<!--
116.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
116.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
116.8 +> -->
116.9 +<html>
116.10 +<head>
116.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
116.12 +
116.13 + <title>Running a Rich-Client Application</title>
116.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
116.15 +</head>
116.16 +
116.17 +<body>
116.18 + <h2>Running a Rich-Client Application</h2>
116.19 +<p><small>
116.20 +<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
116.21 +</small></p>
116.22 +Unless your NetBeans modules are designed to be deployed
116.23 +as standalone modules, you should always deploy them by deploying the application (the module suite project)
116.24 +that contains them. If you run the Run Project command
116.25 +on an individual module that is part of an application built on top of the NetBeans Platform, the IDE only deploys
116.26 +that module itself.
116.27 +
116.28 +<p><b>To deploy a standalone application:</b>
116.29 +
116.30 +<ul><li>In the Projects window, right-click the module suite project and choose one of the following:
116.31 +
116.32 + <ul><li>Run Project. Starts the <a href="../csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html">target platform</a>,
116.33 + undeploys the standalone application if it is already deployed,
116.34 + deploys the standalone application to the target platform, starts the platform
116.35 + and loads the application as one unit.
116.36 + <li>Run JNLP Applications. Builds and runs the application as a <a href="../build_plugin/building_jnlp.html">JNLP application</a>.
116.37 + </ul>
116.38 +</ul>
116.39 +
116.40 +<dl>
116.41 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
116.42 + <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
116.43 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
116.44 +</dl>
116.45 +<hr>
116.46 +<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
116.47 +<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
116.48 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
116.49 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
116.50 +<tr><td> </td></tr>
116.51 +</table>
116.52 +</body></html>
117.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle1.gif has changed
118.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle2.gif has changed
119.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle3.gif has changed
120.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle4.gif has changed
121.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle5.gif has changed
122.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle6.gif has changed
123.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle7.gif has changed
124.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle8.gif has changed
125.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle9.gif has changed
126.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/module.png has changed
127.1 Binary file apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/suite.png has changed
128.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
128.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/nbmodule-map.xml Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
128.3 @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
128.4 +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?>
128.5 +<!DOCTYPE map PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp Map Version 2.0//EN"
128.6 + "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/map_1_0.dtd">
128.7 +
128.8 +<map version="1.0">
128.9 +
128.10 + <mapID target="apisupport_tbd" url="tbd.html"/>
128.11 +
128.12 + <!-- Start of "Getting Started" section -->
128.13 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_plugins" url="about/nbmodule-about.html"/>
128.14 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_system_filesystem" url="about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html"/>
128.15 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_xml_layers" url="about/about-xml-layers.html"/>
128.16 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_open_apis" url="about/about-open-apis.html"/>
128.17 + <mapID target="apisupport_about-netbeans-platform" url="about/about-netbeans-platform.html"/>
128.18 + <mapID target="apisupport_modules_process" url="about/modules_process.html"/>
128.19 + <mapID target="apisupport_richclientapp_process" url="about/richclientapp_process.html"/>
128.20 + <mapID target="apisupport_modules_quickref" url="about/modules_quickref.html"/>
128.21 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_nbm" url="about/about-nbm.html"/>
128.22 +<mapID target="apisupport_about-sfs-browser" url="about/about-sfs-browser.html"/>
128.23 + <!-- End of "Getting Started" section -->
128.24 +
128.25 + <!-- Start of "Creating" section -->
128.26 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_create" url="create_plugin/about_create.html"/>
128.27 + <mapID target="apisupport_netbeans_api_javadoc" url="create_plugin/netbeans_api_javadoc.html"/>
128.28 + <mapID target="apisupport_using_netbeans_api_javadoc" url="create_plugin/using_netbeans_api_javadoc.html"/>
128.29 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_project_wizards" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html"/>
128.30 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_module" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html"/>
128.31 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_library_wrapper" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_library_wrapper.html"/>
128.32 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_module_suite" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module_suite.html"/>
128.33 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_platform_app" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_platform_app.html"/>
128.34 + <!-- Start of "File-level Creating" section -->
128.35 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_file_wizards" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html"/>
128.36 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_j2se_library_descs" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_j2se_library_descs.html"/>
128.37 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_j2se_library_desc" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_j2se_library_desc.html"/>
128.38 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_actions" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html"/>
128.39 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_action" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_action.html"/>
128.40 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_code_generators" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_code_generators.html"/>
128.41 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_code_generators" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_code_generator.html"/>
128.42 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_quick_search_providers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_quick_search_providers.html"/>
128.43 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_quick_search_providers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_quick_search_provider.html"/>
128.44 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_javahelp" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_javahelp.html"/>
128.45 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_file_types" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_types.html"/>
128.46 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_file_type" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_file_type.html"/>
128.47 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_module_installers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_module_installers.html"/>
128.48 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_module_installers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_module_installers.html"/>
128.49 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_options_panels" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_options_panels.html"/>
128.50 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_options_panels" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_options_panels.html"/>
128.51 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_project_templates" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_project_templates.html"/>
128.52 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_project_template" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_project_template.html"/>
128.53 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_update_centers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html"/>
128.54 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_update_centers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_update_centers.html"/>
128.55 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_uc_manually" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_uc_manually.html"/>
128.56 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_window_components" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_window_components.html"/>
128.57 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_window_component" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_window_component.html"/>
128.58 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_wizards" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html"/>
128.59 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_wizard" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_wizard.html"/>
128.60 +
128.61 + <mapID target="about_communicate" url="communicate_plugin/about_communicate.html"/>
128.62 + <mapID target="about_service_providers" url="communicate_plugin/about_service_providers.html"/>
128.63 +
128.64 + <mapID target="apisupport_building_plugins" url="build_plugin/building_plugins.html"/>
128.65 + <mapID target="apisupport_building_nbm" url="build_plugin/building_nbm.html"/>
128.66 + <mapID target="apisupport_building_jnlp" url="build_plugin/building_jnlp.html"/>
128.67 + <mapID target="apisupport_building_zip" url="build_plugin/building_zip.html"/>
128.68 + <mapID target="apisupport_installing_plugins" url="distribute_plugin/installing_plugins.html"/>
128.69 + <mapID target="apisupport_branding_plugins" url="distribute_plugin/branding_plugins.html"/>
128.70 + <mapID target="apisupport_branding_window_system" url="distribute_plugin/branding_window_system.html"/>
128.71 + <mapID target="apisupport_install_targetplatform" url="distribute_plugin/install_targetplatform.html"/>
128.72 + <mapID target="apisupport_install_devide" url="distribute_plugin/install_devide.html"/>
128.73 + <mapID target="apisupport_run_rich_client" url="distribute_plugin/run_rich_client.html"/>
128.74 + <mapID target="apisupport_remove_unwanted_modules" url="distribute_plugin/remove_unwanted_modules.html"/>
128.75 + <mapID target="apisupport_creating_splash_screen" url="distribute_plugin/creating_splash_screen.html"/>
128.76 + <mapID target="apisupport_distributing_plugins" url="distribute_plugin/distributing_plugins.html"/>
128.77 + <mapID target="apisupport_deploying_plugins" url="distribute_plugin/deploying_plugins.html"/>
128.78 + <mapID target="apisupport_distributing_rich" url="distribute_plugin/about_distributing_rich.html"/>
128.79 +
128.80 + <mapID target="create_license" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_license.html"/>
128.81 +
128.82 + <mapID target="apisupport_about_libs_jhelp" url="create_plugin/libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html"/>
128.83 + <mapID target="apisupport_editing_xml_layer" url="register_plugin/apisupport_editing_xml_layer.html"/>
128.84 +<mapID target="apisupport_generate_autoupdate_descriptor" url="distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html"/>
128.85 +<mapID target="apisupport_searching_apis" url="create_plugin/apisupport_searching_apis.html"/>
128.86 +<mapID target="apisupport_codetemplates_apis" url="create_plugin/apisupport_codetemplates_apis.html"/>
128.87 +<mapID target="apisupport_extending_skeletons" url="create_plugin/apisupport_extending_skeletons.html"/>
128.88 +
128.89 +
128.90 +
128.91 +
128.92 +
128.93 +
128.94 +
128.95 + <mapID target="apisupport_create_update_center_declaration" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_update_centers.html"/>
128.96 +
128.97 + <!-- Start of "CSH" section -->
128.98 +
128.99 + <!-- NetBeans Platform Manager: -->
128.100 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.platform.NbPlatformCustomizer" url="csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html"/>
128.101 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.platform.PlatformChooserWizardPanel" url="csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html"/>
128.102 +
128.103 + <!-- New Project wizard: -->
128.104 + <!-- FeedReader project template: -->
128.105 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.feedreader.FeedReaderWizardPanel" url="csh/FeedReaderWizardPanel.html"/>
128.106 + <!-- Module Project -->
128.107 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicInfoWizardPanel_module" url="csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel.html"/>
128.108 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicConfWizardPanel" url="csh/BasicConfWizardPanel.html"/>
128.109 + <!-- Module Suite Project -->
128.110 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite" url="csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite.html"/>
128.111 + <!-- NetBeans Platform Application could use a separate page if desired: -->
128.112 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicInfoWizardPanel_application" url="csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_application.html"/>
128.113 + <!-- Library Wrapper Module Project -->
128.114 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.LibraryStartWizardPanel" url="csh/LibraryStartWizardPanel.html"/>
128.115 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicInfoWizardPanel_library" url="csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_library.html"/>
128.116 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.LibraryConfWizardPanel" url="csh/LibraryConfWizardPanel.html"/>
128.117 + <!-- Code generator template -->
128.118 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.codegenerator.CodeGeneratorPanel" url="csh/CodeGeneratorPanel.html"/>
128.119 + <!-- Quick search provider template -->
128.120 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.quicksearch.QuickSearchPanel" url="csh/QuickSearchPanel.html"/>
128.121 +
128.122 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.AddFriendPanel" url="csh/AddNewFriendModule.html"/>
128.123 +
128.124 +
128.125 +
128.126 +
128.127 +<!-- Project Properties dialog box: -->
128.128 + <!-- Module: -->
128.129 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerSources" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerSources.html"/>
128.130 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerLibraries" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerLibraries.html"/>
128.131 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerDisplay" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerDisplay.html"/>
128.132 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerVersioning" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerVersioning.html"/>
128.133 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerCompiling" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerCompiling.html"/>
128.134 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerPackaging" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerPackaging.html"/>
128.135 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerDocumenting" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerDocumenting.html"/>
128.136 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.EditDependencyPanel" url="csh/proj_props/EditDependencyPanel.html"/>
128.137 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.editor.indent.project.FormattingCustomizerPanel" url="tbd.html"/>
128.138 +
128.139 +
128.140 +<!-- Suite -->
128.141 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerSources" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerSources.html"/>
128.142 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerLibraries" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html"/>
128.143 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerBasicBranding" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerBasicBranding.html"/>
128.144 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerSplashBranding" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerSplashBranding.html"/>
128.145 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerWindowSystemBranding" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerWindowSystemBranding.html"/>
128.146 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerModuleList" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerModuleList.html"/>
128.147 +
128.148 +
128.149 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.librarydescriptor.SelectLibraryPanel" url="csh/SelectLibraryPanel.html"/>
128.150 + <!-- Name and Location -->
128.151 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.librarydescriptor.NameAndLocationPanel" url="csh/LibDesc_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
128.152 +
128.153 + <!-- Action Type -->
128.154 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.action.ActionTypePanel" url="csh/ActionTypePanel.html"/>
128.155 + <!-- GUI Registration -->
128.156 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.action.GUIRegistrationPanel" url="csh/GUIRegistrationPanel.html"/>
128.157 + <!-- Name, Icon, and Location -->
128.158 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.action.NameIconLocationPanel" url="csh/Action_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
128.159 +
128.160 + <!-- File Type -->
128.161 + <!-- File Recognition -->
128.162 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.loader.FileRecognitionPanel" url="csh/FileRecognitionPanel.html"/>
128.163 + <!-- Name, Icon and Location -->
128.164 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.loader.NameAndLocationPanel" url="csh/Loader_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
128.165 + <!-- Project Template -->
128.166 + <!-- Select Project -->
128.167 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.project.SelectProjectPanel" url="csh/SelectProjectPanel.html"/>
128.168 + <!-- Name and Location -->
128.169 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.project.NameAndLocationPanel" url="csh/Project_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
128.170 +
128.171 + <!-- Window Component -->
128.172 + <!-- Basic Settings -->
128.173 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.winsys.BasicSettingsPanel" url="csh/BasicSettingsPanel.html"/>
128.174 + <!-- Name, Icon and Location -->
128.175 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.winsys.NameAndLocationPanel" url="csh/WinSys_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
128.176 +
128.177 + <!-- Wizard -->
128.178 + <!-- Wizard Type -->
128.179 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.wizard.WizardTypePanel" url="csh/WizardTypePanel.html"/>
128.180 + <!-- Name, Icon, and Location -->
128.181 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.wizard.NameIconLocationPanel" url="csh/Wizard_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
128.182 +
128.183 + <!-- Update center -->
128.184 + <!-- Update center declaration -->
128.185 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.updatecenter.UpdateCenterRegistrationPanel" url="csh/UpdateCenter.html"/>
128.186 +
128.187 + <!-- Options pane -->
128.188 + <!-- Panel 1 -->
128.189 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.options.OptionsPanel0" url="csh/OptionsPanel0.html"/>
128.190 + <!-- Panel 2 -->
128.191 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.options.OptionsPanel" url="csh/OptionsPanel.html"/>
128.192 +
128.193 + <!-- JavaHelpPanel -->
128.194 + <!-- JavaHelpPanel -->
128.195 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.javahelp.JavaHelpPanel" url="csh/JavaHelpPanel.html"/>
128.196 +
128.197 + <!-- ModuleInstallPanel -->
128.198 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.moduleinstall.ModuleInstallPanel" url="csh/ModuleInstallPanel.html"/>
128.199 +
128.200 + <!-- AddModulePanel -->
128.201 + <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.AddModulePanel" url="csh/AddModulePanel.html"/>
128.202 +
128.203 + <!-- End of "CSH" section -->
128.204 +
128.205 +</map>
128.206 +
129.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
129.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/nbmodule-toc.xml Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
129.3 @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
129.4 +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1' ?>
129.5 +<!--
129.6 +* Copyright � 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
129.7 +
129.8 +Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
129.9 +Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
129.10 +* Use is subject to license terms.
129.11 +-->
129.12 +<!DOCTYPE toc PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp TOC Version 2.0//EN" "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/toc_2_0.dtd">
129.13 +<toc version="2.0">
129.14 + <tocitem text="IDE Basics" expand="false">
129.15 + <tocitem text="Getting Started" >
129.16 + <tocitem text="NetBeans Modules" target="apisupport_modules_process" />
129.17 + <tocitem text="Rich-Client Applications" target="apisupport_richclientapp_process" />
129.18 + </tocitem>
129.19 + </tocitem>
129.20 + <tocitem text="NetBeans Modules" expand="false">
129.21 + <tocitem text="Getting Started" >
129.22 + <tocitem text="About NetBeans Modules" target="apisupport_about_plugins" />
129.23 + <tocitem text="About the NetBeans Platform" target="apisupport_about-netbeans-platform" />
129.24 + <tocitem text="Working with NetBeans Modules" target="apisupport_modules_process" />
129.25 + <tocitem text="Working with Rich-Client Applications" target="apisupport_richclientapp_process" />
129.26 + <tocitem text="Module and Rich-Client Application Tasks: Quick Reference" target="apisupport_modules_quickref" />
129.27 + </tocitem>
129.28 + <tocitem text="Setting Up Modules" >
129.29 + <tocitem text="About Setting Up Modules" target="apisupport_about_create" />
129.30 + <tocitem text="Module Project Templates" >
129.31 + <tocitem text="About Module Project Templates" target="apisupport_about_project_wizards" />
129.32 + <tocitem text="Creating a Module Project" target="apisupport_create_module" />
129.33 + <tocitem text="Creating a Library Wrapper Module Project" target="apisupport_create_library_wrapper" />
129.34 + <tocitem text="Creating a Module Suite Project" target="apisupport_create_module_suite" />
129.35 + <tocitem text="Creating a NetBeans Platform Application" target="apisupport_create_platform_app" />
129.36 + </tocitem>
129.37 + </tocitem>
129.38 + <tocitem text="Using the NetBeans APIs" >
129.39 + <tocitem text="About the NetBeans APIs" target="apisupport_about_open_apis" />
129.40 + <tocitem text="Generating Skeleton API Implementations" >
129.41 + <tocitem text="About Generating Skeleton API Implementations" target="apisupport_about_file_wizards" />
129.42 + <tocitem text="Actions" >
129.43 + <tocitem text="About Actions" target="apisupport_about_actions" />
129.44 + <tocitem text="Creating an Action" target="apisupport_create_action" />
129.45 + </tocitem>
129.46 + <tocitem text="Code Generator" >
129.47 + <tocitem text="About Code Generator" target="apisupport_about_code_generators" />
129.48 + <tocitem text="Creating a Code Generator" target="apisupport_create_code_generators" />
129.49 + </tocitem>
129.50 + <tocitem text="File Types" >
129.51 + <tocitem text="About File Types" target="apisupport_about_file_types" />
129.52 + <tocitem text="Creating a File Type" target="apisupport_create_file_type" />
129.53 + </tocitem>
129.54 + <tocitem text="Module Installers" >
129.55 + <tocitem text="About Module Installers" target="apisupport_about_module_installers" />
129.56 + <tocitem text="Creating a Module Installer" target="apisupport_create_module_installers" />
129.57 + </tocitem>
129.58 + <tocitem text="Options Panels" >
129.59 + <tocitem text="About Options Panels" target="apisupport_about_options_panels" />
129.60 + <tocitem text="Creating an Options Panel" target="apisupport_create_options_panels" />
129.61 + </tocitem>
129.62 + <tocitem text="Quick Search Providers" >
129.63 + <tocitem text="About Quick Search Providers" target="apisupport_about_quick_search_providers" />
129.64 + <tocitem text="Creating a Quick Search Provider" target="apisupport_create_quick_search_providers" />
129.65 + </tocitem>
129.66 + <tocitem text="Window Components" >
129.67 + <tocitem text="About Window Components" target="apisupport_about_window_components" />
129.68 + <tocitem text="Creating a Window Component" target="apisupport_create_window_component" />
129.69 + </tocitem>
129.70 + <tocitem text="Wizards" >
129.71 + <tocitem text="About Wizards" target="apisupport_about_wizards" />
129.72 + <tocitem text="Creating a Wizard" target="apisupport_create_wizard" />
129.73 + </tocitem>
129.74 + </tocitem>
129.75 + <tocitem text="Extending Skeleton API Implementations" >
129.76 + <tocitem text="About Extending Skeleton API Implementations" target="apisupport_extending_skeletons" />
129.77 + <tocitem text="Registering the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc" target="apisupport_netbeans_api_javadoc" />
129.78 + <tocitem text="Using the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc" target="apisupport_using_netbeans_api_javadoc" />
129.79 + <tocitem text="Searching for NetBeans APIs" target="apisupport_searching_apis" />
129.80 + <tocitem text="Code Templates for NetBeans APIs" target="apisupport_codetemplates_apis" />
129.81 + </tocitem>
129.82 + </tocitem>
129.83 + <tocitem text="Bundling Supporting Items" >
129.84 + <tocitem text="About Bundling Supporting Items" target="apisupport_about_libs_jhelp" />
129.85 + <tocitem text="Bundling a Library" target="apisupport_create_j2se_library_desc" />
129.86 + <tocitem text="Bundling a Project Template or Sample" target="apisupport_create_project_template" />
129.87 + <tocitem text="Bundling an Update Center's URL" target="apisupport_create_update_center_declaration" />
129.88 + <tocitem text="Bundling a JavaHelp Help Set" target="apisupport_create_javahelp" />
129.89 + <tocitem text="Bundling a License" target="create_license" />
129.90 + </tocitem>
129.91 + <tocitem text="Registering Modules" >
129.92 + <tocitem text="About the System Filesystem" target="apisupport_about_system_filesystem" />
129.93 + <tocitem text="About XML Layer Files" target="apisupport_about_xml_layers" />
129.94 + <tocitem text="Viewing the System Filesystem" target="apisupport_about-sfs-browser" />
129.95 + </tocitem>
129.96 + <tocitem text="Communicating Between Modules" >
129.97 + <tocitem text="About Communicating Between Modules" target="about_communicate" />
129.98 + <tocitem text="About Service Providers" target="about_service_providers" />
129.99 + </tocitem>
129.100 + <tocitem text="Building Modules">
129.101 + <tocitem text="About Building Modules" target="apisupport_building_plugins" />
129.102 + <tocitem text="About NBM Files" target="apisupport_about_nbm" />
129.103 + <tocitem text="Building an NBM File" target="apisupport_building_nbm" />
129.104 + </tocitem>
129.105 + <tocitem text="Trying Out Modules" >
129.106 + <tocitem text="Trying Out a Module" target="apisupport_install_targetplatform" />
129.107 + </tocitem>
129.108 + <tocitem text="Distributing Modules" >
129.109 + <tocitem text="About Distributing Modules" target="apisupport_distributing_plugins" />
129.110 + <tocitem text="About Update Centers" target="apisupport_about_update_centers" />
129.111 + <tocitem text="Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor" target="apisupport_generate_autoupdate_descriptor" />
129.112 + <tocitem text="Bundling an Update Center's URL" target="apisupport_create_update_center_declaration" />
129.113 + <tocitem text="Manually Registering an Update Center URL" target="apisupport_create_uc_manually" />
129.114 + </tocitem>
129.115 + <tocitem text="Branding Rich-Client Applications" >
129.116 + <tocitem text="About Branding a Rich-Client Application" target="apisupport_branding_plugins" />
129.117 + <tocitem text="Branding the Window System" target="apisupport_branding_window_system" />
129.118 + <tocitem text="Adding a Splash Screen" target="apisupport_creating_splash_screen" />
129.119 + <tocitem text="Removing Unwanted Modules" target="apisupport_remove_unwanted_modules" />
129.120 + </tocitem>
129.121 + <tocitem text="Distributing Rich-Client Applications" >
129.122 + <tocitem text="About Distributing Rich-Client Applications" target="apisupport_distributing_rich" />
129.123 + <tocitem text="Building a ZIP Distribution" target="apisupport_building_zip" />
129.124 + <tocitem text="Building a JNLP Application" target="apisupport_building_jnlp" />
129.125 + <tocitem text="Running a Rich-Client Application" target="apisupport_run_rich_client" />
129.126 + </tocitem>
129.127 + </tocitem>
129.128 +</toc>
130.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
130.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/nbmodules.hs Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
130.3 @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
130.4 +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1' ?>
130.5 +<!--
130.6 +* Copyright (c) 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
130.7 +
130.8 +Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
130.9 +Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
130.10 +* Use is subject to license terms.
130.11 +-->
130.12 +<!DOCTYPE helpset
130.13 + PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp HelpSet Version 2.0//EN"
130.14 + "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/helpset_2_0.dtd">
130.15 +<helpset version="2.0">
130.16 +
130.17 +
130.18 + <!-- title -->
130.19 + <title>NetBeans Modules Help</title>
130.20 +
130.21 + <!-- maps -->
130.22 + <maps>
130.23 + <homeID>nbmodule_about</homeID>
130.24 + <mapref location="nbmodule-map.xml"/>
130.25 + </maps>
130.26 +
130.27 + <!-- views -->
130.28 + <view>
130.29 + <name>TOC</name>
130.30 + <label>Table Of Contents</label>
130.31 + <type>javax.help.TOCView</type>
130.32 + <data>nbmodule-toc.xml</data>
130.33 + </view>
130.34 +
130.35 +
130.36 + <view>
130.37 + <name>Search</name>
130.38 + <label>Search</label>
130.39 + <type>javax.help.SearchView</type>
130.40 + <data engine="com.sun.java.help.search.DefaultSearchEngine">
130.41 + JavaHelpSearch
130.42 + </data>
130.43 + </view>
130.44 +
130.45 +</helpset>
131.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
131.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/package-info.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
131.3 @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
131.4 +/*
131.5 + * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
131.6 + *
131.7 + * Copyright 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
131.8 + *
131.9 + * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
131.10 + * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
131.11 + *
131.12 + * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
131.13 + * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
131.14 + * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
131.15 + * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
131.16 + * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
131.17 + * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
131.18 + * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
131.19 + * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
131.20 + * License. When distributing the software, include this License Header
131.21 + * Notice in each file and include the License file at
131.22 + * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
131.23 + * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
131.24 + * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
131.25 + * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
131.26 + * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
131.27 + * your own identifying information:
131.28 + * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
131.29 + *
131.30 + * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
131.31 + * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
131.32 + * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
131.33 + * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
131.34 + * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
131.35 + * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
131.36 + * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
131.37 + * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
131.38 + * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
131.39 + * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
131.40 + *
131.41 + * Contributor(s):
131.42 + *
131.43 + * Portions Copyrighted 2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
131.44 + */
131.45 +
131.46 +@HelpSetRegistration(helpSet="nbmodules.hs", position=2700)
131.47 +package org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.docs;
131.48 +
131.49 +import org.netbeans.api.javahelp.HelpSetRegistration;
132.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
132.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/register_plugin/apisupport_editing_xml_layer.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
132.3 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
132.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
132.5 +<!--
132.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
132.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
132.8 +> -->
132.9 +<html>
132.10 +<head>
132.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
132.12 +
132.13 + <title>Editing an XML Layer File</title>
132.14 + <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
132.15 +</head>
132.16 +
132.17 +<body>
132.18 + <h2>Editing an XML Layer File</h2>
132.19 + <p><small>
132.20 + <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
132.21 + </small></p>
132.22 + <p>When editing an XML layer file,
132.23 + you can use code completion (Ctr-Space) in the Source Editor. Alternatively, you
132.24 + can use nodes in a tree view—each node represents an item that a module
132.25 + makes available to the system.
132.26 +
132.27 + <p><b>To edit an XML layer file:</b>
132.28 + <ol>
132.29 + <li>In the Projects window, expand the Important Files node.
132.30 + <li>Expand the XML Layer node. After a moment, two subnodes appear:
132.31 + <ul>
132.32 + <li><b><this layer>.</b> The folders and files provided by the current module project's layer file.
132.33 + <li><b><this layer in context>.</b> All the folders and files provided by
132.34 + all the layer files in all modules available in the system.
132.35 + </ul>
132.36 + <li>Expand a subnode to explore the folders and files within it. When you right-click
132.37 + a subnode, you can, for example, rename it. You can also use actions such as "Cut", "Copy",
132.38 + and "Paste". In addition, you can drag a subnode and drop it elsewhere, to reorder a folder
132.39 + or a file. All of these actions
132.40 + will result in XML entries being added to your module project's layer file.</ol>
132.41 + <dl>
132.42 + <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
132.43 + <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
132.44 + <dd><a href="../about/about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
132.45 + <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
132.46 + <dd><a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
132.47 + <dd><a href="../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
132.48 + <dd><a href="../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
132.49 + </dl>
132.50 + <hr>
132.51 + <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
132.52 + <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
132.53 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
132.54 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
132.55 + <tr><td> </td></tr>
132.56 + </table>
132.57 +</body></html>
133.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
133.2 +++ b/apisupport.kit/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/tbd.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
133.3 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
133.4 +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
133.5 +<!--
133.6 + * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
133.7 + * Use is subject to license terms.
133.8 +> -->
133.9 +<html>
133.10 +<head>
133.11 +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
133.12 +
133.13 +<title>Coming Soon</title>
133.14 +<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../../usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
133.15 +</head>
133.16 +
133.17 +<body>
133.18 +<h2>Coming Soon</h2>
133.19 +<p>This feature is not documented yet.</p>
133.20 +<hr>
133.21 +<small><a href="credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
133.22 +</body></html>
134.1 --- a/apisupport.project/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
134.2 +++ b/apisupport.project/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
134.3 @@ -205,15 +205,6 @@
134.4 </run-dependency>
134.5 </dependency>
134.6 <dependency>
134.7 - <code-name-base>org.netbeans.modules.javahelp</code-name-base>
134.8 - <build-prerequisite/>
134.9 - <compile-dependency/>
134.10 - <run-dependency>
134.11 - <release-version>1</release-version>
134.12 - <specification-version>2.20</specification-version>
134.13 - </run-dependency>
134.14 - </dependency>
134.15 - <dependency>
134.16 <code-name-base>org.netbeans.modules.junit</code-name-base>
134.17 <run-dependency>
134.18 <release-version>2</release-version>
135.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/Bundle.properties Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
135.2 +++ b/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/Bundle.properties Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
135.3 @@ -48,13 +48,4 @@
135.4 extensions for NetBeans. Includes many wizards and other features. \
135.5 See Help | Contents for details, including recent changes.
135.6
135.7 -# NbModuleProject
135.8 -LBL_source_packages=Source Packages
135.9 -LBL_unit_test_packages=Unit Test Packages
135.10 -LBL_qa-functional_test_packages=Functional Test Packages
135.11 -LBL_javahelp_packages=JavaHelp
135.12 -# {0} - project directory
135.13 -NbModuleProject.too_new=This version of the IDE is too old to read metadata in {0}.
135.14 -MSG_cyclic_dep=Adding project {0} as dependency to {1} would introduce cyclic dependency! \
135.15 -Dependency was not added.
135.16 LayerResolver.xml=NetBeans XML Layers
136.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/NbModuleProject.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
136.2 +++ b/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/NbModuleProject.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
136.3 @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
136.4 import org.openide.util.ImageUtilities;
136.5 import org.openide.util.Lookup;
136.6 import org.openide.util.Mutex;
136.7 -import org.openide.util.NbBundle;
136.8 +import org.openide.util.NbBundle.Messages;
136.9 import org.w3c.dom.Element;
136.10 import org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.queries.AccessibilityQueryImpl;
136.11 import org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.queries.AnnotationProcessingQueryImpl;
136.12 @@ -136,6 +136,7 @@
136.13 import org.openide.util.lookup.AbstractLookup;
136.14 import org.openide.util.lookup.InstanceContent;
136.15 import org.openide.xml.XMLUtil;
136.16 +import static org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.Bundle.*;
136.17
136.18 /**
136.19 * A NetBeans module project.
136.20 @@ -177,12 +178,19 @@
136.21 PathCompletions.register();
136.22 }
136.23
136.24 + @Messages({
136.25 + "# {0} - project directory", "NbModuleProject.too_new=This version of the IDE is too old to read metadata in {0}.",
136.26 + "LBL_source_packages=Source Packages",
136.27 + "LBL_qa-functional_test_packages=Functional Test Packages",
136.28 + "LBL_unit_test_packages=Unit Test Packages",
136.29 + "LBL_javahelp_packages=JavaHelp"
136.30 + })
136.31 public NbModuleProject(AntProjectHelper helper) throws IOException {
136.32 AuxiliaryConfiguration aux = helper.createAuxiliaryConfiguration();
136.33 for (int v = 4; v < 10; v++) {
136.34 if (aux.getConfigurationFragment("data", "http://www.netbeans.org/ns/nb-module-project/" + v, true) != null) { // NOI18N
136.35 throw Exceptions.attachLocalizedMessage(new IOException("too new"), // NOI18N
136.36 - NbBundle.getMessage(NbModuleProject.class, "NbModuleProject.too_new", FileUtil.getFileDisplayName(helper.getProjectDirectory())));
136.37 + NbModuleProject_too_new(FileUtil.getFileDisplayName(helper.getProjectDirectory())));
136.38 }
136.39 }
136.40 this.helper = helper;
136.41 @@ -215,19 +223,19 @@
136.42 // (currently FOQ/SH do not support that)
136.43 sourcesHelper.sourceRoot("${src.dir}")// NOI18N
136.44 .hint(JavaProjectConstants.SOURCES_HINT_MAIN)
136.45 - .displayName(NbBundle.getMessage(NbModuleProject.class, "LBL_source_packages")).add() // as principal root
136.46 + .displayName(LBL_source_packages()).add() // as principal root
136.47 .type(JavaProjectConstants.SOURCES_TYPE_JAVA).add(); // as typed root
136.48 for (String type : supportedTestTypes(false)) {
136.49 sourcesHelper.sourceRoot("${test." + type + ".src.dir}")// NOI18N
136.50 .hint(JavaProjectConstants.SOURCES_HINT_TEST)
136.51 - .displayName(NbBundle.getMessage(NbModuleProject.class, "LBL_" + type + "_test_packages")).add() // as principal root
136.52 + .displayName(type.equals("qa-functional") ? LBL_qa_functional_test_packages() : LBL_unit_test_packages()).add() // as principal root
136.53 .type(JavaProjectConstants.SOURCES_TYPE_JAVA).add(); // as typed root
136.54 }
136.55 // XXX other principal source roots, as needed...
136.56 if (helper.resolveFileObject("javahelp/manifest.mf") == null) { // NOI18N
136.57 // Special hack for core - ignore core/javahelp
136.58 sourcesHelper.sourceRoot("javahelp").type(SOURCES_TYPE_JAVAHELP)
136.59 - .displayName(NbBundle.getMessage(NbModuleProject.class, "LBL_javahelp_packages")).add();
136.60 + .displayName(LBL_javahelp_packages()).add();
136.61 }
136.62 for (Map.Entry<FileObject,Element> entry : getExtraCompilationUnits().entrySet()) {
136.63 Element pkgrootEl = XMLUtil.findElement(entry.getValue(), "package-root", NbModuleProject.NAMESPACE_SHARED); // NOI18N
137.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/ProjectXMLManager.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
137.2 +++ b/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/ProjectXMLManager.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
137.3 @@ -74,6 +74,7 @@
137.4 import org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil;
137.5 import org.openide.util.Mutex.ExceptionAction;
137.6 import org.openide.util.MutexException;
137.7 +import org.openide.util.NbBundle.Messages;
137.8 import org.openide.xml.XMLUtil;
137.9 import org.w3c.dom.Document;
137.10 import org.w3c.dom.Element;
137.11 @@ -83,10 +84,10 @@
137.12 import org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.universe.TestModuleDependency;
137.13 import org.openide.filesystems.FileSystem;
137.14 import org.openide.util.Mutex;
137.15 -import org.openide.util.NbBundle;
137.16 import org.openide.util.Parameters;
137.17 import org.w3c.dom.Node;
137.18 import org.w3c.dom.NodeList;
137.19 +import static org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.Bundle.*;
137.20
137.21 /**
137.22 * Convenience class for managing project's <em>project.xml</em> file. You
137.23 @@ -408,6 +409,7 @@
137.24 * @return Localized warning message about introduced dependency cycle,
137.25 * <code>null</code> otherwise.
137.26 */
137.27 + @Messages({"# {0} - candidate project name", "# {1} - this project name", "MSG_cyclic_dep=Adding project {0} as dependency to {1} would introduce cyclic dependency! Dependency was not added."})
137.28 public String getDependencyCycleWarning(final Set<ModuleDependency> candidates) {
137.29 for (ModuleDependency md : candidates) {
137.30 File srcLoc = md.getModuleEntry().getSourceLocation();
137.31 @@ -435,7 +437,7 @@
137.32 } else {
137.33 String c = ProjectUtils.getInformation(candidate).getDisplayName();
137.34 String m = ProjectUtils.getInformation(project).getDisplayName();
137.35 - return NbBundle.getMessage(ProjectXMLManager.class, "MSG_cyclic_dep", c, m);
137.36 + return MSG_cyclic_dep(c, m);
137.37 }
137.38 }
137.39 }
138.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-nbm.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
138.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
138.3 @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
138.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
138.5 -<!--
138.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
138.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
138.8 -> -->
138.9 -<html>
138.10 -<head>
138.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
138.12 -
138.13 - <title>About NBM Files</title>
138.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
138.15 -</head>
138.16 -
138.17 -<body>
138.18 - <h2>About NBM Files</h2>
138.19 - <p><small>
138.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
138.21 - </small></p>
138.22 - An NBM file is a <a href="nbmodule-about.html">NetBeans module</a> packaged for delivery via the web.
138.23 - The principal differences between NBM files and module JAR files are:
138.24 - <ul><li>An NBM file can contain more than one JAR file—modules can package any libraries they use into their NBM file.
138.25 - <li>An NBM file contains metadata that NetBeans will use to display information about it in the Plugins manager,
138.26 - such as the manifest contents, the license, etc.
138.27 - <li>An NBM file may be <i>signed</i> for security purposes.</ul>
138.28 -
138.29 - <ul class="note"><li>NBM files are just ZIP files with a special extension. They use the JDK's mechanism
138.30 - for signing JAR files. Unless you are doing something unusual, you need not worry about the
138.31 - contents of an NBM file—just let the standard Ant build script for NBM creation take care of it for you.</ul>
138.32 -
138.33 -
138.34 -
138.35 - <dl>
138.36 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
138.37 -
138.38 - <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
138.39 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
138.40 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
138.41 - <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
138.42 - <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
138.43 - <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
138.44 - </dl>
138.45 - <hr>
138.46 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
138.47 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
138.48 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
138.49 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
138.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
138.51 - </table>
138.52 -</body></html>
139.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
139.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
139.3 @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
139.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
139.5 -<!--
139.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
139.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
139.8 -> -->
139.9 -<html>
139.10 -<head>
139.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
139.12 -
139.13 - <title>About the NetBeans Platform</title>
139.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
139.15 -</head>
139.16 -
139.17 -<body>
139.18 - <h2>About the NetBeans Platform</h2>
139.19 - <p><small>
139.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
139.21 - </small></p>
139.22 - <p>The NetBeans Platform provides an application's common requirements—such as menus,
139.23 - document management, and settings—right out of the box. Building an application "on top of
139.24 - NetBeans" means that, instead of writing applications from scratch, you only provide the parts
139.25 - of your application that the NetBeans Platform doesn't already have. At the end of the development
139.26 - cycle, you bundle your application with the NetBeans Platform, saving you time and energy and
139.27 - resulting in a solid, reliable application.
139.28 -
139.29 - <dl>
139.30 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
139.31 - <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
139.32 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
139.33 - <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
139.34 - <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
139.35 - <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
139.36 - </dl>
139.37 - <hr>
139.38 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
139.39 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
139.40 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
139.41 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
139.42 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
139.43 - </table>
139.44 -</body></html>
140.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-open-apis.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
140.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
140.3 @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
140.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
140.5 -<!--
140.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
140.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
140.8 -> -->
140.9 -<html>
140.10 -<head>
140.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
140.12 -
140.13 - <title>About the NetBeans APIs</title>
140.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
140.15 -</head>
140.16 -
140.17 -<body>
140.18 - <h2>About the NetBeans APIs</h2>
140.19 - <p><small>
140.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
140.21 - </small></p>
140.22 - <p>The NetBeans APIs are the public interfaces and classes which
140.23 - are available to module writers. They are divided into specific APIs
140.24 - for dealing with different types of functionality. The contents and
140.25 - behavior of the Java source packages and its subpackages, as specified
140.26 - in the NetBeans API List, are the NetBeans APIs.
140.27 -
140.28 - <p>After you <a href="../create_plugin/netbeans_api_javadoc.html">register</a> the NetBeans API sources and Javadoc, you can
140.29 - <a href="../create_plugin/using_netbeans_api_javadoc.html">refer to them</a> in the Source Editor, while developing NetBeans modules.
140.30 -
140.31 - <p>For the NetBeans API List, see:
140.32 - <p>
140.33 - <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
140.34 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/">
140.35 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/</u></html>">
140.36 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
140.37 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
140.38 - </object>
140.39 -
140.40 - <dl>
140.41 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
140.42 -
140.43 - <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
140.44 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
140.45 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
140.46 - <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
140.47 - <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
140.48 - <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
140.49 - </dl>
140.50 - <hr>
140.51 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
140.52 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
140.53 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
140.54 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
140.55 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
140.56 - </table>
140.57 -</body></html>
141.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-sfs-browser.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
141.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
141.3 @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
141.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
141.5 -<!--
141.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
141.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
141.8 -> -->
141.9 -<html>
141.10 -<head>
141.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
141.12 -
141.13 - <title>Viewing the System Filesystem</title>
141.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
141.15 -</head>
141.16 -
141.17 -<body>
141.18 - <h2>Viewing the System Filesystem</h2>
141.19 - <p><small>
141.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
141.21 - </small></p>
141.22 - The <a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">system filesystem</a> is the general registry
141.23 - for publicly accessible data and objects.
141.24 - It is a virtual filesystem that contains configuration information. <a href="about-xml-layers.html">Layer files</a>
141.25 - (<tt>layer.xml</tt>) define
141.26 - folders
141.27 - and files that will be merged into the system filesystem.
141.28 -
141.29 - <p><b>To view the system filesystem:</b>
141.30 - <ol>
141.31 - <li><a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">Create a module project</a>.
141.32 - <li>In the Projects window, expand the Important Files node.
141.33 - <li>Expand the XML Layer node. After a moment, two subnodes appear:
141.34 - <ul>
141.35 - <li><b><this layer>.</b> The folders and files provided by the current module project's layer file.
141.36 - <li><b><this layer in context>.</b> All the folders and files provided by
141.37 - all the layer files in all modules available in the system.
141.38 - </ul>
141.39 - <li>Expand a subnode to explore the folders and files within it. When you right-click
141.40 - a subnode, you can, for example, rename it. You can also use actions such as "Cut", "Copy",
141.41 - and "Paste". In addition, you can drag a subnode and drop it elsewhere, to reorder a folder
141.42 - or a file. All of these actions
141.43 - will result in XML entries being added to your module project's layer file.
141.44 -
141.45 - </ol>
141.46 -
141.47 -
141.48 - <dl>
141.49 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
141.50 -
141.51 - <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
141.52 - <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
141.53 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
141.54 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
141.55 - <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
141.56 - <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
141.57 - </dl>
141.58 - <hr>
141.59 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
141.60 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
141.61 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
141.62 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
141.63 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
141.64 - </table>
141.65 -</body></html>
142.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-xml-layers.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
142.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
142.3 @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
142.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
142.5 -<!--
142.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
142.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
142.8 -> -->
142.9 -<html>
142.10 -<head>
142.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
142.12 -
142.13 - <title>About XML Layer Files</title>
142.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
142.15 -</head>
142.16 -
142.17 -<body>
142.18 - <h2>About XML Layer Files</h2>
142.19 - <p><small>
142.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
142.21 - </small></p>
142.22 - <p>Layer files (<tt>layer.xml</tt>) are small XML files provided by modules,
142.23 - which define a virtual filesystem. The layer file defines folders
142.24 - and files that will be merged into the <a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">system filesystem</a> that
142.25 - makes up the runtime configuration information that the NetBeans Platform
142.26 - and its derivatives (such as the IDE) use.
142.27 -
142.28 - <p>Layer files help to make it possible for modules to be
142.29 - dynamically installed. The components of the IDE whose content is composed
142.30 - from folders in the system filesystem listen for changes
142.31 - in folders and files in a filesystem. If a module is added at
142.32 - runtime, the system filesystem fires changes; the user interface notices
142.33 - that the contents of the folder has changed and
142.34 - updates the user interface to reflect the changes.
142.35 -
142.36 - <p>If you created your module using a <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">module project template</a>,
142.37 - you may already have an XML layer in your module, and
142.38 - you can expand the node for it under
142.39 - Important Files in your module project to see and modify its contents.
142.40 - The way it is declared is simple:
142.41 -
142.42 - <ul><li>In your jar, provide the layer file, for example, com/foo/mymodule/resources/layer.xml
142.43 - <li>In your module's manifest, include the following line somewhere in the top section:
142.44 - <p><tt>OpenIDE-Module-Layer: com/foo/mymodule/resources/layer.xml</tt></ul>
142.45 -
142.46 - <p>Just as the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">module project template</a>
142.47 - provides a <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, so the <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">module file templates</a>
142.48 - provide the layer files's entries. For example, when you use a file template to
142.49 - create a new action or to have the IDE recognize a new file type, the IDE automatically registers the
142.50 - new items in the layer file.
142.51 -
142.52 - <p>You can use the System Filesystem Browser to tweak the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, or you
142.53 - can do so manually using code completion in the Source Editor.
142.54 -
142.55 -
142.56 - <dl>
142.57 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
142.58 -
142.59 - <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
142.60 - <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
142.61 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
142.62 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
142.63 - <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
142.64 - <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
142.65 - </dl>
142.66 - <hr>
142.67 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
142.68 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
142.69 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
142.70 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
142.71 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
142.72 - </table>
142.73 -</body></html>
143.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/modules_process.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
143.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
143.3 @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
143.4 - <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
143.5 - <!--
143.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
143.7 - * All rights reserved.
143.8 - * Use is subject to license terms.
143.9 - -->
143.10 - <html>
143.11 -<head>
143.12 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
143.13 - <title>Working with NetBeans Modules</title>
143.14 - <link rel="stylesheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
143.15 - </head>
143.16 - <body>
143.17 - <h2>Working with NetBeans Modules</h2>
143.18 - A NetBeans module is a set of Java classes written to interact with the
143.19 - <a href="about-open-apis.html">NetBeans APIs</a>, for extending the IDE or
143.20 - for creating your own application on the <a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
143.21 - <p>The following table outlines the development cycle of NetBeans modules, from creation to distribution.
143.22 - <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column contains each
143.23 - process step. The right column contains detail information to accomplish that process.">
143.24 - <tr valign="top">
143.25 - <td align="center"><img src="../images/circle1.gif" alt="Number one"><br>
143.26 - <b>Set up<br>the module</b></td>
143.27 - <td>
143.28 - <ol>
143.29 - <li>Begin creating your module by
143.30 - using the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">module
143.31 - project template</a>. </li>
143.32 - <li>Optionally, if the module will consist of
143.33 - a collection of module projects, use the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module_suite.html">module
143.34 - suite project template</a>. For example, the collection
143.35 - may make use of external JAR files. If this is the case, put the
143.36 - external JAR files on the module's classpath by using
143.37 - one or more <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_library_wrapper.html">library wrapper
143.38 - module project templates</a>.</li>
143.39 - </ol>
143.40 - </td>
143.41 - </tr>
143.42 -
143.43 - <tr>
143.44 - <td colspan="2">
143.45 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
143.46 - </td>
143.47 - </tr>
143.48 - <tr valign="top">
143.49 - <td align="center"><img src="../images/circle2.gif" alt="Number three"><br>
143.50 - <b>Develop<br>the module</b></td>
143.51 - <td>
143.52 - <ol>
143.53 - <li>Right-click a module project in the Projects window and choose New > Other.
143.54 - <li>In the New File wizard, choose the best <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">NetBeans API
143.55 - template</a> for
143.56 - your programming needs.
143.57 - <li>After using a wizard, double-click the file
143.58 - that you would like to edit. Use the Source Editor to edit the
143.59 - file.</li>
143.60 - <li>Refer to the <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
143.61 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/">
143.62 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>NetBeans API Javadoc</u></html>">
143.63 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
143.64 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
143.65 - </object>
143.66 - </ol>
143.67 - </td>
143.68 - </tr>
143.69 - <tr>
143.70 - <td colspan="2">
143.71 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
143.72 - </td>
143.73 - </tr>
143.74 -
143.75 -
143.76 - <tr valign="top">
143.77 - <td align="center">
143.78 - <img src="../images/circle3.gif" alt="Number 3"><br>
143.79 - <b>Build<br>the module</b>
143.80 - </td>
143.81 - <td>
143.82 -
143.83 - <ul>
143.84 - <li>Choose Build > Build
143.85 - Main Project or right-click any project and choose Build Project.
143.86 - </ul>
143.87 -
143.88 - </td>
143.89 - </tr>
143.90 - <tr>
143.91 - <td colspan="2">
143.92 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
143.93 - </td>
143.94 - </tr>
143.95 - <tr valign="top">
143.96 - <td align="center">
143.97 - <img src="../images/circle4.gif" alt="Number 4"><br>
143.98 - <b>Try out<br>the module</b>
143.99 - </td>
143.100 - <td>
143.101 - <ul>
143.102 - <li>Right-click a module project node and choose Run (later Reload in Target Platform)
143.103 - or Install/Reload in Development IDE to <a href="../distribute_plugin/install_targetplatform.html">try out</a> the module.</li>
143.104 - </ul>
143.105 - </td>
143.106 - </tr>
143.107 - <tr>
143.108 - <td colspan="2">
143.109 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
143.110 - </td>
143.111 - </tr>
143.112 - <tr valign="top">
143.113 - <td align="center"> <img src="../images/circle5.gif" alt="Number 5"><br>
143.114 - <b>Distribute<br>the module</b> </td>
143.115 - <td>
143.116 - <ol>
143.117 - <li>Right-click the module project and choose Create <a href="../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NBM</a>.
143.118 - <p>An NBM file is created. </li>
143.119 - <li>Distribute the NBM file for installation via the Plugins manager.</li>
143.120 -
143.121 -
143.122 - </ol>
143.123 - </td>
143.124 - </tr>
143.125 -
143.126 -
143.127 - </table>
143.128 -
143.129 - <hr>
143.130 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
143.131 - <table cellpadding="50" border="0">
143.132 - <tr>
143.133 - <td> </td>
143.134 - </tr>
143.135 - </table>
143.136 - </body>
143.137 -</html>
144.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/modules_quickref.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
144.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
144.3 @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
144.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
144.5 -<!--
144.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
144.7 - * All rights reserved.
144.8 - * Use is subject to license terms.
144.9 --->
144.10 -<html>
144.11 -<head>
144.12 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
144.13 -<title>Module and Rich-Client Application Tasks: Quick Reference</title>
144.14 -<link rel="stylesheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
144.15 -</head>
144.16 -
144.17 -<body>
144.18 -<h2>Module and Rich-Client Application Tasks: Quick Reference</h2>
144.19 -<p> This topic describes common tasks you can perform with module projects. For
144.20 - more detailed information, click the links in the right column. </p>
144.21 -
144.22 -<table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
144.23 - task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
144.24 - <tr valign="top">
144.25 - <th scope="col" align="left">To perform this task</th>
144.26 - <th scope="col" align="left">Follow these steps</th>
144.27 - </tr>
144.28 - <tr valign="top">
144.29 - <td> Create a project.</td>
144.30 - <td>
144.31 - <ol>
144.32 - <li>Choose File > New
144.33 - Project (Ctrl-Shift-N).</li>
144.34 - <li>Select the right <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">template</a> for your
144.35 - project. </li>
144.36 - </ol>
144.37 - </td>
144.38 - </tr>
144.39 -
144.40 - <tr valign="top">
144.41 - <td>Add a JAR file to a project's classpath.</td>
144.42 - <td>
144.43 - <ol>
144.44 - <li>Choose File > New Project
144.45 - (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
144.46 - <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select <a href="../csh/LibraryStartWizardPanel.html">Library Wrapper Module</a>.</li>
144.47 -
144.48 -<li>Follow the steps in the rest of the wizard.</li>
144.49 -</ol>
144.50 - </td>
144.51 - </tr>
144.52 - <tr valign="top">
144.53 - <td>Set up deployment dependencies between projects.</td>
144.54 - <td>
144.55 -
144.56 - <p>After making a Module Suite project,
144.57 - you can create module projects in it, or add existing module projects to it.
144.58 - Then you can set up dependencies among projects in the suite by using the
144.59 - Libraries panel of each project's Project Properties dialog box. You create
144.60 - a module suite project as follows:
144.61 -
144.62 - <ol>
144.63 - <li>Choose File > New Project
144.64 - (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
144.65 - <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select <a href="../csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite.html">Module Suite</a>.</li>
144.66 -
144.67 -<li>Follow the steps in the rest of the wizard.</li>
144.68 -</ol>
144.69 - </td>
144.70 - </tr>
144.71 - <tr valign="top">
144.72 - <td>Build a project.</td>
144.73 - <td>
144.74 - <ul>
144.75 -
144.76 - <li>Choose Build > Build
144.77 - Main Project (F11) or right-click any project node and choose Build
144.78 - Project. In addition, you can use the IDE
144.79 - to build the following:
144.80 - <ul><li><a href="../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NetBeans Module (<tt>.nbm</tt>) file</a>
144.81 - <li><a href="../build_plugin/building_zip.html">ZIP distribution</a>
144.82 - <li><a href="../build_plugin/building_jnlp.html">Java Web Start (<tt>.jnlp</tt>) file</a></ul></li>
144.83 - </ul>
144.84 - </td>
144.85 - </tr>
144.86 - <tr valign="top">
144.87 - <td>Clean a project.</td>
144.88 - <td>
144.89 - <ul>
144.90 - <li>Right-click the project node and choose Clean Project.</li>
144.91 - </ul>
144.92 - </td>
144.93 - </tr>
144.94 - <tr valign="top">
144.95 - <td>Run a project.</td>
144.96 - <td>
144.97 - <ul>
144.98 - <li>Choose Run > Run
144.99 - Main Project (F6) or right-click any project node and choose Run
144.100 - Project.
144.101 - </ul>
144.102 - </td>
144.103 - </tr>
144.104 - <tr valign="top">
144.105 - <td>Attach source code to libraries for debugging.</td>
144.106 - <td>
144.107 -
144.108 - <ol>
144.109 - <li>Choose Tools > Library
144.110 - Manager from the main window.</li>
144.111 - <li>If the JAR file is not already registered in the Library Manager,
144.112 - create a new library using the Add Library button.</li>
144.113 - <li>Select the library in the left panel of the Library Manager.</li>
144.114 - <li>In the Classpath tab, click Add JAR/Folder and specify the location
144.115 - of the JAR file containing the compiled class files.
144.116 - The JAR must be the copied version in the project's
144.117 - <tt>release/modules/ext/</tt> directory, not its original
144.118 - location that you picked it up from when creating the
144.119 - library wrapper project. A library can contain multiple
144.120 - JAR files.</li>
144.121 - <li>In the Sources tab, add the
144.122 - folder or archive file containing the source code. </li>
144.123 - </ol>
144.124 - </td>
144.125 - </tr>
144.126 - <tr valign="top">
144.127 - <td>Add Javadoc to a project.</td>
144.128 - <td>
144.129 - <ol>
144.130 - <li>Choose Tools > Library
144.131 - Manager from the main window.</li>
144.132 - <li>If the JAR file is not already registered in the Library Manager,
144.133 - register the JAR file as described above.</li>
144.134 - <li>In the Javadoc tab, click
144.135 - Add ZIP/Folder and specify the location of the Javadoc files.</li>
144.136 - </ol>
144.137 - </td>
144.138 - </tr>
144.139 - <tr valign="top">
144.140 - <td>Set the main project.</td>
144.141 - <td>
144.142 - <ul>
144.143 - <li>Right-click the project node and choose Set Main Project.</li>
144.144 - </ul>
144.145 - </td>
144.146 - </tr>
144.147 -</table>
144.148 -<hr>
144.149 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
144.150 -</body>
144.151 -</html>
145.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
145.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
145.3 @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
145.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
145.5 -<!--
145.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
145.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
145.8 -> -->
145.9 -<html>
145.10 -<head>
145.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
145.12 -
145.13 - <title>About the System Filesystem</title>
145.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
145.15 -</head>
145.16 -
145.17 -<body>
145.18 - <h2>About the System Filesystem</h2>
145.19 - <p><small>
145.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
145.21 - </small></p>
145.22 - The system filesystem is the central repository for configuration data in NetBeans.
145.23 - It is composed at runtime of a stack of <a href="about-xml-layers.html">XML layer files</a>
145.24 - supplied by modules in
145.25 - the system.
145.26 - It is a <i>virtual</i> filesystem that contains configuration information.
145.27 - NetBeans stores a wide variety of configuration information in the system filesystem. For example, the system filesystem
145.28 - contains a folder called <tt>Menu</tt>, which contains subfolders with names such as <tt>File</tt> and <tt>Edit</tt>.
145.29 - These subfolders contain files that represent Java classes which implement the actions that appear in
145.30 - the File and Edit menus.
145.31 -
145.32 -
145.33 - <p>When you create a module, you are free to create your own folders in the system
145.34 - filesystem to store data that relate to your module. You can also add objects
145.35 - to existing folders. One of the reasons
145.36 - to use the system filesystem is that it enables an application to be constructed piecemeal
145.37 - from pluggable components (modules) without requiring the use of a monolithic "master controller" that knows about everything.
145.38 - <p>One important aspect of a NetBeans virtual filesystem is that it can fire events to notify the rest of
145.39 - the system when something in it changes. NetBeans listens for changes in the system filesystem, and if,
145.40 - for example, something creates a new object in one of the menu folders, that new item will appear in the menu.
145.41 -
145.42 -
145.43 - <dl>
145.44 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
145.45 -
145.46 - <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
145.47 - <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
145.48 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
145.49 - <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
145.50 - <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
145.51 - <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
145.52 - </dl>
145.53 -
145.54 -
145.55 - <hr>
145.56 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
145.57 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
145.58 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
145.59 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
145.60 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
145.61 - </table>
145.62 -</body></html>
146.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/nbmodule-about.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
146.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
146.3 @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
146.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
146.5 -<!--
146.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
146.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
146.8 -> -->
146.9 -<html>
146.10 -<head>
146.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
146.12 -
146.13 - <title>About NetBeans Modules</title>
146.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
146.15 -</head>
146.16 -
146.17 -<body>
146.18 - <h2>About NetBeans Modules</h2>
146.19 - <p><small>
146.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
146.21 - </small></p>
146.22 - <p>A NetBeans module is a Java archive file which contains Java classes written to interact with the
146.23 - <a href="about-open-apis.html">NetBeans APIs</a>.
146.24 - A module identifies
146.25 - itself as a module by an entry in its <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file.
146.26 - NetBeans modules are packaged as NBM files (<tt>.nbm</tt> extension) for non-installer
146.27 - distribution, usually via the Plugins manager under the Tools menu.
146.28 - <p>NetBeans modules are written with one of two aims in mind:
146.29 - <ul>
146.30 - <li><b>Extending the IDE.</b> You can very easily generate skeleton
146.31 - code for extending the IDE's functionality with
146.32 - new features. For example, you can use the skeleton code to write modules that make your favorite cutting-edge
146.33 - technologies available to the NetBeans IDE. Or, if you miss some functionality in the IDE, you
146.34 - can add it yourself, by using the skeleton code to
146.35 - write a module that provides the desired functionality.
146.36 - <li><b>Building a rich-client application.</b> You can use the core of the IDE as a platform on
146.37 - top of which you develop standalone desktop applications. The core of the IDE is a separate product
146.38 - called the <a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>. By basing your application on the NetBeans Platform,
146.39 - you can save a lot of development time, because you can
146.40 - reuse the platform's existing features such as menus, toolbars, and windowing systems.
146.41 -
146.42 - <ul class="note"><li>Even though it is a separate product, there is little need to download the NetBeans Platform separately—you can develop
146.43 - the rich-client application in the IDE and then exclude the modules that are specific
146.44 - to the IDE but that are superfluous to your application. Only when
146.45 - you want to use a different <i>version</i> of the platform than is included in the IDE,
146.46 - does it make sense to download the NetBeans Platform and install
146.47 - the modules that define the application into it.</ul>
146.48 -
146.49 -
146.50 - </ul>
146.51 -
146.52 -
146.53 -
146.54 -
146.55 - <dl>
146.56 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
146.57 -
146.58 - <dd><a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
146.59 - <dd><a href="about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
146.60 - <dd><a href="nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
146.61 - <dd><a href="about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
146.62 - <dd><a href="modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
146.63 - <dd><a href="modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
146.64 - </dl>
146.65 - <hr>
146.66 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
146.67 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
146.68 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
146.69 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
146.70 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
146.71 - </table>
146.72 -</body></html>
147.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/richclientapp_process.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
147.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
147.3 @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
147.4 -
147.5 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
147.6 -<!--
147.7 -* Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
147.8 -* All rights reserved.
147.9 -* Use is subject to license terms.
147.10 --->
147.11 -<html>
147.12 - <head>
147.13 - <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
147.14 - <title>Working with Rich-Client Applications</title>
147.15 - <link rel="stylesheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
147.16 - </head>
147.17 - <body>
147.18 - <h2>Working with Rich-Client Applications</h2>
147.19 - A rich-client application is a complete,
147.20 - functioning, standalone Swing application,
147.21 - built on top of the <a href="about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
147.22 - <p>The following table outlines the development cycle of rich-client applications, from creation to distribution.
147.23 - <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column contains each
147.24 - process step. The right column contains detail information to accomplish that process.">
147.25 -
147.26 - <tr valign="top">
147.27 - <td align="center"><img src="../images/circle1.gif" alt="Number one"><br>
147.28 - <b>Set up<br>the application</b></td>
147.29 - <td>
147.30 - <ol>
147.31 - <li>Begin creating your application by
147.32 - using the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_platform_app.html">NetBeans
147.33 - Platform application project template</a>. </li>
147.34 - <li>Optionally, before going further, brand the application by providing
147.35 - a splash screen and other external customizations, as described in step 6
147.36 - below.
147.37 - </li>
147.38 - </ol>
147.39 - </td>
147.40 - </tr>
147.41 -
147.42 - <tr>
147.43 - <td colspan="2">
147.44 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
147.45 - </td>
147.46 - </tr>
147.47 - <tr valign="top">
147.48 - <td align="center"><img src="../images/circle2.gif" alt="Number three"><br>
147.49 - <b>Develop<br>the application</b></td>
147.50 - <td>
147.51 - <ol><li>Begin creating each distinct part of your application
147.52 - by using the <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html">module
147.53 - project template</a>. </li>
147.54 - <li>Right-click a module project in the Projects window and choose New > Other.
147.55 - <li>In the New File wizard, choose the best <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">NetBeans API
147.56 - template</a> for
147.57 - your programming needs.
147.58 - <li>After using a wizard, double-click the file
147.59 - that you would like to edit. Use the Source Editor to edit the
147.60 - file.</li>
147.61 - <li>Refer to the <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
147.62 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/">
147.63 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>NetBeans API Javadoc</u></html>">
147.64 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
147.65 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
147.66 - </object>
147.67 - </ol>
147.68 - </td>
147.69 - </tr>
147.70 -
147.71 -
147.72 - <tr>
147.73 - <td colspan="2">
147.74 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
147.75 - </td>
147.76 - </tr>
147.77 - <tr valign="top">
147.78 - <td align="center">
147.79 - <img src="../images/circle3.gif" alt="Number 3"><br>
147.80 - <b>Build<br>the application</b>
147.81 - </td>
147.82 - <td>
147.83 -
147.84 - <ul>
147.85 - <li>Choose Build > Build
147.86 - Main Project or right-click any project and choose Build Project.
147.87 - </ul>
147.88 -
147.89 - </td>
147.90 - </tr>
147.91 - <tr>
147.92 - <td colspan="2">
147.93 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
147.94 - </td>
147.95 - </tr>
147.96 - <tr valign="top">
147.97 - <td align="center">
147.98 - <img src="../images/circle4.gif" alt="Number 4"><br>
147.99 - <b>Try out<br>the application</b>
147.100 - </td>
147.101 - <td>
147.102 - <ul>
147.103 - <li>Right-click the application project node and choose Run Project.</li>
147.104 - </ul>
147.105 - </td>
147.106 - </tr>
147.107 - <tr>
147.108 - <td colspan="2">
147.109 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
147.110 - </td>
147.111 - </tr>
147.112 -
147.113 - <tr valign="top">
147.114 - <td align="center"> <img src="../images/circle5.gif" alt="Number 5"><br>
147.115 - <b>Brand<br>the application</b> </td>
147.116 - <td>
147.117 - <ul><li>Right-click the application node in the Projects
147.118 - window and choose Properties. Use the Application panel
147.119 - to brand the name of the application launcher.
147.120 - <li>Right-click the application node again, choose Branding,
147.121 - and then use the tabs Basic, Splash Screen, Window System,
147.122 - and Resource Bundles to brand these details of the application.
147.123 - </ul>
147.124 - </td>
147.125 - </tr>
147.126 -
147.127 - <tr>
147.128 - <td colspan="2">
147.129 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
147.130 - </td>
147.131 - </tr>
147.132 -
147.133 - <tr valign="top">
147.134 - <td align="center"> <img src="../images/circle6.gif" alt="Number 6"><br>
147.135 - <b>Distribute<br>the application</b> </td>
147.136 - <td>
147.137 - You can distribute the application in one or both of the following ways:
147.138 - <ul><li>Create a ZIP Distribution</li>
147.139 - <ul><li>Right-click the application project and choose <a href="../build_plugin/building_zip.html">Package as | ZIP Distribution</a>.
147.140 - <p>The application's executable and its clusters are packaged in a ZIP distribution.
147.141 - <li>Distribute the ZIP file.</ul>
147.142 - <li>Create a JNLP Application</li>
147.143 - <ul><li>Right-click the application project and choose <a href="../build_plugin/building_jnlp.html">JNLP | Build</a>.
147.144 - <p>The application's JNLP files are created.
147.145 - <li>Put the JNLP application on a server.</ul>
147.146 - <li>Create an Installer</li>
147.147 - <ul><li>Right-click the application project and choose Project Properties.
147.148 - <p>In the Installer panel, specify the installers
147.149 - you would like to create.
147.150 - <li>Close the Project Properties dialog, right-click the
147.151 - application project and choose Package as | Installers.
147.152 - The installers are created in the application
147.153 - 'dist' folder, visible in the Files window (Ctrl-2).</ul>
147.154 - </ul>
147.155 - </td>
147.156 - </tr>
147.157 - <tr>
147.158 - <td colspan="2">
147.159 - <hr align="center" width="80%">
147.160 - </td>
147.161 - </tr>
147.162 - <tr valign="top">
147.163 - <td align="center"> <img src="../images/circle7.gif" alt="Number 7"><br>
147.164 - <b>Distribute<br>updates to the application</b> </td>
147.165 - <td>
147.166 - <ol>
147.167 - <li>Right-click the application project and choose Create <a href="../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NBMs</a>.
147.168 - <p>An NBM file is created for each module project in the application project. In addition,
147.169 - an <a href="../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">autoupdate descriptor</a> is created.
147.170 - <li>Distribute the NBM file for installation via the Plugins manager.
147.171 -
147.172 -
147.173 - </ol>
147.174 - </td>
147.175 - </tr>
147.176 - </table>
147.177 -
147.178 - <hr>
147.179 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
147.180 - <table cellpadding="50" border="0">
147.181 - <tr>
147.182 - <td> </td>
147.183 - </tr>
147.184 - </table>
147.185 - </body>
147.186 -</html>
148.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/build_plugin/building_jnlp.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
148.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
148.3 @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
148.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
148.5 -<!--
148.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
148.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
148.8 -> -->
148.9 -<html>
148.10 -<head>
148.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
148.12 -
148.13 - <title>Building a JNLP Application</title>
148.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
148.15 -</head>
148.16 -
148.17 -<body>
148.18 - <h2>Building a JNLP Application</h2>
148.19 - <p><small>
148.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
148.21 - </small></p>
148.22 -
148.23 - <p>Java Web Start is a helper application that becomes associated with a Web browser.
148.24 - When a user clicks on a link that points to a special launch file (JNLP file),
148.25 - it causes the browser to launch Java Web Start, which then automatically downloads,
148.26 - caches, and runs the given Java Technology-based application. The entire
148.27 - process is typically completed without requiring any user interaction, except for the initial single click.
148.28 - <p><b>To build a JNLP application:</b>
148.29 -
148.30 - <ol><li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the module
148.31 - suite project you want to build.
148.32 - <li>Choose JNLP | Build.
148.33 -
148.34 - <p>Depending on whether you have set up the module suite project
148.35 - as a standalone application, do the following:
148.36 -
148.37 - <ul><li>If you have already set up the module suite project as
148.38 - a standalone project, the IDE builds a <tt>jnlp</tt> folder
148.39 - in your <tt>build</tt> folder and adds a <tt>master.jnlp</tt>
148.40 - file in your main project folder. Open the Files window to
148.41 - see the JNLP file and the folder within the <tt>build</tt> folder.</li>
148.42 -
148.43 - <li>If you have not set up the module suite project as a standalone
148.44 - application, the IDE will not be able to build the JNLP
148.45 - application. The IDE will tell you this by means of
148.46 - a dialog box.
148.47 - <ul>
148.48 - <li>Click Configure Application in the dialog box. The
148.49 - Project Properties dialog box opens. Click Build.
148.50 - <li>Select the Create Standalone Application radiobutton. Click OK.
148.51 - <li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the module
148.52 - suite project you want to build.
148.53 - <li>Choose Build JNLP Application.
148.54 - <p>The IDE builds a <tt>jnlp</tt> folder
148.55 - in your <tt>build</tt> folder and adds a <tt>master.jnlp</tt>
148.56 - file in your main project folder. Open the Files window to
148.57 - see the JNLP file and the folder within the <tt>build</tt> folder.
148.58 - </ul></li>
148.59 - </ul>
148.60 - </ol>
148.61 -
148.62 - <dl>
148.63 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
148.64 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
148.65 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
148.66 - <dd> <a href="building_zip.html">Building a ZIP Distribution</a></dd>
148.67 - <dd><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
148.68 - <param name="content" value="Java Web Start Technology main page">
148.69 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://java.sun.com/products/javawebstart/index.jsp</u></html>">
148.70 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
148.71 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
148.72 - </object></dd>
148.73 -
148.74 - </dl>
148.75 - <hr>
148.76 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
148.77 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
148.78 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
148.79 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
148.80 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
148.81 - </table>
148.82 -</body></html>
149.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/build_plugin/building_nbm.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
149.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
149.3 @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
149.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
149.5 -<!--
149.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
149.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
149.8 -> -->
149.9 -<html>
149.10 -<head>
149.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
149.12 -
149.13 - <title>Building an NBM File</title>
149.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
149.15 -</head>
149.16 -
149.17 -<body>
149.18 - <h2>Building an NBM File</h2>
149.19 - <p><small>
149.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
149.21 - </small></p>
149.22 - <p>An <a href="../about/about-nbm.html">NBM file</a>
149.23 - is a NetBeans module in binary format,
149.24 - packaged for delivery via the web.
149.25 -
149.26 - <p><b>To build an NBM file:</b>
149.27 -
149.28 - <ol><li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the
149.29 - module project you want to build.
149.30 - <li>Choose Create NBM.</ol>
149.31 -
149.32 - <p><b>To build all NBM files in a module suite:</b>
149.33 -
149.34 - <ol><li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the
149.35 - module suite project you want to build.
149.36 - <li>Choose Create NBMs.</ol>
149.37 -
149.38 - <ul class="note"><li>When you choose Create NBMs in
149.39 - a module suite's contextual menu, an autoupdate
149.40 - descriptor is generated by the IDE. The autoupdate descriptor
149.41 - describes all the NBM files. When you put the autoupdate
149.42 - descriptor on a server, your users can access it and retrieve
149.43 - your NBM files via the autoupdate descriptor. For details, see
149.44 - <a href="../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</a>.</ul>
149.45 -
149.46 -
149.47 -
149.48 -
149.49 - <dl>
149.50 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
149.51 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
149.52 - <dd> <a href="building_plugins.html">Building a Module</a></dd>
149.53 -
149.54 - </dl>
149.55 - <hr>
149.56 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
149.57 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
149.58 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
149.59 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
149.60 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
149.61 - </table>
149.62 -</body></html>
150.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/build_plugin/building_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
150.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
150.3 @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
150.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
150.5 -<!--
150.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
150.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
150.8 -> -->
150.9 -<html>
150.10 - <head>
150.11 - <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
150.12 -
150.13 - <title>About Building Modules</title>
150.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
150.15 - </head>
150.16 -
150.17 - <body>
150.18 - <h2>About Building Modules</h2>
150.19 -
150.20 - <p><small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small></p>
150.21 -
150.22 - <p>The IDE uses an Ant build script to build your modules. The IDE generates the build
150.23 - script based on the options you enter in the project's Project Properties dialog box.
150.24 - You can set the module's dependencies, versioning, and packaging information in the
150.25 - Project Properties dialog box. You can further customize program execution by editing
150.26 - the Ant script and Ant properties for the project.</p>
150.27 -
150.28 - <p>You can customize the build process by doing any of the following:</p>
150.29 -
150.30 - <ul>
150.31 - <li>Enter basic options, like module dependencies, packaging settings and versioning
150.32 - information in the Project Properties dialog box.</li>
150.33 - <li>Customize the IDE-generated Ant targets or create new targets in <tt>build.xml</tt>.</li>
150.34 - </ul>
150.35 -
150.36 - <p><b>To build a module:</b>
150.37 -
150.38 - <ol>
150.39 - <li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the module project you want to build.</li>
150.40 - <li>Choose Build Project.</li>
150.41 - </ol>
150.42 -
150.43 - <p>To build all the modules belonging to a module suite project, right-click the module suite project
150.44 - and choose Build All.</p>
150.45 -
150.46 - <ul class="note">
150.47 - <li>If the IDE does not support your desired build process, see the <tt>harness/README</tt> file.
150.48 - This README file contains detailed descriptions of various file layouts and how to edit them.</li>
150.49 - </ul>
150.50 -
150.51 - <dl>
150.52 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
150.53 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
150.54 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
150.55 - <dd><a href="building_jnlp.html">Building a JNLP Application</a></dd>
150.56 - <dd><a href="building_nbm.html">Building an NBM File</a></dd>
150.57 - <dd><a href="building_zip.html">Building a ZIP Distribution</a></dd>
150.58 - </dl>
150.59 -
150.60 - <hr>
150.61 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
150.62 -
150.63 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
150.64 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
150.65 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
150.66 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
150.67 - </table>
150.68 - </body>
150.69 -</html>
150.70 \ No newline at end of file
151.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/build_plugin/building_zip.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
151.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
151.3 @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
151.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
151.5 -<!--
151.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
151.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
151.8 -> -->
151.9 -<html>
151.10 -<head>
151.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
151.12 -
151.13 - <title>Building a ZIP Distribution</title>
151.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
151.15 -</head>
151.16 -
151.17 -<body>
151.18 - <h2>Building a ZIP Distribution</h2>
151.19 -<p><small>
151.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
151.21 -</small></p>
151.22 -
151.23 -Once your rich-client application is complete, one way to distribute it is via a ZIP file. The IDE
151.24 - can create the ZIP file for you, containing the application.
151.25 -
151.26 -<p><b>To build a ZIP distribution:</b>
151.27 -
151.28 -<ol><li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the application.
151.29 - <li>Choose Package as | ZIP Distribution.</ol>
151.30 -
151.31 -<dl>
151.32 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
151.33 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
151.34 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
151.35 - <dd> <a href="building_jnlp.html">Building a JNLP Application</a></dd>
151.36 -</dl>
151.37 -<hr>
151.38 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
151.39 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
151.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
151.41 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
151.42 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
151.43 -</table>
151.44 -</body></html>
152.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/communicate_plugin/about_communicate.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
152.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
152.3 @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
152.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
152.5 -<!--
152.6 - * Copyright © 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
152.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
152.8 -> -->
152.9 -<html>
152.10 -<head>
152.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
152.12 -
152.13 - <title>About Communicating Between Modules</title>
152.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
152.15 -</head>
152.16 -
152.17 -<body>
152.18 -<h2>About Communicating Between Modules</h2>
152.19 -<p><small>
152.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
152.21 -</small></p>
152.22 -
152.23 -<p>For registration
152.24 - and discovery of any kind of interface or class,
152.25 - in any module within the system,
152.26 - the NetBeans Platform supports two uniformly
152.27 - suitable solutions:
152.28 -
152.29 - <ul>
152.30 - <li><b><tt>Lookup</tt>.</b> One of the most fundamental classes in the
152.31 - NetBeans APIs is <tt>org.openide.util.Lookup</tt>.
152.32 - <li><b><tt>ServiceLoader</tt>.</b> This is the new
152.33 - <tt>java.util.ServiceLoader</tt> class, introduced in JDK 1.6, and
152.34 - described in <a href="about_service_providers.html">About Service Providers</a>.
152.35 - </ul>
152.36 -
152.37 - <p>Factors that might determine which approach to take:
152.38 - <ul>
152.39 - <li><p>
152.40 - <tt>Lookup</tt> is available in versions for older JDKs and
152.41 - thus you can use it as a replacement of <tt>ServiceLoader</tt>
152.42 - when running on JDKs older than 1.6.
152.43 - </p></li>
152.44 - <li><p>
152.45 - <tt>Lookup</tt> is ready to work inside of the NetBeans
152.46 - runtime container. It knows how to discover all the modules
152.47 - in the system, how to effectively read its defined services, etc.
152.48 - </p></li>
152.49 - <li><p>
152.50 - <tt>Lookup</tt> supports listeners. Client code can attach a
152.51 - listener and observe changes in lookup content. This is a necessary
152.52 - improvement to adapt to the dynamic environment created by the NetBeans
152.53 - runtime container, where modules can be enabled or disabled at runtime,
152.54 - which in turn can affect the set of
152.55 - registered service providers.
152.56 - </p></li>
152.57 - <li><p>
152.58 - <tt>Lookup</tt> is extensible and replaceable. While the
152.59 - <tt>ServiceLoader</tt> class in JDK 1.6 is a final class with
152.60 - hard-coded behavior, the NetBeans <tt>Lookup</tt> is an extensible class
152.61 - that allows various implementations. This can be useful while
152.62 - writing unit tests. Or you can write an enhanced version of
152.63 - lookup that not only reads <tt>META-INF/services</tt> but,
152.64 - for example, finds the requested service providers around the
152.65 - Internet, etc.
152.66 - </p></li>
152.67 - <li><p>
152.68 - <tt>Lookup</tt> is a general purpose abstraction. While the
152.69 - JDK's <tt>ServiceLoader</tt> can de-facto have just one instance
152.70 - per classloader, there can be thousands of independent <tt>Lookup</tt>
152.71 - instances, each representing a single place to query
152.72 - services and interfaces. In fact this is exactly the way
152.73 - <tt>Lookup</tt> is used in NetBeans—it represents the <i>context</i>
152.74 - of each dialog, window element, node in a tree, etc.
152.75 - </p></li>
152.76 - </ul>
152.77 -
152.78 - <p>For a four-part tutorial
152.79 - series that covers Lookup,
152.80 - see:
152.81 -
152.82 - <p><object classid="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
152.83 - <param name="content" value="http://platform.netbeans.org/tutorials/60/nbm-selection-1.html">
152.84 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>NetBeans Selection Management Tutorial—Using a TopComponent's Lookup</u></html>">
152.85 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
152.86 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
152.87 - </object>
152.88 -
152.89 -
152.90 -
152.91 -</p>
152.92 -
152.93 -<dl>
152.94 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
152.95 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
152.96 - <dd><a href="about_service_providers.html">About Service Providers</a></dd>
152.97 -</dl>
152.98 -<hr>
152.99 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
152.100 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
152.101 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
152.102 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
152.103 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
152.104 -</table>
152.105 -</body></html>
153.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/communicate_plugin/about_service_providers.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
153.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
153.3 @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
153.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
153.5 -<!--
153.6 - * Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
153.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
153.8 -> -->
153.9 -<html>
153.10 -<head>
153.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
153.12 -
153.13 - <title>About Service Providers</title>
153.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
153.15 -</head>
153.16 -
153.17 -<body>
153.18 - <h2>About Service Providers</h2>
153.19 - <p><small>
153.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
153.21 - </small></p>
153.22 -
153.23 - <p>
153.24 - In version 1.3, the JDK started to use a concept called <i>service providers</i>.
153.25 - This concept introduces a completely declarative style of registration, which
153.26 - is based just on the current classpath of a Java virtual machine
153.27 - and nothing else. This has an important advantage greatly
153.28 - contributing to the ease of use of this registration style: in order
153.29 - to change the set of registered providers, just pick up a JAR file
153.30 - that offers such a provider and include it in application classpath.
153.31 - Immediately its provider will be accessible to all code that searches
153.32 - for it.
153.33 - </p>
153.34 -
153.35 - <p>
153.36 - The basic idea is that each JAR file (in NetBeans terminology, each module)
153.37 - that wishes to provide an implementation of some interface, for
153.38 - example <tt>javax.xml.parsers.DocumentBuilderFactory</tt>,
153.39 - can create its own implementation of the interface, say
153.40 - <tt>org.sakson.MyFactory</tt>, and expose it to the system as
153.41 - a <i>service</i> by creating a
153.42 - <tt>META-INF/services/javax.xml.parsers.DocumentBuilderFactory</tt>
153.43 - file inside of its own JAR file. The file then contains a name
153.44 - of the implementation class per line. In this example it would contain
153.45 - one line registering the sakson factory: <tt>org.sakson.MyFactory</tt>.
153.46 - </p>
153.47 -
153.48 - <p>
153.49 - The <tt>DocumentBuilderFactory.newInstance</tt> method then searches
153.50 - for all <tt>META-INF/services/javax.xml.parsers.DocumentBuilderFactory</tt>
153.51 - files by using
153.52 - <tt>ClassLoader.getResources("META-INF/services/javax.xml.parsers.DocumentBuilderFactory")</tt>,
153.53 - reads their content, and instantiates the class(es) found there by
153.54 - calling their default constructors. The first implementation of the
153.55 - <tt>DocumentBuilderFactory</tt> is then returned from the <tt>newInstance</tt>
153.56 - method.
153.57 - </p>
153.58 -
153.59 - <p>
153.60 - While you can manually create the registration of a service in your module,
153.61 - usually you will use the <code>org.openide.util.lookup.ServiceProvider</code> annotation,
153.62 - which creates such a registration for you automatically.
153.63 - </p>
153.64 -
153.65 - <p>
153.66 - As already mentioned, this style has been in place since JDK 1.3 and is a
153.67 - standard way to deal with service providers. Not only has NetBeans adopted this style,
153.68 - it is also gaining in popularity among other Java developers. As a result,
153.69 - JDK 1.6 has introduced the new utility class
153.70 - <classname>java.util.ServiceLoader</classname>.</p>
153.71 -
153.72 -
153.73 -<dl>
153.74 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
153.75 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
153.76 - <dd><a href="about_communicate.html">About Communicating Between Modules</a></dd>
153.77 -</dl>
153.78 -
153.79 - <hr>
153.80 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
153.81 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
153.82 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
153.83 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
153.84 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
153.85 - </table>
153.86 -</body></html>
154.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/about_create.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
154.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
154.3 @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
154.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
154.5 -<!--
154.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
154.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
154.8 -> -->
154.9 -<html>
154.10 -<head>
154.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
154.12 -
154.13 - <title>About Setting Up Modules</title>
154.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
154.15 -</head>
154.16 -<body>
154.17 - <h2>About Setting Up Modules</h2>
154.18 -<p><small>
154.19 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
154.20 -</small></p>
154.21 -
154.22 -<p>The IDE contains a set of standard project templates and file templates for setting up modules.
154.23 - The standard distribution of the IDE contains the following module project templates:
154.24 -
154.25 -
154.26 - <ul>
154.27 -<li><b><img src="../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Module.</b>
154.28 -Use a module project as the place where you code your module. </li>
154.29 -<li><b><img src="../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Library Wrapper Module icon"> Library Wrapper Module.</b>
154.30 -Use library wrapper module projects to put one or more library JAR files on a module's classpath.
154.31 -</li>
154.32 -<li><b><img src="../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module Suite icon"> Module Suite.</b>
154.33 -Use a module suite project to group and deploy a set of interdependent module projects and library wrapper
154.34 - module projects.
154.35 -</li>
154.36 -<li><b><img src="../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Application icon"> NetBeans Platform Application.</b>
154.37 -Use a NetBeans Platform Application project as the skeleton framework as the starting
154.38 - point of your own applications.
154.39 -</li>
154.40 -</ul>
154.41 -<p>For details, see <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">About Module Project Templates</a>.
154.42 -<p>The standard distribution of the IDE contains the following module file templates:
154.43 -
154.44 -<ul>
154.45 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newAction.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Action icon"> Action.</b>
154.46 -Creates an action that can be invoked from a menu item, pop-up menu, toolbar button, or keyboard shortcut.</li>
154.47 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newCodeGenerator.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Code Generator icon"> Code Generator.</b>
154.48 -Creates a new menu item in the Insert Code popup in the editor of your choice.</li>
154.49 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newLoader.png" width="16" height="16" alt="File Type icon"> File Type.</b>
154.50 -Lets the IDE recognize a new file type.</li>
154.51 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/libraries.gif" width="16" height="16" alt="Java SE Library Descriptor icon"> Java SE Library Descriptor.</b>
154.52 -Adds a new class library to the Library Manager of the user's IDE.
154.53 -
154.54 -<li> <b><img src="../../ui/resources/newJavaHelp.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Help icon"> JavaHelp Help Set.</b> Creates all the files needed for building a JavaHelp help set.
154.55 -</li>
154.56 -
154.57 -<li><b><img src="../../resources/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Installer/Activator.</b> Creates a ModuleInstall class for a NetBeans module or a BundleActivator for OSGi bundles.
154.58 -
154.59 -</li>
154.60 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newOptions.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Options icon"> Options Panel.</b>
154.61 -Adds a new panel to the Options window.</li>
154.62 -
154.63 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newProject.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Project Template icon"> Project Template.</b>
154.64 -Adds a new template to the New Project wizard.</li>
154.65 -
154.66 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newQuickSearch.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Quick Search icon"> Quick Search Provider.</b>
154.67 -Creates a new entry in the Quick Search field.</li>
154.68 -<li> <b><img src="../../ui/resources/newUpdateCenter.png" width="16" height="16" alt="UC icon"> Update Center.</b> Registers an update center in the Plugins manager. As a result,
154.69 - the user does not need to manually register the Update Center via the Plugins manager.</li>
154.70 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newTC.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Window icon"> Window Component.</b>
154.71 -Creates a new window with an Open action invoked from a menu item.</li>
154.72 -<li><b><img src="../../ui/resources/newWizard.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Window icon"> Wizard.</b>
154.73 -Creates a new wizard for creating, for example, new files in the IDE.</li>
154.74 -</ul>
154.75 -<p>Some of the file templates are used to kickstart your work
154.76 - with the NetBeans APIs. Other file templates are used for bundling
154.77 - supporting items, such as project samples and JavaHelp help sets,
154.78 - with your modules.
154.79 - For details, see <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">About Generating Skeleton API Implementations</a>
154.80 - and <a href="../create_plugin/libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">About Bundling Supporting Items</a>.
154.81 -
154.82 -
154.83 -<dl>
154.84 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
154.85 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
154.86 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
154.87 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
154.88 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
154.89 - <dd><a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
154.90 - <dd><a href="../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
154.91 -<dd><a href="../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
154.92 -</dl>
154.93 -
154.94 -<hr>
154.95 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
154.96 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
154.97 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
154.98 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
154.99 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
154.100 -</table>
154.101 -</body></html>
155.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/apisupport_codetemplates_apis.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
155.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
155.3 @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
155.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
155.5 -<!--
155.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
155.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
155.8 -> -->
155.9 -<html>
155.10 -<head>
155.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
155.12 -
155.13 - <title>Code Templates for NetBeans APIs</title>
155.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
155.15 -</head>
155.16 -<body>
155.17 - <h2>Code Templates for NetBeans APIs</h2>
155.18 -
155.19 - <p>In the Java editor in the IDE, type an abbreviation listed below,
155.20 - press the expansion key (which is Tab, by default), and then
155.21 - the expanded text shown below will be generated.
155.22 -
155.23 - <ul>
155.24 -
155.25 -<li>Abbreviation: <strong>2do </strong>
155.26 -<p>Description: Convert FileObject to DataObject</p><p>Expands to:
155.27 -</p><pre class="java">try {<br /> ${dobType type="org.openide.loaders.DataObject" editable="false" default="DataObject"} ${dob newVarName default="dob"} = ${dobType}.find(${fo instanceof="org.openide.filesystems.FileObject" default="fo"});<br /> ${cursor}<br />} catch (${etype type="org.openide.loaders.DataObjectNotFoundException" default="DataObjectNotFoundException" editable="false"} ${exName newVarName default="ex" editable="false"}) {<br /> ${exctype type="org.openide.util.Exceptions" editable="false" default=""}.printStackTrace(${exName});<br />}</pre>
155.28 -Example:
155.29 -<pre class="java">try {<br /> DataObject dataObject = DataObject.find(myFo);<br /><br />} catch (DataObjectNotFoundException dataObjectNotFoundException) {<br /> Exceptions.printStackTrace(dataObjectNotFoundException);<br />}</pre>
155.30 -</li>
155.31 -<li>Abbreviation: <strong>2f</strong>
155.32 -<p>Description: Convert FileObject to java.io.File</p><p>Expands to:
155.33 -</p><pre class="java">${fileType type="java.io.File" default="File" editable="false"} ${file newVarName default="f"} = ${FileUtilType type="org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil" editable="false")}.toFile(${fo instanceof="org.openide.filesystems.FileObject" default="fo"});<br />${cursor}</pre>
155.34 -Example:
155.35 -<pre class="java">File file = FileUtil.toFile(myFo);</pre>
155.36 -</li>
155.37 -<li>Abbreviation: <strong>2fo</strong>
155.38 -<p>Description: Convert java.io.File to FileObject </p><p>Expands to:
155.39 -</p><pre class="java">${fileType type="org.openide.filesystems.FileObject" default="FileObject" editable="false"} ${file newVarName default="f"} = ${FileUtilType type="org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil" editable="false")}.toFileObject(${FileUtilType}.normalizeFile(${f instanceof="java.io.File" default="f"}));<br />${cursor}</pre>
155.40 -Example:
155.41 -<pre class="java">FileObject fileObject = FileUtil.toFileObject(FileUtil.normalizeFile(myFile));</pre>
155.42 -</li>
155.43 -<li>Abbreviation: <strong>Lka</strong>
155.44 -<p>Description: Find all implementations of a certain type registered in META-INF/services.</p><p>Expands to:
155.45 -</p><pre class="java">${coltype type="java.util.Collection" default="Collection" editable="false"} ${obj newVarName default="obj"} = ${lkptype editable="false" default="Lookup" type="org.openide.util.Lookup"}.getDefault().lookupAll(${Type}.class);<br /> ${cursor}</pre>
155.46 -Example:
155.47 -<pre class="java">Collection<? extends Type> collection = Lookup.getDefault().lookupAll(Type.class);</pre>
155.48 -<p>Variation: <strong>lka</strong> (i.e., the first character is lowercase)
155.49 -</p><p>Description: Find all implementations of a certain type from a local lookup, e.g., TopComponent, Node, or DataObject.
155.50 -</p><p>Example:
155.51 -</p><pre class="java">Collection<? extends Type> collection = myNode.lookupAll(Type.class);</pre>
155.52 -</li><li>Abbreviation: <strong>Lkp</strong>
155.53 -<p>Description: Find a single typed implementation registered in META-INF/services.</p><p>Expands to:
155.54 -</p><pre class="java">${Type} ${obj newVarName default="obj"} = ${lkptype editable="false" default="Lookup" type="org.openide.util.Lookup"}.getDefault().lookup(${Type}.class);<br /> ${cursor}</pre>
155.55 -Example:
155.56 -<pre class="java">Type type = Lookup.getDefault().lookup(Type.class);</pre>
155.57 -<p>Variation: <strong>lkp</strong> (i.e., the first character is lowercase)
155.58 -</p><p>Description: Find a single implementation of a certain type from a local lookup, e.g., TopComponent, Node, or DataObject.
155.59 -</p><p>Example:
155.60 -</p><pre class="java">Type type = myNode.lookup(Type.class);</pre>
155.61 -</li>
155.62 -<li>Abbreviation: <strong>Lkr</strong>
155.63 -<p>Description: Assign a single typed instance from META-INF/services to a Result object, to which you can listen for changes. </p><p>Expands to:
155.64 -</p><pre class="java">${coltype type="org.openide.util.Lookup.Result" default="Lookup.Result" editable="false"} ${obj newVarName default="res"} = ${lkptype editable="false" default="Lookup" type="org.openide.util.Lookup"}.getDefault().lookupResult(${Type}.class);<br /> ${cursor}</pre>
155.65 -Example:
155.66 -<pre class="java">Lookup.Result<? extends Type> res = Lookup.getDefault().lookupResult(Type.class);</pre>
155.67 -<p>Variation: <strong>lkr</strong> (i.e., the first character is lowercase)
155.68 -</p><p>Description: Assign a single typed instance from a local lookup to a Result object, to which you can listen for changes.
155.69 -</p><p>Example:
155.70 -</p><pre class="java">Result<? extends Type> all = myNode.lookupResult(Type.class);<br /></pre>
155.71 -</li>
155.72 -<li>Abbreviation: <strong>lko</strong>
155.73 -<p>Description: Create a lookup for a local object, e.g., TopComponent, Node, or DataObject. </p><p>Expands to:
155.74 -</p><pre class="java">${Type} ${obj newVarName default="obj"} = ${prov instanceof="org.openide.util.Lookup.Provider"}.getLookup().lookup(${Type}.class);<br /> ${cursor}</pre>
155.75 -Example:
155.76 -<pre class="java">Type type = myNode.getLookup().lookup(Type.class);</pre>
155.77 -</li>
155.78 -<li>Abbreviation: <strong>stat</strong>
155.79 -<p>Description: Create code for writing text obtained from a Bundle.properties file into the status bar.</p><p>Expands to:
155.80 -</p><pre class="java">${coltype type="org.openide.awt.StatusDisplayer" default="StatusDisplayer" editable="false"}.getDefault().setStatusText(${bundletype type="org.openide.util.NbBundle" default="NbBundle" editable="false"}.getMessage(getClass(), "${KEY}"));<br />${cursor}</pre>
155.81 -Example:
155.82 -<pre class="java">StatusDisplayer.getDefault().setStatusText(NbBundle.getMessage(getClass(), "KEY"));</pre>
155.83 -</li>
155.84 -<li>Abbreviation: <strong>nb</strong>
155.85 -<p>Description: Get a text from a Bundle.properties file.</p><p>Expands to:
155.86 -</p><pre class="java">${coltype type="org.openide.util.NbBundle" default="NbBundle" editable="false"}.getMessage(${classVar editable="false" currClassName default="getClass()"}.class, "${KEY}")</pre>
155.87 -Example:
155.88 -<pre class="java">NbBundle.getMessage(DemoAction.class, "KEY")</pre>
155.89 -<p>Variation: <strong>nbb</strong> (i.e., add an additional 'b' character)
155.90 -</p><p>Description: Pass in parameters for formatting the text.
155.91 -</p><p>Example:
155.92 -</p><pre class="java">NbBundle.getMessage(DemoAction.class, "KEY", params)</pre>
155.93 -</li>
155.94 -
155.95 -
155.96 -</ul>
155.97 -
155.98 -
155.99 - <hr>
155.100 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
155.101 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
155.102 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
155.103 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
155.104 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
155.105 - </table>
155.106 -</body></html>
156.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/apisupport_extending_skeletons.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
156.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
156.3 @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
156.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
156.5 -<!--
156.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
156.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
156.8 -> -->
156.9 -<html>
156.10 -<head>
156.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
156.12 -
156.13 - <title>About Extending Skeleton API Implementations</title>
156.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
156.15 -</head>
156.16 -<body>
156.17 - <h2>About Extending Skeleton API Implementations</h2>
156.18 - <p><small>
156.19 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
156.20 - </small></p>
156.21 -
156.22 - <p>Once you have used the <a href="filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">NetBeans API wizards</a>,
156.23 - you extend the generated code by using the NetBeans APIs. Several tools are provided
156.24 - specifically to help you at this stage of your development cycle. Amongst them are
156.25 - the following:
156.26 -
156.27 - <ul><li><a href="using_netbeans_api_javadoc.html">Access to NetBeans sources and Javadoc</a>. After
156.28 - you <a href="netbeans_api_javadoc.html">register</a> the NetBeans sources and Javadoc, you
156.29 - can access them inside the IDE. This gives you a quick and easy reference to the
156.30 - API classes and methods that you are implementing.
156.31 - <li><a href="apisupport_searching_apis.html">Search facility for NetBeans APIs</a>. If you know
156.32 - the class that you need to use, but not the module (API or non-API) to which it belongs, a search facility is
156.33 - provided to help you. Once you have identified the module, the IDE registers it in
156.34 - the module project's <tt>projext.xml</tt> file.
156.35 - <li><a href="apisupport_codetemplates_apis.html">Code Templates for NetBeans APIs</a>. For
156.36 - several common tasks, you can type an abbreviation in the Java editor, press the
156.37 - registered expansion key (which is the Tab key, by default), and then the abbreviation
156.38 - will expand to a full piece of code.
156.39 - </ul>
156.40 -
156.41 - <dl>
156.42 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
156.43 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
156.44 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
156.45 - </dl>
156.46 - <hr>
156.47 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
156.48 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
156.49 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
156.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
156.51 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
156.52 - </table>
156.53 -</body></html>
157.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/apisupport_searching_apis.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
157.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
157.3 @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
157.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
157.5 -<!--
157.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
157.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
157.8 -> -->
157.9 -<html>
157.10 -<head>
157.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
157.12 -
157.13 - <title>Searching for NetBeans APIs</title>
157.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
157.15 -</head>
157.16 -<body>
157.17 - <h2>Searching for NetBeans APIs</h2>
157.18 - <p><small>
157.19 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
157.20 - </small></p>
157.21 -
157.22 - <p>When using the NetBeans APIs, you may know the class that you need to
157.23 - use, but not the API (or non-API module) to which it belongs. Until you make
157.24 - the API available to your module, you are unable to make use of its classes.
157.25 -
157.26 - <p><b>To search for a NetBeans API:</b>
157.27 -
157.28 - <ol><li>Right-click the Libraries node and choose Add Module Dependency.
157.29 - <p>The Add Module Dependency dialog box appears.
157.30 -
157.31 -
157.32 -
157.33 - <li>In the Add Module Dependency dialog box, in the Filter textbox,
157.34 - start typing the name of
157.35 - the class that you need to use. The Module list narrows, showing only
157.36 - the modules that satisfy the filter.
157.37 -
157.38 - <ul class="note"><li>If the Show Non-API Modules checkbox is
157.39 - unchecked (default), the IDE excludes any module
157.40 - for which the current module cannot access any packages without an implementation
157.41 - dependency. These are known as "non-API modules".
157.42 - In other words, only modules with public packages are included,
157.43 - or friend packages where this module is a friend. </ul>
157.44 -
157.45 -
157.46 - <li>When you find the module that you need to use, click OK. The IDE
157.47 - adds an entry to the <tt>project.xml</tt> file.</ol>
157.48 -
157.49 -
157.50 - <dl>
157.51 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
157.52 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
157.53 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
157.54 - </dl>
157.55 - <hr>
157.56 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
157.57 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
157.58 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
157.59 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
157.60 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
157.61 - </table>
157.62 -</body></html>
158.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
158.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
158.3 @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
158.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
158.5 -<!--
158.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
158.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
158.8 -> -->
158.9 -<html>
158.10 -<head>
158.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
158.12 -
158.13 - <title>About Actions</title>
158.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
158.15 -</head>
158.16 -
158.17 -<body>
158.18 - <h2>About Actions</h2>
158.19 - <p><small>
158.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
158.21 - </small></p>
158.22 -
158.23 - <p>Actions are defined by the <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
158.24 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-actions/overview-summary.html">
158.25 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Actions API</u>.</html>">
158.26 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
158.27 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
158.28 - </object> <p>The Actions API is a standard representation of the actions a user can
158.29 - invoke. It provides
158.30 - an interface to such IDE elements as toolbars, menus, and keyboard shortcuts, allowing
158.31 - third parties to create actions that are sensitive to context and invocable in
158.32 - more than one way. The Actions API offers the ability to
158.33 - write the action once, and have it automatically apply as appropriate. For example, a
158.34 - user action might both show up in a toolbar and be selected by a keyboard shortcut,
158.35 - all from the same implementation.</p>
158.36 -
158.37 - <p>Actions are typically presented in pop-up menus, or attached to a component such as
158.38 - a window, node, or data object.</p>
158.39 -
158.40 -
158.41 -
158.42 - <dl>
158.43 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
158.44 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
158.45 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
158.46 - </dl>
158.47 - <hr>
158.48 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
158.49 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
158.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
158.51 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
158.52 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
158.53 - </table>
158.54 -</body></html>
159.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_code_generators.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
159.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
159.3 @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
159.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
159.5 -<!--
159.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
159.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
159.8 -> -->
159.9 -<html>
159.10 -<head>
159.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
159.12 -
159.13 - <title>About Code Generators</title>
159.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
159.15 -</head>
159.16 -
159.17 -<body>
159.18 - <h2>About Code Generators</h2>
159.19 - <p><small>
159.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
159.21 - </small></p>
159.22 -
159.23 - <p>A code generator is
159.24 - an action that is added to the
159.25 - Insert Code popup, which the user
159.26 - invokes when pressing Alt-Insert.
159.27 - When invoked, the action is intended
159.28 - to insert
159.29 - code into the editor.
159.30 - Traditionally, code generators are
159.31 - only found in Java documents but, from
159.32 - NetBeans 6.1 onwards, they can also be
159.33 - found in all other types of documents.
159.34 -
159.35 - <p>Via the Code Generator SPI and
159.36 - the accompanying Code Generator wizard,
159.37 - you can quickly and easily extend the
159.38 - code generator popup for a specific
159.39 - MIME type with new entries.
159.40 -
159.41 - <dl>
159.42 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
159.43 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
159.44 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
159.45 - </dl>
159.46 - <hr>
159.47 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
159.48 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
159.49 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
159.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
159.51 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
159.52 - </table>
159.53 -</body></html>
160.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_types.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
160.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
160.3 @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
160.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
160.5 -<!--
160.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
160.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
160.8 -> -->
160.9 -<html>
160.10 -<head>
160.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
160.12 -
160.13 - <title>About File Types</title>
160.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
160.15 -</head>
160.16 -
160.17 -<body>
160.18 - <h2>About File Types</h2>
160.19 - <p><small>
160.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
160.21 - </small></p>
160.22 -
160.23 - <p>Many file types are recognized by default by the IDE. For example, JSP files, Java source files,
160.24 - and HTML files are recognized as such and the IDE provides functionality specific to the file type.
160.25 - For example—for JSP and HTML files, the IDE provides special syntax highlighting that is different from
160.26 - the syntax highlighting provided for Java source files. In addition, the menu items provided for JSP files
160.27 - are different from those provided for HTML files. For example, you can compile a JSP file
160.28 - but not an HTML file.
160.29 -
160.30 - <p>Recognition of a file type is generally made possible via its extension. All JSP files
160.31 - have a <tt>.jsp</tt> extension, while all Java source files have a <tt>.java</tt> extension.
160.32 - On the basis of this distinction, the IDE provides distinct functionality for these file types.
160.33 - You can use the <a href="../../csh/FileRecognitionPanel.html">New File Type wizard</a> to
160.34 - let the IDE recognize additional file types, i.e., file types that are not recognized by the IDE
160.35 - by default. For example, if you have a file type with
160.36 - the file extension <tt>.xyz</tt>, you can let the IDE recognize all files with
160.37 - this extension and then provide functionality specifically for this file type.
160.38 -
160.39 - <p>But you can also let the IDE distinguish between XML files. Whether an
160.40 - XML file has an <tt>.xml</tt> extension, you can let the IDE provide
160.41 - different functionality for <tt>abc.xml</tt> than for <tt>def.xml</tt>, based
160.42 - on the namespace defined for the XML file in question. If the namespace of
160.43 - each distinguishable XML file is distinct, the namespace is used to distinguish
160.44 - the file types in this case.
160.45 -
160.46 - <p>When you use the New File Type wizard, the IDE
160.47 - creates the following files for you:
160.48 -
160.49 - <table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
160.50 - task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
160.51 - <tr valign="top">
160.52 - <th scope="col" align="left" width="30">File</th>
160.53 - <th scope="col" align="left">Purpose</th>
160.54 - </tr>
160.55 - <tr valign="top">
160.56 - <td><tt><i>xxx</i>DataObject.java</tt></td>
160.57 - <td>A class that extends <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
160.58 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-loaders/org/openide/loaders/MultiDataObject.html">
160.59 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Class MultiDataObject</u>.</html>">
160.60 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
160.61 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
160.62 - </object>
160.63 - </td>
160.64 - </tr>
160.65 - <tr valign="top">
160.66 - <td><tt><i>xxx</i>Resolver.xml</tt></td>
160.67 - <td>Declarative resolution of MIME-type.
160.68 - </td>
160.69 - </tr>
160.70 - <tr valign="top">
160.71 - <td><tt><i>xxx</i>Template.<i>xxx</i></tt></td>
160.72 - <td>Dummy template, registered in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file
160.73 - as a file template.
160.74 - </td>
160.75 - </tr>
160.76 -
160.77 - </table>
160.78 -
160.79 -
160.80 - <dl>
160.81 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
160.82 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
160.83 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
160.84 - </dl>
160.85 - <hr>
160.86 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
160.87 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
160.88 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
160.89 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
160.90 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
160.91 - </table>
160.92 -</body></html>
161.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
161.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
161.3 @@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
161.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
161.5 -<!--
161.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
161.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
161.8 -> -->
161.9 -<html>
161.10 -<head>
161.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
161.12 -
161.13 - <title>About Generating Skeleton API Implementations</title>
161.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
161.15 -</head>
161.16 -
161.17 -<body>
161.18 - <h2>About Generating Skeleton API Implementations</h2>
161.19 - <p><small>
161.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
161.21 - </small></p>
161.22 - <p>To simplify the process of working with the <a href="../../about/about-open-apis.html">NetBeans APIs</a>,
161.23 - the NetBeans IDE provides several wizards
161.24 - that guide you through the initial phase of working with a NetBeans API. For example, the
161.25 - New Action wizard provides the basis of an implementation of the NetBeans Actions API,
161.26 - the New File Type wizard provides the basis of an implementation of the NetBeans Datasystems API, and so on.
161.27 -
161.28 -
161.29 - <p>The NetBeans API wizards are as follows:
161.30 -
161.31 -
161.32 - <ul>
161.33 -<li><b><img src="../../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Module.</b>
161.34 -Use a module project as the place where you code your module. </li>
161.35 -<li><b><img src="../../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Library Wrapper Module icon"> Library Wrapper Module.</b>
161.36 -Use library wrapper module projects to put one or more library JAR files on a module's classpath.
161.37 -</li>
161.38 -<li><b><img src="../../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module Suite icon"> Module Suite.</b>
161.39 -Use a module suite project to group and deploy a set of interdependent module projects and library wrapper
161.40 - module projects.
161.41 -</li>
161.42 -<li><b><img src="../../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Application icon"> NetBeans Platform Application.</b>
161.43 -Use a NetBeans Platform Application project as the skeleton framework as the starting
161.44 - point of your own applications.
161.45 -</li>
161.46 -</ul>
161.47 -<p>For details, see <a href="about_project_templates.html">About Project Templates</a>.
161.48 -<p>The standard distribution of the IDE contains the following module file templates:
161.49 -
161.50 -<ul>
161.51 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newAction.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Action icon"> Action.</b>
161.52 -Creates an action that can be invoked from a menu item, pop-up menu, toolbar button, or keyboard shortcut.</li>
161.53 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newCodeGenerator.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Code Generator icon"> Code Generator.</b>
161.54 -Creates a new menu item in the Insert Code popup in the editor of your choice.</li>
161.55 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newLoader.png" width="16" height="16" alt="File Type icon"> File Type.</b>
161.56 -Lets the IDE recognize a new file type.</li>
161.57 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/libraries.gif" width="16" height="16" alt="Java SE Library Descriptor icon"> Java SE Library Descriptor.</b>
161.58 -Adds a new class library to the Library Manager of the user's IDE.
161.59 -
161.60 -<li> <b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newJavaHelp.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Help icon"> JavaHelp Help Set.</b> Creates all the files needed for building a JavaHelp help set.
161.61 -</li>
161.62 -
161.63 -<li><b><img src="../../../resources/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Module Installer.</b> Creates an installer class for a module.
161.64 -
161.65 -</li>
161.66 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newOptions.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Options icon"> Options Panel.</b>
161.67 -Adds a new panel to the Options window.</li>
161.68 -
161.69 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newProject.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Project Template icon"> Project Template.</b>
161.70 -Adds a new template to the New Project wizard.</li>
161.71 -
161.72 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newQuickSearch.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Quick Search icon"> Quick Search Provider.</b>
161.73 -Creates a new entry in the Quick Search field.</li>
161.74 -
161.75 -<li> <b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newUpdateCenter.png" width="16" height="16" alt="UC icon"> Update Center.</b> Registers an update center in the Plugins manager. As a result,
161.76 - the user does not need to manually register the Update Center in the Plugins manager.</li>
161.77 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newTC.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Window icon"> Window Component.</b>
161.78 -Creates a new window with an Open action invoked from a menu item.</li>
161.79 -<li><b><img src="../../../ui/resources/newWizard.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Window icon"> Wizard.</b>
161.80 -Creates a new wizard for creating, for example, new files in the IDE.</li>
161.81 -</ul>
161.82 -
161.83 - <h3>Related NetBeans API Javadoc</h3>
161.84 - <p>The NetBeans API wizards create the starting point for your development activities.
161.85 - Once you have worked through a wizard, you build your module's functionality on top of the files that
161.86 - the wizard creates for you. </p>
161.87 -
161.88 - <p>The following table lists the Javadoc that you will need to refer to when
161.89 - building on top of the skeleton API implementations:</p>
161.90 - <table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
161.91 - task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
161.92 - <tr valign="top">
161.93 - <th scope="col" align="left">File Template</th>
161.94 - <th scope="col" align="left">Related NetBeans Javadoc</th>
161.95 - </tr>
161.96 - <tr valign="top">
161.97 - <td>Action</td>
161.98 - <td>
161.99 -
161.100 - <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
161.101 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-util/overview-summary.html">
161.102 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Utilities API </u></html>">
161.103 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
161.104 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
161.105 - </object>
161.106 -
161.107 - </td>
161.108 -
161.109 -
161.110 - </tr>
161.111 -
161.112 - <tr valign="top">
161.113 - <td>File Type</td>
161.114 - <td>
161.115 - <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
161.116 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-loaders/overview-summary.html">
161.117 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Datasystems API</u></html>">
161.118 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
161.119 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
161.120 - </object>
161.121 -
161.122 - </td>
161.123 -
161.124 - </tr>
161.125 -
161.126 - <tr valign="top">
161.127 - <td>Module Installer </td>
161.128 - <td>
161.129 - <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
161.130 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-modules/overview-summary.html">
161.131 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Modules API</u></html>">
161.132 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
161.133 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
161.134 - </object>
161.135 - </td>
161.136 -
161.137 - </tr>
161.138 -
161.139 -
161.140 - <tr valign="top">
161.141 - <td>Options Panel</td>
161.142 - <td>
161.143 - <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
161.144 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-netbeans-modules-options-api/overview-summary.html">
161.145 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Options Dialog API</u></html>">
161.146 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
161.147 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
161.148 - </object>
161.149 -
161.150 -
161.151 - </td>
161.152 -
161.153 - </tr>
161.154 -
161.155 - <tr valign="top">
161.156 - <td>Project Template</td>
161.157 - <td>
161.158 - <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
161.159 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-netbeans-modules-projectuiapi/overview-summary.html">
161.160 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Project UI API</u></html>">
161.161 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
161.162 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
161.163 - </object>
161.164 -
161.165 - <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
161.166 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-netbeans-modules-projectapi/overview-summary.html">
161.167 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Project API</u></html>">
161.168 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
161.169 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
161.170 - </object>
161.171 - </td>
161.172 -
161.173 - </tr>
161.174 -
161.175 - <tr valign="top">
161.176 - <td>Window Component</td>
161.177 - <td>
161.178 - <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
161.179 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-windows/overview-summary.html">
161.180 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Windows API</u></html>">
161.181 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
161.182 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
161.183 - </object>
161.184 -
161.185 - </td>
161.186 -
161.187 - </tr>
161.188 - <tr valign="top">
161.189 - <td>Wizard</td>
161.190 - <td>
161.191 - <p><object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
161.192 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/overview-summary.html">
161.193 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Dialogs API</u></html>">
161.194 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
161.195 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
161.196 - </object>
161.197 -
161.198 - </td>
161.199 -
161.200 - </tr>
161.201 - </table>
161.202 - <dl>
161.203 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
161.204 - <dd><a href="create_j2se_library_desc.html">Creating a Java SE Library Descriptor</a></dd>
161.205 - <dd><a href="create_action.html">Creating an Action</a></dd>
161.206 - <dd><a href="create_file_type.html">Creating a File Type</a> </dd>
161.207 - <dd><a href="create_project_template.html">Creating a Project Template</a></dd>
161.208 - <dd><a href="create_window_component.html">Creating a Window Component</a> </dd>
161.209 - <dd><a href="create_wizard.html">Creating a Wizard</a> </dd>
161.210 - </dl>
161.211 -
161.212 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
161.213 -</body></html>
162.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_j2se_library_descs.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
162.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
162.3 @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
162.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
162.5 -<!--
162.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
162.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
162.8 -> -->
162.9 -<html>
162.10 -<head>
162.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
162.12 -
162.13 - <title>About Java SE Library Descriptors</title>
162.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
162.15 -</head>
162.16 -
162.17 -<body>
162.18 - <h2>About Java SE Library Descriptors</h2>
162.19 -<p><small>
162.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
162.21 -</small></p>
162.22 -<p>A Java SE library descriptor is an XML file that, when registered in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file,
162.23 - adds a new class library to the IDE's
162.24 -Library Manager. Whenever the module containing the library descriptor
162.25 -is enabled, the library is present in the Library Manager. For example,
162.26 -Struts support provides the Struts libraries in the Library Manager.
162.27 -
162.28 -
162.29 - <dl>
162.30 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
162.31 - <dd><a href="create_j2se_library_desc.html">Creating a Java SE Library Descriptor</a></dd>
162.32 - <dd><a href="create_action.html">Creating an Action</a></dd>
162.33 - <dd><a href="create_file_type.html">Creating a File Type</a> </dd>
162.34 - <dd><a href="create_project_template.html">Creating a Project Template</a></dd>
162.35 - <dd><a href="create_window_component.html">Creating a Window Component</a> </dd>
162.36 - <dd><a href="create_wizard.html">Creating a Wizard</a> </dd>
162.37 - </dl>
162.38 -
162.39 -
162.40 -
162.41 -
162.42 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
162.43 -</body></html>
163.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_module_installers.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
163.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
163.3 @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
163.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
163.5 -<!--
163.6 - * Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
163.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
163.8 -> -->
163.9 -<html>
163.10 -<head>
163.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
163.12 -
163.13 - <title>About Module Installers</title>
163.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
163.15 -</head>
163.16 -
163.17 -<body>
163.18 - <h2>About Module Installers</h2>
163.19 - <p><small>
163.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
163.21 - </small></p>
163.22 -
163.23 - <p>A module installer is a Java class that provides hooks for
163.24 - running code on startup or when a module is loaded.
163.25 - It can also run cleanup code when a module is uninstalled
163.26 - or disabled.
163.27 -
163.28 -<p><b>Note:</b> In general, using a module installer is not recommended, because
163.29 - it slows down startup time. Before using a module installer, make sure
163.30 - that there is no declarative way of doing what you are trying to do.
163.31 - The main declarative way of installing items is to use
163.32 - the <code>org.openide.util.lookup.ServiceProvider</code> annotation or create
163.33 - an <a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html">XML layer file</a> that
163.34 - declares information about the items
163.35 - your module is installing. Then, when they are needed to do actual work,
163.36 - your items will be instantiated.
163.37 -
163.38 - <p>In addition to providing a module installer class, you need to add
163.39 - an entry to the <tt>MANIFEST</tt> file. The <a href="create_module_installers.html">Module Installer Wizard</a>
163.40 - creates a skeleton implementation of a module installer, adds the entry
163.41 - to the <tt>MANIFEST</tt> file, as well as entries to the <tt>project.xml</tt> file,
163.42 - which provides the module's metadata.
163.43 -
163.44 -
163.45 - <dl>
163.46 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
163.47 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
163.48 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
163.49 - </dl>
163.50 - <hr>
163.51 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
163.52 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
163.53 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
163.54 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
163.55 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
163.56 - </table>
163.57 -</body></html>
164.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_options_panels.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
164.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
164.3 @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
164.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
164.5 -<!--
164.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
164.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
164.8 -> -->
164.9 -<html>
164.10 -<head>
164.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
164.12 -
164.13 - <title>About Options Panels</title>
164.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
164.15 -</head>
164.16 -
164.17 -<body>
164.18 - <h2>About Options Panels</h2>
164.19 - <p><small>
164.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
164.21 - </small></p>
164.22 -
164.23 - <p>An Options panel is a category of the
164.24 - Options window. The Options window is where the user defines
164.25 - settings, such as the location of the web browser used by the IDE. The category can be
164.26 - displayed as a primary panel (such as the "General" panel in the
164.27 - IDE) or as an addition to one of the other panels,
164.28 - for example, the Miscellaneous panel (such as the "Ant"
164.29 - or "GUI Builder" panel in the IDE's Miscellaneous panel).
164.30 -
164.31 - <p>You use the <a href="../../csh/OptionsPanel0.html">Options Panel wizard</a> to create
164.32 - options panels.
164.33 -
164.34 - <dl>
164.35 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
164.36 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
164.37 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
164.38 - </dl>
164.39 - <hr>
164.40 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
164.41 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
164.42 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
164.43 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
164.44 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
164.45 - </table>
164.46 -</body></html>
165.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_project_templates.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
165.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
165.3 @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
165.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
165.5 -<!--
165.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
165.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
165.8 -> -->
165.9 -<html>
165.10 -<head>
165.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
165.12 -
165.13 - <title>About Project Templates</title>
165.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
165.15 -</head>
165.16 -
165.17 -<body>
165.18 - <h2>About Project Templates</h2>
165.19 -<p><small>
165.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
165.21 -</small></p>
165.22 -<p>Project templates come in two types:
165.23 - <ul>
165.24 - <li>Templates that users build on when creating their own project. For example,
165.25 - in the IDE a user chooses the 'Web Application' project template in the New Project wizard, then the IDE
165.26 - creates a project consisting of a JSP file, a <tt>web.xml</tt> file, a server-specific deployment file,
165.27 - and project metadata within a specific structure that is useful for web application projects.
165.28 - <li>Samples that illustrate some aspect of project functionality. For example,
165.29 - in the Samples directory within the New Project wizard, an Anagram Game is included
165.30 - to demonstrate Java SE functionality. Samples are a kind of project template; they
165.31 - have the same behavior as project templates, but they are used for a different purpose.
165.32 -
165.33 - </ul>
165.34 - <p>A project template is made available to the IDE's New Project wizard once it has been registered in
165.35 - the <a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt> file</a>. You use the
165.36 - <a href="../../csh/SelectProjectPanel.html">New Project Template wizard</a> to create the basic files
165.37 - and to register the template in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
165.38 -
165.39 - <p>Before you can use the New Project Template wizard,
165.40 - you must have project in the IDE that is structured in exactly the way that you would like it
165.41 - to be available in the New Project wizard. For example, if you are going to create a new
165.42 - project sample, you must first lay it out in the IDE. Then use the New Project Template wizard
165.43 - to add the template to the New Project wizard.
165.44 - <p>When you make the module that contains
165.45 - the new project template available as an <a href="../../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NBM file</a>,
165.46 - the user can install it via the Plugins manager and then, once it has been successfully installed,
165.47 - select it from the New Project wizard.
165.48 -
165.49 -
165.50 -
165.51 -
165.52 - <dl>
165.53 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
165.54 - <dd><a href="create_j2se_library_desc.html">Creating a Java SE Library Descriptor</a></dd>
165.55 - <dd><a href="create_action.html">Creating an Action</a></dd>
165.56 - <dd><a href="create_file_type.html">Creating a File Type</a> </dd>
165.57 - <dd><a href="create_project_template.html">Creating a Project Template</a></dd>
165.58 - <dd><a href="create_window_component.html">Creating a Window Component</a> </dd>
165.59 - <dd><a href="create_wizard.html">Creating a Wizard</a> </dd>
165.60 - </dl>
165.61 -
165.62 -<hr>
165.63 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
165.64 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
165.65 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
165.66 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
165.67 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
165.68 - </table>
165.69 -</body></html>
166.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_quick_search_providers.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
166.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
166.3 @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
166.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
166.5 -<!--
166.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
166.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
166.8 -> -->
166.9 -<html>
166.10 -<head>
166.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
166.12 -
166.13 - <title>About Quick Search Providers</title>
166.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
166.15 -</head>
166.16 -
166.17 -<body>
166.18 - <h2>About Quick Search Providers</h2>
166.19 - <p><small>
166.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
166.21 - </small></p>
166.22 -
166.23 - <p>A quick search provider is a Java class
166.24 - that lets you plug new
166.25 - items into the Quick Search feature in the
166.26 - IDE or any other application on top of the
166.27 - NetBeans Platform.
166.28 -
166.29 - <p>Quick search providers are registered
166.30 - in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file. You can
166.31 - let the IDE create and register them
166.32 - by means of the Quick Search Provider wizard.
166.33 - <dl>
166.34 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
166.35 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
166.36 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
166.37 - </dl>
166.38 - <hr>
166.39 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
166.40 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
166.41 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
166.42 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
166.43 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
166.44 - </table>
166.45 -</body></html>
167.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
167.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
167.3 @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
167.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
167.5 -<!--
167.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
167.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
167.8 -> -->
167.9 -<html>
167.10 -<head>
167.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
167.12 -
167.13 - <title>About Update Centers</title>
167.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
167.15 -</head>
167.16 -
167.17 -<body>
167.18 - <h2>About Update Centers</h2>
167.19 - <p><small>
167.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
167.21 - </small></p>
167.22 -
167.23 - <p>An update center is nothing more than an XML file that is known
167.24 - as the "autoupdate descriptor", together with the modules that
167.25 - it describes. The autoupdate descriptor lists
167.26 - all the modules that you would like to make available.
167.27 - For each module, the autoupdate descriptor provides
167.28 - information such as a name, a description, and a list of
167.29 - modules that it depends on.
167.30 -
167.31 - <p>Most importantly, the autoupdate
167.32 - descriptor specifies a URL for each module that it
167.33 - describes. Each module, in <a href="../../about/about-nbm.html">binary NBM file format</a>, must live on a server.
167.34 - The autoupdate descriptor itself must also
167.35 - live on a server. The server where the autoupdate descriptor
167.36 - lives need not be the same server as where the modules
167.37 - live. The modules can live together on the same server
167.38 - or be spread across different servers.
167.39 -
167.40 - <p>After the autoupdate descriptor and its associated modules
167.41 - are on a server, you must let your end users know that they are there.
167.42 - The URL to the autoupdate descriptor must be registered in the
167.43 - end users' IDEs.
167.44 - This can be done in one of two ways:
167.45 - <ul>
167.46 -
167.47 - <li><b>Automatically.</b> You can provide a module that registers the
167.48 - URL to the update center for them. This module can be
167.49 - generated in the IDE, without any coding on your part.
167.50 - <li><b>Manually.</b> You must tell your end user what the URL to your
167.51 - autoupdate descriptor is.
167.52 - Then, the end users need to register the URL to your
167.53 - autoupdate descriptor. They must then do so manually in the Plugins manager.
167.54 -
167.55 - </ul>
167.56 - <p>Once the URL to the update center
167.57 - is registered, your end users can access
167.58 - your modules via the Plugins manager, which they
167.59 - can find under the Tools menu. Not only new modules,
167.60 - but new versions of existing modules can be distributed
167.61 - in this way.
167.62 -
167.63 - <p>In the IDE, you can perform the following activities when
167.64 - thinking about update centers:
167.65 -
167.66 - <ul>
167.67 - <li><a href="../../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">Building an NBM File</a>
167.68 - <li><a href="../../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Registering an NBM File in an Update Center</a>
167.69 - <li><a href="create_update_centers.html">Bundling an Update Center URL</a>
167.70 - <li><a href="create_uc_manually.html">Manually Registering an Update Center URL</a>
167.71 - </ul>
167.72 -
167.73 -
167.74 - <dl>
167.75 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
167.76 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
167.77 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
167.78 - </dl>
167.79 - <hr>
167.80 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
167.81 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
167.82 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
167.83 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
167.84 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
167.85 - </table>
167.86 -</body></html>
168.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_window_components.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
168.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
168.3 @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
168.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
168.5 -<!--
168.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
168.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
168.8 -> -->
168.9 -<html>
168.10 -<head>
168.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
168.12 -
168.13 - <title>About Window Components</title>
168.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
168.15 -</head>
168.16 -
168.17 -<body>
168.18 - <h2>About Window Components</h2>
168.19 -<p><small>
168.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
168.21 -</small></p>
168.22 -
168.23 -<p>A window component creates a window (also known as 'view') for a module. For example,
168.24 -the IDE's Projects window is a 'window', just as the Navigator, Output window, Palette, and Debugger.
168.25 - The main class in each of the modules that define these windows subclasses
168.26 - <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
168.27 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-windows/org/openide/windows/TopComponent.html">
168.28 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Class TopComponent</u></html>">
168.29 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
168.30 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
168.31 - </object>. <p>Understanding and working with the <tt>TopComponent</tt> class is the key to creating
168.32 - useful and reliable windows in the IDE. By using the Window Component wizard,
168.33 - you can be sure of the success of the initial development phase.
168.34 - This is because when you use the New Window Component wizard, the IDE
168.35 - creates the following files for you:
168.36 -
168.37 -<table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
168.38 - task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
168.39 - <tr valign="top">
168.40 - <th scope="col" align="left" width="30">File</th>
168.41 - <th scope="col" align="left">Purpose</th>
168.42 - </tr>
168.43 -
168.44 - <tr valign="top">
168.45 - <td><tt><i>xxx</i>TopComponent.java</tt></td>
168.46 - <td>The class that extends <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
168.47 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-windows/org/openide/windows/TopComponent.html">
168.48 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Class TopComponent</u></html>">
168.49 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
168.50 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
168.51 -</object>. <p>The following methods are provided when you use the New Window Component wizard:
168.52 -<ul><li><tt>getDefault()</tt>
168.53 - <li><tt>getPersistenceType()</tt>
168.54 - <li><tt>componentOpened()</tt>
168.55 - <li><tt>componentClosed()</tt>
168.56 - <li><tt>writeReplace()</tt>
168.57 - <li><tt>preferredID()</tt>
168.58 -</ul>
168.59 -</td>
168.60 - </tr>
168.61 - <tr>
168.62 - <td><tt><i>xxx</i>TopComponentSettings.xml</tt><br>
168.63 - <tt><i>xxx</i>TopComponentWstcref.xml</tt></td>
168.64 - <td>These files dock, instantiate, and load the window. There should be no need
168.65 - to touch these files at all.</td>
168.66 - </tr>
168.67 -
168.68 - </table>
168.69 -
168.70 -
168.71 - <dl>
168.72 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
168.73 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
168.74 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
168.75 -</dl>
168.76 -<hr>
168.77 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
168.78 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
168.79 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
168.80 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
168.81 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
168.82 -</table>
168.83 -</body></html>
169.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
169.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
169.3 @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
169.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
169.5 -<!--
169.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
169.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
169.8 -> -->
169.9 -<html>
169.10 -<head>
169.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
169.12 -
169.13 - <title>About Wizards</title>
169.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
169.15 -</head>
169.16 -
169.17 -<body>
169.18 - <h2>About Wizards</h2>
169.19 -<p><small>
169.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
169.21 -</small></p>
169.22 -
169.23 -Wizards are defined by the <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
169.24 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/doc-files/wizard-guidebook.html">
169.25 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>Wizard Descriptor API</u>.</html>">
169.26 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
169.27 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
169.28 -</object> <p>The Wizard API lets you create wizard panels that have steps, graphics, left side-bar text, and a user panel on the right. The
169.29 -Wizard wizard in the IDE helps you by creating several of the basic Java source files, containing sample code, for you.
169.30 -
169.31 -
169.32 -<p>Depending on the selections you make in the Wizard Type panel in the New Wizard wizard, the IDE
169.33 - creates the following Java source files for you:
169.34 -
169.35 - <ul><li><i>Registration Type: Custom<br>Wizard Step Sequence: Static</i>
169.36 - <hr><p>Created files:
169.37 - <ul><li><tt>SampleAction.java</tt><br>
169.38 - <li><tt>VisualPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)<br>
169.39 - <li><tt>WizardPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)</ul>
169.40 -
169.41 - <p>These files are ideal for uncomplicated wizards that progress sequentially from panel to panel
169.42 - without divergences or reversals. A menu item or toolbar button
169.43 - invokes the wizard and subsequent steps are generally linear and forward-directed.</td><p>
169.44 - <li><i>Registration Type: Custom<br>Wizard Step Sequence: Dynamic</i><hr><p>Created files:
169.45 - <ul><li><tt>WizardIterator.java</tt><br>
169.46 - <li> <tt>VisualPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)<br>
169.47 - <li><tt>WizardPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)</ul>
169.48 - These files are for wizards that provide more flexibility to the user.
169.49 - A <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
169.50 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/WizardDescriptor.Iterator.html">
169.51 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>WizardDescriptor.Iterator</u></html>">
169.52 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
169.53 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
169.54 -</object> class guides progress from one panel to the next. The developer has a lot more
169.55 - freedom in coding the wizard, but has a more complex task since there are many more possibilities
169.56 - to consider. Even though the Custom/Simple wizard type can also be extended to provide support
169.57 - for panel skipping and reversals, the Custom/Dynamic type was made for this purpose. For example, the
169.58 - Add Server Instance wizard offers different panels depending on the type of server that the user
169.59 - wants to register.<p>
169.60 - <li><i>Registration Type: New File</i><hr><p>Created files:
169.61 - <ul><li><tt>WizardIterator.java</tt><br>
169.62 - <li><tt>VisualPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)<br>
169.63 - <li><tt>WizardPanel.java</tt> (for each wizard step)
169.64 - <li><tt>.HTML</tt> file (for the description area in the New File wizard)</ul>
169.65 -
169.66 - <p>These files are for wizards that are used to create new files. This wizard is registered in the New File wizard
169.67 - via the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file. All the necessary entries in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file
169.68 - are created for you by the Wizard wizard. In addition, when you make this choice, the Wizard wizard
169.69 - creates a <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
169.70 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/WizardDescriptor.Iterator.html">
169.71 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>WizardDescriptor.Iterator</u></html>">
169.72 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
169.73 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
169.74 -</object>
169.75 -
169.76 -<p>The iterator lets you provide the direction and sequence of the wizard. The New File wizard can
169.77 - be as simple or as complex as your needs dictate. An HTML file is created by the Wizard wizard so that
169.78 - you can provide a description for your new wizard in the New File wizard.<hr>
169.79 -
169.80 -
169.81 -
169.82 -<dl>
169.83 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
169.84 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
169.85 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
169.86 -</dl>
169.87 -<hr>
169.88 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
169.89 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
169.90 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
169.91 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
169.92 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
169.93 -</table>
169.94 -</body></html>
170.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_action.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
170.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
170.3 @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
170.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
170.5 -<!--
170.6 - * Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
170.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
170.8 -> -->
170.9 -<html>
170.10 -<head>
170.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
170.12 -
170.13 - <title>Creating an Action</title>
170.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
170.15 -</head>
170.16 -
170.17 -<body>
170.18 - <h2>Creating an Action</h2>
170.19 -<p><small>
170.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
170.21 -</small></p>
170.22 -
170.23 -<p>The New Action wizard creates a new <a href="about_actions.html">action</a>.
170.24 -
170.25 -
170.26 -<p><b>To create a new action:</b>
170.27 -<ol>
170.28 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Action.
170.29 -<li>In the Action Type page, you set the type:
170.30 -<ul>
170.31 - <li><b>Always Enabled.</b> Specifies that the action will be invoked
170.32 - from a menu item in the menu bar, from a toolbar button in a toolbar, or from a keyboard shortcut anywhere
170.33 - in the IDE.
170.34 - <li><b>Conditionally Enabled.</b> Specifies the classes for which the action will be created.
170.35 - This is normally one of your own business objects. However, optionally, you can also include one or more of the
170.36 - following, which creates the action for all classes that subclass them:
170.37 - <ul>
170.38 - <li>DataObject</li>
170.39 - <li>EditCookie</li>
170.40 - <li>EditorCookie</li>
170.41 - <li>OpenCookie</li>
170.42 - <li>Project</li></ul>
170.43 - <ul><li><b>User Selects One Node.</b><br>
170.44 - <b>User May Select Multiple Nodes.</b> Specifies the conditions under which the
170.45 - action will be enabled. By default, will be
170.46 - enabled if one, and only one, node
170.47 - holding the business object of interest is selected.
170.48 - If checked, it will also be enabled if
170.49 - multiple nodes <i>all holding</i>
170.50 - the desired business object(s) are selected.</ul>
170.51 - </ul>
170.52 - <p>Click Next.
170.53 -
170.54 - <li>In the GUI Registration page, you have to specify how the user will
170.55 - be able to call the new action.
170.56 -
170.57 -<ul>
170.58 - <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies where the action will be displayed
170.59 - in the Keymap section of the Options window.
170.60 - <li><b>Global Menu Item.</b> Specifies the menu where the action
170.61 - will be displayed as an item. You can also specify the position within the menu,
170.62 - and whether you want a separator to appear before it, after it, or both.
170.63 - <li><b>Global Toolbar Button.</b> Specifies the toolbar where the action
170.64 - will be displayed as a button. You can also specify the position within the toolbar.
170.65 - <li><b>Global Keyboard Shortcut.</b> Specifies a shortcut that will invoke the
170.66 - action.
170.67 -</ul>
170.68 -
170.69 -<p>Only if Conditionally Enabled is selected in the Action Type page
170.70 - can you set the following items:
170.71 -
170.72 -<ul>
170.73 - <li><b>File Type Context Menu Item.</b> Specifies the file type where
170.74 - the action will be displayed in the pop-up menu.
170.75 - <li><b>Editor Context Menu Item.</b> Specifies the IDE editor where the
170.76 - action will be displayed in the pop-up menu.
170.77 - </ul>
170.78 - <p>Click Next.
170.79 - <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you set the following:
170.80 -<ul>
170.81 - <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new Action class.
170.82 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the action's label. (Optional)
170.83 - <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the action. For example, if
170.84 - the action will be invoked by a toolbar button, the icon specified here is displayed on
170.85 - the toolbar button.
170.86 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
170.87 -</ul>
170.88 -<p>Click Finish.
170.89 -<li>After completing the wizard, you can do the following:
170.90 - <ul>
170.91 - <li>Tweak the <a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt> file</a>
170.92 - to change the icon or to rearrange the position of the action within the actions provided by the available modules.
170.93 -
170.94 - </ul>
170.95 -
170.96 -</ol>
170.97 -
170.98 -<dl>
170.99 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
170.100 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
170.101 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
170.102 -</dl>
170.103 -<hr>
170.104 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
170.105 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
170.106 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
170.107 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
170.108 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
170.109 -</table>
170.110 -</body></html>
171.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_code_generator.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
171.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
171.3 @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
171.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
171.5 -<!--
171.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
171.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
171.8 -> -->
171.9 -<html>
171.10 -<head>
171.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
171.12 -
171.13 - <title>Creating a Code Generator</title>
171.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
171.15 -</head>
171.16 -
171.17 -<body>
171.18 - <h2>Creating a Code Generator</h2>
171.19 -<p><small>
171.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
171.21 -</small></p>
171.22 -
171.23 - <p>A <a href="about_code_generators.html">code generator</a>
171.24 - is an item added to the popup that appears in an editor when
171.25 - Alt-Insert is pressed. By default, for example, when you
171.26 - press Alt-Insert in a Java class, a constructor can be generated.
171.27 -
171.28 - <p><b>To create a new code generator:</b>
171.29 - <ol>
171.30 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
171.31 - New File wizard, choose Code Generator under the Module
171.32 - Development category.
171.33 - <li>In the Code Generator page, set the following:
171.34 - <ul>
171.35 - <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the
171.36 - name of the new code generator.
171.37 - <li><b>MimeType.</b> Specifies a unique
171.38 - Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME)
171.39 - type that enables the code generator
171.40 - to be registered in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
171.41 - <li><b>Generate Code Generator
171.42 - Context Provider.</b> Specifies that a
171.43 - class should be created, and registered in
171.44 - the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, for adding
171.45 - new objects to the code generator's lookup.
171.46 - </ul>
171.47 - <li>Click Finish.
171.48 - </ol>
171.49 -
171.50 -
171.51 -<dl>
171.52 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
171.53 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
171.54 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
171.55 -</dl>
171.56 -<hr>
171.57 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
171.58 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
171.59 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
171.60 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
171.61 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
171.62 -</table>
171.63 -</body></html>
172.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_file_type.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
172.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
172.3 @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
172.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
172.5 -<!--
172.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
172.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
172.8 -> -->
172.9 -<html>
172.10 -<head>
172.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
172.12 -
172.13 - <title>Creating a File Type</title>
172.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
172.15 -</head>
172.16 -
172.17 -<body>
172.18 - <h2>Creating a File Type</h2>
172.19 -<p><small>
172.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
172.21 -</small></p>
172.22 -
172.23 -<p>The New File Type wizard creates a new <a href="about_file_types.html">file type</a>.
172.24 -
172.25 -<p><b>To create a new file type:</b>
172.26 -<ol>
172.27 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > File Type.
172.28 - <li>In the File Recognition page, you have to set the following:
172.29 -<ul>
172.30 - <li><b>MIME Type.</b> Specifies a unique Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type that enables
172.31 - the file type to be registered in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file. Together, the MIME type and the filename extension
172.32 - or XML root element enable the IDE to distinguish one file type from another.
172.33 - <li><b>by</b>
172.34 - <ul>
172.35 - <li><b>Filename Extension.</b> Specifies one or more file extensions that the IDE will recognize
172.36 - as belonging to the specified MIME type. The file extension can optionally be preceded by a dot.
172.37 - Separators are commas, spaces, or both. Therefore, all of the following are valid:
172.38 - <ul>
172.39 - <li>.abc,.def
172.40 - <li>.abc .def
172.41 - <li>abc def
172.42 - <li>abc,.def ghi, .wow
172.43 - </ul>
172.44 - <li><b>XML Root Element.</b> Specifies a unique namespace that distinguishes
172.45 - the XML file type from all other XML file types.
172.46 - <p>The value that you specify is the namespace associated with the root
172.47 - element of your XML document. Note that this is not the same thing as the
172.48 - name of the root element. For example, in
172.49 - the following example XML document, the namespace is "sample":
172.50 - <p><mydata xmlns="sample"></mydata>
172.51 - </ul>
172.52 -</ul>
172.53 -<li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
172.54 -<ul>
172.55 - <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new files that
172.56 - will be generated.
172.57 - <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the new file type. For example, when
172.58 - you see the new file type in the Projects window, Files window, or Favorites window,
172.59 - it will be identified by the icon specified here. (Optional)
172.60 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
172.61 - </ul>
172.62 -<li>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
172.63 - <ul> <li>Tweak the <a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt> file</a>
172.64 - to change the icon or to rearrange the position of the action within the actions provided by the available modules.
172.65 - <li>Add properties to the default property sheet used by the new file type.
172.66 - <li>Use the <a href="../../csh/ActionTypePanel.html">New Action wizard</a> to add actions
172.67 - to the new file type's pop-up menu. When you do so, select Conditionally Enabled in
172.68 - the first page of the <a href="../../csh/ActionTypePanel.html">New Action wizard</a>.
172.69 - <li>Use the <a href="../../csh/WizardTypePanel.html">New Wizard wizard</a> to create a New File wizard
172.70 - that the user will use to create new files of the new type defined in the New File Type wizard.
172.71 - <li>Use the <a href="../../csh/SelectProjectPanel.html">New Project Template wizard</a> to add a sample
172.72 - project containing example files of the new file type to the New Project wizard.
172.73 - <li>Add advanced support for the file type, such as syntax highlighting.
172.74 - </ul>
172.75 -</ol>
172.76 -
172.77 -<dl>
172.78 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
172.79 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
172.80 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
172.81 -</dl>
172.82 -<hr>
172.83 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
172.84 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
172.85 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
172.86 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
172.87 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
172.88 -</table>
172.89 -</body></html>
173.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_j2se_library_desc.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
173.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
173.3 @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
173.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
173.5 -<!--
173.6 - * Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
173.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
173.8 -> -->
173.9 -<html>
173.10 -<head>
173.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
173.12 -
173.13 - <title>Bundling a Library</title>
173.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
173.15 -</head>
173.16 -
173.17 -<body>
173.18 - <h2>Bundling a Library</h2>
173.19 - <p><small>
173.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
173.21 - </small></p>
173.22 -
173.23 - <p>You bundle libraries with your module by
173.24 - using the New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard. This
173.25 - wizard creates a new <a href="../libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">Java SE library descriptor</a>,
173.26 - which registers the library in the Library Manager.
173.27 -
173.28 - <p><b>To create a new Java SE Library Descriptor:</b>
173.29 - <ol>
173.30 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Java SE Library Descriptor.
173.31 - <li>In the Select Library page, you have to specify the library that
173.32 - you want to make available in the Library Manager via the module. You can use the Library drop-down list
173.33 - to select a library that is available in the Library Manager or you can click Manage Libraries to
173.34 - use the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/project/csh/csh_library_manager.html">Library Manager</a> to
173.35 - add the library that you want to make available via the module.
173.36 - <p>Click Next.
173.37 - <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
173.38 - <ul>
173.39 - <li><b>Library Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new library descriptor.
173.40 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the descriptor's label.
173.41 - </ul>
173.42 - <p>Click Finish.
173.43 - </ol>
173.44 -
173.45 - <dl>
173.46 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
173.47 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
173.48 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
173.49 - </dl>
173.50 - <hr>
173.51 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
173.52 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
173.53 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
173.54 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
173.55 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
173.56 - </table>
173.57 -</body></html>
174.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_javahelp.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
174.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
174.3 @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
174.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
174.5 -<!--
174.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
174.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
174.8 -> -->
174.9 -<html>
174.10 -<head>
174.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
174.12 -
174.13 - <title>Bundling a JavaHelp Help Set</title>
174.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
174.15 -</head>
174.16 -
174.17 -<body>
174.18 - <h2>Bundling a JavaHelp Help Set</h2>
174.19 - <p><small>
174.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
174.21 - </small></p>
174.22 -
174.23 - <p>A <a href="../libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">JavaHelp help set</a>
174.24 - provides help files that explain the features and
174.25 - functionality of your module.
174.26 -
174.27 - <p><b>To create a new JavaHelp help set:</b>
174.28 - <ol>
174.29 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
174.30 - New File wizard, choose JavaHelp Help Set under the Module
174.31 - Development category.
174.32 - <li>In the Location page, note the files that will be created and also note that they will be housed in a new folder called <tt>docs</tt>:
174.33 - <ul>
174.34 - <li><b>-about.html.</b> A sample HTML file that is registered
174.35 - in the <tt>idx.xml</tt> file, <tt>map.xml</tt> file, and <tt>toc.xml</tt> file.
174.36 - <li><b>-hs.xml.</b> Helpset file.
174.37 - <li><b>-idx.xml.</b> Index file. Using the map ID created
174.38 - in the <tt>map.xml</tt> file, you add items to the <tt>idx.xml</tt> file,
174.39 - with the name of the topic that you want displayed in the index.
174.40 - <li><b>-map.xml.</b> Map file. Each HTML file must be registered in the
174.41 - map file. The map ID that you create for the HTML file is used in
174.42 - the <tt>toc.xml</tt> file and <tt>idx.xml</tt> file.
174.43 - <li><b>-toc.html.</b> Table of contents file. Using the map ID created
174.44 - in the <tt>map.xml</tt> file, you add items to the <tt>toc.xml</tt> file,
174.45 - with the name of the topic that you want displayed in the table
174.46 - of contents.
174.47 - <li><b>-helpset.xml.</b> The reference file that is registered in
174.48 - the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
174.49 - </ul>
174.50 - <p><b>Note:</b> Each of the names above is prefixed by the name of
174.51 - the project. For example, if the project name is <tt>myproject</tt>,
174.52 - the files above would be <tt>myproject-about.html</tt>, <tt>myproject-hs.xml</tt>, etc.
174.53 - <li>Click Finish.
174.54 - </ol>
174.55 -
174.56 -
174.57 - <p>Optionally, if you do not want to include the IDE's default JavaHelp help sets with
174.58 - your module,
174.59 - you can hide them. Particularly when you are creating a rich-client
174.60 - application on top of the NetBeans Platform, it is unlikely that you
174.61 - will want the IDE's JavaHelp help sets to be included with your application.
174.62 -
174.63 - <p><b>To hide a JavaHelp help set:</b>
174.64 - <ol>
174.65 - <li>In the Projects window, expand the Important Files node.
174.66 - <li>In the Important Files node, expand the XML Layer node, and then
174.67 - wait a moment while the subnodes are loaded.
174.68 - <li>Expand the <tt><this layer in context></tt> node.
174.69 - <li>Within the <tt>Services/JavaHelp</tt> node, select the nodes of
174.70 - the JavaHelp sets that you want to delete. Choose Delete.
174.71 - </ol>
174.72 - <p>In the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, notice that tags have been added,
174.73 - each with a <tt>_hidden</tt> flag. When your module is installed,
174.74 - the <tt>_hidden</tt> flag tells the IDE, or the application built on
174.75 - the NetBeans Platform, to exclude the specified items.
174.76 - <dl>
174.77 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
174.78 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
174.79 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
174.80 - </dl>
174.81 - <hr>
174.82 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
174.83 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
174.84 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
174.85 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
174.86 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
174.87 - </table>
174.88 -</body></html>
175.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_license.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
175.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
175.3 @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
175.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
175.5 -<!--
175.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
175.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
175.8 -> -->
175.9 -<html>
175.10 -<head>
175.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
175.12 -
175.13 - <title>Bundling a License</title>
175.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
175.15 -</head>
175.16 -
175.17 -<body>
175.18 - <h2>Bundling a License</h2>
175.19 - <p><small>
175.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
175.21 - </small></p>
175.22 -
175.23 - Especially when you want to distribute a module,
175.24 - bundling a <a href="../libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">license</a> is standard procedure.
175.25 - A license is typically a plain text file.
175.26 -
175.27 - <p><b>To bundle a license:</b>
175.28 -
175.29 - <ol><li>Right-click the module project node and choose Properties.
175.30 - <li>In the Project Properties dialog box, click Packaging.
175.31 - <li>Specify the packaging information, which includes the license.
175.32 - </ol>
175.33 -
175.34 - <dl>
175.35 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
175.36 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
175.37 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
175.38 - </dl>
175.39 - <hr>
175.40 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
175.41 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
175.42 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
175.43 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
175.44 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
175.45 - </table>
175.46 -</body></html>
176.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_module_installers.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
176.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
176.3 @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
176.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
176.5 -<!--
176.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
176.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
176.8 -> -->
176.9 -<html>
176.10 -<head>
176.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
176.12 -
176.13 - <title>Creating a Module Installer/Activator</title>
176.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
176.15 -</head>
176.16 -
176.17 -<body>
176.18 - <h2>Creating a Module Installer/Activator</h2>
176.19 - <p><small>
176.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
176.21 - </small></p>
176.22 -
176.23 -
176.24 - <p>A module installer (for a NetBeans module) or activator (for an OSGi bundle)
176.25 - is a Java class that provides hooks for
176.26 - running code on startup or when a module is loaded.
176.27 - It can also run cleanup code when a module is uninstalled
176.28 - or disabled.
176.29 -
176.30 - <p><b>To create a new installer/activator:</b>
176.31 - <ol>
176.32 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
176.33 - New File wizard, choose Installer/Activator under the Module
176.34 - Development category.
176.35 - <li>In the New Installer/Activator page, you have to set the following:
176.36 - <ul>
176.37 -
176.38 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the
176.39 - module installer will be housed. The module installer will always be
176.40 - named <tt>Installer</tt>.
176.41 - </ul>
176.42 -
176.43 - </ol>
176.44 -
176.45 -
176.46 -
176.47 -
176.48 - <dl>
176.49 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
176.50 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
176.51 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
176.52 - </dl>
176.53 - <hr>
176.54 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
176.55 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
176.56 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
176.57 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
176.58 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
176.59 - </table>
176.60 -</body></html>
177.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_options_panels.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
177.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
177.3 @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
177.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
177.5 -<!--
177.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
177.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
177.8 -> -->
177.9 -<html>
177.10 -<head>
177.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
177.12 -
177.13 - <title>Creating an Options Panel</title>
177.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
177.15 -</head>
177.16 -
177.17 -<body>
177.18 - <h2>Creating an Options Panel</h2>
177.19 - <p><small>
177.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
177.21 - </small></p>
177.22 -
177.23 -
177.24 - <p>An <a href="about_options_panels.html">Options panel</a>
177.25 - adds a category to the IDE's Options window. The category can be
177.26 - displayed as a primary panel (such as the "General" panel in the
177.27 - IDE) or as an addition to an existing panel, for example,
177.28 - the Miscellaneous panel (such as the "Ant"
177.29 - or "GUI Builder" panel in the IDE's Miscellaneous panel).
177.30 -
177.31 - <p><b>To create a new Options panel:</b>
177.32 - <ol>
177.33 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
177.34 - New File wizard, choose Options Panel under the Module
177.35 - Development category.
177.36 - <li>In the Choose Panel Type page, choose one of the following:
177.37 - <ul>
177.38 - <li><b>Create Secondary Panel.</b> Specifies that the category will
177.39 - be displayed as an addition to an existing panel, for example,
177.40 - the Miscellaneous panel (such as the "Ant"
177.41 - or "GUI Builder" panel in the IDE's Miscellaneous panel).
177.42 - <li><b>Create Primary Panel.</b> Specifies that the category will be
177.43 - displayed as a primary panel (such as the "General" panel in the
177.44 - IDE).
177.45 - </ul>
177.46 - <li>In the Location page, you have to set the following:
177.47 - <ul>
177.48 - <li><b>Class Prefix.</b> Specifies the prefix of the source files
177.49 - generated by the wizard.
177.50 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the
177.51 - source files will be housed.
177.52 - </ul>
177.53 - <li>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
177.54 - <ul>
177.55 - <li>Add a titled border to make the Options panel resemble other NetBeans Options
177.56 - categories.
177.57 - <li>Use the GUI Builder to add items such as checkboxes and textfields
177.58 - to the generated panel.
177.59 - </ul>
177.60 - </ol>
177.61 -
177.62 -
177.63 -
177.64 -
177.65 - <dl>
177.66 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
177.67 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
177.68 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
177.69 - </dl>
177.70 - <hr>
177.71 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
177.72 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
177.73 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
177.74 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
177.75 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
177.76 - </table>
177.77 -</body></html>
178.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_project_template.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
178.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
178.3 @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
178.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
178.5 -<!--
178.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
178.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
178.8 -> -->
178.9 -<html>
178.10 -<head>
178.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
178.12 -
178.13 - <title>Bundling a Project Template or Sample</title>
178.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs:/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
178.15 -</head>
178.16 -
178.17 -<body>
178.18 - <h2>Bundling a Project Template or Sample</h2>
178.19 - <p><small>
178.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
178.21 - </small></p>
178.22 -
178.23 - <p>The New Project Template wizard creates a new <a href="../libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">project template
178.24 - or project sample</a>. You can create an <a href="../../about/about-nbm.html">NBM file</a> that
178.25 - contains your template or sample. When the user installs the NBM file, the
178.26 - template or sample will be available in the New Project wizard.
178.27 -
178.28 - <p><b>To create a new project template or sample:</b>
178.29 - <ol>
178.30 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Project Template.
178.31 - <li>In the Select Project page, you have to specify the project that
178.32 - you want to make available as a project template or sample. You can use the Project drop-down list
178.33 - to select an open project or you can click Browse to browse to a project in your filesystem.
178.34 - <p>Click Next.
178.35 - <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
178.36 - <ul>
178.37 - <li><b>Template Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new project template.
178.38 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the template's label. For example, you
178.39 - will see this label in the Plugins manager. (Optional)
178.40 - <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the template's category. For example, this will
178.41 - enable the user to find the template more easily in the New Project wizard. (Optional)
178.42 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the classes will be housed.
178.43 - </ul>
178.44 - <p>Click Finish.
178.45 -
178.46 - <li>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
178.47 - <ul><li>Tweak the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file to change the icon or rearrange the position
178.48 - of the template in the New Project wizard.
178.49 - <li>Change the description that will appear in the New Project wizard's
178.50 - Description box.</ul>
178.51 - </ol>
178.52 - <dl>
178.53 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
178.54 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
178.55 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
178.56 - </dl>
178.57 - <hr>
178.58 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
178.59 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
178.60 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
178.61 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
178.62 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
178.63 - </table>
178.64 -</body></html>
179.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_quick_search_provider.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
179.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
179.3 @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
179.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
179.5 -<!--
179.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
179.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
179.8 -> -->
179.9 -<html>
179.10 -<head>
179.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
179.12 -
179.13 - <title>Creating Quick Search Providers</title>
179.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
179.15 - </head>
179.16 -
179.17 - <body>
179.18 - <h2>Creating Quick Search Providers</h2>
179.19 - <p><small>
179.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
179.21 - </small></p>
179.22 -
179.23 - <p>A quick search provider is a Java class
179.24 - that lets you plug new
179.25 - items into the Quick Search feature in the
179.26 - IDE or any other application on top of the
179.27 - NetBeans Platform.
179.28 -
179.29 - <p><b>To create a new quick search provider:</b>
179.30 - <ol>
179.31 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the
179.32 - New File wizard, choose Quick Search Provider under the Module
179.33 - Development category.
179.34 - <li>In the File Recognition page, you have to set the following:
179.35 - <ul>
179.36 - <li><b>Provider Class Name.</b> Specifies the
179.37 - class name of the stub that the wizard will
179.38 - generate.
179.39 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the package
179.40 - where the stub class will be generated.
179.41 - <li><b>Category Display Name.</b> Specifies
179.42 - the display name of the category that the
179.43 - stub will create.
179.44 - <li><b>Command Prefix.</b> Specifies
179.45 - prefix for narrowing the search to
179.46 - the category that the stub will create.
179.47 - <li><b>Position in Popup.</b> Specifies the
179.48 - position of the new item in the within the
179.49 - Quick Search feature.
179.50 - </ul>
179.51 - </ol>
179.52 -
179.53 -
179.54 - <dl>
179.55 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
179.56 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
179.57 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
179.58 - </dl>
179.59 - <hr>
179.60 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
179.61 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
179.62 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
179.63 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
179.64 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
179.65 - </table>
179.66 -</body></html>
180.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_uc_manually.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
180.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
180.3 @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
180.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
180.5 -<!--
180.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
180.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
180.8 -> -->
180.9 -<html>
180.10 -<head>
180.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
180.12 -
180.13 - <title>Manually Registering an Update Center URL</title>
180.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
180.15 -</head>
180.16 -
180.17 -<body>
180.18 - <h2>Manually Registering an Update Center URL</h2>
180.19 - <p><small>
180.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
180.21 - </small></p>
180.22 -
180.23 -
180.24 - <p>If you have not been provided with a <a href="create_update_centers.html">module that
180.25 - bundles an update center's URL</a>, you
180.26 - need to register the update center manually. Once you have registered the
180.27 - update center, you can access its modules via the Plugins manager,
180.28 - which you can access under the Tools menu.
180.29 -
180.30 - <p><b>To manually register an update center's URL:</b>
180.31 - <ol>
180.32 - <li>Choose Tools > Plugins.
180.33 - <p>The Plugins manager opens.
180.34 - <li>Click the Settings tab at the top of the Plugins manager.
180.35 - <li>Click Add.
180.36 - <li>Type the name and URL of the autoupdate center. The name can be anything
180.37 - you want it to be. Click Finish.
180.38 - <li>Click Close.
180.39 - </ol>
180.40 - <p>You have now manually registered the update center's URL.
180.41 -
180.42 - <dl>
180.43 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
180.44 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
180.45 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
180.46 - </dl>
180.47 - <hr>
180.48 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
180.49 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
180.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
180.51 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
180.52 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
180.53 - </table>
180.54 -</body></html>
181.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_update_centers.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
181.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
181.3 @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
181.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
181.5 -<!--
181.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
181.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
181.8 -> -->
181.9 -<html>
181.10 -<head>
181.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
181.12 -
181.13 - <title>Bundling an Update Center's URL</title>
181.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
181.15 -</head>
181.16 -
181.17 -<body>
181.18 - <h2>Bundling an Update Center's URL</h2>
181.19 - <p><small>
181.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
181.21 - </small></p>
181.22 -
181.23 -
181.24 - <p>The New Update Center wizard lets you create
181.25 - a module that registers a <a href="about_update_centers.html">update center</a>
181.26 - in the user's Plugins manager. In effect, the module
181.27 - bundles the URL to the update center so that the user does not
181.28 - need to <a href="create_uc_manually.html">register the URL manually</a>.
181.29 -
181.30 - <p><b>To bundle an update center's URL:</b>
181.31 - <ol>
181.32 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Other. In the New File
181.33 - wizard, choose Update Center from the Module Development category. Click Next.
181.34 - <li>In the Update Center Declaration page, you have to set the following:
181.35 - <ul><li><b>URL to Update Descriptor.</b> Specifies the URL to the autoupdate descriptor. <p>You
181.36 - can let the IDE generate the autoupdate descriptor for you; for details, see
181.37 - <a href="../../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</a>.
181.38 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the name that you would like the user to
181.39 - see in their Plugins manager.
181.40 - </ul>
181.41 - <p>Click Finish.
181.42 - </ol>
181.43 -
181.44 -
181.45 -
181.46 -
181.47 - <dl>
181.48 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
181.49 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
181.50 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
181.51 - </dl>
181.52 - <hr>
181.53 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
181.54 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
181.55 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
181.56 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
181.57 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
181.58 - </table>
181.59 -</body></html>
182.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_window_component.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
182.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
182.3 @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
182.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
182.5 -<!--
182.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
182.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
182.8 -> -->
182.9 -<html>
182.10 -<head>
182.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
182.12 -
182.13 - <title>Creating a Window Component</title>
182.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
182.15 -</head>
182.16 -
182.17 -<body>
182.18 - <h2>Creating a Window Component</h2>
182.19 -<p><small>
182.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
182.21 -</small></p>
182.22 -
182.23 -<p>A <a href="about_window_components.html">window component</a> creates a window (also known as 'view') for a module. The IDE
182.24 - provides the Window Component wizard to simplify the initial creation process.
182.25 -
182.26 -<p><b>To create a new window component:</b>
182.27 -<ol>
182.28 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Window Component.
182.29 - <li>In the Basic Settings page, you set the following:
182.30 -<ul>
182.31 - <li><b>Window Position.</b> Specifies the location of the window component when open in the IDE.
182.32 - Depending on the modules installed
182.33 - in the platform that forms the basis
182.34 - of your application, you're able
182.35 - to choose from several window positions,
182.36 - including the following:
182.37 - <ul>
182.38 - <li><tt>bottomSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
182.39 - on the bottom bar of the IDE.
182.40 - <li><tt>commonpalette.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Palette for HTML/JSP code snippets.
182.41 - <li><tt>debugger.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Debugger.
182.42 - <li><tt>editor.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Source Editor.
182.43 - <li><tt>explorer.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Projects window.
182.44 - <li><tt>leftSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
182.45 - on the left sidebar of the IDE.
182.46 - <li><tt>navigator.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Navigator.
182.47 - <li><tt>output.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Output window.
182.48 - <li><tt>properties.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Properties window.
182.49 - <li><tt>rightSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
182.50 - on the right side of the Source Editor.
182.51 - </ul>
182.52 - <li><b>Open on Application Start.</b> Specifies whether the window component is open
182.53 - by default or not.
182.54 - <li><b>Keep preferred size when slided-in.</b> Specifies that the size of the
182.55 - window when minimized will be determined by the preferred size propery of the
182.56 - window. When selected, the following line is added
182.57 - to the TopComponent's constructor:
182.58 - <tt>putClientProperty("netbeans.winsys.tc.keep_preferred_size_when_slided_in", Boolean.TRUE);</tt>
182.59 - <li><b>Sliding not allowed.</b>
182.60 - <br/><b>Closing not allowed.</b>
182.61 - <br/><b>Undocking not allowed.</b>
182.62 - <br/><b>Dragging not allowed.</b>
182.63 - <br/><b>Maximization not allowed.</b> Specify that the window
182.64 - should not have one or more features that it
182.65 - has by default.
182.66 -
182.67 -</ul>
182.68 - <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
182.69 -<ul>
182.70 - <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new <tt>Action</tt> and <tt>TopComponent</tt> classes.
182.71 - <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the window component. For example, you
182.72 - will see the icon in the label of the window component. (Optional)
182.73 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
182.74 - </ul>
182.75 - <li>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
182.76 - <ul>
182.77 - <li>Use the Form editor to design the window.
182.78 - <li>Place the window component in a different position. In the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file,
182.79 - tweak the Modes section.
182.80 -
182.81 - <li>Add your own code to <tt>componentOpened()</tt> and <tt>componentClosed()</tt> to
182.82 - specify what will happen when the window opens and closes.
182.83 -
182.84 - </ul>
182.85 -</ol>
182.86 -<dl>
182.87 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
182.88 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
182.89 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
182.90 -</dl>
182.91 -<hr>
182.92 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
182.93 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
182.94 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
182.95 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
182.96 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
182.97 -</table>
182.98 -</body></html>
183.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_wizard.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
183.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
183.3 @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
183.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
183.5 -<!--
183.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
183.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
183.8 -> -->
183.9 -<html>
183.10 -<head>
183.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
183.12 -
183.13 - <title>Creating A Wizard</title>
183.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
183.15 -</head>
183.16 -
183.17 -<body>
183.18 - <h2>Creating A Wizard</h2>
183.19 - <p><small>
183.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
183.21 - </small></p>
183.22 -
183.23 -
183.24 - <p>The Wizard wizard helps you by creating several of a <a href="about_wizards.html">wizard's</a> basic Java source files, containing sample code, for you.
183.25 - When you want to create a wizard, you do not always need to use the Wizard wizard. The table below
183.26 - helps you to chose.
183.27 -
183.28 - <table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
183.29 - task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
183.30 - <tr valign="top">
183.31 - <th scope="col" align="left" width="30">When you want to create a...</th>
183.32 - <th scope="col" align="left">Use a...</th>
183.33 - </tr>
183.34 -
183.35 - <tr valign="top">
183.36 - <td>New Project wizard</td>
183.37 - <td><a href="../../csh/SelectProjectPanel.html">New Project Template wizard</a>
183.38 - </td>
183.39 - </tr>
183.40 - <tr valign="top">
183.41 - <td>New Sample wizard</td>
183.42 - <td><a href="../../csh/SelectProjectPanel.html">New Project Template wizard</a>
183.43 - </td>
183.44 - </tr>
183.45 - <tr valign="top">
183.46 - <td>New File wizard</td>
183.47 - <td>'New File' registration type in the <a href="../../csh/WizardTypePanel.html">New Wizard wizard</a>
183.48 - </td>
183.49 -
183.50 - </tr>
183.51 - <tr>
183.52 - <td>Any other type of wizard</td>
183.53 - <td>'Custom' registration type in the <a href="../../csh/WizardTypePanel.html">New Wizard wizard</a>
183.54 - </td>
183.55 - </tr>
183.56 - </table>
183.57 -
183.58 -
183.59 - <p>Depending on the type of wizard you want to create, do
183.60 - the following:
183.61 -
183.62 - <p><b>To create a New File wizard or a custom wizard:</b>
183.63 - <ol>
183.64 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Project Template.
183.65 - <li>In the Wizard Type page, you have to set the following:
183.66 - <ul>
183.67 - <li><b>Registration Type.</b> Specifies where the user will be able to
183.68 - find the wizard in the IDE. See <a href="about_wizards.html">About Wizards</a> for details.
183.69 - <li><b>Wizard Step Sequence.</b> Specifies whether the Wizard wizard
183.70 - will create an implementation of this NetBeans API class: <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
183.71 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/WizardDescriptor.Iterator.html">
183.72 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>WizardDescriptor.Iterator</u></html>">
183.73 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
183.74 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
183.75 - </object>
183.76 -
183.77 - <p>If you choose Static, an implementation of this NetBeans API class will not be created.
183.78 - The default progression from panel to panel will then be supported by your wizard,
183.79 - sequential progression
183.80 - without divergences or reversals.
183.81 - <p>If you choose
183.82 - Dynamic, the Wizard wizard will create an implementation of the WizardDescriptor.Iterator class. This class
183.83 - guides progress from one panel
183.84 - to the next. The developer has a lot more freedom in coding the
183.85 - wizard, but has a more complex task since there are many more
183.86 - possibilities to consider. When you choose "Static", you can also
183.87 - extend the wizard to provide support for panel skipping and reversals, but the
183.88 - "Dynamic" type was made for this purpose. For example, the Add Server
183.89 - Instance wizard offers different panels depending on the type
183.90 - of server that the user wants to register.
183.91 -
183.92 - <li><b>Number of Wizard Panels.</b> For each panel, the IDE creates
183.93 - two files—a visual panel (called <tt>xxxVisualPanel.java</tt>) and a wizard panel
183.94 - (called <tt>xxxWizardPanel</tt>) for retrieving the current values from the visual panel.
183.95 - Only if you enter an integer greater than 0, will you be able to progress to the
183.96 - next panel in the Wizard wizard.
183.97 - </ul>
183.98 -
183.99 - <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
183.100 - <ul>
183.101 - <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the name of the new panels and action class.</li>
183.102 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.</li>
183.103 - </ul>
183.104 -
183.105 - <li>Only if the wizard will be registered as a New File wizard
183.106 - can you set the following items:
183.107 -
183.108 - <ul>
183.109 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the display name for
183.110 - the new wizard in the New File wizard.</li>
183.111 - <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the New File wizard
183.112 - category where the new file wizard will be located.</li>
183.113 - <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will be displayed
183.114 - in the New File wizard.</li>
183.115 - </ul></li>
183.116 - <li>Click Finish.</li>
183.117 - </ol>
183.118 -
183.119 -
183.120 - <p>After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:</p>
183.121 - <ul><li>Tweak the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file to change the icon or rearrange the position
183.122 - of the template in the New Project wizard.</li>
183.123 - <li>Change the description that will appear in the New Project wizard's
183.124 - Description box.</li</ul>
183.125 -
183.126 -
183.127 -
183.128 -
183.129 -
183.130 - <p><b>To create a new project template or a sample wizard:</b>
183.131 - <ol>
183.132 - <li>Right-click a module project and choose New > Project Template.
183.133 - <li>In the Select Project page, you have to specify the project that
183.134 - you want to make available as a project template or sample. You can use the Project drop-down list
183.135 - to select an open project or you can click Browse to browse to a project in your filesystem.
183.136 - <p>Click Next.
183.137 - <li>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
183.138 - <ul>
183.139 - <li><b>Template Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new project template.
183.140 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the template's label. For example, you
183.141 - will see this label in the Plugins manager. (Optional)
183.142 - <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the template's category. For example, this will
183.143 - enable the user to find the template more easily in the New Project wizard. (Optional)
183.144 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the classes will be housed.
183.145 - </ul></li>
183.146 - <li>Click Finish.</li>
183.147 - </ol>
183.148 -
183.149 -
183.150 - After completing the wizard, you can do one or more of the following:
183.151 - <ul><li>Tweak the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file to change the icon or rearrange the position
183.152 - of the template in the New Project wizard.
183.153 - <li>Change the description that will appear in the New Project wizard's
183.154 - Description box.</ul>
183.155 - </ol>
183.156 -
183.157 -
183.158 -
183.159 -
183.160 - <dl>
183.161 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
183.162 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
183.163 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
183.164 - </dl>
183.165 - <hr>
183.166 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
183.167 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
183.168 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
183.169 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
183.170 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
183.171 - </table>
183.172 -</body></html>
184.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
184.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
184.3 @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
184.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
184.5 -<!--
184.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
184.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
184.8 -> -->
184.9 -<html>
184.10 -<head>
184.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
184.12 -
184.13 - <title>About Bundling Supporting Items</title>
184.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
184.15 -</head>
184.16 -
184.17 -<body>
184.18 - <h2>About Bundling Supporting Items</h2>
184.19 - <p><small>
184.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
184.21 - </small></p>
184.22 -
184.23 - The IDE provides wizards for bundling various supporting items
184.24 - with your module. Using these wizards means you can
184.25 - simply point-and-click at the items you want to include, and then the IDE
184.26 - does all the work for you.
184.27 -
184.28 - <p>You can use wizards to quickly and easily bundle the following items
184.29 - with your module:
184.30 -
184.31 - <ul>
184.32 - <li><b>Libraries.</b> External JARs can be included in your NetBeans
184.33 - Platform modules in various ways:
184.34 - <ul>
184.35 - <li>If you are extending the IDE, you can add a new library
184.36 - to the Library Manager, which enables the user to add
184.37 - the library to the classpath of their application.
184.38 - For this you need a Java SE library
184.39 - descriptor, which the IDE can create for you.
184.40 - <li>If you are creating extensions to the IDE or
184.41 - are creating your own applications on the NetBeans Platform,
184.42 - you can include external JARs, NetBeans modules, and OSGi bundles.
184.43 - You can also include groups and combinations of these items.
184.44 - The IDE provides support for all of these scenarios.
184.45 - </ul>
184.46 - <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_j2se_library_desc.html">Bundling a Library</a>.
184.47 -
184.48 -
184.49 - <li><b>Project Templates.</b> Project templates are used when users begin to create
184.50 - their own project. For example,
184.51 - in the IDE a user chooses the 'Web Application' project template in the New Project wizard, then the IDE
184.52 - creates a project consisting of a JSP file, a <tt>web.xml</tt> file, a server-specific deployment file,
184.53 - and project metadata within a specific structure that is useful for web application projects.
184.54 - <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_project_template.html">Bundling a Project Template or Sample</a>.
184.55 -
184.56 -
184.57 - <li><b>Project Samples.</b> Project samples that illustrate
184.58 - some aspect of project functionality are often provided by modules
184.59 - that inject a new technology into the IDE. For example,
184.60 - in the Samples directory within the New Project wizard, an Anagram Game is included
184.61 - to demonstrate Java SE functionality. A sample is a kind of project template; it
184.62 - has the same behavior as a project template, but it is used for a different purpose.
184.63 - <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_project_template.html">Bundling a Project Template or Sample</a>.
184.64 -
184.65 - <li><b>Update Center URLs.</b> When you bundle the URL to
184.66 - a <a href="../filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html">update center</a>,
184.67 - you help your users, because they will not need to register your update center
184.68 - manually. Instead, when they install your module, your update center
184.69 - will automatically be accessible via the Plugins manager. As a result, when
184.70 - your users go to Tools > Plugins manager, they will immediately see your
184.71 - update center in the 'Select Update Center(s) to connect' list. An update
184.72 - center declaration consists of the URL to the autoupdate descriptor and
184.73 - a display name.
184.74 - <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_update_centers.html">Bundling an Update Center's URL</a>.
184.75 -
184.76 -
184.77 - <li><b>JavaHelp Help Sets.</b> The IDE provides a number of JavaHelp help sets. You can
184.78 - add your own, or, if you are creating an application on top of the NetBeans Platform,
184.79 - you can provide a help set specifically for your application. (You can also hide help
184.80 - sets provided by other modules.) The files required
184.81 - for a JavaHelp help set can be generated for you by the IDE. Registration of the
184.82 - help set in the IDE can also be automated. As a result, you do not need to think
184.83 - about these infrastuctural matters, so that you can focus your time and
184.84 - energy on the <i>content</i> of your help set.
184.85 - <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_javahelp.html">Bundling a JavaHelp Help Set</a>.
184.86 -
184.87 - <li><b>License.</b> With the creation of any software, there
184.88 - is often a need for that software to have a software license.
184.89 - The IDE's support for creating modules allows
184.90 - you to add a license to the module that is under
184.91 - creation.
184.92 - <p>For details, see <a href="../filelevel_create/create_license.html">Bundling a License</a>.
184.93 -
184.94 -
184.95 - </ul>
184.96 -
184.97 -
184.98 - <dl>
184.99 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
184.100 - <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_j2se_library_desc.html">Bundling a Library</a></dd><!--TODO should be -->
184.101 - <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_action.html">Creating an Action</a></dd>
184.102 - <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_file_type.html">Creating a File Type</a> </dd>
184.103 - <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_project_template.html">Creating a Project Template</a></dd>
184.104 - <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_window_component.html">Creating a Window Component</a> </dd>
184.105 - <dd><a href="../filelevel_create/create_wizard.html">Creating a Wizard</a> </dd>
184.106 - </dl>
184.107 -
184.108 -<hr>
184.109 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
184.110 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
184.111 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
184.112 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
184.113 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
184.114 - </table>
184.115 -</body></html>
185.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/netbeans_api_javadoc.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
185.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
185.3 @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
185.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
185.5 -<!--
185.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
185.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
185.8 -> -->
185.9 -<html>
185.10 -<head>
185.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
185.12 -
185.13 - <title>Registering the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</title>
185.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
185.15 -</head>
185.16 -<body>
185.17 - <h2>Registering the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</h2>
185.18 -<p><small>
185.19 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
185.20 -</small></p>
185.21 -
185.22 -
185.23 -
185.24 -<p>The NetBeans Platform Manager is a tool for registering different NetBeans platforms with the IDE.
185.25 -A NetBeans platform can be an installation of the <a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a> or an
185.26 -installation of the NetBeans IDE.
185.27 -
185.28 -The default platform is always configured, and is the running IDE. Even in the case that a target platform is the complete IDE,
185.29 -you can easily create an application based only on the platform subset, so that there is little need to download the NetBeans Platform separately.
185.30 -
185.31 - The NetBeans Platform Manager lists all your registered NetBeans platforms in the left pane and
185.32 - lists the platform that the IDE currently deploys to as the default.
185.33 -
185.34 -<p>You can open the NetBeans Platform Manager by choosing Tools > NetBeans Platform Manager.
185.35 -
185.36 -<p>Using the NetBeans Platform Manager, you can:
185.37 -<ul>
185.38 - <li>Register a new platform. </li>
185.39 - <li>View a registered platform's available modules.</li>
185.40 - <li>Register source code for a platform in the Sources
185.41 - tab. If you register the sources, you do not need to register Javadoc separately, because Javadoc is
185.42 - included in the sources. Either the ZIP file containing the sources or the unpacked root folder
185.43 - can be registered in the Sources tab. You can download the NetBeans sources from <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
185.44 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/downloads/index.html">
185.45 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://bits.netbeans.org/downloads/index.html</u>.</html>">
185.46 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
185.47 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
185.48 -</object></li>
185.49 - <li>Register Javadoc documentation
185.50 - for a platform in the Javadoc tab. Javadoc is available from the Plugins manager as "NetBeans API Documentation".
185.51 - Choose Tools > Plugins to access the Plugins manager.</li>
185.52 -</ul>
185.53 -<p>Once you have registered a platform, you can configure a module project to use
185.54 - that platform for deployment. Go to the project's Project
185.55 - Properties dialog box, select the Libraries node, and choose the appropriate
185.56 - platform in the NetBeans Platform drop-down list.
185.57 -<dl>
185.58 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
185.59 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
185.60 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
185.61 -</dl>
185.62 -<hr>
185.63 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
185.64 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
185.65 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
185.66 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
185.67 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
185.68 -</table>
185.69 -</body></html>
186.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
186.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
186.3 @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
186.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
186.5 -<!--
186.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
186.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
186.8 -> -->
186.9 -<html>
186.10 -<head>
186.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
186.12 -
186.13 - <title>About Module Project Templates</title>
186.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
186.15 -</head>
186.16 -
186.17 -<body>
186.18 - <h2>About Module Project Templates</h2>
186.19 - <p><small>
186.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
186.21 - </small></p>
186.22 - <p>The IDE contains a set of standard project templates for module development.
186.23 - The standard distribution of the IDE contains the following module project templates:
186.24 -
186.25 - <ul>
186.26 -<li><b><img src="../../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module icon"> Module.</b>
186.27 -Use a module project as the place where you code your module. </li>
186.28 -<li><b><img src="../../images/module.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Library Wrapper Module icon"> Library Wrapper Module.</b>
186.29 -Use library wrapper module projects to put one or more library JAR files on a module's classpath.
186.30 -</li>
186.31 -<li><b><img src="../../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Module Suite icon"> Module Suite.</b>
186.32 -Use a module suite project to group and deploy a set of interdependent module projects and library wrapper
186.33 - module projects.
186.34 -</li>
186.35 -<li><b><img src="../../images/suite.png" width="16" height="16" alt="Application icon"> NetBeans Platform Application.</b>
186.36 -Use a NetBeans Platform Application project as the skeleton framework as the starting
186.37 - point of your own applications.
186.38 -</li>
186.39 -</ul>
186.40 - <h3>Important Files</h3>
186.41 - <p>Module projects, library wrapper module projects,
186.42 - and module suite projects have an Important Files node
186.43 - where the IDE stores the Ant script,
186.44 - <tt>layer.xml</tt> file, and other project data.</p>
186.45 -
186.46 - <p>The following table lists the highlights of the Important Files node and whether each is found in
186.47 - a module project template, a library wrapper module project template,
186.48 - a module suite project, or all three:</p>
186.49 -
186.50 - <table border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="The left column lists the
186.51 - task name. The right column lists the steps to perform.">
186.52 - <tr valign="top">
186.53 - <th scope="col" align="left"> Item</th>
186.54 - <th scope="col" align="left">Description</th>
186.55 - <th scope="col" align="left">Availability</th>
186.56 - </tr>
186.57 - <tr valign="top">
186.58 - <td>XML Layer</td>
186.59 - <td>
186.60 - The System Filesystem registration file (<tt>layer.xml</tt>). You use this file
186.61 - to register new items in the System Filesystem. When you use
186.62 - file-level templates, the IDE automatically registers
186.63 - items for you. For example, when you use the Action wizard,
186.64 - you specify that a Java class should be invoked as a menu item,
186.65 - toolbar button, or keyboard shortcut, and the IDE registers
186.66 - your specification accordingly in the<tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
186.67 - </td>
186.68 - <td>Module Project</td>
186.69 - </tr>
186.70 - <tr valign="top">
186.71 - <td>Build Script</td>
186.72 - <td>
186.73 - The build script called by the IDE. This build script only contains an
186.74 - import statement that imports targets from <tt>nbproject/build-impl.xml</tt>.
186.75 - Use the <tt>build.xml</tt> to override targets from <tt>build-impl.xml</tt>
186.76 - or to create new targets.
186.77 - </td>
186.78 - <td>All</td>
186.79 - </tr>
186.80 -
186.81 - <tr valign="top">
186.82 - <td>Module Manifest</td>
186.83 - <td>
186.84 - <p>The JAR manifest (<tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt>) with sections defining attributes
186.85 - for the module. By default, the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file created for a module project
186.86 - specifies its name, <tt>layer.xml</tt>, localizing bundle, and specification version.
186.87 - </td>
186.88 - <td>Module Project</td>
186.89 - </tr>
186.90 - <tr valign="top">
186.91 - <td>Project Metadata</td>
186.92 - <td>
186.93 - <p>The <tt>project.xml</tt> file. IDE-generated
186.94 - metadata file for specifying module dependencies and classpaths.
186.95 - Although you can edit <tt>project.xml</tt> manually,
186.96 - you generally do not need to. When you use a <a href="../filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html">file-level template</a> to create items, such as actions,
186.97 - the IDE automatically specifies module dependencies required
186.98 - by the item in question. Should you need to specify module dependencies
186.99 - yourself, use the Libraries panel in the project's Project Properties dialog box.
186.100 -
186.101 - </td>
186.102 - <td>All</td>
186.103 - </tr>
186.104 - </table>
186.105 - <dl>
186.106 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
186.107 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
186.108 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
186.109 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
186.110 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
186.111 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
186.112 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
186.113 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
186.114 - </dl>
186.115 - <hr>
186.116 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
186.117 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
186.118 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
186.119 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
186.120 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
186.121 - </table>
186.122 -</body></html>
187.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_library_wrapper.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
187.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
187.3 @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
187.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
187.5 -<!--
187.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
187.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
187.8 -> -->
187.9 -<html>
187.10 -<head>
187.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
187.12 -
187.13 - <title>Creating a Library Wrapper Module Project</title>
187.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
187.15 -</head>
187.16 -
187.17 -<body>
187.18 - <h2>Creating a Library Wrapper Module Project</h2>
187.19 - <p><small>
187.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
187.21 - </small></p>
187.22 - Use a library wrapper module project template to create a library wrapper module
187.23 - project. Library wrapper module projects put one or more library
187.24 - JAR files on a module's classpath. You have to export some or all of the packages as public, and you need to have a regular module depend on it,
187.25 - or the library wrapper module
187.26 - becomes useless. The wizard that you use to create the library wrapper module
187.27 - project automatically exports as public any packages it finds in the JARs.
187.28 -
187.29 - <p><b>To create a library wrapper module project:</b>
187.30 - <ol>
187.31 - <li>Choose File > New Project
187.32 - (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
187.33 - <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select Library Wrapper Module.</li>
187.34 - <li>In the Select Library panel, specify the following:
187.35 - <ul>
187.36 - <li><b>Library. </b> Specifies one or more JAR files that make up the
187.37 - library. Use Shift-Click and Ctrl-Click to select more than one JAR file.
187.38 - You are encouraged to only include more than one JAR file if their
187.39 - versions are likely to increment at the same time.</li>
187.40 - <li><b>License. </b>Specifies the License of the JAR files.</li>
187.41 - </ul>
187.42 - <li>In the Name and Location panel, specify the following:
187.43 - <ul>
187.44 - <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project
187.45 - will be housed, prepended by the project location, which
187.46 - is specified in the next field.</li>
187.47 - <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
187.48 - project metadata and source code.</li>
187.49 - <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
187.50 - to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
187.51 - of the project location and the project name.</li>
187.52 - <li><b>Add to Module Suite.</b> Specifies that the module belongs to a module suite. If the module
187.53 - suite is not currently open in the IDE, click Browse to locate the module suite in your
187.54 - filesystem.
187.55 - </ul>
187.56 - <li>Click Next.
187.57 - <li>In the Basic Module Configuration panel, specify the following:
187.58 - <ul>
187.59 - <li><b>Code Name Base. </b>Specifies a unique name for the module. A main
187.60 - package will be created with the same name as the code name base. If your
187.61 - code name base is <tt>org.modules.foo</tt>, your default package structure will be
187.62 - <tt>org/modules/foo</tt>.
187.63 - <li><b>Module Display Name. </b>Specifies the name that will be displayed
187.64 - in the Projects window.</li>
187.65 - <li><b>Localizing Bundle. </b>Specifies location of the <tt>Bundle.properties</tt>
187.66 - file. Normally, the default suggestion should be appropriate.</li>
187.67 - </ul>
187.68 - <li>Click Finish.
187.69 - </ol>
187.70 -
187.71 - <dl>
187.72 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
187.73 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
187.74 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
187.75 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
187.76 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
187.77 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
187.78 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
187.79 - </dl>
187.80 - <hr>
187.81 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
187.82 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
187.83 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
187.84 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
187.85 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
187.86 - </table>
187.87 -</body></html>
188.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
188.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
188.3 @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
188.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
188.5 -<!--
188.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
188.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
188.8 -> -->
188.9 -<html>
188.10 -<head>
188.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
188.12 -
188.13 - <title>Creating a Module Project</title>
188.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
188.15 -</head>
188.16 -
188.17 -<body>
188.18 - <h2>Creating a Module Project</h2>
188.19 - <p><small>
188.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
188.21 - </small></p>
188.22 - Use a module project template to create a module project. The module
188.23 - project is the place where you code your module. Module projects implement the module's features
188.24 - and functionality that extend the NetBeans APIs, which you kickstart
188.25 - by using file templates. In addition, module projects include the
188.26 - business logic that integrate the library wrapper module projects
188.27 - into the module. Code housed in module projects also provides,
188.28 - for example, the user interface for receiving and processing user input.
188.29 - <p><b>To create a module project:</b>
188.30 - <ol>
188.31 - <li>Choose File > New Project
188.32 - (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
188.33 - <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select Module. Click Next.
188.34 - <li>In the Name and Location panel, specify the following:
188.35 - <ul>
188.36 - <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project
188.37 - will be housed, prepended by the project location, which
188.38 - is specified in the next field.</li>
188.39 - <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
188.40 - project metadata and source code.</li>
188.41 - <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
188.42 - to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
188.43 - of the project location and the project name.</li>
188.44 - <li><b>Standalone Module.</b> Specifies that the module does not belong to a module suite. In addition,
188.45 - you must specify which platform the module will be compiled and deployed against. To add additional
188.46 - platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="../../csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
188.47 - <li><b>Add to Module Suite.</b> Specifies that the module belongs to a module suite. If the module
188.48 - suite is not currently open in the IDE, click Browse to locate the module suite in your
188.49 - filesystem.
188.50 - <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
188.51 - project.</li>
188.52 - </ul>
188.53 - <li>Click Next.
188.54 - <li>In the Basic Module Configuration panel, specify the following:
188.55 - <ul>
188.56 - <li><b>Code Name Base. </b>Specifies a unique name for the module. A main
188.57 - package will be created with the same name as the code name base. If your
188.58 - code name base is <tt>org.modules.foo</tt>, your default package structure will be
188.59 - <tt>org/modules/foo</tt>.
188.60 - <li><b>Module Display Name. </b>Specifies the name that will be displayed
188.61 - in the Projects window.</li>
188.62 - <li><b>Localizing Bundle. </b>Specifies location of the <tt>Bundle.properties</tt>
188.63 - file. Normally, the default suggestion should be appropriate.</li>
188.64 - <li><b>XML Layer.</b> If the "Generate XML Layer" checkbox is selected,
188.65 - specifies the name and location of the optional <tt>layer.xml</tt> file.
188.66 - If you do not let the IDE create one now, the IDE will create one automatically
188.67 - if you run any wizard which needs to add a layer entry.
188.68 - </ul>
188.69 - <li>Click Finish.
188.70 - </ol>
188.71 -
188.72 - <dl>
188.73 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
188.74 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
188.75 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
188.76 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
188.77 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
188.78 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
188.79 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
188.80 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
188.81 - </dl>
188.82 - <hr>
188.83 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
188.84 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
188.85 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
188.86 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
188.87 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
188.88 - </table>
188.89 -</body></html>
189.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module_suite.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
189.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
189.3 @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
189.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
189.5 -<!--
189.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
189.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
189.8 -> -->
189.9 -<html>
189.10 -<head>
189.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
189.12 -
189.13 - <title>Creating a Module Suite Project</title>
189.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
189.15 -</head>
189.16 -
189.17 -<body>
189.18 - <h2>Creating a Module Suite Project</h2>
189.19 - <p><small>
189.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
189.21 - </small></p>
189.22 - Use a module suite project template to create a module suite. A module
189.23 - suite groups and deploys a set of interdependent module projects and library wrapper
189.24 - module projects. For rich-client applications, the module suite project is a skeleton application
189.25 - to which you can attach a splash screen, a progress bar, a name for the application's executable,
189.26 - and a title for
189.27 - the application's titlebar.
189.28 -
189.29 - <p><b>To create a module suite project:</b>
189.30 - <ol>
189.31 - <li>Choose File > New Project
189.32 - (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
189.33 - <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select Module Suite.</li>
189.34 - <li>In the Name and Location panel, specify the following:
189.35 - <ul>
189.36 - <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project
189.37 - will be housed, prepended by the project location, which
189.38 - is specified in the next field.</li>
189.39 - <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
189.40 - project metadata.</li>
189.41 - <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
189.42 - to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
189.43 - of the project location and the project name.</li>
189.44 - <li><b>NetBeans Platform.</b> Specifies the platform against which the module will be compiled and deployed. To add additional
189.45 - platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="../../csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
189.46 - <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
189.47 - project.</li>
189.48 - </ul>
189.49 - <li>Click Finish.</li>
189.50 - </ol>
189.51 -
189.52 - <dl>
189.53 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
189.54 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
189.55 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
189.56 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
189.57 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
189.58 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
189.59 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
189.60 - </dl>
189.61 - <hr>
189.62 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
189.63 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
189.64 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
189.65 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
189.66 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
189.67 - </table>
189.68 -</body></html>
190.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_platform_app.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
190.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
190.3 @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
190.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
190.5 -<!--
190.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
190.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
190.8 -> -->
190.9 -<html>
190.10 -<head>
190.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
190.12 -
190.13 - <title>Creating a NetBeans Platform Application Project</title>
190.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
190.15 -</head>
190.16 -
190.17 -<body>
190.18 - <h2>Creating a NetBeans Platform Application Project</h2>
190.19 - <p><small>
190.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
190.21 - </small></p>
190.22 - Use a NetBeans Platform Application project template to create the starting
190.23 - point of your application on top of the NetBeans Platform. This
190.24 - template project provides a skeleton application
190.25 - to which you can attach a splash screen, a progress bar, a name for the application's executable,
190.26 - and a title for
190.27 - the application's titlebar.
190.28 -
190.29 - <p><b>To create a NetBeans Platform Application project:</b>
190.30 - <ol>
190.31 - <li>Choose File > New Project
190.32 - (Ctrl-Shift-N). </li>
190.33 - <li>From the NetBeans Modules category, select NetBeans Platform Application.</li>
190.34 - <li>In the Name and Location panel, specify the following:
190.35 - <ul>
190.36 - <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project
190.37 - will be housed, prepended by the project location, which
190.38 - is specified in the next field.</li>
190.39 - <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
190.40 - project metadata.</li>
190.41 - <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
190.42 - to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
190.43 - of the project location and the project name.</li>
190.44 - <li><b>NetBeans Platform.</b> Specifies the platform against which the module will be compiled and deployed. To add additional
190.45 - platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="../../csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
190.46 - <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
190.47 - project.</li>
190.48 - </ul>
190.49 - <li>Click Finish.</li>
190.50 - </ol>
190.51 -
190.52 - <dl>
190.53 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
190.54 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
190.55 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
190.56 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html">About the System Filesystem</a></dd>
190.57 - <dd><a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
190.58 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
190.59 - <dd><a href="../../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
190.60 - </dl>
190.61 - <hr>
190.62 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
190.63 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
190.64 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
190.65 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
190.66 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
190.67 - </table>
190.68 -</body></html>
191.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/using_netbeans_api_javadoc.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
191.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
191.3 @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
191.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
191.5 -<!--
191.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
191.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
191.8 -> -->
191.9 -<html>
191.10 -<head>
191.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
191.12 -
191.13 - <title>Using the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</title>
191.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
191.15 -</head>
191.16 -<body>
191.17 - <h2>Using the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</h2>
191.18 - <p><small>
191.19 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
191.20 - </small></p>
191.21 -
191.22 - <p>Once you have <a href="netbeans_api_javadoc.html">registered the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc</a>, you
191.23 - can use them as follows:
191.24 -
191.25 - <ul>
191.26 -
191.27 - <li>In the Source Editor, when you use code completion (Ctrl-Space), Javadoc
191.28 - for the related NetBeans API class is
191.29 - shown in the code completion window.
191.30 -
191.31 - <ul class="note"><li>You do not need to register Javadoc for this feature
191.32 - to work. Just registering the NetBeans sources suffices.</ul>
191.33 -
191.34 - <li>In the Source Editor, right-click on a class identifier that belongs to the NetBeans APIs and choose
191.35 - Show Javadoc (Alt-F1). Javadoc for the related NetBeans API class is
191.36 - shown in a separate pane in the Source Editor.
191.37 -
191.38 - <li>In the Source Editor, hold down the Ctrl key and move the mouse
191.39 - over a class identifier belonging to the NetBeans APIs. A hyperlink appears. Click
191.40 - on the hyperlink and the cursor jumps to the related NetBeans API class.
191.41 -
191.42 -
191.43 -
191.44 - </ul>
191.45 -
191.46 -
191.47 - <dl>
191.48 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
191.49 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
191.50 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
191.51 - </dl>
191.52 - <hr>
191.53 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
191.54 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
191.55 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
191.56 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
191.57 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
191.58 - </table>
191.59 -</body></html>
192.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/credits.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
192.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
192.3 @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
192.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
192.5 -<!--
192.6 -* Copyright © 1997, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
192.7 --->
192.8 -<html>
192.9 -<head>
192.10 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
192.11 -<title>Legal Notices</title>
192.12 - <link rel="stylesheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
192.13 -</head>
192.14 -<body>
192.15 -
192.16 -<p>DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.</p>
192.17 -
192.18 -<p> Copyright © 1997, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.</p>
192.19 -
192.20 -<p> Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may
192.21 - be trademarks of their respective owners.</p>
192.22 -<p> The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
192.23 - General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
192.24 - Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
192.25 - License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
192.26 - <a href="http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html">http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html</a> or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
192.27 - specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
192.28 - License. When distributing the software, include this License Header<br>
192.29 - Notice in each file and include the License file at
192.30 - nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
192.31 - particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
192.32 - by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
192.33 - accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
192.34 - License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
192.35 - your own identifying information:<br>
192.36 -"Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"</p>
192.37 -<p> Contributor(s):</p>
192.38 -<p> The original software is NetBeans. The initial developer of the original
192.39 - software was Sun Microsystems, Inc.; portions copyright 1997-2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. </p>
192.40 -<p>If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
192.41 - or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
192.42 - under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a<br>
192.43 - single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
192.44 -your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or<br>
192.45 -to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
192.46 -However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL<br>
192.47 -Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
192.48 -made subject to such option by the copyright holder.</p>
192.49 -<p> Oracle is not responsible for the availability of third-party Web sites mentioned in this document. Oracle does not endorse and is not responsible or liable for any content, advertising, products, or other materials on or available from such sites or resources. Oracle will not be responsible or liable for any damage or loss caused or alleged to be caused by or in connection with use of or reliance on any such content, goods, or services available on or through any such sites or resources.</p>
192.50 -</body>
192.51 -</html>
193.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/ActionTypePanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
193.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
193.3 @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
193.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
193.5 -<!--
193.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
193.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
193.8 --->
193.9 -<html>
193.10 -<head>
193.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
193.12 - <title>Action Wizard: Action Type</title>
193.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
193.14 -</head>
193.15 -<body>
193.16 -<h2>Action Wizard: Action Type</h2>
193.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
193.18 -
193.19 -
193.20 -<p>The New Action wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html">Action</a>.
193.21 - You open the New Action wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Action
193.22 - from the Module Development category.
193.23 -<p>In the Action Type page, you have to set the type:
193.24 -<ul>
193.25 - <li><b>Always Enabled.</b> Specifies that the action will be invoked
193.26 - from a menu item in the menu bar, from a toolbar button in a toolbar, or from a keyboard shortcut anywhere
193.27 - in the IDE.
193.28 - <li><b>Conditionally Enabled.</b> Specifies the classes for which the action will be created.
193.29 - This is normally one of your own business objects. However, optionally, you can also include one or more of the
193.30 - following, which creates the action for all classes that subclass them:
193.31 - <ul>
193.32 - <li>DataObject</li>
193.33 - <li>EditCookie</li>
193.34 - <li>EditorCookie</li>
193.35 - <li>OpenCookie</li>
193.36 - <li>Project</li></ul>
193.37 - <ul><li><b>User Selects One Node.</b><br>
193.38 - <b>User May Select Multiple Nodes.</b> Specifies the conditions under which the
193.39 - action will be enabled. By default, the action will only be enabled when the
193.40 - node for which it is created is selected. If you select User May Select Multiple Nodes, the action
193.41 - will also be enabled when more nodes than just the node for which it is created
193.42 - is selected.</ul>
193.43 - </ul>
193.44 -<dl>
193.45 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
193.46 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
193.47 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
193.48 -</dl>
193.49 -<hr>
193.50 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
193.51 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
193.52 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
193.53 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
193.54 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
193.55 -</table>
193.56 -</body></html>
194.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/Action_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
194.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
194.3 @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
194.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
194.5 -<!--
194.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
194.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
194.8 --->
194.9 -<html>
194.10 -<head>
194.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
194.12 - <title>Action Wizard: Name, Icon, and Location</title>
194.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
194.14 -</head>
194.15 -<body>
194.16 -<h2>Action Wizard: Name, Icon, and Location</h2>
194.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
194.18 -
194.19 -<p>The New Action wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html">Action</a>.
194.20 - You open the New Action wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Action
194.21 - from the Module Development category.
194.22 - <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
194.23 -<ul>
194.24 - <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new Action class.
194.25 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the action's label. (Optional)
194.26 - <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the action. For example, if
194.27 - the action will be invoked by a toolbar button, the icon specified here is displayed on
194.28 - the toolbar button. (Optional)
194.29 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
194.30 - </ul>
194.31 -<dl>
194.32 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
194.33 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
194.34 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
194.35 -</dl>
194.36 -<hr>
194.37 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
194.38 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
194.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
194.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
194.41 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
194.42 -</table>
194.43 -</body></html>
195.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/AddModulePanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
195.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
195.3 @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
195.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
195.5 -<!--
195.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
195.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
195.8 --->
195.9 -<html>
195.10 -<head>
195.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
195.12 - <title>Add Module Dependency Dialog Box</title>
195.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
195.14 -</head>
195.15 -<body>
195.16 - <h2>Add Module Dependency Dialog Box</h2>
195.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
195.18 -
195.19 - <p>The Add Module Dependency dialog box lets you add the modules
195.20 - that your module needs. When you do so, the IDE adds entries
195.21 - to the module's <tt>project.xml</tt> file.
195.22 -
195.23 - <p>You can open the Add Module Dependency dialog box by right-clicking a project's
195.24 - Libraries node and then choosing Add Module Dependency. Alternatively, right-click
195.25 - a project
195.26 - and then choose Properties. In the Project Properties dialog box, choose Libraries
195.27 - and then click Add next to the Module Dependencies list.
195.28 -
195.29 - <p>In the NetBeans Platform Manager, you can use the following fields:
195.30 - <ul>
195.31 - <li><b>Filter.</b> Search for the modules
195.32 - you need by typing the class that you want to use. The module dependencies list narrows,
195.33 - listing only those modules that can provide the class that you are typing.
195.34 - <li><b>Show Non-API Modules</b>. If unchecked (default), the IDE excludes any module
195.35 - for which the current module cannot access any packages without an implementation
195.36 - dependency. These are known as "non-API modules".
195.37 - In other words, only modules with public packages are included,
195.38 - or friend packages where this module is a friend.
195.39 - </ul>
195.40 - <p>Once you have found the module you need, click OK, and then the IDE
195.41 - will add the associated entries in the <tt>project.xml</tt> file.
195.42 -
195.43 - <dl>
195.44 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
195.45 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
195.46 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
195.47 - </dl>
195.48 - <hr>
195.49 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
195.50 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
195.51 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
195.52 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
195.53 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
195.54 - </table>
195.55 -</body></html>
196.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/AddNewFriendModule.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
196.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
196.3 @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
196.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
196.5 -<!--
196.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
196.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
196.8 --->
196.9 -<html>
196.10 -<head>
196.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
196.12 - <title>Add New Friend Module Dialog Box</title>
196.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
196.14 -</head>
196.15 -<body>
196.16 - <h2>Add New Friend Module Dialog Box</h2>
196.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
196.18 -
196.19 - <p>The Add New Friend Module dialog box lets a module with an API in public packages
196.20 - provide access only to certain "friend" modules.
196.21 - This is possible if the module declares public packages
196.22 - together with a list of code base names of "friend" modules that can access them. Type
196.23 - the code name base of the "friend" modules in the Add New Friend dialog box. When you click
196.24 - OK, the IDE adds entries to the Manifest
196.25 - file as follows:
196.26 -
196.27 - <p><tt>OpenIDE-Module-Friends: org.foo, org.boo</tt>
196.28 -
196.29 - <p>Only enumerated modules can access the public packages; access from others is forbidden.
196.30 -
196.31 -
196.32 - <dl>
196.33 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
196.34 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
196.35 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
196.36 - </dl>
196.37 - <hr>
196.38 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
196.39 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
196.40 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
196.41 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
196.42 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
196.43 - </table>
196.44 -</body></html>
197.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicConfWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
197.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
197.3 @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
197.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
197.5 -<!--
197.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
197.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
197.8 --->
197.9 -<html>
197.10 -<head>
197.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
197.12 - <title>Module Project: Basic Module Configuration</title>
197.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
197.14 - </head>
197.15 -<body>
197.16 - <h2>Module Project: Basic Module Configuration</h2>
197.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
197.18 -
197.19 - <p>The New Module Project wizard creates a new empty module project. You open the New Module Project
197.20 - wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
197.21 - the Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
197.22 - <p>In the Basic Module Configuration page, you have to set the following properties:
197.23 - <ul>
197.24 - <li><b>Code Name Base. </b> Uniquely identifies a module. By convention, it is typically the name of
197.25 - the base package, such as <tt>org.netbeans.modules.myexample</tt>.</li>
197.26 - <li><b>Module Display Name. </b> Specifies the display name of the project. </li>
197.27 - <li><b>Localizing Bundle.</b> Specifies the name and location of the localizing bundle.
197.28 - <li><b>XML Layer.</b> If the "Generate XML Layer" checkbox is selected,
197.29 - specifies the name and location of the optional <a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt></a> file.
197.30 - If you do not let the IDE create one now, the IDE will create one automatically
197.31 - if you run any wizard which needs to add a layer entry.
197.32 -
197.33 - </ul>
197.34 - <dl>
197.35 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
197.36 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
197.37 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
197.38 - </dl>
197.39 - <hr>
197.40 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
197.41 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
197.42 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
197.43 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
197.44 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
197.45 - </table>
197.46 -</body></html>
198.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
198.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
198.3 @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
198.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
198.5 -<!--
198.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
198.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
198.8 --->
198.9 -<html>
198.10 -<head>
198.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
198.12 - <title>Module Project: Name and Location</title>
198.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
198.14 -</head>
198.15 -<body>
198.16 - <h2>Module Project: Name and Location</h2>
198.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
198.18 -
198.19 - <p>The New Module Project wizard creates a new empty module project. You open the New Module Project
198.20 - wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
198.21 - the Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
198.22 - <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following properties:
198.23 - <ul>
198.24 - <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project will
198.25 - be housed, prepended by the project location, which is specified in
198.26 - the next field.</li>
198.27 - <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
198.28 - project metadata and source code.</li>
198.29 - <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
198.30 - to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
198.31 - of the project location and the project name.</li>
198.32 - <li><b>Standalone Module.</b> Specifies that the module does not belong to a module suite. In addition,
198.33 - you must specify which platform the module will be compiled and deployed against. To add additional
198.34 - platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
198.35 - <li><b>Add to Module Suite.</b> Specifies that the module belongs to a module suite. If the module
198.36 - suite is not currently open in the IDE, click Browse to locate the module suite in your
198.37 - filesystem.
198.38 - <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
198.39 - project.</li>
198.40 - </ul>
198.41 -
198.42 - <dl>
198.43 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
198.44 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
198.45 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
198.46 - </dl>
198.47 - <hr>
198.48 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
198.49 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
198.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
198.51 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
198.52 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
198.53 - </table>
198.54 -</body></html>
199.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_application.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
199.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
199.3 @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
199.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
199.5 -<!--
199.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
199.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
199.8 --->
199.9 -<html>
199.10 -<head>
199.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
199.12 - <title>NetBeans Platform Application Project: Name and Location</title>
199.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
199.14 - </head>
199.15 - <body>
199.16 - <h2>NetBeans Platform Application Project: Name and Location</h2>
199.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
199.18 -
199.19 - <p>A NetBeans Platform Application
199.20 - project provides the skeleton framework on top of which you can build your own application.
199.21 -
199.22 - <p>The NetBeans Platform Application Project wizard creates a new empty
199.23 - application. You open the New NetBeans Platform Application Project
199.24 - wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
199.25 - the NetBeans Platform Application Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
199.26 - <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following properties:
199.27 - <ul>
199.28 - <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project will
199.29 - be housed, prepended by the project location, which is specified in
199.30 - the next field.</li>
199.31 - <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
199.32 - project metadata and source code.</li>
199.33 - <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
199.34 - to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
199.35 - of the project location and the project name.</li>
199.36 - <li><b>NetBeans Platform.</b> Specifies the platform against which the module will be compiled and deployed. To add additional
199.37 - platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
199.38 - <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
199.39 - project.</li>
199.40 - </ul>
199.41 -
199.42 - <dl>
199.43 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
199.44 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
199.45 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
199.46 - </dl>
199.47 - <hr>
199.48 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
199.49 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
199.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
199.51 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
199.52 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
199.53 - </table>
199.54 -</body></html>
200.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_library.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
200.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
200.3 @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
200.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
200.5 -<!--
200.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
200.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
200.8 --->
200.9 -<html>
200.10 -<head>
200.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
200.12 - <title>Library Wrapper Module Project: Name and Location</title>
200.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
200.14 - </head>
200.15 - <body>
200.16 - <h2>Library Wrapper Module Project: Name and Location</h2>
200.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
200.18 -
200.19 - <p>The New Library Wrapper Module Project wizard creates a new library wrapper project. You open the New Library Wrapper Module Project
200.20 - wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
200.21 - the Library Wrapper Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
200.22 - <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following properties:
200.23 - <ul>
200.24 - <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project will
200.25 - be housed, prepended by the project location, which is specified in
200.26 - the next field.</li>
200.27 - <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
200.28 - project metadata and source code.</li>
200.29 - <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
200.30 - to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
200.31 - of the project location and the project name.</li>
200.32 - <li><b>Add to Module Suite.</b> Specifies the module suite to which the library wrapper module belongs. If the module
200.33 - suite is not currently open in the IDE, click Browse to locate the module suite in your
200.34 - filesystem.
200.35 -
200.36 - </ul>
200.37 - <dl>
200.38 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
200.39 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
200.40 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
200.41 - </dl>
200.42 - <hr>
200.43 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
200.44 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
200.45 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
200.46 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
200.47 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
200.48 - </table>
200.49 -</body></html>
201.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
201.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
201.3 @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
201.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
201.5 -<!--
201.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
201.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
201.8 --->
201.9 -<html>
201.10 -<head>
201.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
201.12 - <title>Module Suite Project: Name and Location</title>
201.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
201.14 - </head>
201.15 - <body>
201.16 - <h2>Module Suite Project: Name and Location</h2>
201.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
201.18 -
201.19 - <p>A module suite project groups a set of interdependent modules into a unit and lets you deploy them together.
201.20 -
201.21 - <p>The New Module Suite Project wizard creates a new empty module suite project. You open the New Module Suite Project
201.22 - wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
201.23 - the Module Suite Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
201.24 - <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following properties:
201.25 - <ul>
201.26 - <li><b>Project Name. </b>Specifies the folder in which the project will
201.27 - be housed, prepended by the project location, which is specified in
201.28 - the next field.</li>
201.29 - <li><b>Project Location. </b>Specifies the location where you want to store the
201.30 - project metadata and source code.</li>
201.31 - <li><b>Project Folder. </b>Specifies the folder where you want
201.32 - to store the project metadata and source code. The folder is a concatenation
201.33 - of the project location and the project name.</li>
201.34 - <li><b>NetBeans Platform.</b> Specifies the platform against which the module will be compiled and deployed. To add additional
201.35 - platforms to the list, click Manage and use the <a href="NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.
201.36 - <li><b>Set as Main Project.</b> Sets the newly created project as the main
201.37 - project.</li>
201.38 - </ul>
201.39 -
201.40 - <dl>
201.41 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
201.42 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
201.43 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
201.44 - </dl>
201.45 - <hr>
201.46 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
201.47 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
201.48 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
201.49 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
201.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
201.51 - </table>
201.52 -</body></html>
202.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicSettingsPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
202.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
202.3 @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
202.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
202.5 -<!--
202.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
202.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
202.8 --->
202.9 -<html>
202.10 -<head>
202.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
202.12 -<title>Window Component Wizard: Basic Settings</title>
202.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
202.14 -</head>
202.15 -<body>
202.16 -<h2>Window Component Wizard: Basic Settings</h2>
202.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
202.18 -
202.19 -<p>The New Window Component wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_window_components.html">window component</a>.
202.20 - You open the New Window Component wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Window Component
202.21 - from the Module Development category.
202.22 - <p>In the Basic Settings page, you have to set the following:
202.23 -<ul>
202.24 - <li><b>Window Position.</b> Specifies the location of the window component when open in the IDE.
202.25 - Depending on the modules installed
202.26 - in the platform that forms the basis
202.27 - of your application, you're able
202.28 - to choose from several window positions,
202.29 - including the following:
202.30 - <ul>
202.31 - <li><tt>bottomSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
202.32 - on the bottom bar of the IDE.
202.33 - <li><tt>commonpalette.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Palette for HTML/JSP code snippets.
202.34 - <li><tt>debugger.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Debugger.
202.35 - <li><tt>editor.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Source Editor.
202.36 - <li><tt>explorer.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Projects window.
202.37 - <li><tt>leftSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
202.38 - on the left sidebar of the IDE.
202.39 - <li><tt>navigator.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Navigator.
202.40 - <li><tt>output.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Output window.
202.41 - <li><tt>properties.</tt> The default position of the IDE's Properties window.
202.42 - <li><tt>rightSlidingSide.</tt> The window component will be available as a button
202.43 - on the right side of the Source Editor.
202.44 - </ul>
202.45 - <li><b>Open on Application Start.</b> Specifies whether the window component is open
202.46 - by default or not.
202.47 - <li><b>Keep preferred size when slided-in.</b> Specifies that the size of the
202.48 - window when minimized will be determined by the preferred size propery of the
202.49 - window. When selected, the following line is added
202.50 - to the TopComponent's constructor:
202.51 - <tt>putClientProperty("netbeans.winsys.tc.keep_preferred_size_when_slided_in", Boolean.TRUE);</tt>
202.52 - <li><b>Sliding not allowed.</b>
202.53 - <br/><b>Closing not allowed.</b>
202.54 - <br/><b>Undocking not allowed.</b>
202.55 - <br/><b>Dragging not allowed.</b>
202.56 - <br/><b>Maximization not allowed.</b> Specify that the window
202.57 - should not have one or more features that it
202.58 - has by default.
202.59 - </ul>
202.60 -<dl>
202.61 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
202.62 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
202.63 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
202.64 -</dl>
202.65 -<hr>
202.66 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
202.67 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
202.68 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
202.69 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
202.70 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
202.71 -</table>
202.72 -</body></html>
203.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/CodeGeneratorPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
203.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
203.3 @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
203.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
203.5 -<!--
203.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
203.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
203.8 --->
203.9 -<html>
203.10 -<head>
203.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
203.12 - <title>Code Generator Wizard: Code Generator</title>
203.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
203.14 -</head>
203.15 -<body>
203.16 - <h2>Code Generator Wizard: Code Generator</h2>
203.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
203.18 -
203.19 -
203.20 - <p>The New Code Generator wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_code_generators.html">Code Generator</a>.
203.21 - You open the New Code Generator wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Code Generator
203.22 - from the Module Development category.
203.23 - <p>In the Code Generator page, you have to set the following:
203.24 - <ul>
203.25 - <li><b>Class Name.</b> Specifies the name of the code generator class
203.26 - that will be generated.
203.27 - <li><b>MIME Type.</b> Specifies a unique Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type that enables
203.28 - the code generator to be registered in the <a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt></a> file.
203.29 - <li><b>Generate CodeGeneratorContextProvider.</b> Specifies an additional class, which
203.30 - can provide your code generator with additional objects in its lookup.
203.31 - This class will also be registered
203.32 - in the <tt>layer.xml</tt> file for you.
203.33 -
203.34 - </ul>
203.35 -
203.36 - <dl>
203.37 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
203.38 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
203.39 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
203.40 - </dl>
203.41 - <hr>
203.42 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
203.43 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
203.44 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
203.45 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
203.46 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
203.47 - </table>
203.48 -</body></html>
204.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/FeedReaderWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
204.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
204.3 @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
204.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
204.5 -<!--
204.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
204.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
204.8 --->
204.9 -<html>
204.10 -<head>
204.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
204.12 - <title>Feed Reader Sample</title>
204.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
204.14 -</head>
204.15 -<body>
204.16 -<h2>Feed Reader Sample</h2>
204.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
204.18 -
204.19 -<p>The Feed Reader sample consists of the following projects:
204.20 -
204.21 -<ul>
204.22 - <li><b>FeedReader.</b> Module project containing the application's functionality.
204.23 - <li><b>jdom.</b> Module project that wraps the JDom library.
204.24 - <li><b>rome.</b> Module project that wraps the Rome library.
204.25 - <li><b>rome-fetcher.</b> Module project that wraps the Rome Fetcher library.
204.26 - <li><b>feedreader-suite.</b> Module suite project that wraps the other module projects
204.27 - and allows them to be branded and deployed as a single unit.
204.28 -</ul>
204.29 -
204.30 -<p><b>To open and use the Feed Reader sample:</b>
204.31 -
204.32 -<ol><li>Choose File > New Project (Ctrl-Shift-N) from the main menu.
204.33 - <li>Under Categories, expand Samples, and select NetBeans Modules.
204.34 - <li>Under Projects, select FeedReader. Click Next.
204.35 - <li>Type a name for the sample.
204.36 - <li>Click Finish.
204.37 -</ol>
204.38 -
204.39 -<dl>
204.40 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
204.41 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
204.42 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
204.43 -</dl>
204.44 -<hr>
204.45 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
204.46 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
204.47 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
204.48 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
204.49 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
204.50 -</table>
204.51 -</body></html>
205.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/FileRecognitionPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
205.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
205.3 @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
205.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
205.5 -<!--
205.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
205.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
205.8 --->
205.9 -<html>
205.10 -<head>
205.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
205.12 - <title>File Type Wizard: File Recognition</title>
205.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
205.14 -</head>
205.15 -<body>
205.16 -<h2>File Type: File Recognition</h2>
205.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
205.18 -
205.19 -
205.20 -<p>The New File Type wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_types.html">File Type</a>.
205.21 - You open the New File Type wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting File Type
205.22 - from the Module Development category.
205.23 - <p>In the File Recognition page, you have to set the following:
205.24 -<ul>
205.25 - <li><b>MIME Type.</b> Specifies a unique Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type that enables
205.26 - the file type to be registered in the <a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt></a> file. Together, the MIME type and the filename extension
205.27 - or XML root element enable the IDE to distinguish one file type from another.
205.28 - <li><b>by</b>
205.29 - <ul>
205.30 - <li><b>Filename Extension.</b> Specifies one or more file extensions that the IDE will recognize
205.31 - as belonging to the specified MIME type. The file extension can optionally be preceded by a dot.
205.32 - Separators are commas, spaces, or both. Therefore, all of the following are valid:
205.33 - <ul>
205.34 - <li>.abc,.def
205.35 - <li>.abc .def
205.36 - <li>abc def
205.37 - <li>abc,.def ghi, .wow
205.38 - </ul>
205.39 - <li><b>XML Root Element.</b> Specifies a unique namespace that distinguishes
205.40 - the XML file type from all other XML file types.
205.41 - <p>The value that you specify is the namespace associated with the root
205.42 - element of your XML document. Note that this is not the same thing as the
205.43 - name of the root element. For example, in
205.44 - the following example XML document, the namespace is "sample":
205.45 - <p><mydata xmlns="sample"></mydata>
205.46 - </ul>
205.47 - </ul>
205.48 -<dl>
205.49 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
205.50 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
205.51 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
205.52 -</dl>
205.53 -<hr>
205.54 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
205.55 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
205.56 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
205.57 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
205.58 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
205.59 -</table>
205.60 -</body></html>
206.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/GUIRegistrationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
206.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
206.3 @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
206.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
206.5 -<!--
206.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
206.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
206.8 --->
206.9 -<html>
206.10 -<head>
206.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
206.12 - <title>Action Wizard: GUI Registration</title>
206.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
206.14 -</head>
206.15 -<body>
206.16 -<h2>Action Wizard: GUI Registration</h2>
206.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
206.18 -
206.19 -<p>The New Action wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html">Action</a>.
206.20 - You open the New Action wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Action
206.21 - from the Module Development category.
206.22 - <p>In the GUI Registration page, you have to specify how the user will
206.23 - be able to call the new action.
206.24 -
206.25 -<ul>
206.26 - <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies where the action will be displayed
206.27 - in the Keymap section of the Options window.
206.28 - <li><b>Global Menu Item.</b> Specifies the menu where the action
206.29 - will be displayed as an item. You can also specify the position within the menu,
206.30 - and whether you want a separator to appear before it, after it, or both.
206.31 - <li><b>Global Toolbar Button.</b> Specifies the toolbar where the action
206.32 - will be displayed as a button. You can also specify the position within the menu.
206.33 - <li><b>Global Keyboard Shortcut.</b> Specifies a shortcut that will invoke the
206.34 - action.
206.35 -</ul>
206.36 -
206.37 -<p>Only if Conditionally Enabled is selected in the Action Type page
206.38 - can you set the following items:
206.39 -
206.40 -<ul>
206.41 - <li><b>File Type Context Menu Item.</b> Specifies the file type where
206.42 - the action will be displayed in the pop-up menu.
206.43 - <li><b>Editor Context Menu Item.</b> Specifies the IDE editor where the
206.44 - action will be displayed in the pop-up menu.
206.45 -</ul>
206.46 -
206.47 -<dl>
206.48 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
206.49 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
206.50 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
206.51 -</dl>
206.52 -<hr>
206.53 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
206.54 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
206.55 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
206.56 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
206.57 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
206.58 -</table>
206.59 -</body></html>
207.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/JavaHelpPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
207.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
207.3 @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
207.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
207.5 -<!--
207.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
207.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
207.8 --->
207.9 -<html>
207.10 -<head>
207.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
207.12 - <title>JavaHelp Help Set Wizard: Location</title>
207.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
207.14 -</head>
207.15 -<body>
207.16 - <h2>JavaHelp Help Set Wizard: Location</h2>
207.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
207.18 -
207.19 - <p>A <a href="../create_plugin/libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html">JavaHelp help set</a>
207.20 - provides help files that explain the features and
207.21 - functionality of your module.
207.22 - You open the JavaHelp help set wizard by right-clicking a module project,
207.23 - choosing New > Other and selecting JavaHelp help set
207.24 - from the Module Development category.
207.25 -
207.26 -
207.27 - <p>In the Location page, you are shown which files will be created for you:
207.28 - <ul>
207.29 - <li><b>-about.html.</b> A sample HTML file that is registered
207.30 - in the <tt>idx.xml</tt> file, <tt>map.xml</tt> file, and <tt>toc.xml</tt> file.
207.31 - <li><b>-hs.xml.</b> Helpset file.
207.32 - <li><b>-idx.xml.</b> Index file. Using the map ID created
207.33 - in the <tt>map.xml</tt> file, you add items to the <tt>idx.xml</tt> file,
207.34 - with the name of the topic that you want displayed in the index.
207.35 - <li><b>-map.xml.</b> Map file. Each HTML file must be registered in the
207.36 - map file. The map ID that you create for the HTML file is used in
207.37 - the <tt>toc.xml</tt> file and <tt>idx.xml</tt> file.
207.38 - <li><b>-toc.html.</b> Table of contents file. Using the map ID created
207.39 - in the <tt>map.xml</tt> file, you add items to the <tt>toc.xml</tt> file,
207.40 - with the name of the topic that you want displayed in the table
207.41 - of contents.
207.42 - <li><b>-helpset.xml.</b> The reference file that is registered in
207.43 - the <a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html"><tt>layer.xml</tt></a> file.
207.44 - </ul>
207.45 - <p><b>Note:</b> Each of the names above is prefixed by the name of
207.46 - the project. For example, if the project name is <tt>myproject</tt>,
207.47 - the files above would be <tt>myproject-about.html</tt>, <tt>myproject-hs.xml</tt>, etc.
207.48 -
207.49 -
207.50 -
207.51 - <dl>
207.52 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
207.53 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
207.54 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
207.55 - </dl>
207.56 - <hr>
207.57 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
207.58 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
207.59 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
207.60 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
207.61 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
207.62 - </table>
207.63 -</body></html>
208.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/LibDesc_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
208.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
208.3 @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
208.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
208.5 -<!--
208.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
208.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
208.8 --->
208.9 -<html>
208.10 -<head>
208.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
208.12 - <title>Java SE Library Descriptor Wizard: Name and Location</title>
208.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
208.14 -</head>
208.15 -<body>
208.16 -<h2>Java SE Library Descriptor Wizard: Name and Location</h2>
208.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
208.18 -
208.19 -<p>The New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard creates a
208.20 - new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_j2se_library_descs.html">Java SE library descriptor</a>.
208.21 - You open the New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and
208.22 - selecting Java SE Library Descriptor
208.23 - from the Module Development category.
208.24 - <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
208.25 -<ul>
208.26 - <li><b>Library Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new library descriptor.
208.27 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the descriptor's label.
208.28 -
208.29 - </ul>
208.30 -<dl>
208.31 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
208.32 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
208.33 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
208.34 -</dl>
208.35 -<hr>
208.36 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
208.37 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
208.38 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
208.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
208.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
208.41 -</table>
208.42 -</body></html>
209.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/LibraryConfWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
209.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
209.3 @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
209.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
209.5 -<!--
209.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
209.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
209.8 --->
209.9 -<html>
209.10 -<head>
209.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
209.12 - <title>Library Wrapper Module Project: Basic Module Configuration</title>
209.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
209.14 -</head>
209.15 -<body>
209.16 -<h2>Library Wrapper Module Project: Basic Module Configuration</h2>
209.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
209.18 -
209.19 -<p>The New Library Wrapper Module Project wizard creates a new library wrapper project. You open the New Library Wrapper Module Project
209.20 - wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
209.21 - the Library Wrapper Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
209.22 -
209.23 -<p>In the Basic Module Configuration page, you have to set the following properties:
209.24 -<ul>
209.25 - <li><b>Code Name Base. </b> Uniquely identifies a module. By convention, it is typically the name of
209.26 - the base package, such as <tt>org.netbeans.modules.mylibrarywrapper</tt>.</li>
209.27 - <li><b>Module Display Name. </b> Specifies the display name of the project. </li>
209.28 - <li><b>Localizing Bundle.</b> Specifies the name and location of the localizing bundle.
209.29 -
209.30 -</ul>
209.31 -<dl>
209.32 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
209.33 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
209.34 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
209.35 -</dl>
209.36 -<hr>
209.37 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
209.38 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
209.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
209.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
209.41 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
209.42 -</table>
209.43 -</body></html>
210.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/LibraryStartWizardPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
210.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
210.3 @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
210.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
210.5 -<!--
210.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
210.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
210.8 --->
210.9 -<html>
210.10 -<head>
210.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
210.12 - <title>Library Wrapper Module Project: Select Library</title>
210.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
210.14 -</head>
210.15 -<body>
210.16 -<h2>Library Wrapper Module Project: Select Library</h2>
210.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
210.18 -
210.19 -<p>You use a library wrapper module project to put a library JAR file on a module's
210.20 - classpath and to export some or all of the JAR file's packages from the module as public packages.
210.21 -
210.22 -<p>The New Library Wrapper Module Project wizard creates a new library wrapper module project. You open the New Library Wrapper Module Project
210.23 - wizard by opening the New Project wizard and selecting
210.24 - the Library Wrapper Module Project template from the NetBeans Modules category.
210.25 -<p>In the Select Library page, you have to set the following properties:
210.26 -
210.27 -<ul>
210.28 - <li><b>Library.</b> Specifies an archive file that you want to wrap in the module.
210.29 - <li><b>License.</b> Specifies a text file that is the license of the archive file.
210.30 -</ul>
210.31 -
210.32 - <dl>
210.33 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
210.34 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
210.35 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
210.36 - </dl>
210.37 -<hr>
210.38 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
210.39 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
210.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
210.41 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
210.42 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
210.43 -</table>
210.44 -</body></html>
211.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/Loader_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
211.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
211.3 @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
211.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
211.5 -<!--
211.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
211.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
211.8 --->
211.9 -<html>
211.10 -<head>
211.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
211.12 -<title>File Type Wizard: Name, Icon and Location</title>
211.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
211.14 -</head>
211.15 -<body>
211.16 -<h2>File Type: Name, Icon and Location</h2>
211.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
211.18 -
211.19 -<p>The New File Type wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_types.html">File Type</a>.
211.20 - You open the New File Type wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting File Type
211.21 - from the Module Development category.
211.22 - <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
211.23 -<ul>
211.24 - <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the prefix for the new files that
211.25 - will be generated.
211.26 - <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the new file type. For example, when
211.27 - you see the new file type in the Projects window, Files window, or Favorites window,
211.28 - it will be identified by the icon specified here. (Optional)
211.29 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
211.30 - </ul>
211.31 -<dl>
211.32 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
211.33 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
211.34 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
211.35 -</dl>
211.36 -<hr>
211.37 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
211.38 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
211.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
211.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
211.41 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
211.42 -</table>
211.43 -</body></html>
212.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/ModuleInstallPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
212.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
212.3 @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
212.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
212.5 -<!--
212.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
212.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
212.8 --->
212.9 -<html>
212.10 -<head>
212.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
212.12 - <title>Installer/Activator Wizard: Installer/Activator</title>
212.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
212.14 -</head>
212.15 -<body>
212.16 - <h2>Installer/Activator Wizard: Installer/Activator</h2>
212.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
212.18 -
212.19 - <p>The New Installer/Activator wizard creates a new module installer for NetBeans modules
212.20 - or a new bundle activator for OSGi bundles.
212.21 - You open the New Installer/Activator wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Installer/Activator
212.22 - from the Module Development category.
212.23 - <p>In the New Installer/Activator page, you have to set the following:
212.24 - <ul>
212.25 -
212.26 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the
212.27 - installer/activator will be housed. The installer/activator will always be
212.28 - named <tt>Installer</tt>.
212.29 - </ul>
212.30 -
212.31 -
212.32 -
212.33 -
212.34 -
212.35 - <dl>
212.36 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
212.37 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
212.38 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
212.39 - </dl>
212.40 - <hr>
212.41 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
212.42 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
212.43 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
212.44 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
212.45 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
212.46 - </table>
212.47 -</body></html>
213.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
213.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
213.3 @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
213.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
213.5 -<!--
213.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
213.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
213.8 --->
213.9 -<html>
213.10 -<head>
213.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
213.12 - <title>NetBeans Platform Manager Dialog Box</title>
213.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
213.14 -</head>
213.15 -<body>
213.16 - <h2>NetBeans Platform Manager Dialog Box</h2>
213.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
213.18 -
213.19 - <p>The NetBeans Platform Manager is a tool for registering different NetBeans platforms with the IDE.
213.20 - A NetBeans platform can be an installation of the <a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a> or an
213.21 - installation of the NetBeans IDE.
213.22 - The NetBeans Platform Manager lists all your registered NetBeans platforms in the left pane and
213.23 - lists the platform that the IDE currently deploys to as the default.
213.24 -
213.25 - <p>You can open the NetBeans Platform Manager by choosing Tools > NetBeans Platform Manager.
213.26 -
213.27 - <p>The NetBeans Platform Manager lets you view, select, or register the following:
213.28 - <ul>
213.29 - <li><b>Platform.</b> Lets you register a new NetBeans platform. A NetBeans platform
213.30 - can be the NetBeans Platform, the NetBeans IDE, or any derivative product. Once you
213.31 - have registered a NetBeans platform, associate it with a module project in its
213.32 - Libraries page.</li>
213.33 - <li><b>Modules.</b> Lets you view a registered platform's available modules.</li>
213.34 - <li><b>Sources.</b> Lets you register source code for a platform in the Sources
213.35 - tab. If you register the sources, you do not need to register Javadoc separately, because Javadoc is
213.36 - included in the sources. Either the ZIP file containing the sources or the unpacked root folder
213.37 - can be registered in the Sources tab. You can download the NetBeans sources from <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
213.38 - <param name="content" value="http://www.netbeans.org/">
213.39 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://www.netbeans.org/</u>.</html>">
213.40 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
213.41 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
213.42 - </object></li>
213.43 - <li><b>Javadoc.</b> Lets you register Javadoc documentation
213.44 - for a platform in the Javadoc tab. Javadoc is available from the Plugins manager as "NetBeans API Documentation".
213.45 - Choose Tools > Plugins to access the Plugins manager.</li>
213.46 -
213.47 - <li><b>Harness.</b> Lets you register or select an alternative build harness.
213.48 - With a build harness, you can build modules outside of the <tt>netbeans.org</tt> source tree
213.49 - against a NetBeans-based application—the NetBeans Platform, the NetBeans IDE, or any
213.50 - derivative product. By default,
213.51 - the harness supplied by the current IDE installation is used. Some build functionality,
213.52 - such as setting a module project's target JDK, is supported by one harness but not
213.53 - by another.</li>
213.54 - </ul>
213.55 - <p>Once you have registered a platform, you can configure a module project to use
213.56 - that platform for deployment. Go to the project's Project
213.57 - Properties dialog box, select the Libraries node, and choose the appropriate
213.58 - platform in the NetBeans Platform drop-down list.
213.59 -
213.60 -
213.61 - <dl>
213.62 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
213.63 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
213.64 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
213.65 - </dl>
213.66 - <hr>
213.67 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
213.68 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
213.69 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
213.70 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
213.71 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
213.72 - </table>
213.73 -</body></html>
214.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/OptionsPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
214.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
214.3 @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
214.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
214.5 -<!--
214.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
214.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
214.8 --->
214.9 -<html>
214.10 -<head>
214.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
214.12 - <title>Options Panel Wizard: Location</title>
214.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
214.14 -</head>
214.15 -<body>
214.16 -<h2>Options Panel Wizard: Location</h2>
214.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
214.18 -
214.19 -<p>The New Options Panel wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_options_panels.html">Options Panel</a>.
214.20 - You open the New Options Panel wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Options Panel
214.21 - from the Module Development category.
214.22 - <p>In the Location page, you have to set the following:
214.23 -<ul>
214.24 - <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the prefix for the Java source files that the wizard
214.25 - will create.
214.26 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the Java source files will be housed.
214.27 - </ul>
214.28 -
214.29 -
214.30 -
214.31 -<dl>
214.32 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
214.33 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
214.34 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
214.35 -</dl>
214.36 -<hr>
214.37 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
214.38 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
214.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
214.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
214.41 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
214.42 -</table>
214.43 -</body></html>
215.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/OptionsPanel0.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
215.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
215.3 @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
215.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
215.5 -<!--
215.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
215.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
215.8 --->
215.9 -<html>
215.10 -<head>
215.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
215.12 - <title>Options Panel Wizard: Choose Panel Type</title>
215.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
215.14 -</head>
215.15 -<body>
215.16 - <h2>Options Panel Wizard: Choose Panel Type</h2>
215.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
215.18 -
215.19 - <p>The New Options Panel wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_options_panels.html">Options Panel</a>.
215.20 - You open the New Options Panel wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Options Panel
215.21 - from the Module Development category.
215.22 -
215.23 - <p>In the Choose Panel Type page, you have to specify the type of Options Panel
215.24 - that you want the wizard to create for you.
215.25 -
215.26 - <ul>
215.27 - <li><b>Create Secondary Panel.</b> Specifies that the Options Panel will
215.28 - be added as a new category to the selected panel in the Options window.
215.29 - <ul>
215.30 - <li><b>Primary Panel.</b> Specifies name of primary panel for which this
215.31 - will be a secondary panel.
215.32 - <li><b>Title.</b> Specifies the text displayed as the title of the category.
215.33 - <li><b>Tooltip.</b> Specifies the tooltip for the category.
215.34 - </ul>
215.35 - <li><b>Create Primary Panel.</b> Specifies that the Options Panel will
215.36 - be added as a new panel in the Options window.
215.37 - <ul>
215.38 - <li><b>Title.</b> Specifies the text displayed in the left sidebar of the
215.39 - Options window.
215.40 - <li><b>Category Label.</b> Specifies the text displayed at the top of the
215.41 - new panel in the Options window.
215.42 - <li><b>Icon (32x32).</b> Specifies an icon, with a dimension of 32x32 pixels, which
215.43 - is displayed in the left sidebar of the Options window.
215.44 - <li><b>Allow Secondary Panels.</b> Specifies whether
215.45 - the generated code will include code allowing secondary
215.46 - panels to be added to this panel.
215.47 -
215.48 - </ul>
215.49 - </ul>
215.50 -
215.51 -
215.52 -
215.53 -
215.54 -
215.55 - <dl>
215.56 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
215.57 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
215.58 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
215.59 - </dl>
215.60 - <hr>
215.61 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
215.62 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
215.63 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
215.64 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
215.65 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
215.66 - </table>
215.67 -</body></html>
216.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/Project_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
216.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
216.3 @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
216.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
216.5 -<!--
216.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
216.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
216.8 --->
216.9 -<html>
216.10 -<head>
216.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
216.12 -<title>Project Template Wizard: Name and Location</title>
216.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
216.14 -</head>
216.15 -<body>
216.16 -<h2>Project Template Wizard: Name and Location</h2>
216.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
216.18 -
216.19 -<p>The New Project Template wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_project_templates.html">Project Template</a>.
216.20 - You open the New Project Template wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Project Template
216.21 - from the Module Development category.
216.22 - <p>In the Name and Location page, you have to set the following:
216.23 -<ul>
216.24 - <li><b>Template Name.</b> Specifies the name of the new project template.
216.25 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the template's label. For example, you
216.26 - will see this label in the Plugins manager. (Optional)
216.27 - <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the template's category. For example, this will
216.28 - enable the user to find the template more easily in the New Project wizard. (Optional)
216.29 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the classes will be housed.
216.30 - </ul>
216.31 -<dl>
216.32 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
216.33 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
216.34 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
216.35 -</dl>
216.36 -<hr>
216.37 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
216.38 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
216.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
216.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
216.41 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
216.42 -</table>
216.43 -</body></html>
217.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/QuickSearchPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
217.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
217.3 @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
217.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
217.5 -<!--
217.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
217.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
217.8 --->
217.9 -<html>
217.10 -<head>
217.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
217.12 - <title>Quick Search Provider Wizard: Quick Search Provider</title>
217.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
217.14 -</head>
217.15 -<body>
217.16 - <h2>Quick Search Provider Wizard: Quick Search Provider</h2>
217.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
217.18 -
217.19 -<p>The New Quick Search Provider wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_quick_search_providers.html">Quick Search Provider</a>.
217.20 - You open the New Quick Search Provider wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Quick Search Provider
217.21 - from the Module Development category.
217.22 - <p>In the Location page, you have to set the following:
217.23 - <ul>
217.24 - <li><b>Provider Class Name.</b> Specifies the
217.25 - class name of the stub that the wizard will
217.26 - generate.
217.27 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the package
217.28 - where the stub class will be generated.
217.29 - <li><b>Category Display Name.</b> Specifies
217.30 - the display name of the category that the
217.31 - stub will create.
217.32 - <li><b>Command Prefix.</b> Specifies
217.33 - prefix for narrowing the search to
217.34 - the category that the stub will create.
217.35 - <li><b>Position in Popup.</b> Specifies the
217.36 - position of the new item in the within the
217.37 - Quick Search feature.
217.38 - </ul>
217.39 -
217.40 - <dl>
217.41 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
217.42 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
217.43 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
217.44 - </dl>
217.45 - <hr>
217.46 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
217.47 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
217.48 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
217.49 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
217.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
217.51 - </table>
217.52 -</body></html>
218.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/SelectLibraryPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
218.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
218.3 @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
218.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
218.5 -<!--
218.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
218.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
218.8 --->
218.9 -<html>
218.10 -<head>
218.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
218.12 - <title>Java SE Library Descriptor Wizard: Select Library</title>
218.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
218.14 -</head>
218.15 -<body>
218.16 -<h2>Java SE Library Descriptor Wizard: Select Library</h2>
218.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
218.18 -
218.19 -<p>The New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard creates a
218.20 - new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_j2se_library_descs.html">Java SE library descriptor</a>.
218.21 - You open the New Java SE Library Descriptor wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and
218.22 - selecting Java SE Library Descriptor
218.23 - from the Module Development category.
218.24 -
218.25 -<p>In the Select Library page, you have to specify the library that
218.26 - you want to make available in the Library Manager via the module. You can use the Library drop-down list
218.27 - to select a library that is available in the Library Manager or you can click Manage Libraries to
218.28 - use the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/project/csh/csh_library_manager.html">Library Manager</a> to
218.29 - add the library that you want to make available via the module.
218.30 -<dl>
218.31 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
218.32 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
218.33 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
218.34 -</dl>
218.35 -<hr>
218.36 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
218.37 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
218.38 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
218.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
218.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
218.41 -</table>
218.42 -</body></html>
219.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/SelectProjectPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
219.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
219.3 @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
219.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
219.5 -<!--
219.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
219.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
219.8 --->
219.9 -<html>
219.10 -<head>
219.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
219.12 -<title>Project Template Wizard: Select Project</title>
219.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
219.14 -</head>
219.15 -<body>
219.16 -<h2>Project Template Wizard: Select Project</h2>
219.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
219.18 -
219.19 -<p>The New Project Template wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_project_templates.html">Project Template</a>.
219.20 - You open the New Project Template wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Project Template
219.21 - from the Module Development category.
219.22 - <p>In the Select Project page, you have to specify the project that
219.23 - you want to make available as a project template or sample. You can use the Project drop-down list
219.24 - to select an open project or you can click Browse to browse to a project in your filesystem.
219.25 -
219.26 -<dl>
219.27 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
219.28 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
219.29 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
219.30 -</dl>
219.31 -<hr>
219.32 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
219.33 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
219.34 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
219.35 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
219.36 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
219.37 -</table>
219.38 -</body></html>
220.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/UpdateCenter.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
220.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
220.3 @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
220.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
220.5 -<!--
220.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
220.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
220.8 --->
220.9 -<html>
220.10 -<head>
220.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
220.12 - <title>Update Center Wizard: Update Center Declaration</title>
220.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
220.14 -</head>
220.15 -<body>
220.16 - <h2>Update Center Wizard: Update Center Declaration</h2>
220.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
220.18 -
220.19 - <p>The New Update Center wizard lets you create
220.20 - a module that registers a <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html">update center</a>
220.21 - in the user's Plugins manager. In effect, the module
220.22 - bundles the URL to the update center so that the user does not
220.23 - need to register the URL manually.
220.24 - You open the Update Center wizard by right-clicking a module project,
220.25 - choosing New > Other and selecting Update Center
220.26 - from the Module Development category.
220.27 -
220.28 - <p>In the Update Center Declaration page, you have to set the following:
220.29 -
220.30 - <ul><li><b>URL to Update Descriptor.</b> Specifies the URL to the autoupdate descriptor. <p>You
220.31 - can let the IDE generate the autoupdate descriptor for you; for details, see
220.32 - <a href="../distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</a>.
220.33 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the name that you would like the user to
220.34 - see in their Plugins manager.
220.35 - </ul>
220.36 -
220.37 -
220.38 -
220.39 - <dl>
220.40 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
220.41 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
220.42 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
220.43 - </dl>
220.44 - <hr>
220.45 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
220.46 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
220.47 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
220.48 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
220.49 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
220.50 - </table>
220.51 -</body></html>
221.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/WinSys_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
221.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
221.3 @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
221.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
221.5 -<!--
221.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
221.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
221.8 --->
221.9 -<html>
221.10 -<head>
221.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
221.12 - <title>Window Component Wizard: Name, Icon and Location</title>
221.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
221.14 -</head>
221.15 -<body>
221.16 -<h2>Window Component Wizard: Name, Icon and Location</h2>
221.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
221.18 -
221.19 -<p>The New Window Component wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_window_components.html">window component</a>.
221.20 - You open the New Window Component wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Window Component
221.21 - from the Module Development category.
221.22 - <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
221.23 -<ul>
221.24 - <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the prefix of the new <tt>Action</tt> and <tt>TopComponent</tt> classes.
221.25 - <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will accompany the window component. For example, you
221.26 - will see the icon in the label of the window component. (Optional)
221.27 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
221.28 - </ul>
221.29 -<dl>
221.30 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
221.31 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
221.32 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
221.33 -</dl>
221.34 -<hr>
221.35 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
221.36 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
221.37 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
221.38 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
221.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
221.40 -</table>
221.41 -</body></html>
222.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/WizardTypePanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
222.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
222.3 @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
222.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
222.5 -<!--
222.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
222.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
222.8 --->
222.9 -<html>
222.10 -<head>
222.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
222.12 - <title>Wizard Wizard: Wizard Type</title>
222.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
222.14 -</head>
222.15 -<body>
222.16 - <h2>Wizard Wizard: Wizard Type</h2>
222.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
222.18 -
222.19 - <p>The New Wizard wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html">Wizard</a>.
222.20 - You open the New Wizard wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Wizard
222.21 - from the Module Development category.
222.22 - <p>In the Wizard Type page, you have to set the following:
222.23 - <ul>
222.24 - <li><b>Registration Type.</b> Specifies where the user will be able to
222.25 - find the wizard in the IDE. See <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html">About Wizards</a> for details.
222.26 - <li><b>Wizard Step Sequence.</b> Specifies whether the Wizard wizard
222.27 - will create an implementation of this NetBeans API class: <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
222.28 - <param name="content" value="http://bits.netbeans.org/dev/javadoc/org-openide-dialogs/org/openide/WizardDescriptor.Iterator.html">
222.29 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>WizardDescriptor.Iterator</u></html>">
222.30 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
222.31 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
222.32 - </object>
222.33 -
222.34 - <p>If you choose Static, an implementation of this NetBeans API class will not be created.
222.35 - The default progression from panel to panel will then be supported by your wizard,
222.36 - sequential progression
222.37 - without divergences or reversals.
222.38 - <p>If you choose
222.39 - Dynamic, the Wizard wizard will create an implementation of the WizardDescriptor.Iterator class. This class
222.40 - guides progress from one panel
222.41 - to the next. The developer has a lot more freedom in coding the
222.42 - wizard, but has a more complex task since there are many more
222.43 - possibilities to consider. When you choose "Static", you can also
222.44 - extend the wizard to provide support for panel skipping and reversals, but the
222.45 - "Dynamic" type was made for this purpose. For example, the Add Server
222.46 - Instance wizard offers different panels depending on the type
222.47 - of server that the user wants to register.
222.48 -
222.49 - <li><b>Number of Wizard Panels.</b> For each panel, the IDE creates
222.50 - two files—a visual panel (called <tt>xxxVisualPanel.java</tt>) and a wizard panel
222.51 - (called <tt>xxxWizardPanel</tt>) for retrieving the current values from the visual panel.
222.52 - Only if you enter an integer greater than 0, will you be able to progress to the
222.53 - next panel in the Wizard wizard.
222.54 - </ul>
222.55 -
222.56 -
222.57 -
222.58 - <dl>
222.59 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
222.60 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
222.61 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
222.62 - </dl>
222.63 - <hr>
222.64 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
222.65 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
222.66 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
222.67 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
222.68 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
222.69 - </table>
222.70 -</body></html>
223.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/Wizard_NameAndLocationPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
223.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
223.3 @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
223.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
223.5 -<!--
223.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
223.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
223.8 --->
223.9 -<html>
223.10 -<head>
223.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
223.12 - <title>Wizard Wizard: Name, Icon, and Location</title>
223.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
223.14 -</head>
223.15 -<body>
223.16 -<h2>Wizard Wizard: Name, Icon, and Location</h2>
223.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
223.18 -
223.19 -<p>The New Wizard wizard creates a new <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html">Wizard</a>.
223.20 -You open the New Wizard wizard by right-clicking a module project, choosing New > Other and selecting Wizard
223.21 - from the Module Development category.
223.22 - <p>In the Name, Icon, and Location page, you have to set the following:
223.23 -<ul>
223.24 - <li><b>Class Name Prefix.</b> Specifies the name of the new panels and action class.
223.25 - <li><b>Package.</b> Specifies the name of the package where the class will be housed.
223.26 - </ul>
223.27 -
223.28 - <p>Only if the wizard will be registered as a New File wizard
223.29 - can you set the following items:
223.30 -
223.31 -<ul>
223.32 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Specifies the display name for
223.33 - the new wizard in the New File wizard.
223.34 - <li><b>Category.</b> Specifies the New File wizard
223.35 - category where the new file wizard will be located.
223.36 - <li><b>Icon.</b> Specifies the icon that will be displayed
223.37 - in the New File wizard.
223.38 - </ul>
223.39 -
223.40 -
223.41 -<dl>
223.42 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
223.43 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
223.44 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
223.45 -</dl>
223.46 -<hr>
223.47 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
223.48 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
223.49 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
223.50 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
223.51 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
223.52 -</table>
223.53 -</body></html>
224.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerCompiling.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
224.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
224.3 @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
224.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
224.5 -<!--
224.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
224.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
224.8 --->
224.9 -<html>
224.10 -<head>
224.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
224.12 - <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Compiling</title>
224.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
224.14 -</head>
224.15 -<body>
224.16 - <h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Compiling</h2>
224.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
224.18 -
224.19 - <p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
224.20 - a module project and choosing Properties.
224.21 -
224.22 - <p>The Compiling page lets you specify whether debugging information and deprecated APIs should be reported:
224.23 -
224.24 - <ul><li><b>Generate Debugging Info.</b> Sets <tt>build.compiler.debug</tt> in the <tt>project.properties</tt> file.</li>
224.25 - <li><b>Report Use of Deprecated APIs.</b> Sets <tt>build.compiler.deprecation</tt> in the <tt>project.properties</tt> file.
224.26 -
224.27 - <li><b>Additional Compiler Options.</b> Lets you pass additional
224.28 - options to the compiler, such as <tt>-Xlint:unchecked</tt>.
224.29 - </ul>
224.30 -
224.31 - <dl>
224.32 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
224.33 - <dd><a href="../../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">About Module Project Templates</a></dd>
224.34 - <dd>Module Project Properties Dialog Box:</dd>
224.35 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerSources.html">Sources</a> </dd>
224.36 - <dd> <a href="SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html">Libraries</a> </dd>
224.37 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerDisplay.html">Display</a> </dd>
224.38 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerVersioning.html">API Versioning</a> </dd>
224.39 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerPackaging.html">Packaging</a> </dd>
224.40 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerDocumenting.html">Documenting</a></dd>
224.41 - </dl>
224.42 -
224.43 -
224.44 - <hr>
224.45 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
224.46 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
224.47 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
224.48 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
224.49 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
224.50 - </table>
224.51 -</body></html>
225.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerDisplay.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
225.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
225.3 @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
225.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
225.5 -<!--
225.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
225.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
225.8 --->
225.9 -<html>
225.10 -<head>
225.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
225.12 - <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Display</title>
225.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
225.14 -</head>
225.15 -<body>
225.16 -<h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Display</h2>
225.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
225.18 -
225.19 -<p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
225.20 -a module project and choosing Properties.
225.21 -
225.22 -<p>The Display page lets you add display information, which is written to the the localizing bundle (the <tt>Bundle.properties</tt> file):
225.23 -
225.24 - <ul>
225.25 - <li><b>Display Name.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Name</tt> in the localizing bundle, which
225.26 - determines the module's display name in the IDE.</li>
225.27 - <li><b>Display Category.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Display-Category</tt>. This determines
225.28 - where the module will be displayed in the Plugins manager. Choices include
225.29 - all the <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Display-Categorys</tt> made available by other modules.
225.30 - <li><b>Short Desciption.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Short-Description</tt>.
225.31 - <li><b>Long Desciption.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Short-Description</tt>.
225.32 - <li><b>Show in Plugins manager.</b> Sets <tt>AutoUpdate-Show-In-Client</tt> in the module's
225.33 - manifest file. By default, the plugin will be shown in the Plugins manager and <tt>AutoUpdate-Show-In-Client</tt>
225.34 - is not set in the manifest file. However, if a module serves to support another module,
225.35 - you may select this option, which will result in the plugin being hidden. When the user installs
225.36 - the main module, the supporting hidden modules will also be installed.
225.37 - </ul>
225.38 -
225.39 -<dl>
225.40 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
225.41 - <dd><a href="../../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">About Module Project Templates</a></dd>
225.42 - <dd>Module Project Properties Dialog Box:</dd>
225.43 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerSources.html">Sources</a> </dd>
225.44 - <dd> <a href="SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html">Libraries</a> </dd>
225.45 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerVersioning.html">API Versioning</a> </dd>
225.46 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerCompiling.html">Compiling</a> </dd>
225.47 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerPackaging.html">Packaging</a> </dd>
225.48 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerDocumenting.html">Documenting</a></dd>
225.49 -</dl>
225.50 -
225.51 -<hr>
225.52 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
225.53 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
225.54 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
225.55 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
225.56 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
225.57 -</table>
225.58 -</body></html>
226.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerDocumenting.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
226.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
226.3 @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
226.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
226.5 -<!--
226.6 -* Copyright (c) 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
226.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
226.8 --->
226.9 -<html>
226.10 - <head>
226.11 - <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
226.12 - <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Documenting</title>
226.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
226.14 - </head>
226.15 -
226.16 - <body>
226.17 - <h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Documenting</h2>
226.18 -
226.19 - <p><small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small>
226.20 -
226.21 - <p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
226.22 - a module project and choosing Properties.</p>
226.23 -
226.24 - <p>The Documenting page lets you specify the title of the Javadoc browser:</p>
226.25 -
226.26 - <ul>
226.27 - <li><b>Javadoc Title.</b> Sets <tt>javadoc.title</tt> in the <tt>project.properties</tt>
226.28 - file. Note that the IDE cannot build Javadoc unless you mark at least one package
226.29 - as public in the <a href="CustomizerVersioning.html">API Versioning</a> page.</li>
226.30 - </ul>
226.31 -
226.32 - <dl>
226.33 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
226.34 - <dd><a href="../../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html">About Module Project Templates</a></dd>
226.35 - <dd>Module Project Properties Dialog Box:</dd>
226.36 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerSources.html">Sources</a></dd>
226.37 - <dd> <a href="SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html">Libraries</a></dd>
226.38 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerDisplay.html">Display</a></dd>
226.39 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerVersioning.html">API Versioning</a></dd>
226.40 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerCompiling.html">Compiling</a></dd>
226.41 - <dd> <a href="CustomizerPackaging.html">Packaging</a></dd>
226.42 - </dl>
226.43 -
226.44 - <hr>
226.45 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
226.46 -
226.47 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
226.48 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
226.49 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
226.50 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
226.51 - </table>
226.52 -
226.53 - </body>
226.54 -</html>
226.55 \ No newline at end of file
227.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerLibraries.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
227.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
227.3 @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
227.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
227.5 -<!--
227.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
227.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
227.8 --->
227.9 -<html>
227.10 -<head>
227.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
227.12 - <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Libraries</title>
227.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
227.14 -</head>
227.15 -<body>
227.16 - <h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Libraries</h2>
227.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
227.18 -
227.19 - <p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
227.20 - a module project and choosing Properties.
227.21 -
227.22 - <p>The Libraries page lets you specify the NetBeans Platform, the module's dependencies, and the required tokens:
227.23 -
227.24 - <ul><li><b>Java Platform:</b> Specifies the target JDK for building module
227.25 - projects or module suite projects.</li>
227.26 - <li><b>NetBeans Platform:</b> Specifies the target NetBeans platform against which the current
227.27 - module is compiled and run. Enabled for standalone modules, not for modules that are
227.28 - part of a module suite. Available NetBeans platforms are those that have been registered in the
227.29 - <a href="../NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.</li>
227.30 - <li><b>Module Dependencies.</b> Displays an alphabetical list of declared module dependencies,
227.31 - from the <tt>nbproject/project.xml</tt> file. Each list entry is displayed as the module's
227.32 - localized display name.
227.33 - <p>Click Add to <a href="../AddModulePanel.html">add a new module dependency</a>. The new dependency will initially request a
227.34 - major release version and specification version as taken from the module's manifest and be included in
227.35 - the classpath if there are any available packages. The new dependency will be selected so that you may use Edit
227.36 - to <a href="EditDependencyPanel.html">customize</a> it immediately. If multiple dependencies were added, just one of them will be selected automatically.
227.37 - Click Remove to delete the selected item.
227.38 - <li><b>Required Tokens.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Requires</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file.
227.39 - Displays a list entry for each token (sorted alphabetically). <p>Click Add to select a token from a of all available tokens,
227.40 - based on <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Provides</tt> of all available modules, as well as any special tokens defined by the Modules API.
227.41 - Click Remove to delete the selected item.
227.42 - <li><b>Wrapped JARs.</b> Bundles an external JAR file with the module. Note that this is not
227.43 - a modular approach; ideally you would create a separate module containing the external JAR,
227.44 - rather than including it in the same module where you want to use it. Click Export to
227.45 - add the public classes in the JAR to the public interface of the module.
227.46 - </ul>
227.47 - <dl>
227.48 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
227.49 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
227.50 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
227.51 - </dl>
227.52 - <hr>
227.53 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
227.54 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
227.55 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
227.56 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
227.57 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
227.58 - </table>
227.59 -</body></html>
228.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerPackaging.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
228.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
228.3 @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
228.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
228.5 -<!--
228.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
228.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
228.8 --->
228.9 -<html>
228.10 -<head>
228.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
228.12 - <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Packaging</title>
228.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
228.14 -</head>
228.15 -<body>
228.16 -<h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Packaging</h2>
228.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
228.18 -
228.19 -
228.20 -<p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
228.21 -a module project and choosing Properties.
228.22 -
228.23 -<p>The Packaging page lets you specify data relevant for building an
228.24 - <a href="../../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">NBM file</a> from your project:
228.25 -
228.26 -<ul><li><b>JAR File.</b> Displays the location and name of the actual JAR file that will be built for
228.27 - the module, in the form <tt>${cluster}/${module.jar}</tt>.</li>
228.28 - <li><b>Needs Restart on Install.</b> Ensures that the IDE must be restarted in order to
228.29 - enable the module. Sets <tt>nbm.needs.restart</tt> in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file.
228.30 -<!-- <li><b>Must be Installed Globally.</b> Ensures that the NBM file will be installed in the IDE's installation
228.31 - directory as well as in the IDE's user directory. If not selected, the NBM file is
228.32 - installed only in the IDE's user directory. Sets <tt>nbm.is.global</tt> in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file. -->
228.33 - <li><b>License.</b> Points to an optional license file for the NBM file. Sets <tt>license.file</tt>
228.34 - in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file. May be an absolute or project-relative path. .
228.35 - <li><b>Home Page.</b> Sets <tt>nbm.homepage</tt> in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file.
228.36 - <li><b>Author.</b> Sets <tt>nbm.module.author</tt> in the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file.
228.37 - </ul>
228.38 -
228.39 -<dl>
228.40 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
228.41 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
228.42 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
228.43 -</dl>
228.44 -<hr>
228.45 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
228.46 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
228.47 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
228.48 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
228.49 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
228.50 -</table>
228.51 -</body></html>
229.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerSources.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
229.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
229.3 @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
229.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
229.5 -<!--
229.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
229.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
229.8 --->
229.9 -<html>
229.10 -<head>
229.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
229.12 - <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Sources</title>
229.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
229.14 -</head>
229.15 -<body>
229.16 -<h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: Sources</h2>
229.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
229.18 -
229.19 -<p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
229.20 -a module project and choosing Properties.
229.21 -
229.22 -<p>The Sources page lets you specify the project folder, the module suite
229.23 - to which the project belongs, and the Java source level:
229.24 -
229.25 - <ul><li><b>Project Folder:</b> Displays the location of the project directory.</li>
229.26 - <li><b>Module Suite.</b> Displays the location of the containing suite,
229.27 - if this is a suite component module. If it is a standalone module, this field is not present.
229.28 - <li><b>Source Level.</b> Sets the <tt>javac.source</tt> property in
229.29 - the <tt>nbproject/project.properties</tt> file. The options are 1.4, 1.5, or 1.6.
229.30 - </ul>
229.31 -<dl>
229.32 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
229.33 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
229.34 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
229.35 -</dl>
229.36 -<hr>
229.37 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
229.38 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
229.39 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
229.40 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
229.41 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
229.42 -</table>
229.43 -</body></html>
230.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/CustomizerVersioning.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
230.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
230.3 @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
230.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
230.5 -<!--
230.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
230.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
230.8 --->
230.9 -<html>
230.10 -<head>
230.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
230.12 - <title>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: API Versioning</title>
230.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
230.14 -</head>
230.15 -<body>
230.16 -<h2>Module Project Properties Dialog Box: API Versioning</h2>
230.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
230.18 -
230.19 -<p>You open the Module Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
230.20 -a module project and choosing Properties.
230.21 -
230.22 -<p>The API Versioning page contains the following:
230.23 -
230.24 -<ul><li><b>Code Name Base:</b> Displays the name that uniquely identifies the module.
230.25 - Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file. This line in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file
230.26 - identifies the JAR file as a module, and provides its code name. If you expose APIs, the code name
230.27 - is what other modules will use to refer to your module when they declare a dependency on it.
230.28 - The standard convention is for the name to match the package structure of the module. </li>
230.29 - <li><b>Major Release Version.</b> Specifies the major release version in <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt>; may be blank or a non-negative integer.
230.30 - For example, if your module is called <tt>org.myorg.module</tt>, the major release version will be
230.31 - displayed as a forward slash with a number in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file: <tt>org.myorg.module/1</tt>.
230.32 - This is typically useful if your module exposes some APIs; modules can declare a dependency on a specific
230.33 - specification version of the module, so that the depending module will not be loaded if it requires
230.34 - version 2, but the version of your module that's installed is version 1. For modules with no API to
230.35 - expose, or which are trivial and unlikely ever to change, the major release version is not required.
230.36 - <li><b>Specification Version.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Specification-Version</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file. Typically when
230.37 - you add methods that are publicly available (part of the API of your module), you will increment this
230.38 - number by 0.1, so versions increment 1.0, 1.1, 1.2 and so forth. Thus other modules that need to use
230.39 - a method or class introduced in 1.1 can declare a dependency on 1.1, so they will not be loaded if that version is not present.
230.40 - <p><b>Note:</b> Increment this version whenever you wish a new version of the module to be
230.41 - pushed to users of an update center.
230.42 - <li><b>Append Implementation Versions Automatically.</b>
230.43 - <li><b>Implementation Version.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Implementation-Version</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file. Modules declare,
230.44 - in their <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file, what packages they make available to other modules, in the <tt>public-packages</tt>
230.45 - section of the <tt>nbproject/project.xml</tt> file. If your module tries to use a class from another module which is public,
230.46 - but that class is not actually in one of the packages the other module declares as its "public packages",
230.47 - it will throw a <tt>NoClassDefFoundException</tt> at runtime.
230.48 - <li><b>Module Type.</b>
230.49 - <ul>
230.50 - <li><b>Regular.</b> A module that is loaded when the platform starts up.
230.51 - <li><b>Autoload.</b> A module that is loaded only when another module needs it. For example,
230.52 - a library wrapper module is only loaded when a module that depends on it needs it.
230.53 - <li><b>Eager.</b> A module that is loaded if all its dependencies are satisfied. For example,
230.54 - the module that provides coloring for NetBeans files depends on the module that provides the editor.
230.55 - Therefore, when you disable the editor module, the IDE automatically disables the coloring module.
230.56 -
230.57 - </ul>
230.58 - <li><b>Public Packages.</b> Displays a list of all packages contained in the
230.59 - source directory plus any <tt>class-path-extensions</tt>. If checked, the package is included among <tt>public-packages</tt>
230.60 - section of the <tt>nbproject/project.xml</tt> file.
230.61 - <li><b>Export Packages Only to Friends.</b> Is checked if and only if there is at least one entry in
230.62 - the list below it. The list may include code name bases of other modules and is sorted. If not
230.63 - empty, packages are kept in <tt>friend-packages</tt> instead and the friends are listed in <tt>nbproject/project.xml.</tt>
230.64 - <li><b>Provided Tokens.</b> Sets <tt>OpenIDE-Module-Provides</tt> in the <tt>MANIFEST.MF</tt> file.
230.65 -</ul>
230.66 -<dl>
230.67 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
230.68 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
230.69 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
230.70 -</dl>
230.71 -<hr>
230.72 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
230.73 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
230.74 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
230.75 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
230.76 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
230.77 -</table>
230.78 -</body></html>
231.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/EditDependencyPanel.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
231.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
231.3 @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
231.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
231.5 -<!--
231.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
231.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
231.8 --->
231.9 -<html>
231.10 -<head>
231.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
231.12 - <title>Edit Module Dependency Dialog Box</title>
231.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
231.14 -</head>
231.15 -<body>
231.16 - <h2>Edit Module Dependency Dialog Box</h2>
231.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
231.18 -
231.19 - <p>The Edit Module Dependency dialog box lets you customize a module
231.20 - dependency. New module dependencies will initially use a
231.21 - major release version and specification version as taken from
231.22 - the module�s manifest and be included in
231.23 - the classpath if there are any available packages.
231.24 - The new dependency will be selected so that you may use Edit
231.25 - to customize it immediately. If multiple dependencies
231.26 - were added, just one of them will be selected automatically.
231.27 -
231.28 -
231.29 - <dl>
231.30 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
231.31 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
231.32 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
231.33 - </dl>
231.34 - <hr>
231.35 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
231.36 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
231.37 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
231.38 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
231.39 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
231.40 - </table>
231.41 -</body></html>
232.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerBasicBranding.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
232.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
232.3 @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
232.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
232.5 -<!--
232.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
232.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
232.8 --->
232.9 -<html>
232.10 -<head>
232.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
232.12 - <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Application</title>
232.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
232.14 -</head>
232.15 -<body>
232.16 -<h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Application</h2>
232.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
232.18 -
232.19 -<p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
232.20 -a module suite project and choosing Properties.
232.21 -
232.22 -<p>The Build page specifies the look-and-feel of an application built on
232.23 -top of the NetBeans Platform. Set the following properties:
232.24 -
232.25 -<ul>
232.26 - <li><b>Create Collection of Add-on Modules.</b> Specifies that
232.27 - you do not want to create a standalone application. For example, in this case
232.28 - you might want to add the suite to an <i>existing</i> application, such as the IDE. Alternatively, you
232.29 - might be using the suite to add a library wrapper to a module, without wanting the module to be available
232.30 - as a standalone application. When you select
232.31 - this radiobutton, the remaining controls in this panel, and the Splash Screen subpanel, are not enabled.
232.32 - <li><b>Create Standalone Application.</b> Specifies that
232.33 - you want to create a standalone application, with branding details such as a splash screen, progress bar,
232.34 - and application title. When you select this checkbox,
232.35 - the remaining controls in this panel, and the Splash Screen subpanel, are enabled.
232.36 - <li><b>Branding Name.</b> Specifies the name of the application's executable.
232.37 -<!-- <li><b>Application Title.</b> Specifies the title that will appear in the application's titlebar.
232.38 - <li><b>Application Icon.</b> Specifies an icon with a dimension of 48x48 pixels, that will
232.39 - be displayed in the application's About dialog box, which will be available
232.40 - under the Help menu. Note that this icon does <i>not</i> set the executable's icon.
232.41 - If you want to customize the executable's icon, you need to make use of an external
232.42 - resource editor, many of which are freely available on-line.-->
232.43 -</ul>
232.44 -
232.45 -<dl>
232.46 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
232.47 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
232.48 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
232.49 -</dl>
232.50 -<hr>
232.51 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
232.52 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
232.53 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
232.54 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
232.55 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
232.56 -</table>
232.57 -</body></html>
233.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
233.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
233.3 @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
233.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
233.5 -<!--
233.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
233.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
233.8 --->
233.9 -<html>
233.10 -<head>
233.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
233.12 - <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Libraries</title>
233.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
233.14 -</head>
233.15 -<body>
233.16 - <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Libraries</h2>
233.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
233.18 -
233.19 - <p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
233.20 - any module suite project and choosing Properties.
233.21 -
233.22 - <p>The Libraries page lets you specify the NetBeans Platform against which
233.23 - the module suite will be compiled and run. It also lets you specify the modules that belong to
233.24 - the suite project. You need to set the following properties:
233.25 -
233.26 - <ul>
233.27 - <li><b>Java Platform:</b> Specifies the target JDK for building module
233.28 - projects or module suite projects.</li>
233.29 - <li><b>NetBeans Platform:</b> Specifies the target NetBeans platform against which the
233.30 - module suite is compiled and run. Available NetBeans platforms are those that have been registered in the
233.31 - <a href="../NbPlatformCustomizer.html">NetBeans Platform Manager</a>.</li>
233.32 -
233.33 - <li><b>Platform Modules.</b> Specifies the clusters that will be deployed together with
233.34 - the module suite project.</li>
233.35 - </ul>
233.36 -
233.37 - <p>Optionally, you can add modules or groups
233.38 - of modules (clusters) from outside the
233.39 - selected NetBeans Platform. Use the buttons
233.40 - at the bottom of the wizard
233.41 - step for this purpose.
233.42 -
233.43 - <dl>
233.44 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
233.45 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
233.46 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
233.47 - </dl>
233.48 - <hr>
233.49 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
233.50 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
233.51 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
233.52 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
233.53 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
233.54 - </table>
233.55 -</body></html>
234.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerModuleList.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
234.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
234.3 @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
234.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
234.5 -<!--
234.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
234.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
234.8 --->
234.9 -<html>
234.10 -<head>
234.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
234.12 - <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Module List</title>
234.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
234.14 -</head>
234.15 -<body>
234.16 - <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Module List</h2>
234.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
234.18 -
234.19 -<p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
234.20 -any module suite project and choosing Properties.
234.21 -
234.22 -<p>The Module List page shows you the clusters and modules that are
234.23 - available to an application built on top of the NetBeans Platform.
234.24 -<dl>
234.25 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
234.26 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
234.27 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
234.28 -</dl>
234.29 -<hr>
234.30 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
234.31 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
234.32 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
234.33 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
234.34 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
234.35 -</table>
234.36 -</body></html>
235.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerSources.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
235.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
235.3 @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
235.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
235.5 -<!--
235.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
235.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
235.8 --->
235.9 -<html>
235.10 -<head>
235.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
235.12 - <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Sources</title>
235.13 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
235.14 -</head>
235.15 -<body>
235.16 - <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Sources</h2>
235.17 -<p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
235.18 -
235.19 -<p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
235.20 -a module suite project and choosing Properties.
235.21 -Here you can see or set the following properties:
235.22 -
235.23 -
235.24 -<ul><li><b>Project Folder:</b> Shows you the location of the module suite project folder
235.25 - in your filesystem.</li>
235.26 -
235.27 - <li><b>Suite Modules.</b> Specifies the modules that will be deployed together with
235.28 - the module suite project. Normally, a module is added to the suite's Suite Modules list
235.29 - automatically by the IDE when you use the New Project wizard to create the module
235.30 - as part of the module suite.
235.31 - However, you can use the Modules list to manually add or remove modules from the list,
235.32 - should you need to do so. Alternatively, you can use the suite's Modules node to add a module to the suite.
235.33 - </ul>
235.34 -<dl>
235.35 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
235.36 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
235.37 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
235.38 -</dl>
235.39 -<hr>
235.40 -<small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
235.41 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
235.42 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
235.43 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
235.44 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
235.45 -</table>
235.46 -</body></html>
236.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerSplashBranding.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
236.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
236.3 @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
236.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
236.5 -<!--
236.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
236.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
236.8 --->
236.9 -<html>
236.10 -<head>
236.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
236.12 - <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Splash Screen</title>
236.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
236.14 -</head>
236.15 -<body>
236.16 - <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Splash Screen</h2>
236.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
236.18 -
236.19 - <p>You open the Module Suite Project Properties dialog box by right-clicking
236.20 - a module suite project and choosing Properties.
236.21 -
236.22 - <p>The Splash Screen page specifies the splash screen that will be
236.23 - displayed when an application built on
236.24 - top of the NetBeans Platform is started.
236.25 -
236.26 - <p>Set the following properties:
236.27 -
236.28 - <ul>
236.29 - <li><b>Progress Bar.</b> The properties of the progress bar are as follows:
236.30 - <ul>
236.31 - <li><b>Enabled.</b> Specifies that a progress bar will
236.32 - be shown during startup.
236.33 - <li><b>Color.</b> Specifies the color of the progress bar.
236.34 - <li><b>Positioning.</b> Specifies the position of the progress bar,
236.35 - in pixels.
236.36 - </ul>
236.37 -
236.38 - <li><b>Running Text</b> The properties of the startup text
236.39 - displayed in the splash screen are as follows:
236.40 - <ul>
236.41 - <li><b>Size.</b> Specifies the size of the startup text.
236.42 - <li><b>Color.</b> Specifies the color of the startup text.
236.43 - <li><b>Positioning.</b> Specifies the position of the startup text,
236.44 - in pixels.
236.45 - </ul>
236.46 -
236.47 - <li><b>Splash Screen.</b> Specifies an image that will serve as the splash screen.
236.48 - </ul>
236.49 -
236.50 -
236.51 - <dl>
236.52 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
236.53 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
236.54 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
236.55 - </dl>
236.56 - <hr>
236.57 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
236.58 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
236.59 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
236.60 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
236.61 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
236.62 - </table>
236.63 -</body></html>
237.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerWindowSystemBranding.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
237.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
237.3 @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
237.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
237.5 -<!--
237.6 -* Copyright � 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
237.7 -* Use is subject to license terms.
237.8 --->
237.9 -<html>
237.10 -<head>
237.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
237.12 - <title>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Window System</title>
237.13 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
237.14 -</head>
237.15 -<body>
237.16 - <h2>Module Suite Project Properties Dialog Box: Window System</h2>
237.17 - <p> <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a> </small>
237.18 -
237.19 - <p>You can disable the following abilities of the application's
237.20 - window system:
237.21 -
237.22 -<ul>
237.23 - <li><b>Window Drag and Drop:</b>
237.24 - The ability to reorganize the window layout by dragging windows to
237.25 - new positions.
237.26 -<li><b>Floating Windows:</b>
237.27 - The ability for windows to be undocked into a standalone frames.
237.28 -<li><b>Sliding Windows:</b>
237.29 - The ability to minimize (slide out) a window.
237.30 -<li><b>Maximized Windows:</b>
237.31 - The ability to maximize a window by clicking its header.
237.32 -<li><b>Closing Windows:</b> The ability to
237.33 - close a document/non-document window.
237.34 -<li><b>Window Resizing:</b>
237.35 - The ability to adjust the width and height of
237.36 - windows by dragging splitter bars.
237.37 -<li><b>Respect Minimum Size When Resizing Windows:</b>
237.38 - The ability to resize internal windows to zero
237.39 - width/height using splitter bars.
237.40 -</ul>
237.41 -
237.42 -
237.43 -
237.44 - <dl>
237.45 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
237.46 - <dd> <a href="../../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
237.47 - <dd><a href="../../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
237.48 - </dl>
237.49 - <hr>
237.50 - <small><a href="../../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
237.51 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
237.52 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
237.53 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
237.54 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
237.55 - </table>
237.56 -</body></html>
238.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/about_distributing_rich.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
238.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
238.3 @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
238.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
238.5 -
238.6 -<html>
238.7 -<head>
238.8 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
238.9 - <title>About Distributing Rich-Client Applications</title>
238.10 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
238.11 - </head>
238.12 -
238.13 - <body>
238.14 - <h2>About Distributing Rich-Client Applications</h2>
238.15 - <p><small>
238.16 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
238.17 - </small></p>
238.18 -
238.19 - <p>Rich-client applications are complete,
238.20 - functioning, standalone Swing applications. The Swing libraries
238.21 - provide a rich collection of user interface elements. However, the Swing libraries
238.22 - do not provide a mechanism for joining the user interface elements together
238.23 - into an application.
238.24 - For this purpose,
238.25 - NetBeans provides the <a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>,
238.26 - which is the application framework on top
238.27 - of which you build your application. Each distinct
238.28 - part of a rich-client application is provided by a separate
238.29 - module, several of which serve to provide the user interface elements
238.30 - from the Swing libraries. For example, if your rich-client application
238.31 - is an editor, you might have one module that provides
238.32 - syntax highlighting, while another provides file templates.
238.33 -
238.34 - <h3>Branding</h3>
238.35 - <p>Before you distribute a rich-client application,
238.36 - you need to consider whether you want to leave it resembling NetBeans.
238.37 - For example, your rich-client application uses the NetBeans splash
238.38 - screen by default. Branding, the final stage before creating distribution packages,
238.39 - involves making decisions such as what the splash screen should
238.40 - look like and whether the application will include a progress bar
238.41 - during startup. In the module suite project's Project Properties
238.42 - dialog box, you define such settings, as described in <a href="branding_plugins.html">Branding a Rich-Client Application</a>.
238.43 -
238.44 - <p>While branding, also consider whether your rich-client application
238.45 - needs all the modules that the IDE uses. For example, if your rich-client
238.46 - application is not an editor, you will not need the modules that relate to
238.47 - editor functionality. Similarly, it is unlikely that all of the IDE's menu items
238.48 - and toolbar buttons are needed by your application.
238.49 -
238.50 - <h3>Releasing</h3>
238.51 - <p>Once a rich-client application is branded, you can distribute it over the
238.52 - web as a web-startable JNLP application. Alternatively, you can distribute the ZIP file.
238.53 - See <a href="../build_plugin/building_jnlp.html">Building a JNLP Application</a>
238.54 - and <a href="../build_plugin/building_zip.html">Building a ZIP Distribution</a> for details.
238.55 - Updates to the modules that make up a rich-client application can be distributed
238.56 - via the Update Center.
238.57 - <dl>
238.58 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
238.59 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
238.60 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
238.61 - </dl>
238.62 - <hr>
238.63 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
238.64 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
238.65 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
238.66 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
238.67 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
238.68 - </table>
238.69 - </body></html>
238.70 -
239.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/apisupport_register_nbm_file.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
239.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
239.3 @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
239.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
239.5 -<!--
239.6 - * Copyright © 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
239.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
239.8 -> -->
239.9 -<html>
239.10 -<head>
239.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
239.12 -
239.13 - <title>Registering an NBM File in an Update Center</title>
239.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../../../usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
239.15 -</head>
239.16 -
239.17 -<body>
239.18 - <h2>Manually Registering an NBM File in an Update Center</h2>
239.19 - <p><small>
239.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
239.21 - </small></p>
239.22 - <p>The recommended way of registering an NBM file in
239.23 - an update center is to add a module project to a module suite project,
239.24 - and to then choose Create NBMs from the module suite project's contextual
239.25 - menu. For details, see <a href="generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html">Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</a>.
239.26 -
239.27 - <p>However, if you do not want to include your module project in a suite for
239.28 - purposes of generating the autoupdate descriptor, you can create the
239.29 - autoupdate descriptor manually.
239.30 -
239.31 - <p><b>To manually register an NBM file in an update center:</b>
239.32 -
239.33 - <ol>
239.34 - <li><a href="../build_plugin/building_nbm.html">Build the NBM file</a>.
239.35 - <li>Outside the IDE, open the NBM file. Because NBM files are
239.36 - just ZIP files with a special extension, you can use a tool such as WinZip
239.37 - to open it.
239.38 - <li>One of the files inside the NBM file is called <tt>info.xml</tt>.
239.39 - <li>Paste the content of the <tt><module></tt> tag in
239.40 - <tt>info.xml</tt> into a text file, between these tags:
239.41 -
239.42 -<pre><?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
239.43 -
239.44 -<!DOCTYPE module_updates PUBLIC "-//NetBeans//DTD Autoupdate Catalog 2.3//EN"
239.45 -"http://www.netbeans.org/dtds/autoupdate-catalog-2_3.dtd">
239.46 -<module_updates timestamp="00/00/15/24/01/2006">
239.47 -
239.48 -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
239.49 -
239.50 -<!DOCTYPE module_updates PUBLIC "-//NetBeans//DTD Autoupdate Catalog 2.3//EN"
239.51 -"http://www.netbeans.org/dtds/autoupdate-catalog-2_3.dtd">
239.52 -<module_updates timestamp="00/00/15/24/01/2006">
239.53 -
239.54 - PASTE THE CONTENT OF INFO.XML HERE
239.55 -
239.56 - <license name="no-license.txt"><![CDATA[[NO LICENSE SPECIFIED]
239.57 - ]]></license>
239.58 -
239.59 -</module_updates></pre>
239.60 -
239.61 - <li>Right-click the NBM file in your
239.62 - filesystem and then look at the value for "Size on Disk".
239.63 - It should say something like "28,672". Remove the
239.64 - comma. Now put that number (i.e., "28672") as
239.65 - the value of the "downloadsize" element.
239.66 -
239.67 -
239.68 - <li>Look at the "distribution" element and make sure
239.69 - it points to the location and name of the NBM file.
239.70 - By default, the "distribution" element has this value:
239.71 - "http://www.netbeans.org". If the NBM file will be in the same
239.72 - directory as the autoupdate descriptor, you would have this value: "./<i>name_of_nbm</i>.nbm".
239.73 - <li>Save the file.
239.74 - </ol>
239.75 -
239.76 -
239.77 - <dl>
239.78 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
239.79 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
239.80 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
239.81 - </dl>
239.82 - <hr>
239.83 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
239.84 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
239.85 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
239.86 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
239.87 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
239.88 - </table>
239.89 -</body></html>
240.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/apisupport_using_shared_jnlp_repository.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
240.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
240.3 @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
240.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
240.5 -<!--
240.6 - * Copyright © 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
240.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
240.8 -> -->
240.9 -<html>
240.10 -<head>
240.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
240.12 -
240.13 - <title>Using the NetBeans Shared JNLP Repository</title>
240.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../../../usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
240.15 -</head>
240.16 -
240.17 -<body>
240.18 - <h2>Using the NetBeans Shared JNLP Repository</h2>
240.19 - <p><small>
240.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
240.21 - </small></p>
240.22 -
240.23 - By default, the JNLP application generated for a
240.24 - module suite project always contains all the module suite
240.25 - project's
240.26 - modules as well as all the modules that the module
240.27 - suite project depends on.
240.28 - This may be useful for intranet usage, but it is a
240.29 - bit less practical for wide internet use. When on
240.30 - the internet, it is much better if all the applications
240.31 - built on the NetBeans Platform refer to <i>one</i> repository
240.32 - of NetBeans modules, which means that such modules are
240.33 - shared and do not need to be downloaded more than once.
240.34 -
240.35 - <p>There is such a repository for NetBeans modules.
240.36 - It does not contain all the modules that NetBeans IDE
240.37 - has, such as, for example, the <tt>ant</tt> module, which is not
240.38 - JNLP-ready, but it contains enough to make many JNLP applications
240.39 - possible.
240.40 -
240.41 - <p><b>To use the shared JNLP repository:</b>
240.42 -
240.43 - <ol>
240.44 - <li>In the Projects window, expand the Important Files node.
240.45 - <li>Double-click NetBeans Platform Config.
240.46 - <li>Add the <tt>jnlp.platform.codebase</tt> property
240.47 - with, as its value, the URL of the 5.0 JNLP Repository:
240.48 -
240.49 - <pre>jnlp.platform.codebase=http://www.netbeans.org/download/5_0/jnlp</pre>
240.50 - </ol>
240.51 -
240.52 -
240.53 - <dl>
240.54 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
240.55 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
240.56 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
240.57 - </dl>
240.58 - <hr>
240.59 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
240.60 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
240.61 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
240.62 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
240.63 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
240.64 - </table>
240.65 -</body></html>
241.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/branding_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
241.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
241.3 @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
241.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
241.5 -<!--
241.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
241.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
241.8 -> -->
241.9 -<html>
241.10 - <head>
241.11 - <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
241.12 -
241.13 - <title>About Branding a Rich-Client Application</title>
241.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
241.15 - </head>
241.16 -
241.17 - <body>
241.18 -
241.19 - <h2>About Branding a Rich-Client Application</h2>
241.20 - <p><small>
241.21 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
241.22 - </small></p>
241.23 - <p>Once the functionality of an application built on top of the NetBeans Platform is complete,
241.24 - the appearance of the application still closely resembles the default NetBeans Platform. You can use the IDE to
241.25 - personalize your application. In particular, you can do the following:
241.26 -
241.27 - <ul>
241.28 - <li>Replace the application's splash screen.
241.29 - <li>Replace the strings in the NetBeans Platform's bundle files.
241.30 - <li>Define a progress bar.
241.31 - <li>Define the application's title bar.
241.32 - <li>Disable one or more of the window system's default features.
241.33 - </ul>
241.34 -
241.35 -
241.36 -
241.37 - <p><b>To brand a rich client application:</b>
241.38 -
241.39 - <ol><li>Right-click the application project in the Projects window and choose Branding.
241.40 - <li>In the Branding editor, click the tab related to your branding needs:
241.41 - <ul><li><b>Basic.</b> Brand the title bar and the application icons.
241.42 - <li><b>Splash Screen.</b> Brand the splash screen and progress bar.
241.43 - <li><b>Window System.</b> Remove features from the window system.
241.44 - <li><b>Resource Bundles.</b> Customize the strings provided by the
241.45 - NetBeans Platform.</ul>
241.46 - <li>Click OK to confirm your changes and exit the editor.
241.47 - </ol>
241.48 -
241.49 -
241.50 -
241.51 - <dl>
241.52 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
241.53 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
241.54 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
241.55 - </dl>
241.56 - <hr>
241.57 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
241.58 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
241.59 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
241.60 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
241.61 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
241.62 - </table>
241.63 - </body></html>
242.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/branding_window_system.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
242.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
242.3 @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
242.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
242.5 -<!--
242.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
242.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
242.8 -> -->
242.9 -<html>
242.10 -<head>
242.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
242.12 -
242.13 - <title>Branding the Window System</title>
242.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
242.15 -</head>
242.16 -
242.17 -<body>
242.18 -
242.19 - <h2>Branding the Window System</h2>
242.20 -<p><small>
242.21 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
242.22 -</small></p>
242.23 -<p>You can brand an application's
242.24 - window system by disabling the
242.25 - following of its default features:
242.26 -
242.27 -<ul>
242.28 - <li><b>Window Drag and Drop.</b>
242.29 - The ability to reorganize the window layout by dragging windows to
242.30 - new positions.
242.31 -<li><b>Floating Windows.</b>
242.32 - The ability for windows to be undocked into a standalone frames.
242.33 -<li><b>Sliding Windows.</b>
242.34 - The ability to minimize (slide out) a window.
242.35 -<li><b>Maximized Windows.</b>
242.36 - The ability to maximize a window by clicking its header.
242.37 -<li><b>Closing Windows.</b> The ability to
242.38 - close a document/non-document window.
242.39 -<li><b>Window Resizing.</b>
242.40 - The ability to adjust the width and height of
242.41 - windows by dragging splitter bars.
242.42 -<li><b>Respect Minimum Size When Resizing Windows.</b>
242.43 - The ability to resize internal windows to zero
242.44 - width/height using splitter bars.
242.45 -</ul>
242.46 -
242.47 -
242.48 -<p>To brand the window system:
242.49 -
242.50 -<ol>
242.51 - <li>Right-click the application project in the Projects window and choose Branding.
242.52 - <li>In the Branding editor, click Window System.
242.53 - <li>Deselect the items listed above, depending on your needs.
242.54 - <li>Click OK to confirm your choices and exit the Branding editor.
242.55 -
242.56 -</ol>
242.57 -
242.58 -<dl>
242.59 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
242.60 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
242.61 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
242.62 -</dl>
242.63 -<hr>
242.64 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
242.65 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
242.66 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
242.67 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
242.68 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
242.69 -</table>
242.70 -</body></html>
243.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/creating_splash_screen.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
243.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
243.3 @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
243.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
243.5 -<!--
243.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
243.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
243.8 -> -->
243.9 -<html>
243.10 -<head>
243.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
243.12 -
243.13 - <title>Adding a Splash Screen</title>
243.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
243.15 -</head>
243.16 -
243.17 -<body>
243.18 -
243.19 - <h2>Adding a Splash Screen</h2>
243.20 -<p><small>
243.21 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
243.22 -</small></p>
243.23 -
243.24 -<ol>
243.25 - <li>Right-click the application project in the Projects window and choose Properties.
243.26 - <li>In the Project Properties dialog box, click Splash Screen. Do the following:
243.27 - <ul>
243.28 - <li>Define the progress bar.
243.29 - <li>Choose a splash screen.
243.30 - </ul>
243.31 - <li>Click OK to confirm your choices and exit the Project Properties dialog box.
243.32 -
243.33 -</ol>
243.34 -
243.35 -<dl>
243.36 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
243.37 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
243.38 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
243.39 -</dl>
243.40 -<hr>
243.41 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
243.42 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
243.43 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
243.44 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
243.45 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
243.46 -</table>
243.47 -</body></html>
244.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/deploying_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
244.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
244.3 @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
244.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
244.5 -<!--
244.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
244.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
244.8 -> -->
244.9 -<html>
244.10 -<head>
244.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
244.12 -
244.13 - <title>Deploying Modules</title>
244.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
244.15 -</head>
244.16 -
244.17 -<body>
244.18 - <h2>Deploying Modules</h2>
244.19 -<p><small>
244.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
244.21 -</small></p>
244.22 - <p>When an application based on a NetBeans Platform is run,
244.23 - the NetBeans Platform's Main class is run.
244.24 - It then finds the available modules and builds an in-memory registry of them, and performs any
244.25 - tasks they specify for startup. Generally, a module's code is loaded into memory as it is needed.
244.26 -
244.27 -<dl>
244.28 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
244.29 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
244.30 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
244.31 -</dl>
244.32 -<hr>
244.33 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
244.34 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
244.35 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
244.36 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
244.37 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
244.38 -</table>
244.39 -</body></html>
245.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/distributing_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
245.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
245.3 @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
245.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
245.5 -<!--
245.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
245.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
245.8 -> -->
245.9 -<html>
245.10 -<head>
245.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
245.12 -
245.13 - <title>About Distributing Modules</title>
245.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
245.15 -</head>
245.16 -
245.17 -<body>
245.18 - <h2>About Distributing Modules</h2>
245.19 - <p><small>
245.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
245.21 - </small></p>
245.22 - <p>You can distribute a module in one or more
245.23 - of the following ways:</p>
245.24 -
245.25 - <ul>
245.26 -
245.27 - <li><b>Contribute to the Plugin Portal.</b> This is the central
245.28 - location where you can upload your NetBeans modules
245.29 - so that they may be easily found, all in
245.30 - the same place. For details, see:
245.31 -
245.32 - <p>
245.33 - <object CLASSID="java:org.netbeans.modules.javahelp.BrowserDisplayer">
245.34 - <param name="content" value="http://plugins.netbeans.org/PluginPortal/">
245.35 - <param name="text" value="<html><u>http://plugins.netbeans.org/PluginPortal/</u></html>">
245.36 - <param name="textFontSize" value="medium">
245.37 - <param name="textColor" value="blue">
245.38 - </object>
245.39 -
245.40 -
245.41 -
245.42 - <li><b>Create your own update center.</b> With your
245.43 - own <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html">update center</a>, you can distribute modules
245.44 - that are specific to your application, as well
245.45 - as modules that are not appropriate for distribution
245.46 - via the Plugin Portal. For
245.47 - quick updates to your modules or for
245.48 - making modules available to a smaller
245.49 - subset of end users, creating your own update
245.50 - center might be a good idea.
245.51 -
245.52 - <li><b>Other.</b> You can simply zip up a module's
245.53 - sources and transfer them via e-mail or upload them
245.54 - onto a server. Alternatively,
245.55 - you can use the IDE to create a binary NBM file, which
245.56 - you can then transfer via e-mail or upload to a server, instead of
245.57 - transferring the sources.
245.58 -
245.59 - </ul>
245.60 -
245.61 - <dl>
245.62 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
245.63 - <dd> <a href="../create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html">About Update Centers</a></dd>
245.64 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
245.65 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
245.66 - </dl>
245.67 - <hr>
245.68 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
245.69 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
245.70 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
245.71 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
245.72 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
245.73 - </table>
245.74 -</body></html>
246.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
246.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
246.3 @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
246.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
246.5 -<!--
246.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
246.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
246.8 -> -->
246.9 -<html>
246.10 -<head>
246.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
246.12 -
246.13 - <title>Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</title>
246.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
246.15 -</head>
246.16 -
246.17 -<body>
246.18 - <h2>Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor</h2>
246.19 - <p><small>
246.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
246.21 - </small></p>
246.22 -
246.23 - An autoupdate descriptor is an XML file that describes
246.24 - the <a href="../about/about-nbm.html">NBM files</a> that you want to make available to your users.
246.25 - For example, an autoupdate descriptor
246.26 - specifies a name, a description, and a URL for
246.27 - each module that it describes.
246.28 -
246.29 - <p>When you put an autoupdate descriptor on a server, and make its URL
246.30 - available to your users, your users are able to register the URL in
246.31 - your IDE. After registering the URL, they can access your NBM files
246.32 - via the Plugins manager, under the Tools menu.
246.33 -
246.34 - <p><b>To generate an autoupdate descriptor:</b>
246.35 -
246.36 - <ol><li>If you have not already done so,
246.37 - <a href="../create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module_suite.html">create a module suite project</a>.
246.38 - <li>In the Projects window, right-click the node of the
246.39 - module suite project you want to build.
246.40 - <li>Choose Create NBMs.
246.41 - <p>The IDE builds the NBM files in the module suite project. The IDE
246.42 - also creates a file called <tt>updates.xml</tt>, which is the
246.43 - autoupdate descriptor. To see it, look in the Files window (Ctrl-2).
246.44 - <li>Tweak the autoupdate descriptor, if needed. For example, customize
246.45 - the <tt>distribution</tt> element for each module, so that the URL
246.46 - to the NBM file is correct.
246.47 -
246.48 - </ol>
246.49 - <dl>
246.50 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
246.51 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
246.52 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
246.53 - </dl>
246.54 - <hr>
246.55 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
246.56 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
246.57 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
246.58 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
246.59 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
246.60 - </table>
246.61 -</body></html>
247.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/install_devide.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
247.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
247.3 @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
247.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
247.5 -<!--
247.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
247.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
247.8 -> -->
247.9 -<html>
247.10 -<head>
247.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
247.12 -
247.13 - <title>Installing in Development IDE</title>
247.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
247.15 -</head>
247.16 -
247.17 -<body>
247.18 - <h2>Installing in Development IDE</h2>
247.19 -<p><small>
247.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
247.21 -</small></p>
247.22 -
247.23 -<p>When you test your module, it is advisable to deploy it to a different instance of the IDE. This way,
247.24 - if there are problems with your module that cause the IDE to crash, you will not lose the work you are
247.25 - doing in the development instance.
247.26 -
247.27 - <p>However, if you are confident of your module or if you are demonstrating module development, you
247.28 - may quickly want to see the effect of your module. In these cases, it is worth taking the risk that
247.29 - the module you have developed will cause the IDE to crash and, in the process, destroy your work.
247.30 -
247.31 - <p><b>To install a module in the target platform:</b>
247.32 - <ol>
247.33 - <li>Save your module.
247.34 - <li>Right-click the module and choose Install/Reload in Development IDE.
247.35 - </ol>
247.36 -
247.37 -
247.38 -
247.39 -<dl>
247.40 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
247.41 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
247.42 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
247.43 -</dl>
247.44 -<hr>
247.45 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
247.46 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
247.47 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
247.48 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
247.49 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
247.50 -</table>
247.51 -</body></html>
248.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/install_targetplatform.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
248.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
248.3 @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
248.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
248.5 -<!--
248.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
248.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
248.8 -> -->
248.9 -<html>
248.10 -<head>
248.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
248.12 -
248.13 - <title>Trying Out a Module</title>
248.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
248.15 -</head>
248.16 -
248.17 -<body>
248.18 - <h2>Trying Out a Module</h2>
248.19 - <p><small>
248.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
248.21 - </small></p>
248.22 - <p>When you test your module, it is advisable to deploy it to a different instance of the IDE. This way,
248.23 - if there are problems with your module that cause the IDE to crash, you will not lose unsaved work or
248.24 - need to restart the IDE.
248.25 -
248.26 - <p>However, if you are confident of your module or if you are
248.27 - demonstrating module development, you may want to see the effect of
248.28 - your module more quickly. In these cases, it is worth taking the risk that
248.29 - you will lose unsaved files and have the inconvenience of being required to restart the IDE,
248.30 - if bugs in your module cause the IDE to crash.
248.31 -
248.32 - <p><b>To install a module project in a new instance of the IDE:</b>
248.33 - <ol>
248.34 - <li>Choose a <a href="../create_plugin/netbeans_api_javadoc.html">target platform</a>.
248.35 - <li>Right-click the module project and choose Run.
248.36 - <p>The target platform starts up and installs the module project. By default, the target platform
248.37 - is the IDE in which you are developing your module project.
248.38 -
248.39 - <li>If you wish to test changes to the module without restarting the target platform,
248.40 - right-click the module project and choose Reload in Target Platform.
248.41 - </ol>
248.42 -
248.43 - <p><b>To install a module project in the current instance of the IDE:</b>
248.44 - <ol>
248.45 - <li>Save your work.
248.46 - <li>Right-click the module project and choose Install/Reload in Development IDE.
248.47 - </ol>
248.48 - <dl>
248.49 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
248.50 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
248.51 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
248.52 - </dl>
248.53 -
248.54 -
248.55 - <hr>
248.56 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
248.57 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
248.58 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
248.59 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
248.60 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
248.61 - </table>
248.62 -</body></html>
249.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/installing_plugins.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
249.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
249.3 @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
249.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
249.5 -<!--
249.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
249.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
249.8 -> -->
249.9 -<html>
249.10 -<head>
249.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
249.12 -
249.13 - <title>Installing Modules</title>
249.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
249.15 -</head>
249.16 -
249.17 -<body>
249.18 - <h2>Installing Modules</h2>
249.19 -<p><small>
249.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
249.21 -</small></p>
249.22 - <p>Applications can install modules dynamically. Any application can include the Update Center module,
249.23 - to allow users of that application to download digitally-signed upgrades and new features via the web,
249.24 - directly into the running application. Installing an upgrade or a new release does not force users to
249.25 - download the entire application again. And in an application with multiple modules, upgrades of specific
249.26 - functionality can be incremental, further improving customer response time and time-to-market.
249.27 -
249.28 -<dl>
249.29 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
249.30 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
249.31 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
249.32 -</dl>
249.33 -<hr>
249.34 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
249.35 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
249.36 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
249.37 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
249.38 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
249.39 -</table>
249.40 -</body></html>
250.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/remove_unwanted_modules.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
250.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
250.3 @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
250.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
250.5 -<!--
250.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
250.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
250.8 -> -->
250.9 -<html>
250.10 -<head>
250.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
250.12 -
250.13 - <title>Removing Unwanted Modules</title>
250.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
250.15 -</head>
250.16 -
250.17 -<body>
250.18 -
250.19 - <h2>Removing Unwanted Modules</h2>
250.20 -<p><small>
250.21 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
250.22 -</small></p>
250.23 -
250.24 -<p>You can exclude unwanted modules from a standalone application, leaving only those
250.25 - you really need. By default, all the modules that the IDE
250.26 -uses are included.
250.27 -
250.28 - <p><b>To remove unwanted modules:</b>
250.29 -
250.30 -<ol>
250.31 - <li>Right-click a module-suite project and choose Properties.
250.32 - <li>In the Project Properties dialog box, click Libraries.
250.33 - <li>Uncheck all the clusters that you want to exclude from the standalone application. The only
250.34 - cluster that all standalone applications need is <tt>platform<i>NNN</i></tt>.
250.35 - <li>Expand the nodes of the clusters that you want to keep, and uncheck any module
250.36 - that you want to exclude from the cluster.
250.37 - <li>Click OK.
250.38 -
250.39 -</ol>
250.40 -
250.41 -<ul class="note">
250.42 - <li>When you <a href="branding_plugins.html">brand a standalone application</a>, the IDE
250.43 - asks you whether it should exclude IDE-related modules for you. If you do not let the IDE
250.44 - exclude IDE-related modules, you can do so manually using the steps above.
250.45 -</ul>
250.46 -
250.47 -<dl>
250.48 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
250.49 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
250.50 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
250.51 -</dl>
250.52 -<hr>
250.53 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
250.54 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
250.55 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
250.56 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
250.57 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
250.58 -</table>
250.59 -</body></html>
251.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/distribute_plugin/run_rich_client.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
251.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
251.3 @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
251.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
251.5 -<!--
251.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
251.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
251.8 -> -->
251.9 -<html>
251.10 -<head>
251.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
251.12 -
251.13 - <title>Running a Rich-Client Application</title>
251.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
251.15 -</head>
251.16 -
251.17 -<body>
251.18 - <h2>Running a Rich-Client Application</h2>
251.19 -<p><small>
251.20 -<a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
251.21 -</small></p>
251.22 -Unless your NetBeans modules are designed to be deployed
251.23 -as standalone modules, you should always deploy them by deploying the application (the module suite project)
251.24 -that contains them. If you run the Run Project command
251.25 -on an individual module that is part of an application built on top of the NetBeans Platform, the IDE only deploys
251.26 -that module itself.
251.27 -
251.28 -<p><b>To deploy a standalone application:</b>
251.29 -
251.30 -<ul><li>In the Projects window, right-click the module suite project and choose one of the following:
251.31 -
251.32 - <ul><li>Run Project. Starts the <a href="../csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html">target platform</a>,
251.33 - undeploys the standalone application if it is already deployed,
251.34 - deploys the standalone application to the target platform, starts the platform
251.35 - and loads the application as one unit.
251.36 - <li>Run JNLP Applications. Builds and runs the application as a <a href="../build_plugin/building_jnlp.html">JNLP application</a>.
251.37 - </ul>
251.38 -</ul>
251.39 -
251.40 -<dl>
251.41 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
251.42 - <dd> <a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
251.43 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
251.44 -</dl>
251.45 -<hr>
251.46 -<small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
251.47 -<table cellpadding="20" border="0">
251.48 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
251.49 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
251.50 -<tr><td> </td></tr>
251.51 -</table>
251.52 -</body></html>
252.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle1.gif has changed
253.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle2.gif has changed
254.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle3.gif has changed
255.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle4.gif has changed
256.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle5.gif has changed
257.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle6.gif has changed
258.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle7.gif has changed
259.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle8.gif has changed
260.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/circle9.gif has changed
261.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/module.png has changed
262.1 Binary file apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/images/suite.png has changed
263.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/nbmodule-map.xml Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
263.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
263.3 @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
263.4 -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?>
263.5 -<!DOCTYPE map PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp Map Version 2.0//EN"
263.6 - "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/map_1_0.dtd">
263.7 -
263.8 -<map version="1.0">
263.9 -
263.10 - <mapID target="apisupport_tbd" url="tbd.html"/>
263.11 -
263.12 - <!-- Start of "Getting Started" section -->
263.13 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_plugins" url="about/nbmodule-about.html"/>
263.14 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_system_filesystem" url="about/nbmodule-about-system-filesystem.html"/>
263.15 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_xml_layers" url="about/about-xml-layers.html"/>
263.16 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_open_apis" url="about/about-open-apis.html"/>
263.17 - <mapID target="apisupport_about-netbeans-platform" url="about/about-netbeans-platform.html"/>
263.18 - <mapID target="apisupport_modules_process" url="about/modules_process.html"/>
263.19 - <mapID target="apisupport_richclientapp_process" url="about/richclientapp_process.html"/>
263.20 - <mapID target="apisupport_modules_quickref" url="about/modules_quickref.html"/>
263.21 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_nbm" url="about/about-nbm.html"/>
263.22 -<mapID target="apisupport_about-sfs-browser" url="about/about-sfs-browser.html"/>
263.23 - <!-- End of "Getting Started" section -->
263.24 -
263.25 - <!-- Start of "Creating" section -->
263.26 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_create" url="create_plugin/about_create.html"/>
263.27 - <mapID target="apisupport_netbeans_api_javadoc" url="create_plugin/netbeans_api_javadoc.html"/>
263.28 - <mapID target="apisupport_using_netbeans_api_javadoc" url="create_plugin/using_netbeans_api_javadoc.html"/>
263.29 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_project_wizards" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/about_project_wizards.html"/>
263.30 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_module" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module.html"/>
263.31 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_library_wrapper" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_library_wrapper.html"/>
263.32 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_module_suite" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_module_suite.html"/>
263.33 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_platform_app" url="create_plugin/projectlevel_create/create_platform_app.html"/>
263.34 - <!-- Start of "File-level Creating" section -->
263.35 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_file_wizards" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_wizards.html"/>
263.36 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_j2se_library_descs" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_j2se_library_descs.html"/>
263.37 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_j2se_library_desc" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_j2se_library_desc.html"/>
263.38 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_actions" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_actions.html"/>
263.39 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_action" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_action.html"/>
263.40 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_code_generators" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_code_generators.html"/>
263.41 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_code_generators" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_code_generator.html"/>
263.42 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_quick_search_providers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_quick_search_providers.html"/>
263.43 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_quick_search_providers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_quick_search_provider.html"/>
263.44 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_javahelp" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_javahelp.html"/>
263.45 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_file_types" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_file_types.html"/>
263.46 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_file_type" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_file_type.html"/>
263.47 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_module_installers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_module_installers.html"/>
263.48 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_module_installers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_module_installers.html"/>
263.49 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_options_panels" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_options_panels.html"/>
263.50 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_options_panels" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_options_panels.html"/>
263.51 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_project_templates" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_project_templates.html"/>
263.52 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_project_template" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_project_template.html"/>
263.53 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_update_centers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_update_centers.html"/>
263.54 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_update_centers" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_update_centers.html"/>
263.55 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_uc_manually" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_uc_manually.html"/>
263.56 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_window_components" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_window_components.html"/>
263.57 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_window_component" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_window_component.html"/>
263.58 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_wizards" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/about_wizards.html"/>
263.59 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_wizard" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_wizard.html"/>
263.60 -
263.61 - <mapID target="about_communicate" url="communicate_plugin/about_communicate.html"/>
263.62 - <mapID target="about_service_providers" url="communicate_plugin/about_service_providers.html"/>
263.63 -
263.64 - <mapID target="apisupport_building_plugins" url="build_plugin/building_plugins.html"/>
263.65 - <mapID target="apisupport_building_nbm" url="build_plugin/building_nbm.html"/>
263.66 - <mapID target="apisupport_building_jnlp" url="build_plugin/building_jnlp.html"/>
263.67 - <mapID target="apisupport_building_zip" url="build_plugin/building_zip.html"/>
263.68 - <mapID target="apisupport_installing_plugins" url="distribute_plugin/installing_plugins.html"/>
263.69 - <mapID target="apisupport_branding_plugins" url="distribute_plugin/branding_plugins.html"/>
263.70 - <mapID target="apisupport_branding_window_system" url="distribute_plugin/branding_window_system.html"/>
263.71 - <mapID target="apisupport_install_targetplatform" url="distribute_plugin/install_targetplatform.html"/>
263.72 - <mapID target="apisupport_install_devide" url="distribute_plugin/install_devide.html"/>
263.73 - <mapID target="apisupport_run_rich_client" url="distribute_plugin/run_rich_client.html"/>
263.74 - <mapID target="apisupport_remove_unwanted_modules" url="distribute_plugin/remove_unwanted_modules.html"/>
263.75 - <mapID target="apisupport_creating_splash_screen" url="distribute_plugin/creating_splash_screen.html"/>
263.76 - <mapID target="apisupport_distributing_plugins" url="distribute_plugin/distributing_plugins.html"/>
263.77 - <mapID target="apisupport_deploying_plugins" url="distribute_plugin/deploying_plugins.html"/>
263.78 - <mapID target="apisupport_distributing_rich" url="distribute_plugin/about_distributing_rich.html"/>
263.79 -
263.80 - <mapID target="create_license" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_license.html"/>
263.81 -
263.82 - <mapID target="apisupport_about_libs_jhelp" url="create_plugin/libs_jhelp/about_libs_jhelp.html"/>
263.83 - <mapID target="apisupport_editing_xml_layer" url="register_plugin/apisupport_editing_xml_layer.html"/>
263.84 -<mapID target="apisupport_generate_autoupdate_descriptor" url="distribute_plugin/generate_autoupdate_descriptor.html"/>
263.85 -<mapID target="apisupport_searching_apis" url="create_plugin/apisupport_searching_apis.html"/>
263.86 -<mapID target="apisupport_codetemplates_apis" url="create_plugin/apisupport_codetemplates_apis.html"/>
263.87 -<mapID target="apisupport_extending_skeletons" url="create_plugin/apisupport_extending_skeletons.html"/>
263.88 -
263.89 -
263.90 -
263.91 -
263.92 -
263.93 -
263.94 -
263.95 - <mapID target="apisupport_create_update_center_declaration" url="create_plugin/filelevel_create/create_update_centers.html"/>
263.96 -
263.97 - <!-- Start of "CSH" section -->
263.98 -
263.99 - <!-- NetBeans Platform Manager: -->
263.100 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.platform.NbPlatformCustomizer" url="csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html"/>
263.101 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.platform.PlatformChooserWizardPanel" url="csh/NbPlatformCustomizer.html"/>
263.102 -
263.103 - <!-- New Project wizard: -->
263.104 - <!-- FeedReader project template: -->
263.105 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.feedreader.FeedReaderWizardPanel" url="csh/FeedReaderWizardPanel.html"/>
263.106 - <!-- Module Project -->
263.107 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicInfoWizardPanel_module" url="csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel.html"/>
263.108 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicConfWizardPanel" url="csh/BasicConfWizardPanel.html"/>
263.109 - <!-- Module Suite Project -->
263.110 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite" url="csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite.html"/>
263.111 - <!-- NetBeans Platform Application could use a separate page if desired: -->
263.112 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicInfoWizardPanel_application" url="csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_application.html"/>
263.113 - <!-- Library Wrapper Module Project -->
263.114 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.LibraryStartWizardPanel" url="csh/LibraryStartWizardPanel.html"/>
263.115 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.BasicInfoWizardPanel_library" url="csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_library.html"/>
263.116 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.LibraryConfWizardPanel" url="csh/LibraryConfWizardPanel.html"/>
263.117 - <!-- Code generator template -->
263.118 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.codegenerator.CodeGeneratorPanel" url="csh/CodeGeneratorPanel.html"/>
263.119 - <!-- Quick search provider template -->
263.120 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.quicksearch.QuickSearchPanel" url="csh/QuickSearchPanel.html"/>
263.121 -
263.122 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.AddFriendPanel" url="csh/AddNewFriendModule.html"/>
263.123 -
263.124 -
263.125 -
263.126 -
263.127 -<!-- Project Properties dialog box: -->
263.128 - <!-- Module: -->
263.129 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerSources" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerSources.html"/>
263.130 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerLibraries" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerLibraries.html"/>
263.131 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerDisplay" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerDisplay.html"/>
263.132 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerVersioning" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerVersioning.html"/>
263.133 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerCompiling" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerCompiling.html"/>
263.134 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerPackaging" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerPackaging.html"/>
263.135 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.CustomizerDocumenting" url="csh/proj_props/CustomizerDocumenting.html"/>
263.136 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.EditDependencyPanel" url="csh/proj_props/EditDependencyPanel.html"/>
263.137 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.editor.indent.project.FormattingCustomizerPanel" url="tbd.html"/>
263.138 -
263.139 -
263.140 -<!-- Suite -->
263.141 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerSources" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerSources.html"/>
263.142 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerLibraries" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerLibraries.html"/>
263.143 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerBasicBranding" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerBasicBranding.html"/>
263.144 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerSplashBranding" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerSplashBranding.html"/>
263.145 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerWindowSystemBranding" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerWindowSystemBranding.html"/>
263.146 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.SuiteCustomizerModuleList" url="csh/proj_props/SuiteCustomizerModuleList.html"/>
263.147 -
263.148 -
263.149 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.librarydescriptor.SelectLibraryPanel" url="csh/SelectLibraryPanel.html"/>
263.150 - <!-- Name and Location -->
263.151 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.librarydescriptor.NameAndLocationPanel" url="csh/LibDesc_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
263.152 -
263.153 - <!-- Action Type -->
263.154 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.action.ActionTypePanel" url="csh/ActionTypePanel.html"/>
263.155 - <!-- GUI Registration -->
263.156 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.action.GUIRegistrationPanel" url="csh/GUIRegistrationPanel.html"/>
263.157 - <!-- Name, Icon, and Location -->
263.158 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.action.NameIconLocationPanel" url="csh/Action_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
263.159 -
263.160 - <!-- File Type -->
263.161 - <!-- File Recognition -->
263.162 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.loader.FileRecognitionPanel" url="csh/FileRecognitionPanel.html"/>
263.163 - <!-- Name, Icon and Location -->
263.164 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.loader.NameAndLocationPanel" url="csh/Loader_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
263.165 - <!-- Project Template -->
263.166 - <!-- Select Project -->
263.167 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.project.SelectProjectPanel" url="csh/SelectProjectPanel.html"/>
263.168 - <!-- Name and Location -->
263.169 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.project.NameAndLocationPanel" url="csh/Project_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
263.170 -
263.171 - <!-- Window Component -->
263.172 - <!-- Basic Settings -->
263.173 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.winsys.BasicSettingsPanel" url="csh/BasicSettingsPanel.html"/>
263.174 - <!-- Name, Icon and Location -->
263.175 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.winsys.NameAndLocationPanel" url="csh/WinSys_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
263.176 -
263.177 - <!-- Wizard -->
263.178 - <!-- Wizard Type -->
263.179 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.wizard.WizardTypePanel" url="csh/WizardTypePanel.html"/>
263.180 - <!-- Name, Icon, and Location -->
263.181 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.wizard.NameIconLocationPanel" url="csh/Wizard_NameAndLocationPanel.html"/>
263.182 -
263.183 - <!-- Update center -->
263.184 - <!-- Update center declaration -->
263.185 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.updatecenter.UpdateCenterRegistrationPanel" url="csh/UpdateCenter.html"/>
263.186 -
263.187 - <!-- Options pane -->
263.188 - <!-- Panel 1 -->
263.189 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.options.OptionsPanel0" url="csh/OptionsPanel0.html"/>
263.190 - <!-- Panel 2 -->
263.191 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.options.OptionsPanel" url="csh/OptionsPanel.html"/>
263.192 -
263.193 - <!-- JavaHelpPanel -->
263.194 - <!-- JavaHelpPanel -->
263.195 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.javahelp.JavaHelpPanel" url="csh/JavaHelpPanel.html"/>
263.196 -
263.197 - <!-- ModuleInstallPanel -->
263.198 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.wizard.moduleinstall.ModuleInstallPanel" url="csh/ModuleInstallPanel.html"/>
263.199 -
263.200 - <!-- AddModulePanel -->
263.201 - <mapID target="org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.ui.customizer.AddModulePanel" url="csh/AddModulePanel.html"/>
263.202 -
263.203 - <!-- End of "CSH" section -->
263.204 -
263.205 -</map>
263.206 -
264.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/nbmodule-toc.xml Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
264.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
264.3 @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
264.4 -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1' ?>
264.5 -<!--
264.6 -* Copyright � 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
264.7 -
264.8 -Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
264.9 -Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
264.10 -* Use is subject to license terms.
264.11 --->
264.12 -<!DOCTYPE toc PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp TOC Version 2.0//EN" "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/toc_2_0.dtd">
264.13 -<toc version="2.0">
264.14 - <tocitem text="IDE Basics" expand="false">
264.15 - <tocitem text="Getting Started" >
264.16 - <tocitem text="NetBeans Modules" target="apisupport_modules_process" />
264.17 - <tocitem text="Rich-Client Applications" target="apisupport_richclientapp_process" />
264.18 - </tocitem>
264.19 - </tocitem>
264.20 - <tocitem text="NetBeans Modules" expand="false">
264.21 - <tocitem text="Getting Started" >
264.22 - <tocitem text="About NetBeans Modules" target="apisupport_about_plugins" />
264.23 - <tocitem text="About the NetBeans Platform" target="apisupport_about-netbeans-platform" />
264.24 - <tocitem text="Working with NetBeans Modules" target="apisupport_modules_process" />
264.25 - <tocitem text="Working with Rich-Client Applications" target="apisupport_richclientapp_process" />
264.26 - <tocitem text="Module and Rich-Client Application Tasks: Quick Reference" target="apisupport_modules_quickref" />
264.27 - </tocitem>
264.28 - <tocitem text="Setting Up Modules" >
264.29 - <tocitem text="About Setting Up Modules" target="apisupport_about_create" />
264.30 - <tocitem text="Module Project Templates" >
264.31 - <tocitem text="About Module Project Templates" target="apisupport_about_project_wizards" />
264.32 - <tocitem text="Creating a Module Project" target="apisupport_create_module" />
264.33 - <tocitem text="Creating a Library Wrapper Module Project" target="apisupport_create_library_wrapper" />
264.34 - <tocitem text="Creating a Module Suite Project" target="apisupport_create_module_suite" />
264.35 - <tocitem text="Creating a NetBeans Platform Application" target="apisupport_create_platform_app" />
264.36 - </tocitem>
264.37 - </tocitem>
264.38 - <tocitem text="Using the NetBeans APIs" >
264.39 - <tocitem text="About the NetBeans APIs" target="apisupport_about_open_apis" />
264.40 - <tocitem text="Generating Skeleton API Implementations" >
264.41 - <tocitem text="About Generating Skeleton API Implementations" target="apisupport_about_file_wizards" />
264.42 - <tocitem text="Actions" >
264.43 - <tocitem text="About Actions" target="apisupport_about_actions" />
264.44 - <tocitem text="Creating an Action" target="apisupport_create_action" />
264.45 - </tocitem>
264.46 - <tocitem text="Code Generator" >
264.47 - <tocitem text="About Code Generator" target="apisupport_about_code_generators" />
264.48 - <tocitem text="Creating a Code Generator" target="apisupport_create_code_generators" />
264.49 - </tocitem>
264.50 - <tocitem text="File Types" >
264.51 - <tocitem text="About File Types" target="apisupport_about_file_types" />
264.52 - <tocitem text="Creating a File Type" target="apisupport_create_file_type" />
264.53 - </tocitem>
264.54 - <tocitem text="Module Installers" >
264.55 - <tocitem text="About Module Installers" target="apisupport_about_module_installers" />
264.56 - <tocitem text="Creating a Module Installer" target="apisupport_create_module_installers" />
264.57 - </tocitem>
264.58 - <tocitem text="Options Panels" >
264.59 - <tocitem text="About Options Panels" target="apisupport_about_options_panels" />
264.60 - <tocitem text="Creating an Options Panel" target="apisupport_create_options_panels" />
264.61 - </tocitem>
264.62 - <tocitem text="Quick Search Providers" >
264.63 - <tocitem text="About Quick Search Providers" target="apisupport_about_quick_search_providers" />
264.64 - <tocitem text="Creating a Quick Search Provider" target="apisupport_create_quick_search_providers" />
264.65 - </tocitem>
264.66 - <tocitem text="Window Components" >
264.67 - <tocitem text="About Window Components" target="apisupport_about_window_components" />
264.68 - <tocitem text="Creating a Window Component" target="apisupport_create_window_component" />
264.69 - </tocitem>
264.70 - <tocitem text="Wizards" >
264.71 - <tocitem text="About Wizards" target="apisupport_about_wizards" />
264.72 - <tocitem text="Creating a Wizard" target="apisupport_create_wizard" />
264.73 - </tocitem>
264.74 - </tocitem>
264.75 - <tocitem text="Extending Skeleton API Implementations" >
264.76 - <tocitem text="About Extending Skeleton API Implementations" target="apisupport_extending_skeletons" />
264.77 - <tocitem text="Registering the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc" target="apisupport_netbeans_api_javadoc" />
264.78 - <tocitem text="Using the NetBeans Sources and Javadoc" target="apisupport_using_netbeans_api_javadoc" />
264.79 - <tocitem text="Searching for NetBeans APIs" target="apisupport_searching_apis" />
264.80 - <tocitem text="Code Templates for NetBeans APIs" target="apisupport_codetemplates_apis" />
264.81 - </tocitem>
264.82 - </tocitem>
264.83 - <tocitem text="Bundling Supporting Items" >
264.84 - <tocitem text="About Bundling Supporting Items" target="apisupport_about_libs_jhelp" />
264.85 - <tocitem text="Bundling a Library" target="apisupport_create_j2se_library_desc" />
264.86 - <tocitem text="Bundling a Project Template or Sample" target="apisupport_create_project_template" />
264.87 - <tocitem text="Bundling an Update Center's URL" target="apisupport_create_update_center_declaration" />
264.88 - <tocitem text="Bundling a JavaHelp Help Set" target="apisupport_create_javahelp" />
264.89 - <tocitem text="Bundling a License" target="create_license" />
264.90 - </tocitem>
264.91 - <tocitem text="Registering Modules" >
264.92 - <tocitem text="About the System Filesystem" target="apisupport_about_system_filesystem" />
264.93 - <tocitem text="About XML Layer Files" target="apisupport_about_xml_layers" />
264.94 - <tocitem text="Viewing the System Filesystem" target="apisupport_about-sfs-browser" />
264.95 - </tocitem>
264.96 - <tocitem text="Communicating Between Modules" >
264.97 - <tocitem text="About Communicating Between Modules" target="about_communicate" />
264.98 - <tocitem text="About Service Providers" target="about_service_providers" />
264.99 - </tocitem>
264.100 - <tocitem text="Building Modules">
264.101 - <tocitem text="About Building Modules" target="apisupport_building_plugins" />
264.102 - <tocitem text="About NBM Files" target="apisupport_about_nbm" />
264.103 - <tocitem text="Building an NBM File" target="apisupport_building_nbm" />
264.104 - </tocitem>
264.105 - <tocitem text="Trying Out Modules" >
264.106 - <tocitem text="Trying Out a Module" target="apisupport_install_targetplatform" />
264.107 - </tocitem>
264.108 - <tocitem text="Distributing Modules" >
264.109 - <tocitem text="About Distributing Modules" target="apisupport_distributing_plugins" />
264.110 - <tocitem text="About Update Centers" target="apisupport_about_update_centers" />
264.111 - <tocitem text="Generating an Autoupdate Descriptor" target="apisupport_generate_autoupdate_descriptor" />
264.112 - <tocitem text="Bundling an Update Center's URL" target="apisupport_create_update_center_declaration" />
264.113 - <tocitem text="Manually Registering an Update Center URL" target="apisupport_create_uc_manually" />
264.114 - </tocitem>
264.115 - <tocitem text="Branding Rich-Client Applications" >
264.116 - <tocitem text="About Branding a Rich-Client Application" target="apisupport_branding_plugins" />
264.117 - <tocitem text="Branding the Window System" target="apisupport_branding_window_system" />
264.118 - <tocitem text="Adding a Splash Screen" target="apisupport_creating_splash_screen" />
264.119 - <tocitem text="Removing Unwanted Modules" target="apisupport_remove_unwanted_modules" />
264.120 - </tocitem>
264.121 - <tocitem text="Distributing Rich-Client Applications" >
264.122 - <tocitem text="About Distributing Rich-Client Applications" target="apisupport_distributing_rich" />
264.123 - <tocitem text="Building a ZIP Distribution" target="apisupport_building_zip" />
264.124 - <tocitem text="Building a JNLP Application" target="apisupport_building_jnlp" />
264.125 - <tocitem text="Running a Rich-Client Application" target="apisupport_run_rich_client" />
264.126 - </tocitem>
264.127 - </tocitem>
264.128 -</toc>
265.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/nbmodules.hs Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
265.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
265.3 @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
265.4 -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1' ?>
265.5 -<!--
265.6 -* Copyright (c) 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
265.7 -
265.8 -Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
265.9 -Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
265.10 -* Use is subject to license terms.
265.11 --->
265.12 -<!DOCTYPE helpset
265.13 - PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp HelpSet Version 2.0//EN"
265.14 - "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/helpset_2_0.dtd">
265.15 -<helpset version="2.0">
265.16 -
265.17 -
265.18 - <!-- title -->
265.19 - <title>NetBeans Modules Help</title>
265.20 -
265.21 - <!-- maps -->
265.22 - <maps>
265.23 - <homeID>nbmodule_about</homeID>
265.24 - <mapref location="nbmodule-map.xml"/>
265.25 - </maps>
265.26 -
265.27 - <!-- views -->
265.28 - <view>
265.29 - <name>TOC</name>
265.30 - <label>Table Of Contents</label>
265.31 - <type>javax.help.TOCView</type>
265.32 - <data>nbmodule-toc.xml</data>
265.33 - </view>
265.34 -
265.35 -
265.36 - <view>
265.37 - <name>Search</name>
265.38 - <label>Search</label>
265.39 - <type>javax.help.SearchView</type>
265.40 - <data engine="com.sun.java.help.search.DefaultSearchEngine">
265.41 - JavaHelpSearch
265.42 - </data>
265.43 - </view>
265.44 -
265.45 -</helpset>
266.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/package-info.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
266.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
266.3 @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
266.4 -/*
266.5 - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
266.6 - *
266.7 - * Copyright 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
266.8 - *
266.9 - * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
266.10 - * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
266.11 - *
266.12 - * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
266.13 - * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
266.14 - * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
266.15 - * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
266.16 - * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
266.17 - * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
266.18 - * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
266.19 - * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
266.20 - * License. When distributing the software, include this License Header
266.21 - * Notice in each file and include the License file at
266.22 - * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
266.23 - * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
266.24 - * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
266.25 - * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
266.26 - * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
266.27 - * your own identifying information:
266.28 - * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
266.29 - *
266.30 - * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
266.31 - * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
266.32 - * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
266.33 - * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
266.34 - * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
266.35 - * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
266.36 - * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
266.37 - * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
266.38 - * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
266.39 - * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
266.40 - *
266.41 - * Contributor(s):
266.42 - *
266.43 - * Portions Copyrighted 2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
266.44 - */
266.45 -
266.46 -@HelpSetRegistration(helpSet="nbmodules.hs", position=2700)
266.47 -package org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project.docs;
266.48 -
266.49 -import org.netbeans.api.javahelp.HelpSetRegistration;
267.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/register_plugin/apisupport_editing_xml_layer.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
267.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
267.3 @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
267.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
267.5 -<!--
267.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
267.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
267.8 -> -->
267.9 -<html>
267.10 -<head>
267.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
267.12 -
267.13 - <title>Editing an XML Layer File</title>
267.14 - <link rel="StyleSheet" href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.usersguide/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
267.15 -</head>
267.16 -
267.17 -<body>
267.18 - <h2>Editing an XML Layer File</h2>
267.19 - <p><small>
267.20 - <a href="#seealso">See Also</a>
267.21 - </small></p>
267.22 - <p>When editing an XML layer file,
267.23 - you can use code completion (Ctr-Space) in the Source Editor. Alternatively, you
267.24 - can use nodes in a tree view—each node represents an item that a module
267.25 - makes available to the system.
267.26 -
267.27 - <p><b>To edit an XML layer file:</b>
267.28 - <ol>
267.29 - <li>In the Projects window, expand the Important Files node.
267.30 - <li>Expand the XML Layer node. After a moment, two subnodes appear:
267.31 - <ul>
267.32 - <li><b><this layer>.</b> The folders and files provided by the current module project's layer file.
267.33 - <li><b><this layer in context>.</b> All the folders and files provided by
267.34 - all the layer files in all modules available in the system.
267.35 - </ul>
267.36 - <li>Expand a subnode to explore the folders and files within it. When you right-click
267.37 - a subnode, you can, for example, rename it. You can also use actions such as "Cut", "Copy",
267.38 - and "Paste". In addition, you can drag a subnode and drop it elsewhere, to reorder a folder
267.39 - or a file. All of these actions
267.40 - will result in XML entries being added to your module project's layer file.</ol>
267.41 - <dl>
267.42 - <dt><a name="seealso">See Also</a></dt>
267.43 - <dd><a href="../about/about-netbeans-platform.html">About the NetBeans Platform</a></dd>
267.44 - <dd><a href="../about/about-open-apis.html">About the NetBeans APIs</a></dd>
267.45 - <dd><a href="../about/nbmodule-about.html">About NetBeans Platform and Module Development</a></dd>
267.46 - <dd><a href="../about/about-xml-layers.html">About XML Layer Files</a></dd>
267.47 - <dd><a href="../about/modules_process.html">Working with Modules</a></dd>
267.48 - <dd><a href="../about/modules_quickref.html">Module Tasks: Quick Reference</a></dd>
267.49 - </dl>
267.50 - <hr>
267.51 - <small><a href="../credits.html">Legal Notices</a></small>
267.52 - <table cellpadding="20" border="0">
267.53 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
267.54 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
267.55 - <tr><td> </td></tr>
267.56 - </table>
267.57 -</body></html>
268.1 --- a/apisupport.project/src/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/tbd.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
268.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
268.3 @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
268.4 -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
268.5 -<!--
268.6 - * Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
268.7 - * Use is subject to license terms.
268.8 -> -->
268.9 -<html>
268.10 -<head>
268.11 -<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
268.12 -
268.13 -<title>Coming Soon</title>
268.14 -<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../../usersguide/ide.css" type="text/css">
268.15 -</head>
268.16 -
268.17 -<body>
268.18 -<h2>Coming Soon</h2>
268.19 -<p>This feature is not documented yet.</p>
268.20 -<hr>
268.21 -<small><a href="credits.html">Legal Notices</a> </small>
268.22 -</body></html>
269.1 --- a/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/gui_about.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
269.2 +++ b/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/gui_about.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
269.3 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
269.4
269.5 <p>In addition, the IDE provides support for the following new specifications:</p>
269.6 <ul>
269.7 - <li><b>Swing Application Framework</b>. Note that this framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>. <br>
269.8 + <li><b>Swing Application Framework</b>. Note that this framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>. <br>
269.9 <br>
269.10 The Swing Application simplifies
269.11 many tasks in Java desktop application development. The IDE's support
270.1 --- a/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_about.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
270.2 +++ b/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_about.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
270.3 @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
270.4 <p>
270.5 <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small>
270.6 </p>
270.7 - <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
270.8 + <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
270.9 The main difference between the Swing Application Framework and the NetBeans Platform
270.10 in this regard is scope. The Swing Application Framework is more lightweight and
270.11 easier to get started with. The NetBeans Platform is more full-featured and
271.1 --- a/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_action_csh.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
271.2 +++ b/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_action_csh.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
271.3 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
271.4 <h2>Set Action Dialog Box</h2>
271.5 <p><small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small>
271.6
271.7 - <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.</li>
271.8 + <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.</li>
271.9 </ul>
271.10 <p>You use the Set Action dialog box to assign actions to visual
271.11 components, such as menu items and buttons. In the dialog box, you also
272.1 --- a/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_actions.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
272.2 +++ b/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_actions.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
272.3 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
272.4 <h2>About Actions in the Swing Application Framework</h2>
272.5 <p><small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small>
272.6
272.7 - <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
272.8 + <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
272.9 The main difference between the Swing Application Framework and the NetBeans Platform
272.10 in this regard is scope. The Swing Application Framework is more lightweight and
272.11 easier to get started with. The NetBeans Platform is more full-featured and
273.1 --- a/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_creating.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
273.2 +++ b/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_creating.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
273.3 @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
273.4 <p>
273.5 <small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small>
273.6 </p>
273.7 - <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
273.8 + <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
273.9 </li>
273.10 </ul>
273.11 <p>To best take advantage of the IDE's support for the Swing Application
274.1 --- a/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_resources.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
274.2 +++ b/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/gui/saf/gui_saf_resources.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
274.3 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
274.4 <h2>About Resources in the Swing Application Framework</h2>
274.5 <p><small><a href="#seealso">See Also</a></small>
274.6
274.7 - <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
274.8 + <ul class="note"><li>The Swing Application Framework (JSR 296) is no longer developed and will not become part of the official Java Development Kit as was originally planned. It is still included in the IDE and you can use this library as it is, but no further development is expected. If you are looking for a Swing-based application framework, consider using the <a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/about/about-netbeans-platform.html">NetBeans Platform</a>.
274.9 The main difference between the Swing Application Framework and the NetBeans Platform
274.10 in this regard is scope. The Swing Application Framework is more lightweight and
274.11 easier to get started with. The NetBeans Platform is more full-featured and
275.1 --- a/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/project/proj_templates.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
275.2 +++ b/java.helpset/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/java/helpset/docs/project/proj_templates.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
275.3 @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
275.4 <dd><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.j2ee.platform/org/netbeans/modules/j2ee/platform/docs/ejb/editing/create_ejb_project.html">Creating an EJB Module Project</a> </dd>
275.5 <dd><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.j2ee.platform/org/netbeans/modules/j2ee/platform/docs/appclient/appclient_create.html">Creating an Enterprise Application Client</a> </dd>
275.6 <dd><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.j2ee.platform/org/netbeans/modules/j2ee/platform/docs/archiveproject/archiveproject_about.html">About Packaged Archive Projects</a> </dd>
275.7 - <dd><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/about_create.html">About Creating Modules</a> </dd>
275.8 + <dd><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/create_plugin/about_create.html">About Creating Modules</a> </dd>
275.9 <dd><a href="proj_import.html">Importing an Eclipse or JBuilder Project</a></dd>
275.10 </dl>
275.11
276.1 --- a/maven.coverage/manifest.mf Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
276.2 +++ b/maven.coverage/manifest.mf Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
276.3 @@ -3,4 +3,5 @@
276.4 OpenIDE-Module-Layer: org/netbeans/modules/maven/coverage/layer.xml
276.5 OpenIDE-Module-Localizing-Bundle: org/netbeans/modules/maven/coverage/Bundle.properties
276.6 OpenIDE-Module-Specification-Version: 1.2
276.7 +AutoUpdate-Show-In-Client: false
276.8
277.1 --- a/maven.grammar/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
277.2 +++ b/maven.grammar/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
277.3 @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
277.4 <compile-dependency/>
277.5 <run-dependency>
277.6 <release-version>2</release-version>
277.7 - <specification-version>2.0</specification-version>
277.8 + <specification-version>2.10</specification-version>
277.9 </run-dependency>
277.10 </dependency>
277.11 <dependency>
278.1 --- a/maven.grammar/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/navigator/POMInheritancePanel.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
278.2 +++ b/maven.grammar/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/navigator/POMInheritancePanel.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
278.3 @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@
278.4 import org.apache.maven.model.building.ModelBuildingException;
278.5 import org.netbeans.api.annotations.common.NonNull;
278.6 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.embedder.EmbedderFactory;
278.7 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.spi.nodes.NodeUtils;
278.8 import org.openide.cookies.EditCookie;
278.9 import org.openide.explorer.ExplorerManager;
278.10 import org.openide.explorer.view.BeanTreeView;
278.11 @@ -251,7 +252,7 @@
278.12 FileObject fo = FileUtil.toFileObject(FileUtil.normalizeFile(fl));
278.13 if (fo != null) {
278.14 try {
278.15 - return new POMNode(fl, mdl, DataObject.find(ROUtil.checkPOMFileObjectReadOnly(fo, fl)), version);
278.16 + return new POMNode(fl, mdl, DataObject.find(NodeUtils.readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(fo)), version);
278.17 } catch (DataObjectNotFoundException ex) {
278.18 Exceptions.printStackTrace(ex);
278.19 }
279.1 --- a/maven.grammar/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/navigator/POMModelPanel.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
279.2 +++ b/maven.grammar/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/navigator/POMModelPanel.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
279.3 @@ -91,6 +91,7 @@
279.4 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.model.pom.POMQNames;
279.5 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.model.pom.Project;
279.6 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.navigator.POMModelVisitor.POMCutHolder;
279.7 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.spi.nodes.NodeUtils;
279.8 import org.netbeans.modules.xml.xam.ModelSource;
279.9 import org.openide.cookies.EditorCookie;
279.10 import org.openide.explorer.ExplorerManager;
279.11 @@ -100,6 +101,7 @@
279.12 import org.openide.filesystems.FileObject;
279.13 import org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil;
279.14 import org.openide.loaders.DataObject;
279.15 +import org.openide.loaders.DataObjectNotFoundException;
279.16 import org.openide.nodes.AbstractNode;
279.17 import org.openide.nodes.Children;
279.18 import org.openide.nodes.Node;
279.19 @@ -221,7 +223,11 @@
279.20 if (dobj == null) {
279.21 return;
279.22 }
279.23 - dobj = ROUtil.checkPOMFileObjectReadOnly(dobj);
279.24 + try {
279.25 + dobj = DataObject.find(NodeUtils.readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(dobj.getPrimaryFile()));
279.26 + } catch (DataObjectNotFoundException x) {
279.27 + LOG.log(Level.INFO, null, x);
279.28 + }
279.29 EditorCookie.Observable ec = dobj.getLookup().lookup(EditorCookie.Observable.class);
279.30 if (ec == null) {
279.31 return;
280.1 --- a/maven.grammar/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/navigator/ROUtil.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
280.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
280.3 @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
280.4 -/*
280.5 - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
280.6 - *
280.7 - * Copyright 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
280.8 - *
280.9 - * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
280.10 - * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
280.11 - *
280.12 - * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
280.13 - * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
280.14 - * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
280.15 - * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
280.16 - * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
280.17 - * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
280.18 - * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
280.19 - * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
280.20 - * License. When distributing the software, include this License Header
280.21 - * Notice in each file and include the License file at
280.22 - * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
280.23 - * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
280.24 - * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
280.25 - * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
280.26 - * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
280.27 - * your own identifying information:
280.28 - * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
280.29 - *
280.30 - * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
280.31 - * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
280.32 - * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
280.33 - * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
280.34 - * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
280.35 - * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
280.36 - * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
280.37 - * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
280.38 - * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
280.39 - * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
280.40 - *
280.41 - * Contributor(s):
280.42 - *
280.43 - * Portions Copyrighted 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
280.44 - */
280.45 -package org.netbeans.modules.maven.navigator;
280.46 -
280.47 -import java.beans.PropertyVetoException;
280.48 -import java.io.File;
280.49 -import java.io.IOException;
280.50 -import java.lang.ref.WeakReference;
280.51 -import java.util.HashMap;
280.52 -import java.util.logging.Logger;
280.53 -import org.openide.filesystems.FileObject;
280.54 -import org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil;
280.55 -import org.openide.filesystems.LocalFileSystem;
280.56 -import org.openide.loaders.DataObject;
280.57 -import org.openide.loaders.DataObjectNotFoundException;
280.58 -import org.openide.util.Exceptions;
280.59 -
280.60 -/**
280.61 - *
280.62 - * @author mkleint
280.63 - */
280.64 -public class ROUtil {
280.65 -
280.66 - private static final HashMap<File, WeakReference<LocalFileSystem>> cache =
280.67 - new HashMap<File, WeakReference<LocalFileSystem>>();
280.68 - /**
280.69 - * make sure that pom files from repository are opened as read only,
280.70 - * sort of hack but works.
280.71 - * Warn: assumes a local repository layout for the files passed and recognized as read-only.
280.72 - *
280.73 - * @param fo
280.74 - * @param file
280.75 - * @return
280.76 - */
280.77 - static FileObject checkPOMFileObjectReadOnly(FileObject fo, File file) {
280.78 - FileObject toRet = fo;
280.79 - if ("pom".equals(fo.getExt())) { //NOI18N
280.80 - LocalFileSystem lfs = checkFSCache(file);
280.81 - toRet = lfs.findResource(getPath(file));
280.82 - if (toRet == null) {
280.83 - Logger.getLogger(ROUtil.class.getName()).info("Could not find a ReadOnly fileobject for " + getPath(file) + " in " + lfs.getRootDirectory() + ": " + lfs);
280.84 - toRet = fo;
280.85 - }
280.86 - }
280.87 - return toRet;
280.88 - }
280.89 -
280.90 - static DataObject checkPOMFileObjectReadOnly(DataObject dobj) {
280.91 - DataObject toRet = dobj;
280.92 - FileObject fo = dobj.getPrimaryFile();
280.93 - File fl = FileUtil.toFile(fo);
280.94 - if (fl != null) {
280.95 - fo = checkPOMFileObjectReadOnly(fo, fl);
280.96 - try {
280.97 - toRet = DataObject.find(fo);
280.98 - } catch (DataObjectNotFoundException ex) {
280.99 - //ignore
280.100 - }
280.101 - }
280.102 - return toRet;
280.103 - }
280.104 -
280.105 - private static String getPath(File file) {
280.106 - File versionFolder = file.getParentFile();
280.107 - assert versionFolder != null : "wrong parent for " + file;
280.108 - File artifactFolder = versionFolder.getParentFile();
280.109 - assert artifactFolder != null : "wrong parent for " + versionFolder;
280.110 - return artifactFolder.getName() + "/" + versionFolder.getName() + "/" + file.getName();
280.111 - }
280.112 -
280.113 - private static LocalFileSystem checkFSCache(File file) {
280.114 - File versionFolder = file.getParentFile();
280.115 - assert versionFolder != null : "wrong parent for " + file;
280.116 - File artifactFolder = versionFolder.getParentFile();
280.117 - assert artifactFolder != null : "wrong parent for " + versionFolder;
280.118 - File groupFolder = artifactFolder.getParentFile();
280.119 - assert groupFolder != null : "wrong parent for " + artifactFolder;
280.120 - LocalFileSystem fs = null;
280.121 - synchronized (cache) {
280.122 - WeakReference<LocalFileSystem> ref = cache.get(groupFolder);
280.123 - if (ref != null) {
280.124 - fs = ref.get();
280.125 - }
280.126 - if (fs == null) {
280.127 - fs = new LocalFileSystem();
280.128 - fs.setReadOnly(true);
280.129 - try {
280.130 - fs.setRootDirectory(groupFolder);
280.131 - cache.put(groupFolder, new WeakReference<LocalFileSystem>(fs));
280.132 - } catch (PropertyVetoException ex) {
280.133 - Exceptions.printStackTrace(ex);
280.134 - } catch (IOException ex) {
280.135 - Exceptions.printStackTrace(ex);
280.136 - }
280.137 - }
280.138 - }
280.139 - return fs;
280.140 - }
280.141 -}
281.1 --- a/maven.kit/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
281.2 +++ b/maven.kit/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
281.3 @@ -63,6 +63,12 @@
281.4 </run-dependency>
281.5 </dependency>
281.6 <dependency>
281.7 + <code-name-base>org.netbeans.modules.maven.coverage</code-name-base>
281.8 + <run-dependency>
281.9 + <specification-version>1.2</specification-version>
281.10 + </run-dependency>
281.11 + </dependency>
281.12 + <dependency>
281.13 <code-name-base>org.netbeans.modules.maven.grammar</code-name-base>
281.14 <run-dependency>
281.15 <release-version>1</release-version>
282.1 --- a/maven.repository/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
282.2 +++ b/maven.repository/nbproject/project.xml Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
282.3 @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
282.4 <compile-dependency/>
282.5 <run-dependency>
282.6 <release-version>2</release-version>
282.7 - <specification-version>2.0</specification-version>
282.8 + <specification-version>2.10</specification-version>
282.9 </run-dependency>
282.10 </dependency>
282.11 <dependency>
283.1 --- a/maven.repository/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/repository/VersionNode.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
283.2 +++ b/maven.repository/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/repository/VersionNode.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
283.3 @@ -46,19 +46,33 @@
283.4 import java.awt.datatransfer.Transferable;
283.5 import java.io.IOException;
283.6 import java.awt.event.ActionEvent;
283.7 -import java.io.File;
283.8 +import java.util.ArrayList;
283.9 +import java.util.Collections;
283.10 +import java.util.List;
283.11 import javax.swing.AbstractAction;
283.12 import javax.swing.Action;
283.13 import org.apache.maven.artifact.Artifact;
283.14 +import org.apache.maven.artifact.repository.ArtifactRepository;
283.15 +import org.apache.maven.artifact.resolver.AbstractArtifactResolutionException;
283.16 +import org.netbeans.api.progress.aggregate.AggregateProgressFactory;
283.17 +import org.netbeans.api.progress.aggregate.AggregateProgressHandle;
283.18 +import org.netbeans.api.progress.aggregate.ProgressContributor;
283.19 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.NBVersionInfo;
283.20 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.RepositoryInfo;
283.21 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.RepositoryUtil;
283.22 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.CommonArtifactActions;
283.23 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.FileUtilities;
283.24 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.embedder.EmbedderFactory;
283.25 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.embedder.MavenEmbedder;
283.26 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.embedder.exec.ProgressTransferListener;
283.27 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.RepositoryIndexer;
283.28 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.RepositoryPreferences;
283.29 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.ui.ArtifactViewer;
283.30 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.repository.dependency.AddAsDependencyAction;
283.31 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.spi.nodes.NodeUtils;
283.32 import org.openide.actions.CopyAction;
283.33 +import org.openide.actions.OpenAction;
283.34 +import org.openide.cookies.OpenCookie;
283.35 import org.openide.filesystems.FileObject;
283.36 import org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil;
283.37 import org.openide.loaders.DataObject;
283.38 @@ -66,8 +80,13 @@
283.39 import org.openide.nodes.AbstractNode;
283.40 import org.openide.nodes.Children;
283.41 import org.openide.nodes.FilterNode;
283.42 +import org.openide.nodes.Node;
283.43 +import org.openide.util.Exceptions;
283.44 import org.openide.util.ImageUtilities;
283.45 import org.openide.util.NbBundle;
283.46 +import org.openide.util.NbBundle.Messages;
283.47 +import org.openide.util.RequestProcessor;
283.48 +import static org.netbeans.modules.maven.repository.Bundle.*;
283.49 import org.openide.util.datatransfer.ExTransferable;
283.50
283.51 /**
283.52 @@ -79,34 +98,43 @@
283.53 private static final String JAVADOC_BADGE_ICON = "org/netbeans/modules/maven/repository/DependencyJavadocIncluded.png"; //NOI18N
283.54 private static final String SOURCE_BADGE_ICON = "org/netbeans/modules/maven/repository/DependencySrcIncluded.png"; //NOI18N
283.55
283.56 + private static final RequestProcessor RP = new RequestProcessor(VersionNode.class);
283.57 +
283.58 private NBVersionInfo record;
283.59 private boolean hasJavadoc;
283.60 private boolean hasSources;
283.61 private RepositoryInfo info;
283.62 + private FileObject localArtifact;
283.63
283.64 private static String toolTipJavadoc = "<img src=\"" + VersionNode.class.getClassLoader().getResource(JAVADOC_BADGE_ICON) + "\"> " //NOI18N
283.65 + NbBundle.getMessage(VersionNode.class, "ICON_JavadocBadge");//NOI18N
283.66 private static String toolTipSource = "<img src=\"" + VersionNode.class.getClassLoader().getResource(SOURCE_BADGE_ICON) + "\"> " //NOI18N
283.67 + NbBundle.getMessage(VersionNode.class, "ICON_SourceBadge");//NOI18N
283.68
283.69 - public static Children createChildren(RepositoryInfo info, NBVersionInfo record) {
283.70 - if (info.isLocal() && !"pom".equals(record.getType())) { //NOI18N
283.71 + private static FileObject findLocalArtifact(RepositoryInfo info, NBVersionInfo record) {
283.72 + // XXX should perhaps use info.repositoryPath when available (in case there are multiple local repos)
283.73 + return FileUtil.toFileObject(FileUtilities.convertArtifactToLocalRepositoryFile(RepositoryUtil.createArtifact(record)));
283.74 + }
283.75 +
283.76 + private static Children createChildren(FileObject fo) {
283.77 + if (fo != null) {
283.78 try {
283.79 - Artifact art = RepositoryUtil.createArtifact(record);
283.80 - FileObject fo = FileUtil.toFileObject(FileUtilities.convertArtifactToLocalRepositoryFile(art));
283.81 - if (fo != null) {
283.82 - DataObject dobj = DataObject.find(fo);
283.83 - return new FilterNode.Children(dobj.getNodeDelegate().cloneNode());
283.84 + Node n = DataObject.find(fo).getNodeDelegate();
283.85 + if (!n.isLeaf()) { // using n.cloneNode().getChildren() does not work; someone caches cloneNode??
283.86 + return new FilterNode.Children(n);
283.87 }
283.88 - } catch (DataObjectNotFoundException e) {
283.89 + } catch (DataObjectNotFoundException x) {
283.90 + Exceptions.printStackTrace(x);
283.91 }
283.92 }
283.93 return Children.LEAF;
283.94 }
283.95
283.96 - /** Creates a new instance of VersionNode */
283.97 public VersionNode(RepositoryInfo info, NBVersionInfo versionInfo, boolean javadoc, boolean source, boolean dispNameShort) {
283.98 - super(createChildren(info,versionInfo));
283.99 + this(info, versionInfo, findLocalArtifact(info, versionInfo), javadoc, source, dispNameShort);
283.100 + }
283.101 + private VersionNode(RepositoryInfo info, NBVersionInfo versionInfo, FileObject localArtifact, boolean javadoc, boolean source, boolean dispNameShort) {
283.102 + super(createChildren(localArtifact));
283.103 this.info = info;
283.104 hasJavadoc = javadoc;
283.105 hasSources = source;
283.106 @@ -119,6 +147,21 @@
283.107 setName(versionInfo.getGroupId() + ":" + versionInfo.getArtifactId() + ":" + versionInfo.getVersion()); //NOI18N
283.108 }
283.109 setIconBaseWithExtension("org/netbeans/modules/maven/repository/DependencyJar.gif"); //NOI18N
283.110 + setLocalArtifact(localArtifact);
283.111 + }
283.112 +
283.113 + private void setLocalArtifact(FileObject localArtifact) {
283.114 + if (localArtifact != null && localArtifact.isData()) {
283.115 + try {
283.116 + OpenCookie oc = DataObject.find(NodeUtils.readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(localArtifact)).getLookup().lookup(OpenCookie.class);
283.117 + if (oc != null) {
283.118 + getCookieSet().add(oc);
283.119 + }
283.120 + } catch (DataObjectNotFoundException x) {
283.121 + Exceptions.printStackTrace(x);
283.122 + }
283.123 + }
283.124 + this.localArtifact = localArtifact;
283.125 }
283.126
283.127 @Override
283.128 @@ -146,29 +189,21 @@
283.129 @Override
283.130 public Action[] getActions(boolean context) {
283.131 Artifact artifact = RepositoryUtil.createArtifact(record);
283.132 - Action[] retValue;
283.133 - if(info.isRemoteDownloadable()){
283.134 - retValue = new Action[]{
283.135 - new ShowArtifactAction(record),
283.136 - new AddAsDependencyAction(artifact),
283.137 - CommonArtifactActions.createFindUsages(artifact),
283.138 - null,
283.139 - CopyAction.get(CopyAction.class),
283.140 - };
283.141 -
283.142 - }else{
283.143 -
283.144 -
283.145 - retValue = new Action[]{
283.146 - new ShowArtifactAction(record),
283.147 - new AddAsDependencyAction(artifact),
283.148 - CommonArtifactActions.createFindUsages(artifact),
283.149 - CommonArtifactActions.createViewJavadocAction(artifact),
283.150 - null,
283.151 - CopyAction.get(CopyAction.class),
283.152 - };
283.153 + List<Action> actions = new ArrayList<Action>(5);
283.154 + actions.add(new ShowArtifactAction(record));
283.155 + actions.add(new AddAsDependencyAction(artifact));
283.156 + actions.add(CommonArtifactActions.createFindUsages(artifact));
283.157 + if (info.isLocal()) {
283.158 + actions.add(CommonArtifactActions.createViewJavadocAction(artifact));
283.159 }
283.160 - return retValue;
283.161 + if (getLookup().lookup(OpenCookie.class) != null) {
283.162 + actions.add(OpenAction.get(OpenAction.class));
283.163 + }
283.164 + if (localArtifact == null && info.isRemoteDownloadable()) {
283.165 + actions.add(new DownloadAction(artifact));
283.166 + }
283.167 + actions.add(CopyAction.get(CopyAction.class));
283.168 + return actions.toArray(new Action[actions.size()]);
283.169 }
283.170
283.171 @Override
283.172 @@ -225,4 +260,43 @@
283.173 ArtifactViewer.showArtifactViewer(info);
283.174 }
283.175 }
283.176 +
283.177 + private class DownloadAction extends AbstractAction {
283.178 + private final Artifact art;
283.179 + @Messages("DownloadAction_label=Download")
283.180 + public DownloadAction(Artifact art) {
283.181 + super(DownloadAction_label());
283.182 + this.art = art;
283.183 + }
283.184 + @Messages({"# {0} - artifact ID", "DownloadAction_downloading=Downloading {0}"})
283.185 + public @Override void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e) {
283.186 + RP.post(new Runnable() {
283.187 + public @Override void run() {
283.188 + MavenEmbedder online = EmbedderFactory.getOnlineEmbedder();
283.189 + AggregateProgressHandle hndl = AggregateProgressFactory.createHandle(DownloadAction_downloading(art.getId()),
283.190 + new ProgressContributor[] {AggregateProgressFactory.createProgressContributor("")},
283.191 + ProgressTransferListener.cancellable(), null);
283.192 + ProgressTransferListener.setAggregateHandle(hndl);
283.193 + try {
283.194 + hndl.start();
283.195 + online.resolve(art, Collections.<ArtifactRepository>singletonList(EmbedderFactory.createRemoteRepository(online, info.getRepositoryUrl(), info.getId())), online.getLocalRepository());
283.196 + } catch (ThreadDeath d) {
283.197 + return;
283.198 + } catch (AbstractArtifactResolutionException x) {
283.199 + return;
283.200 + } finally {
283.201 + hndl.finish();
283.202 + ProgressTransferListener.clearAggregateHandle();
283.203 + }
283.204 + RepositoryInfo local = RepositoryPreferences.getInstance().getRepositoryInfoById(RepositoryPreferences.LOCAL_REPO_ID);
283.205 + if (local != null) {
283.206 + RepositoryIndexer.updateIndexWithArtifacts(local, Collections.singletonList(art));
283.207 + }
283.208 + setLocalArtifact(findLocalArtifact(info, record));
283.209 + setChildren(createChildren(localArtifact));
283.210 + }
283.211 + });
283.212 + }
283.213 + }
283.214 +
283.215 }
284.1 --- a/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/ActionProviderImpl.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
284.2 +++ b/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/ActionProviderImpl.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
284.3 @@ -61,12 +61,15 @@
284.4 import javax.swing.JMenuItem;
284.5 import javax.swing.SwingUtilities;
284.6 import org.apache.maven.artifact.Artifact;
284.7 +import org.apache.maven.artifact.versioning.ComparableVersion;
284.8 import org.netbeans.api.project.Project;
284.9 import org.netbeans.api.project.ui.OpenProjects;
284.10 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.Constants;
284.11 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.RepositoryIndexer;
284.12 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.RepositoryInfo;
284.13 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.indexer.api.RepositoryPreferences;
284.14 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.NbMavenProject;
284.15 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.PluginPropertyUtils;
284.16 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.execute.ActionToGoalUtils;
284.17 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.execute.ModelRunConfig;
284.18 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.execute.PrerequisitesChecker;
284.19 @@ -162,13 +165,30 @@
284.20 supp.addAll( added);
284.21 }
284.22 }
284.23 - if (RunUtils.hasTestCompileOnSaveEnabled(project)) {
284.24 + if (RunUtils.hasTestCompileOnSaveEnabled(project) || (usingSurefire28() && usingJUnit4())) {
284.25 supp.add(SingleMethod.COMMAND_RUN_SINGLE_METHOD);
284.26 supp.add(SingleMethod.COMMAND_DEBUG_SINGLE_METHOD);
284.27 }
284.28 return supp.toArray(new String[0]);
284.29 }
284.30
284.31 + private boolean usingSurefire28() {
284.32 + String v = PluginPropertyUtils.getPluginVersion(project.getOriginalMavenProject(), Constants.GROUP_APACHE_PLUGINS, Constants.PLUGIN_SUREFIRE);
284.33 + return v != null && new ComparableVersion(v).compareTo(new ComparableVersion("2.8")) >= 0;
284.34 + }
284.35 +
284.36 + private boolean usingJUnit4() { // SUREFIRE-724
284.37 + for (Artifact a : project.getOriginalMavenProject().getArtifacts()) {
284.38 + if ("junit".equals(a.getGroupId()) && "junit".equals(a.getArtifactId())) {
284.39 + String version = a.getVersion();
284.40 + if (version != null && new ComparableVersion(version).compareTo(new ComparableVersion("4.8")) >= 0) {
284.41 + return true;
284.42 + }
284.43 + }
284.44 + }
284.45 + return false;
284.46 + }
284.47 +
284.48 @Override
284.49 public void invokeAction(final String action, final Lookup lookup) {
284.50 if (COMMAND_DELETE.equals(action)) {
285.1 --- a/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/NbMavenProjectImpl.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
285.2 +++ b/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/NbMavenProjectImpl.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
285.3 @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@
285.4 CosChecker.createCoSHook(this),
285.5 new ReactorChecker(),
285.6 new PrereqCheckerMerger(),
285.7 - new TestSkippingChecker(),
285.8 + new TestChecker(),
285.9 new RecommendedTemplates() {
285.10
285.11 public String[] getRecommendedTypes() {
286.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
286.2 +++ b/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/TestChecker.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
286.3 @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
286.4 +/*
286.5 + * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
286.6 + *
286.7 + * Copyright 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
286.8 + *
286.9 + * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
286.10 + * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
286.11 + *
286.12 + * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
286.13 + * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
286.14 + * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
286.15 + * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
286.16 + * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
286.17 + * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
286.18 + * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
286.19 + * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
286.20 + * License. When distributing the software, include this License Header
286.21 + * Notice in each file and include the License file at
286.22 + * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
286.23 + * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
286.24 + * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
286.25 + * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
286.26 + * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
286.27 + * your own identifying information:
286.28 + * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
286.29 + *
286.30 + * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
286.31 + * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
286.32 + * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
286.33 + * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
286.34 + * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
286.35 + * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
286.36 + * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
286.37 + * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
286.38 + * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
286.39 + * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
286.40 + *
286.41 + * Contributor(s):
286.42 + *
286.43 + * Portions Copyrighted 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
286.44 + */
286.45 +
286.46 +package org.netbeans.modules.maven;
286.47 +
286.48 +import java.util.Properties;
286.49 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.execute.PrerequisitesChecker;
286.50 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.execute.RunConfig;
286.51 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.execute.RunUtils;
286.52 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.execute.DefaultReplaceTokenProvider;
286.53 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.options.MavenSettings;
286.54 +import org.netbeans.spi.project.ActionProvider;
286.55 +
286.56 +/**
286.57 + *
286.58 + * @author mkleint
286.59 + */
286.60 +public class TestChecker implements PrerequisitesChecker {
286.61 +
286.62 + /**
286.63 + * Skip test execution.
286.64 + * Do not use maven.test.skip as that skips also compilation; see #189466 for background.
286.65 + * http://maven.apache.org/plugins/maven-surefire-plugin/examples/skipping-test.html
286.66 + */
286.67 + public static final String PROP_SKIP_TEST = "skipTests"; // NOI18N
286.68 +
286.69 + public TestChecker() {
286.70 + }
286.71 +
286.72 + public boolean checkRunConfig(RunConfig config) {
286.73 + String action = config.getActionName();
286.74 + if (ActionProvider.COMMAND_TEST.equals(action) ||
286.75 + ActionProvider.COMMAND_TEST_SINGLE.equals(action) ||
286.76 + ActionProvider.COMMAND_DEBUG_TEST_SINGLE.equals(action) ||
286.77 + "profile-tests".equals(action)) { //NOI18N - profile-tests is not really nice but well.
286.78 + if (!RunUtils.hasTestCompileOnSaveEnabled(config)) {
286.79 + Properties props = config.getProperties();
286.80 + String test = props.getProperty("test");
286.81 + String method = props.getProperty(DefaultReplaceTokenProvider.METHOD_NAME);
286.82 + if (test != null && method != null) {
286.83 + props.remove(DefaultReplaceTokenProvider.METHOD_NAME);
286.84 + props.setProperty("test", test + '#' + method);
286.85 + config.setProperties(props);
286.86 + }
286.87 + }
286.88 + } else if (MavenSettings.getDefault().isSkipTests()) {
286.89 + if (config.getPreExecution() != null) {
286.90 + checkRunConfig(config.getPreExecution());
286.91 + }
286.92 + Properties props = config.getProperties();
286.93 + if (!props.containsKey(PROP_SKIP_TEST)) {
286.94 + props.setProperty(PROP_SKIP_TEST, "true"); //NOI18N
286.95 + config.setProperties(props);
286.96 + }
286.97 + }
286.98 + return true;
286.99 + }
286.100 +
286.101 +}
287.1 --- a/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/TestSkippingChecker.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
287.2 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
287.3 @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
287.4 -/*
287.5 - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
287.6 - *
287.7 - * Copyright 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
287.8 - *
287.9 - * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
287.10 - * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
287.11 - *
287.12 - * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
287.13 - * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
287.14 - * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
287.15 - * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
287.16 - * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
287.17 - * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
287.18 - * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
287.19 - * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
287.20 - * License. When distributing the software, include this License Header
287.21 - * Notice in each file and include the License file at
287.22 - * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
287.23 - * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
287.24 - * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
287.25 - * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
287.26 - * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
287.27 - * your own identifying information:
287.28 - * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
287.29 - *
287.30 - * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
287.31 - * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
287.32 - * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
287.33 - * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
287.34 - * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
287.35 - * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
287.36 - * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
287.37 - * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
287.38 - * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
287.39 - * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
287.40 - *
287.41 - * Contributor(s):
287.42 - *
287.43 - * Portions Copyrighted 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
287.44 - */
287.45 -
287.46 -package org.netbeans.modules.maven;
287.47 -
287.48 -import java.util.Properties;
287.49 -import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.execute.PrerequisitesChecker;
287.50 -import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.execute.RunConfig;
287.51 -import org.netbeans.modules.maven.options.MavenSettings;
287.52 -import org.netbeans.spi.project.ActionProvider;
287.53 -
287.54 -/**
287.55 - *
287.56 - * @author mkleint
287.57 - */
287.58 -public class TestSkippingChecker implements PrerequisitesChecker {
287.59 -
287.60 - /**
287.61 - * Skip test execution.
287.62 - * Do not use maven.test.skip as that skips also compilation; see #189466 for background.
287.63 - * http://maven.apache.org/plugins/maven-surefire-plugin/examples/skipping-test.html
287.64 - */
287.65 - public static final String PROP_SKIP_TEST = "skipTests"; // NOI18N
287.66 -
287.67 - public TestSkippingChecker() {
287.68 - }
287.69 -
287.70 - public boolean checkRunConfig(RunConfig config) {
287.71 - String action = config.getActionName();
287.72 - if (ActionProvider.COMMAND_TEST.equals(action) ||
287.73 - ActionProvider.COMMAND_TEST_SINGLE.equals(action) ||
287.74 - ActionProvider.COMMAND_DEBUG_TEST_SINGLE.equals(action) ||
287.75 - "profile-tests".equals(action)) { //NOI18N - profile-tests is not really nice but well.
287.76 - return true;
287.77 - }
287.78 - if (MavenSettings.getDefault().isSkipTests()) {
287.79 - if (config.getPreExecution() != null) {
287.80 - checkRunConfig(config.getPreExecution());
287.81 - }
287.82 - Properties props = config.getProperties();
287.83 - if (props == null) {
287.84 - props = new Properties();
287.85 - }
287.86 - if (!props.containsKey(PROP_SKIP_TEST)) {
287.87 - props.setProperty(PROP_SKIP_TEST, "true"); //NOI18N
287.88 - config.setProperties(props);
287.89 - }
287.90 - }
287.91 -
287.92 - return true;
287.93 - }
287.94 -
287.95 -}
288.1 --- a/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/api/execute/RunConfig.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
288.2 +++ b/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/api/execute/RunConfig.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
288.3 @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@
288.4 import java.util.List;
288.5 import java.util.Properties;
288.6 import org.apache.maven.project.MavenProject;
288.7 +import org.netbeans.api.annotations.common.NonNull;
288.8 import org.netbeans.api.project.Project;
288.9 import org.openide.filesystems.FileObject;
288.10
288.11 @@ -104,7 +105,7 @@
288.12 *
288.13 * @return
288.14 */
288.15 - Properties getProperties();
288.16 + @NonNull Properties getProperties();
288.17
288.18 /**
288.19 * use the properties in the parameter for execution. Will not necessarily use the
289.1 --- a/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/customizer/ActionMappings.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
289.2 +++ b/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/customizer/ActionMappings.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
289.3 @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
289.4 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.embedder.EmbedderFactory;
289.5 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.execute.ActionToGoalUtils;
289.6 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.ActionProviderImpl;
289.7 -import org.netbeans.modules.maven.TestSkippingChecker;
289.8 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.TestChecker;
289.9 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.NbMavenProject;
289.10 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.execute.DefaultReplaceTokenProvider;
289.11 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.execute.model.ActionToGoalMapping;
289.12 @@ -992,8 +992,8 @@
289.13 }
289.14
289.15 public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e) {
289.16 - String replace = TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"; //NOI18N
289.17 - String pattern = ".*" + TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "([\\s]*=[\\s]*[\\S]+).*"; //NOI18N
289.18 + String replace = TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"; //NOI18N
289.19 + String pattern = ".*" + TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "([\\s]*=[\\s]*[\\S]+).*"; //NOI18N
289.20 replacePattern(pattern, area, replace, true);
289.21 }
289.22 }
289.23 @@ -1117,8 +1117,8 @@
289.24 String props = area.getText();
289.25 Matcher match = Pattern.compile(pattern, Pattern.DOTALL).matcher(props);
289.26 if (match.matches()) {
289.27 - int begin = props.indexOf(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST);
289.28 - props = props.replace(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + match.group(1), replace); //NOI18N
289.29 + int begin = props.indexOf(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST);
289.30 + props = props.replace(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + match.group(1), replace); //NOI18N
289.31 area.setText(props);
289.32 if (select) {
289.33 area.setSelectionStart(begin);
290.1 --- a/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/execute/ui/RunGoalsPanel.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
290.2 +++ b/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/execute/ui/RunGoalsPanel.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
290.3 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
290.4 import org.openide.util.RequestProcessor;
290.5 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.NbMavenProjectImpl;
290.6 import org.netbeans.api.project.Project;
290.7 -import org.netbeans.modules.maven.TestSkippingChecker;
290.8 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.TestChecker;
290.9 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.execute.model.ActionToGoalMapping;
290.10 import org.netbeans.modules.maven.execute.model.NetbeansActionMapping;
290.11
290.12 @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
290.13 buf.append('\n');
290.14 }
290.15 buf.append(entry.getKey()).append('=').append(entry.getValue());
290.16 - if (entry.getKey().equals(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST) && entry.getValue().equals("true")) { // NOI18N
290.17 + if (entry.getKey().equals(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST) && entry.getValue().equals("true")) { // NOI18N
290.18 cbSkipTests.setSelected(true);
290.19 }
290.20 }
290.21 @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
290.22 buf.append('\n');
290.23 }
290.24 buf.append(entry.getKey()).append('=').append(entry.getValue());
290.25 - if (entry.getKey().equals(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST) && entry.getValue().equals("true")) { // NOI18N
290.26 + if (entry.getKey().equals(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST) && entry.getValue().equals("true")) { // NOI18N
290.27 cbSkipTests.setSelected(true);
290.28 }
290.29 }
290.30 @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
290.31 token = split.nextPair();
290.32 }
290.33 if (cbSkipTests.isSelected()) {
290.34 - props.setProperty(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST, "true"); //NOI18N
290.35 + props.setProperty(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST, "true"); //NOI18N
290.36 }
290.37 mapp.setProperties(props);
290.38
290.39 @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
290.40 token = split.nextPair();
290.41 }
290.42 if (cbSkipTests.isSelected()) {
290.43 - props.setProperty(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST, "true"); //NOI18N
290.44 + props.setProperty(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST, "true"); //NOI18N
290.45 }
290.46 rc.setProperties(props);
290.47 rc.setRecursive(isRecursive());
290.48 @@ -444,10 +444,10 @@
290.49 }// </editor-fold>//GEN-END:initComponents
290.50 private void cbSkipTestsActionPerformed(java.awt.event.ActionEvent evt) {//GEN-FIRST:event_cbSkipTestsActionPerformed
290.51 String current = taProperties.getText();
290.52 - if (current.contains(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST)) {
290.53 - taProperties.setText(current.replaceAll(".*\\Q" + TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "\\E\\s*=\\s*[a-z]*\\s*.*", TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=" + (cbSkipTests.isSelected() ? "true" : "false"))); //NOI18N
290.54 + if (current.contains(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST)) {
290.55 + taProperties.setText(current.replaceAll(".*\\Q" + TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "\\E\\s*=\\s*[a-z]*\\s*.*", TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=" + (cbSkipTests.isSelected() ? "true" : "false"))); //NOI18N
290.56 } else if (cbSkipTests.isSelected()) {
290.57 - taProperties.setText(taProperties.getText() + "\n" + TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"); //NOI18N
290.58 + taProperties.setText(taProperties.getText() + "\n" + TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"); //NOI18N
290.59 }
290.60
290.61 }//GEN-LAST:event_cbSkipTestsActionPerformed
291.1 --- a/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/spi/nodes/NodeUtils.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
291.2 +++ b/maven/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/spi/nodes/NodeUtils.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
291.3 @@ -43,8 +43,20 @@
291.4 package org.netbeans.modules.maven.spi.nodes;
291.5
291.6 import java.awt.Image;
291.7 +import java.io.File;
291.8 +import java.lang.ref.Reference;
291.9 +import java.lang.ref.WeakReference;
291.10 +import java.util.logging.Level;
291.11 +import java.util.logging.Logger;
291.12 import javax.swing.Icon;
291.13 import javax.swing.UIManager;
291.14 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.api.FileUtilities;
291.15 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.embedder.EmbedderFactory;
291.16 +import org.openide.cookies.EditCookie;
291.17 +import org.openide.cookies.OpenCookie;
291.18 +import org.openide.filesystems.FileObject;
291.19 +import org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil;
291.20 +import org.openide.filesystems.LocalFileSystem;
291.21 import org.openide.util.ImageUtilities;
291.22
291.23 /**
291.24 @@ -79,5 +91,49 @@
291.25 private static final String OPENED_ICON_KEY_UIMANAGER_NB = "Nb.Explorer.Folder.openedIcon"; // NOI18N
291.26 private static final String ICON_PATH = "org/netbeans/modules/maven/defaultFolder.gif"; // NOI18N
291.27 private static final String OPENED_ICON_PATH = "org/netbeans/modules/maven/defaultFolderOpen.gif"; // NOI18N
291.28 +
291.29 + // XXX could alternately register a URLMapper so that FileUtil.toFileObject works on repo files (which would be useful for making deserialization of r/o TCs work)
291.30 + /**
291.31 + * Produces a variant of a file in the local repository that the IDE will consider read-only.
291.32 + * You can then use {@link OpenCookie} or {@link EditCookie} to open in a read-only text editor window.
291.33 + * @param file a file possibly in the local repository
291.34 + * @return the same file but from a transient r/o filesystem; or the original file, if a folder or not in the local repository
291.35 + * @since 2.10
291.36 + */
291.37 + public static synchronized FileObject readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(FileObject file) {
291.38 + File f = FileUtil.toFile(file);
291.39 + if (f == null || !file.isData()) {
291.40 + return file;
291.41 + }
291.42 + LocalFileSystem fs = repoFS != null ? repoFS.get() : null;
291.43 + if (fs == null) {
291.44 + fs = new LocalFileSystem();
291.45 + fs.setReadOnly(true);
291.46 + try {
291.47 + fs.setRootDirectory(new File(EmbedderFactory.getProjectEmbedder().getLocalRepository().getBasedir()));
291.48 + } catch (Exception x) {
291.49 + throw new AssertionError(x);
291.50 + }
291.51 + repoFS = new WeakReference<LocalFileSystem>(fs);
291.52 + }
291.53 + File root = fs.getRootDirectory();
291.54 + String path = FileUtilities.getRelativePath(root, f);
291.55 + if (path == null) {
291.56 + return file;
291.57 + }
291.58 + FileObject ro = fs.findResource(path);
291.59 + if (ro == null) {
291.60 + fs.refresh(false);
291.61 + ro = fs.findResource(path);
291.62 + }
291.63 + if (ro == null) {
291.64 + Logger.getLogger(NodeUtils.class.getName()).log(Level.WARNING, "Cannot find r/o equivalent of {0} as {1} in {2}", new Object[] {f, path, root});
291.65 + return file;
291.66 + }
291.67 + return ro;
291.68 + }
291.69 + private static Reference<LocalFileSystem> repoFS;
291.70 +
291.71 + private NodeUtils() {}
291.72
291.73 }
292.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
292.2 +++ b/maven/test/unit/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/ActionProviderImplTest.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
292.3 @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
292.4 +/*
292.5 + * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
292.6 + *
292.7 + * Copyright 2011 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
292.8 + *
292.9 + * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
292.10 + * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
292.11 + *
292.12 + * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
292.13 + * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
292.14 + * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
292.15 + * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
292.16 + * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
292.17 + * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
292.18 + * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
292.19 + * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
292.20 + * License. When distributing the software, include this License Header
292.21 + * Notice in each file and include the License file at
292.22 + * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
292.23 + * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
292.24 + * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
292.25 + * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
292.26 + * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
292.27 + * your own identifying information:
292.28 + * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
292.29 + *
292.30 + * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
292.31 + * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
292.32 + * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
292.33 + * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
292.34 + * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
292.35 + * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
292.36 + * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
292.37 + * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
292.38 + * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
292.39 + * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
292.40 + *
292.41 + * Contributor(s):
292.42 + *
292.43 + * Portions Copyrighted 2011 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
292.44 + */
292.45 +
292.46 +package org.netbeans.modules.maven;
292.47 +
292.48 +import java.io.File;
292.49 +import java.util.Arrays;
292.50 +import java.util.List;
292.51 +import org.netbeans.api.project.Project;
292.52 +import org.netbeans.api.project.ProjectManager;
292.53 +import org.netbeans.junit.NbTestCase;
292.54 +import org.netbeans.spi.project.ActionProvider;
292.55 +import org.netbeans.spi.project.SingleMethod;
292.56 +import org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil;
292.57 +import org.openide.util.test.TestFileUtils;
292.58 +
292.59 +public class ActionProviderImplTest extends NbTestCase {
292.60 +
292.61 + public ActionProviderImplTest(String n) {
292.62 + super(n);
292.63 + }
292.64 +
292.65 + protected @Override void setUp() throws Exception {
292.66 + clearWorkDir();
292.67 + }
292.68 +
292.69 + public void testRunSingleMethodEnabledWhenHaveCoS() throws Exception {
292.70 + TestFileUtils.writeFile(new File(getWorkDir(), "pom.xml"), "<project><modelVersion>4.0.0</modelVersion>"
292.71 + + "<groupId>test</groupId><artifactId>prj</artifactId>"
292.72 + + "<version>1.0</version>"
292.73 + + "<build><plugins><plugin><groupId>org.apache.maven.plugins</groupId><artifactId>maven-surefire-plugin</artifactId><version>2.7</version></plugin></plugins></build>"
292.74 + + "<dependencies><dependency><groupId>junit</groupId><artifactId>junit</artifactId><version>3.8.2</version><scope>test</scope></dependency></dependencies>"
292.75 + + "</project>");
292.76 + assertSupportsAction(ProjectManager.getDefault().findProject(FileUtil.toFileObject(getWorkDir())), SingleMethod.COMMAND_RUN_SINGLE_METHOD, true);
292.77 + }
292.78 +
292.79 + public void testRunSingleMethodDisabledWhenDoNotHaveCoS() throws Exception {
292.80 + TestFileUtils.writeFile(new File(getWorkDir(), "pom.xml"), "<project><modelVersion>4.0.0</modelVersion>"
292.81 + + "<groupId>test</groupId><artifactId>prj</artifactId>"
292.82 + + "<version>1.0</version>"
292.83 + + "<build><plugins><plugin><groupId>org.apache.maven.plugins</groupId><artifactId>maven-surefire-plugin</artifactId><version>2.7</version></plugin></plugins></build>"
292.84 + + "<dependencies><dependency><groupId>junit</groupId><artifactId>junit</artifactId><version>4.8.2</version><scope>test</scope></dependency></dependencies>"
292.85 + + "<properties><netbeans.compile.on.save>none</netbeans.compile.on.save></properties>"
292.86 + + "</project>");
292.87 + assertSupportsAction(ProjectManager.getDefault().findProject(FileUtil.toFileObject(getWorkDir())), SingleMethod.COMMAND_RUN_SINGLE_METHOD, false);
292.88 + }
292.89 +
292.90 + public void testRunSingleMethodEnabledForSurefire28() throws Exception { // #196655
292.91 + TestFileUtils.writeFile(new File(getWorkDir(), "pom.xml"), "<project><modelVersion>4.0.0</modelVersion>"
292.92 + + "<groupId>test</groupId><artifactId>prj</artifactId>"
292.93 + + "<version>1.0</version>"
292.94 + + "<build><plugins><plugin><groupId>org.apache.maven.plugins</groupId><artifactId>maven-surefire-plugin</artifactId><version>2.8</version></plugin></plugins></build>"
292.95 + + "<dependencies><dependency><groupId>junit</groupId><artifactId>junit</artifactId><version>4.8.2</version><scope>test</scope></dependency></dependencies>"
292.96 + + "<properties><netbeans.compile.on.save>none</netbeans.compile.on.save></properties>"
292.97 + + "</project>");
292.98 + assertSupportsAction(ProjectManager.getDefault().findProject(FileUtil.toFileObject(getWorkDir())), SingleMethod.COMMAND_RUN_SINGLE_METHOD, true);
292.99 + }
292.100 +
292.101 + public void testRunSingleMethodDisabledForJUnit3() throws Exception { //SUREFIRE-724
292.102 + TestFileUtils.writeFile(new File(getWorkDir(), "pom.xml"), "<project><modelVersion>4.0.0</modelVersion>"
292.103 + + "<groupId>test</groupId><artifactId>prj</artifactId>"
292.104 + + "<version>1.0</version>"
292.105 + + "<build><plugins><plugin><groupId>org.apache.maven.plugins</groupId><artifactId>maven-surefire-plugin</artifactId><version>2.8</version></plugin></plugins></build>"
292.106 + + "<dependencies><dependency><groupId>junit</groupId><artifactId>junit</artifactId><version>3.8.2</version><scope>test</scope></dependency></dependencies>"
292.107 + + "<properties><netbeans.compile.on.save>none</netbeans.compile.on.save></properties>"
292.108 + + "</project>");
292.109 + assertSupportsAction(ProjectManager.getDefault().findProject(FileUtil.toFileObject(getWorkDir())), SingleMethod.COMMAND_RUN_SINGLE_METHOD, false);
292.110 + }
292.111 +
292.112 + public void testRunSingleMethodEnabledForUnusualJUnitScope() throws Exception {
292.113 + TestFileUtils.writeFile(new File(getWorkDir(), "pom.xml"), "<project><modelVersion>4.0.0</modelVersion>"
292.114 + + "<groupId>test</groupId><artifactId>prj</artifactId>"
292.115 + + "<version>1.0</version>"
292.116 + + "<build><plugins><plugin><groupId>org.apache.maven.plugins</groupId><artifactId>maven-surefire-plugin</artifactId><version>2.8</version></plugin></plugins></build>"
292.117 + + "<dependencies><dependency><groupId>junit</groupId><artifactId>junit</artifactId><version>4.8.2</version></dependency></dependencies>"
292.118 + + "<properties><netbeans.compile.on.save>none</netbeans.compile.on.save></properties>"
292.119 + + "</project>");
292.120 + assertSupportsAction(ProjectManager.getDefault().findProject(FileUtil.toFileObject(getWorkDir())), SingleMethod.COMMAND_RUN_SINGLE_METHOD, true);
292.121 + }
292.122 +
292.123 + private static void assertSupportsAction(Project p, String command, boolean supports) {
292.124 + ActionProvider ap = p.getLookup().lookup(ActionProvider.class);
292.125 + assertNotNull(ap);
292.126 + List<String> commands = Arrays.asList(ap.getSupportedActions());
292.127 + assertTrue(commands.toString(), commands.contains(command) ^ !supports);
292.128 + }
292.129 +
292.130 +}
293.1 --- a/maven/test/unit/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/customizer/ActionMappingsTest.java Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
293.2 +++ b/maven/test/unit/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/customizer/ActionMappingsTest.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
293.3 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
293.4
293.5 package org.netbeans.modules.maven.customizer;
293.6
293.7 -import org.netbeans.modules.maven.TestSkippingChecker;
293.8 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.TestChecker;
293.9 import java.awt.event.ActionEvent;
293.10 import javax.swing.JTextArea;
293.11 import org.junit.AfterClass;
293.12 @@ -73,18 +73,18 @@
293.13 area.setText("");
293.14 ActionMappings.SkipTestsAction act = new ActionMappings.SkipTestsAction(area);
293.15 act.actionPerformed(new ActionEvent(area, ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED, "X"));
293.16 - assertTrue(area.getText().contains(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"));
293.17 + assertTrue(area.getText().contains(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"));
293.18
293.19 - area.setText(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=false");
293.20 + area.setText(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=false");
293.21 act.actionPerformed(new ActionEvent(area, ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED, "X"));
293.22 - assertTrue(area.getText().contains(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"));
293.23 + assertTrue(area.getText().contains(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"));
293.24
293.25 - area.setText(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + " = false\nyyy=xxx");
293.26 + area.setText(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + " = false\nyyy=xxx");
293.27 act.actionPerformed(new ActionEvent(area, ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED, "X"));
293.28 - assertTrue(area.getText().contains(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"));
293.29 + assertTrue(area.getText().contains(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"));
293.30
293.31 - area.setText("aaa=bbb\n" + TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + " = false \nyyy=xxx");
293.32 + area.setText("aaa=bbb\n" + TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + " = false \nyyy=xxx");
293.33 act.actionPerformed(new ActionEvent(area, ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED, "X"));
293.34 - assertTrue(area.getText().contains(TestSkippingChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"));
293.35 + assertTrue(area.getText().contains(TestChecker.PROP_SKIP_TEST + "=true"));
293.36 }
293.37 }
294.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
294.2 +++ b/maven/test/unit/src/org/netbeans/modules/maven/spi/nodes/NodeUtilsTest.java Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
294.3 @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
294.4 +/*
294.5 + * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
294.6 + *
294.7 + * Copyright 2011 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
294.8 + *
294.9 + * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
294.10 + * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
294.11 + *
294.12 + * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
294.13 + * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
294.14 + * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
294.15 + * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
294.16 + * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
294.17 + * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
294.18 + * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
294.19 + * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
294.20 + * License. When distributing the software, include this License Header
294.21 + * Notice in each file and include the License file at
294.22 + * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. Oracle designates this
294.23 + * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
294.24 + * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
294.25 + * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
294.26 + * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
294.27 + * your own identifying information:
294.28 + * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
294.29 + *
294.30 + * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
294.31 + * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
294.32 + * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
294.33 + * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
294.34 + * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
294.35 + * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
294.36 + * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
294.37 + * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
294.38 + * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
294.39 + * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
294.40 + *
294.41 + * Contributor(s):
294.42 + *
294.43 + * Portions Copyrighted 2011 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
294.44 + */
294.45 +
294.46 +package org.netbeans.modules.maven.spi.nodes;
294.47 +
294.48 +import java.io.File;
294.49 +import java.lang.ref.Reference;
294.50 +import java.lang.ref.WeakReference;
294.51 +import org.netbeans.junit.NbTestCase;
294.52 +import org.netbeans.modules.maven.embedder.EmbedderFactory;
294.53 +import org.openide.cookies.OpenCookie;
294.54 +import org.openide.filesystems.FileObject;
294.55 +import org.openide.filesystems.FileUtil;
294.56 +import org.openide.loaders.DataObject;
294.57 +import org.openide.util.test.TestFileUtils;
294.58 +
294.59 +public class NodeUtilsTest extends NbTestCase {
294.60 +
294.61 + public NodeUtilsTest(String n) {
294.62 + super(n);
294.63 + }
294.64 +
294.65 + public void testReadOnlyLocalRepositoryFile() throws Exception {
294.66 + File repo = new File(EmbedderFactory.getProjectEmbedder().getLocalRepository().getBasedir());
294.67 + File f = TestFileUtils.writeFile(new File(repo, "ant/ant/1.5.1/ant-1.5.1.jar.sha1"), "a50e3e050a6e78e0656edc183435b9773f53ce78");
294.68 + FileObject rw = FileUtil.toFileObject(f);
294.69 + FileObject ro = NodeUtils.readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(rw);
294.70 + assertNotSame(rw, ro);
294.71 + assertFalse(ro.canWrite());
294.72 + assertNotNull(DataObject.find(ro).getLookup().lookup(OpenCookie.class));
294.73 + f = TestFileUtils.writeFile(new File(repo, "ant/ant/1.5.1/ant-1.5.1.pom.sha1"), "0ffdb41f140a621beeec4dc81b3d3ecaee085d28");
294.74 + rw = FileUtil.toFileObject(f);
294.75 + ro = NodeUtils.readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(rw);
294.76 + assertNotSame(rw, ro);
294.77 + assertFalse(ro.canWrite());
294.78 + assertNotNull(DataObject.find(ro).getLookup().lookup(OpenCookie.class));
294.79 + assertSame(ro, NodeUtils.readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(rw));
294.80 + FileObject skip = FileUtil.toFileObject(new File(repo, "ant/ant/1.5.1"));
294.81 + assertNotNull(skip);
294.82 + assertSame(skip, NodeUtils.readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(skip));
294.83 + File stuff = TestFileUtils.writeFile(new File(getWorkDir(), "stuff"), "stuff");
294.84 + skip = FileUtil.toFileObject(stuff);
294.85 + assertNotNull(skip);
294.86 + assertSame(skip, NodeUtils.readOnlyLocalRepositoryFile(skip));
294.87 + Reference<?> r = new WeakReference<Object>(ro.getFileSystem());
294.88 + ro = null;
294.89 + assertGC("can collect FS", r);
294.90 + }
294.91 +
294.92 +}
295.1 --- a/nbbuild/cluster.properties Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
295.2 +++ b/nbbuild/cluster.properties Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
295.3 @@ -459,6 +459,7 @@
295.4 libs.javacimpl,\
295.5 libs.springframework,\
295.6 maven,\
295.7 + maven.coverage,\
295.8 maven.embedder,\
295.9 maven.grammar,\
295.10 maven.graph,\
295.11 @@ -1082,7 +1083,6 @@
295.12 languages.refactoring,\
295.13 libs.git,\
295.14 libs.xmlbeans,\
295.15 - maven.coverage,\
295.16 o.n.bluej,\
295.17 o.n.bluej.ui,\
295.18 uihandler.interactive,\
296.1 --- a/usersguide/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/project/csh/proj_wiz.html Tue Apr 26 02:03:44 2011 +0200
296.2 +++ b/usersguide/javahelp/org/netbeans/modules/usersguide/project/csh/proj_wiz.html Tue Apr 26 09:31:54 2011 +0200
296.3 @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@
296.4 </li>
296.5 <li><strong>For NetBeans plug-in modules:</strong>
296.6 <ul>
296.7 - <li><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite.html">New Module Suite Project</a></li>
296.8 - <li><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.project/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_library.html">New Library Wrapper Module Project</a></li>
296.9 + <li><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_suite.html">New Module Suite Project</a></li>
296.10 + <li><a href="nbdocs://org.netbeans.modules.apisupport.kit/org/netbeans/modules/apisupport/project/docs/csh/BasicInfoWizardPanel_library.html">New Library Wrapper Module Project</a></li>
296.11 </ul>
296.12 </li>
296.13 </ul>
